Rulefile 14

THE TELANGANA FACTORIES RULES, 1950
INDEX
CHAPTER I
PRELIMINARY
Rules under this chapter
1. Short title, extent and commencement
2. Definitions
3. Submission and Approval of plans
3-A. Approval of plans
4. Grant of licence
5. Amendment of licence
6. Payment of Annual Licence fee or for a block period of three calendar years
7. Cancellation of licence
8. Transfer of licences
9. Procedure on death or disability of licensee
10. Loss of licence
11. Payment of fee
12. Notice of change of occupier or manager
12-A. Exemption from Section 7 - A(3)
12-B. Guide lines, instructions and records

CHAPTER II
THE INSPECTING STAFF
Rules under this Chapter
13. Powers of Inspectors
14. Duties of Certifying Surgeon
14-A. Fees for Certifying Surgeon for examination of young persons
CHAPTER III
HEALTH
15. Exemption from Section 11 (1)(d)
16. ( Omitted )
17. Disposal of trade wastes and effluents
17-A. Standards of ventilation
17-B. Ventilation and Temperature
17-C. Columns, Pillars
17-D. Power of Chief Inspector to exempt
18. When artificial humidification not allowed
19. Provision of hygrometer
20. Exemption from maintenance of hygrometers
21. Copy of Schedule to Rule 18 to be affixed near every hygrometer
22. Temperature to be recorded at each hygrometer
23. Specifications of hygrometers
24. Thermometers to be maintained in efficient order

25. An inaccurate thermometer not to be used without fresh certificate
26. Hygrometer not to be affixed to wall, etc., unless protected by wood
27. No reading to be taken within 15 minutes of renewal of water
28. How to introduce steam for humidification
29. [Omitted]
30. Lighting of interior parts
31. Prevention of glare
32. Power of Chief Inspector to exempt
33. [Deleted]
34. Quantity of drinking water
35. Source of supply
36. Means of supply
37. Cleanliness of well or reservoir
38. Report from Health Officer
39. Cooling of water
40. Latrine accommodation
41. Latrine to conform to public health requirements
42. Privacy of latrines
43. Signboards to be displayed
44. Urinal accommodation
45. Urinals to conform to public health requirements
46. Certain latrines and urinals to be connected to sewage system
47. White washing, colour washing of latrines and urinals
48. Construction and maintenance of drains
49. Water taps in latrines

50. Number and location of spittoons
51. Type of spittoons
52. Cleaning of spittoons
CHAPTER IV
SAFETY
53. Further safety precautions
54. Rule prescribed under sub-section (2) of Section 23
54-A. Rule under Section 26 (3)
55. Hoists and lifts
55-A. Lifting machines
56. Rules prescribed under Sub-See (3) of See. 31
56-A. Gas holder
57. Excessive weights
58. Protection of eyes
59. Minimum dimensions of manholes
60. Exemptions
61 -L. Quality of personal protection equipment
61-M. Thermic Fluid Heater
61-N. Protective equipment
61-0. Oven and Driers
61. Fire protection
61-A. Safety Officer
61 -B. Electricity Rules
61-C. Safety belts

61-D. Fragile roofs, provision of, crawling Boards, etc
61-E. Supply of protective equipments and clothing
61-G. Ship buildings and ship repairing
61-H. Plantation and maintenance of trees
61-I. Reaction Vessels and Kettles
61 -J. Examination of eye sight of certain workers
61-K. Railways in Factories
CHAPTER IV (A)
61 (SG)A. Safety Committee
61(SA)A. Site appraisal Committee
61 (SB)B. Collection and development and dissemination of information
61 (SB)C. Disclosure of information to workers
61 (SB)E. Disclosure of information to the Chief Inspector
61(SB)F. Information of industrial wastes
61 (SB)G. Review of the information furnished to workers etc
61(SB)H. Confidentiality of information
61(SC)A. Medical Examination
61(SC)B. Occupational Health Centres
61 (SC)C. Ambulance Van
61(SC)D. Decontamination facilities
61(SC)E. Making available Health Records to workers
61(SC)F. Qualifications etc., of supervisors
61 (SC)G
CHAPTER V
62. Washing facilities
62-A. Drying of wet clothing
63. First-aid appliance
63-A. Notice regarding first aid
64. Ambulance room
65. Canteens
66. Dining hall
67. Equipment
68. Prices to be charged
69. Accounts
70. Managing Committee
71. Annual medical examination of canteen staff
71 -A. Relaxation of Rules 65 to 70 in certain cases
72. Shelters, rest rooms and lunch rooms
73. Creches
74. Wash room
75. Supply of milk and refreshment
76. Clothes for creche staff
76-A. Exemption from the provisions of creche
76-B. Welfare Officers

CHAPTER VI
WORKING HOURS OF ADULTS
77. Compensatory holidays
77-A. Adult workers engaged in certain factories exempted from Section 58
78. Omitted
78-A. Cash Equivalent Of Concessional Sale.
78-B. Restriction of double employment
78-C. Overtime slips
79. Notice of periods of work
80. Register of adult workers
81. Persons defined to hold positions of supervision or management
82 Omitted
83 Omitted
84 Exemption of certain adult workers
84-A. Savings
CHAPTER - VII
EMPLOYMENT OF YOUNG PERSONS
NOTICE PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (3) OF SECTION 72
85. Notice of periods of work for children
Omitted .
REGISTER PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 73
86. Register of child workers
The register of child workers shall be in Form No. 14.

CHAPTER - VIII
LEAVE WITH WAGES
87. Leave with wages register
88. Account of Leave with Wages
89. Medical certificate
90. [Omitted]
91. Notice by worker
92. Grant of leave with wages
92-A. Mode of computation of cash value of Wages
93. Payment of wages if the worker dies
94. Factories exempted under Section 84
94-A. Exemption of certain factories
CHAPTER IX
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
95. Dangerous operations
96. Notification of accidents and dangerous occurrence
97. Notice of poisoning or disease
CHAPTER X
SUPPLEMENTAL
98. Procedure in appeals
99. Display of notices
100. Returns
100-A. Submission of returns by factories working for part periods of the year
101. Service of notices
102. Information required by the Inspector
102-A. Availability of registers etc., for inspection
102-B. Permissible levels of Certain Chemical Substances in work environment
103. Muster-roll
103-A. Omitted
104. Omitted
105. Omitted
106. Omitted
107. Maximum number of persons that may be employed in work rooms
108. Intimation of intended closure of factory
109. Language in the registers and records
1
Telangana Factories Rules, 1950
CHAPTER I
PRELIMINARY
1. Short title, extent and commencement
(1) These rules may be called the 1Telangana Factories Rules, 1950
(2) These rules shall extend to the whole of the State of 2 Telangana.
(3) [XXX]
2. Definitions
In these rules, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context-
1
The Andhra Pradesh Factories Rules, 1950. The said Rules in force in the combined State as on 2-6-2014, has been
adapted to the State of Telangana, under Section 101 of the Andhra Pradesh Reorganisation Act, 2014 (Central Act 6
of 2014) vide the notification issued in G.O.Ms. No 39 of Labour, Employment, Training and Factories Department,
dated 30-12-2015.
2
For the words “ Andhra Pradesh”, the word “Telangana” substituted by G.O.Ms.No. 39 of Labour, Employment,
Training and Factories Department, dated 30-12-2015. 3 & 4 Omitted by G.O.Ms.No 978,dt: 4-5-1960
(a) "Act" means the Factories Act, 1948.
(b) "Appendix " means an appendix appended to these rules.
(c) "Artificial humidification " means the introduction of moisture into the air of a room by any
artificial means whatsoever, except the unavoidable escape of steam or water vapour into the
atmosphere directly due to a manufacturing process.
Provided that the introduction of air directly from out side through moistened mats or screens
placed in openings at times when the temperature of the room is 80 degrees or more, shall not be
deemed to be artificial humidification.
(d) "Belt" includes any driving strap or rope.
(e) "Degrees" (or temperature) means degrees of the Fahrenheit scale.
(f) "District Magistrate" includes the Additional District Magistrate and any other officer appointed
by the Government in that behalf 4[XXX]
(g) "Family" means the wife, son, daughter, mother, brother or sister of the owner of any place
wherein a manufacturing process is carried on who lives with or is dependent on such owner.
(h) "Fume " includes gas or vapour.
(i) "Health officer " means the Municipal Health Officer in a Municipality or Corporation, the
District Health Officer concerned in any area within the jurisdiction of a district board or panchayat
or such other officer as may be appointed by the State Government for any area in that behalf
irrespective of whether such area is within the limits of a municipality or the jurisdiction of a
district board or panchayat.
(j) "Hygrometer" means an accurate wet and dry bulb hygrometer conforming to the prescribed
conditions as regards construction and maintenance.
(k) 1Omitted
(l) "Maintained" means maintained in an efficient state, in efficient working order and in good
repair.
(m) "Manager " means a person nominated or appointed as such by the occupier of the factory
under Section 7 for the purposes of the Act.
(n) "Local Authority " means the Commissioner in the case of an area within the limits of a
municipality or corporation, the executive officer in the case of an area within the jurisdiction of a
panchayat and the president of a district board in the case of any other area.
(o) "Public Health Authority " means the Local Health Officer having jurisdiction over the area.
(p) "Section" means a section of the Act.
(q) 2"Week" for the purposes of Section 2(f) of the Act and these rules shall mean, for any local
area or any class of factories, the period of seven days commencing from the mid-night of Saturday
or of such other day preceding the day on which the factories of that area or class are ordinarily
closed every week according to any scheme, order, arrangement, regulation, usage or custom,
Provided that, where work is ordinarily carried on continuously in the factory on all days of the
calendar week, the term "week" in relation to any worker of the factory shall mean that period of
seven days commencing from the day on which the worker is not required to work.
3
[2A-Competent Persons:— (1) The Chief Inspector may recognize any person as a
competent person' under the provisions of the Act within such area and for such period as may
be specified for the purposes of carrying out the number of tests, examinations, inspections and
certification periodically as prescribed for such buildings, dangerous machinery, hoists and lifts,
lifting machines and lifting tackles, pressure plant,' confined space, ventilation systems,
evaluation of exposure of employees to airborne contaminants and physical agents at the work
place, solvent extraction plant and such other process or plant and equipment as stipulated i
n the Act and the Rules made thereunder, located in a factory, if such a person possesses the
qualifications, experience and other requirements as set out in the Schedule annexed to this
rule.
The Chief Inspector of Factories may recognize any person or an institution of repute, as
a Competent Person under the Act for the purpose of carrying out tests, examinations,
inspections and issuing certification as stipulated under the Act and Rules in respect of
buildings, dangerous machinery, hoists and lifts, lifting tackles, chains, ropes, pressure plants,
confined spaces, ventilation system, evaluation of exposure of employees to airborne
contaminants and physical agents at the work place, solvent extraction plant and other
processes or plants and equipments located in a factory:
1 Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 152 (F&B), dated 20-4-1989 2 Clause (q) added by G.O.Ms.NO.26, Labour, Employment, T &F(Lab.II) dated 7-6-2020
3 Ins. by G.O.Ms.No.101, LET & F (Lab-II) dated 20-10-2007
Provided that such a person possesses the required qualifications, experience and other facilities,
equipment etc., as set out in the Schedule annexed to this rule,
and
In case of an institution, the institution shall be equipped with persons possessing the required
qualifications and experience as prescribed and also the facilities, equipment, etc., for carrying out the tests,
examinations and inspections.
(2) Every person/institution seeking recognition or renewal of recognition as competent person

(CP) shall submit an application in the prescribed form accompanied by a treasury receipt towards the
remittance of the prescribed fee and all the relevant documentary proof in the office of the Director of
Factories, 3Telangana Hyderabad before 2 months in advance. The fee once paid is not refundable.
(3) The Person seeking recognition as a Competent Person shall not be above the age of 62 years
and physically fit for the purpose of carrying out tests, examinations and inspections.
(4) The Chief Inspector may relax the requirements of qualifications in respect of a Competent
Person if such person is exceptionally experienced and knowledgeable, but not the requirements in respect
of the facilities at his end.
(5) The Chief Inspector, on receipt of an application in the prescribed form from a person
or an institution intending to be recognized as a "Competent Person" for the purpose of this
Act and the Rules made thereunder shall register such an application and, within a period of
sixty days from the date of receipt of the application, either, after having satisfied himself as
regards competence and facilities available at the disposal of the applicant, recognize the
applicant as a Competent Person and issue a certificate of competence in the prescribed form
or reject the application specifying the reasons thereof Certificate of the recognition so granted
shall be valid for a period of one year as specified in the certificate.
(6) Every application for recognition or renewal of recognition as competent person shall
be accompanied by a treasury receipt towards the remittance of the prescribed fee shown in the
Schedule annexed to this rule under the head of account as prescribed i n rule 11. The fee
once paid is not refundable.
(7) The Chief Inspector may, after giving an opportunity to the competent person of
being heard, revoke the certificate of competency,
(i) If he has the reason to believe that the competent person/ Institution-
(a) has violated any condition stipulated in the certificate of competency;
or3 has carried out a test, examination and inspection or has acted in a manner inconsistent with the
intent or the purpose of this Act or the
3. For the words “ Andhra Pradesh”, the word “Telangana” substituted by G.O.Ms.No. 39 of Labour, Employment,
Training and Factories Department, dated 30-12-2015.
Rules made thereunder; or has omitted to act as required under the
Act and the Rules made thereunder; or
(ii) for any other reasons to be recorded in writing.
(8) The Chief Inspector may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, require recertification of
lifting machines, lifting tackles, pressure plants or ventilation system, as the case may be, which
has been certified by a competent person.
(9) The qualifications required, experience for the purpose, facilities at his command,
quantum of fee, application format and the competency certificate prescribed are shown in
separate Schedules annexed to this rule.
SI. Section or Qualifica- Experience for Facilities at his Schedule of fee

No. Rules under tion the purpose command prescribed
Factories
Act 1948 required
And
A.P.
Factories
Rules,
1950
under
which
competency
is
recognized
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
Rs. Rs.
1. Rules made Degree in (i) A minimum 3,500 3,000
under Civil or of 10 years
Section 6 Structural experience in the
and Section Engineering design of
112 or construction or
Certificate testing or repairs
of stability equivalent of structures
for (ii) Knowledge
buildings of non-
destructive
testing, various
codes of
practices that
the current and
the effect of the
vibrations and
natural forces on
the stability of
the building;
and
(iii) Ability to
arrive at a
reliable
conclusion with
regard to the
safety of the
structure of the
building.
2. Rule 53 Degree in (i) A minimum of Gauges for 3,000 2,500
under Mechanical 7 years experience measurement;
Section or Electrical in. instruments for
21(2) for Engineering measurement of
power or equivalent (a) design or speed and any
presses operation or other equipment
maintenance; or or
device to
(b)testing,
determine the
examination
safety in the
and
use of the
inspection of
dangerous
relevant
machines.
machinery, their
guards, safety
devices and
appliances.
(ii) He shall —
(a)be
conversant with
safety devices
and their proper
functioning;
(b) (b) be able to

identify defects
and any other
cause leading to
failure; and
(c ) have ability to
arrive at a reliable
conclusion with
regard to the
proper functioning
of safety device
and appliance and
machine guard.
3 Section 28 A degree in (i) A minimum Facilities for 2,500 2,000
Lifts and Mechanical experience of load testing,
Hoists & and/or 7 years in (a) tensile,
Section 29- Electrical design or testing, heat-
treatment
Lifting Engineering erection or
equipment,
Machinery or its maintenance gauges
and lifting or equipment/
Tackles equivalent (b) Inspection
and test gadgets for
measurement
procedures; of
and any other
lifts and equipment
hoists; required for
(c) testing,
examination determining
and inspection, the safe
of lifting working
conditions of
machinery lifts, hoists,
chains, ropes lifting
and lifting machinery &
tackles. lifting tackles.
(ii) He shall
be,
(a) conversant
with relevant
codes of
practices and
test
procedures
that are
current;
(b)Conversant
with other
statutory
requirements
covering the
safety of the
hoists and
lifts & lifting
tackles.
(c) able to
identify
defects and
arrive at a
reliable
conclusion
with regard to
the safety of
hois ts and
lifts, lifting
machinery,
chains, ropes
and lifting
tackles.
(d)conversant
with fracture
mechanics
and
metallurgy of
the material of
construction (e)
conversant with
heat treatment/
Stress
relieving
techniques as
applicable to
stress bearing
parts of lifting
machinery
and lifting
tackles:
4 Section Degree in (i) A minimum experience of 10 Facilities for 3,000 2,500
. 31 — Mechanical years in carrying out
"Pressure or Electrical (ii) design or hydraulic test,
Plant" or Chemical erection or maintenance, or non-
or (a)testing, examination and destructive
Metallurgi- inspection, of pressure plants. test, gauges
cal or equipment/
Engineering (ii) He shall be gauges for
or its measurement
(a) conversant with relevant codes
equivalent and any
of practices and test procedures other
relating to pressure vessels;
equipment or
(b)conversant with statutory gauges to
requirements concerning the determine the
safety of unfired pressure vessels safety in the
and equipment
use of
operating under pressure; pressure
(c ) conversant with non-destructive vessles.
testing techniques as are applicable
to able to identify defects and arrive
at a reliable
conclusion with regard to the

safety of pressure plants.
5 (i) Section Master's Meters, 3,000 2,000
36 — degree in instruments
Precaution Chemistry and devices
s against , or a duly
degree in
dangerous Chemical calibrated and
Engg. or a certified for
fumes (ii) carrying Out
degree in
Rules made (i) A minimum of the tests and
under Mechanical years in collection and analysis of certification
Sections environmental samples and
Engg. Or of safety in
41 & 112 calibration of monitoring
Electrical equipment, working in
concerning Engg.,
(ii) He shall,- (a)be conversant confined
ship with the hazardous spaces.
building properties of chemicals and their
and ship permissible limit values;
repairs (b) be conversant with the
current techniques of sampling
(iii) Safety and analysis of the environmental
belts under contaminants; and
Rule 61-C
(c) be able to arrive at a reliable
conclusion as regards the safety in
(iv) respect of entering and carrying out
Thermic hot work.
Fluid
heaters
under Rule
61(M) (v)
Oven and
Driers
under Rule
61(0)
6. ventilation Degree in (i) A Fa ci l it i es f o 3,500 2,000 3,000
systems as Mechanical minimum of 7 testing the
required under or Electrical years in the ventilation
various Engineering design,
fabrication, system,
Schedules or
installation, instruments
framed under equivalent and gauges for
testing of
Section 87, testing the
ventilation
such as effectiveness
Schedules on- system and of the
systems used extraction
(i) Grinding
for extraction systems for
or glazing of
and collection dusts, vapours
metals and
of dusts, and fumes, and
processes
fumes and
incidental any other
vapours, and
thereto Schedule equipment
other ancillary
V under Rule equipment. needed for
95. determining the
(ii) He efficiency and
(ii) Cleaning or shall be
smoothing, adequacy of
conversant these
roughening, with relevant
etc, of articles, systems_ He
codes of shall have the
by a jet sand, practice and
metal shot, or assistance of a
Degree tests suitable
grit, or other procedures
abrasive Chemical qualified
or its that are
propelled by a current in technical
blast of equivalent
respect of
compressed air ventilation person who can
or steam and a traction
Schedule XIX system for reasonable
under Rule 95. fumes, and conclusion as
shall be able to the
(iii) Handling to arrive at a adequacy of
and processing reliable the system.
of asbestos ' conclusion
Schedule with regard to
XVIII under effectiveness
rule 95. of the system.
Degree in
(iv)Manufactur Mechanical/
ing of Rayon Electrical (i) A
by viscos Engineering minimum of
process or Chemical
and Schedule Technology
XXVIII under or its
Rule equivalent
95. Foundry 5 years
operations industrial
Schedule experience in
XXX under the
Rule 95. concerned
field (ii) He
(v) S o l v e n t shall be (a)
Extraction plant conversant
Schedule XXII with relevant
under Rule 95. codes of
(vi) Chemical practice and
works test
Schedule XV procedures
under Rule . 95. relating to
ventilation
Facilities for
system (b) carrying out
Capable to tests in solvent
identify extraction
defects and plant,
arrive at a chemical
reliable works and
conclusion
carbon di-
with regard
sulphide plant
to the safety
of the
system.
(i) A
minimum of
5 years
industrial
experience
in the
concerned
field.
(ii) He
shall be (a)
conversant
relevant codes of
practices
and test
come to
a
procedures such as (a)
(viiil
relating to Portable
Carbon
disulphide oils, fats and Hexane vapour
plant chemicals. detector
Schedule (b) Ultrasonic
XXIII (b) able to Thickness
under identify tester
Rule 95. defects and (c) Pressure
arrive at a gauge
reliable
conclusion
calibrator
with regard
to the safety
(d) vacuum
of the
gauge
system.
calibrator
calibrator
(e) Ear th
merger and
(f) Techno
meter]
Form of Application for Grant of Certificate to a Person/Under Sub-rule

(2) of Rule 2A
[See Rule 2A]
1 . N a me a n d A d dr es s
2 . Date of Birth
3.Name of organization (If not self—

employed)
4 . Designation
5. Educational Qualification (Xerox copies of testimonials

to be attached)
6. Details of professional experience (in chronological
order)
Name of he Period of service Designation Area of
Organisation Responsibility
7.Membership, if any of Professional Bodies

• Details of facilities (examination testing, etc.,) at his
disposed
(ii) Arrangements for calibrating : and maintaining the

accuracy of these facilities
** Purpose for which

competency Certificate is
sought (section or
• Sections of the Act should be stated
• Whether the applicant has been declared as a

competent person under any statute (if so the details).
• Any other relevant, information Declaration by the
applicant
I, ............................................................................................................. hereby declare
that the information furnished above is true. I undertake.
• that in the event of any change in the facilities at my disposal (either

addition or deletion) or my leaving the aforesaid organization. 1 will promptly
inform the Director of Factories.
• to maintain the facilities in good working order, calibrated periodically as
per manufacturer's instructions or as per National standards, and
• to fulfill and abide by all the conditions stipulated in the certificate of
Competency and instructions issued by the Chief Inspector of Factories from
time to time.
Signature of the Applicant

Place:
Date:
** Please furnish the following information in a separate sheet duly signed by the applicant.
List of buildings so far:
(i) Constructed and its va lue.

(ii) A detailed note regarding non-destructive testing various codes of
practices that are current and the effect of the vibrations and natural forces
on the stability of the buildings is enclosed.
Form of Application n for Grant of Certificate of Competency to Any

Institution n U under Sub-rule (2) of Rule -2A
[See Rule 2A]
Name and full address
2. Organization's status (specify whether Government, autonomous, Co -

operative, Corporate or Private)
3. Purpose for which competency certificate is sought (specify Section(s) of
the Act) ;
4. Whether the organization has been declared as competent person under this
or any other statute. If so, give details.
5. Particulars of persons employed and possessing qualification and
experience as set out in Schedule annexed to rule 2 -A.
6. Details of facilities (relevant to item 3 above and arrangements made for
their maintenance and periodic calibration)
Any other r relevant i information.
Declaration:
I , … … … … … … … … … … . here by ..................... o n behalf of
of………………………………………………………………………………………..
certify that the details furnished above are correct to the best of my knowledge.
I under ta ken to -
(i) maintain the facilities in good working order, calibrated
periodically as per manufacturer's instructions or as per National
standards; and
(ii) to fulfill and abide by all the conditions stipulated in the certificate
of competency and instructions issued by the Chief Inspector from time
to time.
(iii)
Place: Signature of Head of the Institution
Date: or of the persons authorized to
Sign on his behalf
Certificate of Recognition as Competent Person

(Issued in pursuance of sub -rule (5) of Rule 2 A)
[See Rule 2A]
CP (0) No. Date:
The Director of Factories, 4Telangana, Hyderabad in exercise of the powers conferred

under Section 2 (ca) of the Factories Act and Rules made thereunder, hereby recognize*
……………………………………………….
represented b y** ........................................................................................... to be a
competent person for the purpose of carrying out test, examination inspection a n d c
e r t i f i c a t i o n s f o r * * * used in factories subject to the conditions overleaf.
The Jurisdiction extends all over 4Telangana desh /is restricted to M/s …………….
This certificate is valid from… … … … … …… …… … …… … …… …… … …
Office Seal Director of Factories
Revalidation details
From To Signature of authority
(I) (2) (3)
* Na me of the institution
4
For the words “ Andhra Pradesh”, the word “Telangana” substituted by G.O.Ms.No. 39 of Labour, Employment,
Training and Factories Department, dated 30-12-2015.
** Na me of the competent person
*** (a) Building (b) Hoists (c) Lifts
• Chains (e) Lifting ma chines ( f) Ropes
(g) Lifting tackles (h) Pressure plant (i) Ventilation system
(j) Confined space ( k) Plants & equipment of
dangerous processes
as applicable.
This certificate is issued subject to the conditions stipulated hereunder: -
(i) tests, examinations and inspections shall be carried out in accordance
with the provisions of the Act and the Rules
(ii) tests, examinations and inspections shall be carried out under direct
supervision of the competent person or by a person so authorized by an
institution recognized to be a competent person.
(iii) the certificate of competency issued in favour of a person shall stand
cancelled if the person leaves the organization mentioned in this application.
(iv) the institution recognized as a competent person shall keep the Chief
Inspector informed of the names, designation and qualifications of the
person authorized by it to carry out tests„ examinations and inspections.
(v) the competent person should be physically present at the time of testing
and examination.
(vi) records of daily work done should be maintained in a log book
incorporating therein the details regarding the date, the work done,
observations made„ directives given etc.,
(vii) copies of examination on certificates in all cases where defects are noticed and
repairs are ordered or any conditions imposed on its use are to-be marked to the
Inspector of Factories concerned.
(viii) application for renewal of certificate along with a brief account of work done during
the period of validity of the certificate may be made atleast one month before the
certificate expires together with fees prescribed for the purpose;
(ix) this recognition is subject to constant review and liable to be cancelled if
deficiencies come to notice].
RULES 3 TO 11 PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (1 ) OF SECTION 6

3. Submission and Approval of plans
(1) In the case of any factory where,
(a) any hazardous process of the nature specified in the First Schedule of the Act is proposed to be
carried on whether or not with the aid of power and notwithstanding that the number of persons
employed is less than any number specified in Section 2(m) of the Act ; or
(b) the installed power is proposed to be or extended to 130 H.P. or more ;
No site shall be used for the location of a factory nor shall any building in a factory be constructed,
extended or taken into use as a factory or part of a factory and no machine, or plant or any
permanent fixture shall be installed or fixed, nor shall any manufacturing process be carried on in
any factory or part of a factory, unless the occupier or the owner of the factory obtains the previous
permission in writing approving the plans from the Chief Inspector 2through online.
(2) 1The owner or occupier of every factory falling under sub-rule (1) and the owner or occupier
of any other factory shall upload through online for approval of plans in the prescribed Form No.1
by remitting the plans scrutiny fee at the following rates:
Factories wherein the Maximum installed Horse Power is Rs.1,000/-

upto 100
upto 101 to 500
upto 501 to 1500
Factories wherein the Maximum installed Horse Power is Rs. 10,000/-
upto 1501 to 10,000
above 10,000
(3) If the Chief Inspector is satisfied that the plans 1uploaded under sub-rule (2) are in accordance
with the requirements of the Factories Act, 1948 and Telangana Factories Rules, 1950 he
shall by an order grant the permission applied for through online subject to conditions, if any”;
(4) If the Chief Inspector is of the opinion that the plans uploaded under sub-rule (2) are not in
accordance with the requirements of the Act, or if he finds it fit or expedient to specify any
conditions of approval, including conditions relating to cancellation or modifications of prior
approvals, he shall, after giving the applicant a reasonable opportunity of being heard, send to the
applicant a speaking order 2through online either approving the plans subject to such conditions as may
be specified therein or refuse the permission applied for.3
1. Substituted by G..Ms.No. 33 of LET & F (Lab.II) Department, dated 7-11-2019

2. Added by G..Ms.No. 33 of LET & F (Lab.II) Department, dated 7-11-2019
3. The words along with a copy of the plans approved or rejected Omitted by G..Ms.No. 33 of LET
& F (Lab.II) Department, dated 7-11-2019
(5) If no order is communicated to the applicant within thirty days from the date on which the
application has been 1uploaded through online, the permission applied for shall be deemed to have
been granted.
(6) 1No manufacturing process shall be carried on in any building in a factory which is not in accordance
with the plans approved by the Chief Inspector and does not satisfy the conditions subject to which the
plans have been approved.”
(7) For the purposes of this rule, for computing the quantity of power, the power for the plant,
machinery used in the manufacturing process, or the installed horse power of any captive
generation of power, whichever is higher, shall be taken into account and no account shall be taken
of the power for lighting, or for any office equipment or appliances or any stand by captive
generation of power.
(8) 1In the case of any factory not covered by sub-rule (1), the Government or the Chief Inspector
may, having regard to any special circumstances in any particular existing or proposed factory, by
order, require the owner or occupier to submit the particulars and plans of the factory in Form No.
1 within thirty days of the service of the order.
2
Rule 3 A- Approval of Plans : Omitted
4. Grant of Licence
(1) 1The Occupier of every factory, shall atleast fifteen days before commencing any
manufacturing process in any factory upload through online an application for the registration of
the factory and for grant of the licence in the prescribed Form No.2 along with online payment of
annual licence fee up to ten times prescribed in the schedule to Rule 6.
(2) (a) The Occupier shall send and intimate in Form No.2 to the Inspector immediately after the
commencement of manufacturing process.
(b) The premises shall be deemed to be licenced from the date of intimation of commencement of
manufacturing process until such date the Inspector refuses in writing to grant the licence.
(3) The Inspector on notice any defect in the license application or violation of any provision may
be a speaking order and after giving the applicant a reasonable opportunity of being heard, refuse
to grant a licence:
Provided that if no order is communicated to the occupier within a period of 30 days from the date
on which the occupier has sent intimation under sub rule 2 (a), the license shall be deemed to have
been granted and thereupon the license shall be issued forthwith.
(4) If the grant of license has not been refused in accordance with sub-rule (3), the Inspector shall
grant the license in Form No. 4 and send the license to the applicant.
(5) 1Every Licence granted is permanent and valid till it has been duly cancelled provided the requisite
annual licence fee is remitted through online for that period.

2. Omitted by G..Ms.No. 33 of LET & F (Lab.II) Department, dated 7-11-2019
(6) No manufacturing process shall be carried on in any factory unless a licence is valid for the
time being.
(7) A licence granted shall be caused to be produced on demand by the Inspector.
5. Amendment of Licence
1
(i) The occupier of a factory shall, within fifteen days of occurrence of any change in the
name or in particulars of the maximum horse power installed or maximum number of persons
employed, apply through online for amendment of the licence stating the nature of amendment
to be made and the reasons there for together with online payment of prescribed fee”;
(ii) The fee for the amendment of a licence shall be the amount, if any, by which the fee
ehat would have been payable if the licence had originally been issued in the amended form
exceeds the licence fee payable for the relevant calender year but for the amendment along with
an amendment fee or 1Rs. 500/- (Rupees five hundred)
6. Payment of Annual Licence Fee or for a block period of 2ten calendar years
Every licencee shall, before the commencement of any calendar year, remit the annual licence
fee as prescribed in the schedule under this rule through online portal of Factories
Department, Telangana State and services connected with the same either for one calendar
year or more but does not exceed 10 calendar years, in case the licencee is intended to
remit the licence fee for ten calendar years the amount payable shall be ten times
the Annual Licence Fee as prescribed in the said schedule.
Provided that for computing the quantity of power, for the purposes of this rule, the
power for the plant and machinery used in the manufacturing process only shall be
taken into account and no account shall be taken of the power for lighting, or for
any office equipment or appliances. The total installed horse power of plant,
machinery and equipment or the captive generation of power whichever is higher
shall be taken into consideration.
(2) If the prescribed annual licence fee is not fully paid within the prescribed period in
sub-rule(1), simple interest at two percent per month or part of a month shall be payable
on the part of the annual licence fee not paid from the first day of the calendar year till
the last day of the calendar month in which the annual licence fee together with interest is
paid:
Provided that the Chief Inspector may, if satisfied that there is sufficient reason for
the non-payment of the annual licence fee within the time prescribed in sub-rule (1),
by order in writing, waive the interest specified:
Provided further that the Chief Inspector may waive the annual licence fee and the
interest thereon if it is shown to his satisfaction that no manufacturing process has been
carried on in the factory on any day of the relevant calendar year and the owner or occupier
applies for the cancellation of licence.
(3) 1No manufacturing process shall be carried on in any premises unless the requisite
annual licence fee is remitted through online before commencement of the licensing year.”

2. For the word “three” is substituted by the word “ten” by G.O.Ms.No. 39 of Labour, Employment, Training
and Factories Department, dated 30-12-2015.
7. Cancellation of Licence
(1) The Inspector may, by a speaking order served on the occupier, cancel any licence issued if the
annual licence fee together with interest has not been paid, and thereupon no manufacturing
process shall be carried on in that factory,
Provided that the Inspector has previously served a written notice on the Occupier, calling upon
him to pay the fee with interest within a period of thirty days from the date of service of the
notice and the occupier has not complied with the terms of the notice,
Provided further that the Inspector may also cancel a licence if an application has been made for
such cancellation by the owner or occupier and in such a case, the notice referred to in the first
proviso of this sub-rule shall not be required.
8. Transfer of Licence
1
A licence may be transferred from one owner or occupier to another consequent to any
transfer of the factory and the transferee shall upload the application through online along
with requisite documents mentioned therein by remitting the transfer fee of Rs. 500/-
(Rupees five hundred) and such application shall be deemed to be endorsement of transfer until
the transfer is endorsed by the Inspector unless the application has been refused by speaking order
in writing within a period of thirty working days from the date of uploading the application.”
9. Procedure on death or disability of licensee
If a licensee dies or becomes insolvent, the person carrying on the business of such licensee shall
not be liable to any penalty under the Act for exercising the powers granted to the licensee by the
licence during such time as may reasonably be required to allow him to make an application for
the amendment of the licence under Rule 5 in his own name for the unexpired portion of the
original licence.
10. 2Omitted
11. Payment of Fee
“(1) 1Every application made under these rules through online for which a fee has been prescribed
shall be followed by remitting the prescribed fee through the online portal of Factories
Department, Telangana State.”
(2) 1The Annual Licence Fee payable under Rule 6 above is as prescribed in the Schedule and
the items in the Note vide G.O.Ms.No.77, LET&F (Lab) Department, Dated: 28.12.2016.
3[12. Notice of Change of occupier or manager
(1) The occupier of every factory shall, within seven days of any change in the manager of any
factory, send notice thereof in Form No. 2-A to the Inspector.
(2) Every new occupier of a factory shall, within seven days of the change of occupation, send
notice thereof in Form No. 2-A to the Inspector.]

2. Omitted by G..Ms.No. 33 of LET & F (Lab.II) Department, dated 7-11-2019
3. Subs. by G.O.Ms.NO. 26, Labour, Employment, T & F (Lab-II) dated 7-6-1999
1[12-A. Exemption from Section 7-A(3)
All factories in which less than 2[three hundred workers] are employed shall be exempted from the
provisions of sub-section (3) of Section 7-A of the Act.,.
Provided that this exemption shall not apply to cases where Chapter IV- A relating to hazardous
processes apply,
Provided further that where the Chief Inspector is of the opinion that it is necessary to do so, having
regard, in the case of any particular factory, to the scale of operation and the dangerous or
hazardous nature of the processes carried on or in the interest of public safety, he may, after giving
the owner or occupier a reasonable opportunity of being heard, by a speaking order
in writing, direct that the exemption contained in this rule shall not apply to that factory.]
3
[XXX]
1 [412-B. Guidelines, instructions and records
(1) without prejudice to the general responsibility of the Occupier to comply with the provisions
of Section 7-A the Chief Inspector may, from time to time, issue guidelines and instructions
regarding the general duties of the occupier relating to health, safety and welfare of all workers
while they are at work in the factory:
(2) the Occupier shall maintain such records, as may be prescribed by the Chief Inspector in respect
of monitoring of working environment in the factory.
5
12-C Certificate of stability:- (1) No manufacturing process shall be carried on in any building
of a factory constructed, reconstructed or extended or in any building which has been taken
into use as a factory or part of a factory until a certificate of stability in respect of that building in
the form given below has been sent by the occupier or manager of the factory to the Chief
Inspector and accepted by him.
1.Subs. by G.O.Ms.NO. 26, Labour, Employment, T & F (Lab-II) dated 7-6-1999

2. Subs for “one thousand workers” by G.O.Ms.NO. 57, LET&F (Lab-II), dated 19-11-2004
3. Rule 12 B omitted by Ibid.
4. Rule 12 C re numbered as 12-B by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, T & F (Lab-II) dated 7-6-1999
5. injected by G. .O.Ms.NO. 101, Labour, Employment, T & F (Lab-II) dated 20-10-2007
CHAPTER II
THE INSPECTING STAFF
RULE PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 9

13. Powers of Inspectors
1
[(1)] An Inspector shall, for the purpose of the execution of the Act have power to do all or any
of the following things, that is to say-
(a) to photograph any worker, to inspect, examine, measure, copy, photograph, sketch or test, as
the case may be, any building or room, any plant, machinery, appliance or apparatus, any register
or document or any thing provided for the purpose of securing the health, safety or welfare of the
workers employed in a factory.
(b) in the case of an Inspector who is a duly qualified medical practitioner, to carry out such
medical examinations as may be necessary for the purposes of his duties under the Act.
(c) to prosecute conduct or defend before a Court any complaint or other proceeding arising under
the Act or in discharge of his duties as an Inspector.
(2) The qualifications of the Inspectors to be appointed under the Act shall as specified in the rules
issued under the proviso to Article 309 of the Constitution.
(3) When, in any area, an inspection is made by an additional Inspector, he shall prepare the report
and shall within ten days of the Inspection, send to the Inspector under Section 8(1) for action. In
no case shall an additional Inspector communicate copy of his report to the occupier or the manager
of a factory direct.
2
[(4)An Inspector may, if he has reason to believe, as a result of any inspection, examination or
enquiry that an offence under the Act has been or is being committed, search any premises, plant
and machinery and take possession or copies of any register, records or other documents or
portions thereof pertaining to the factory after following the provisions of the Code of Criminal
Procedure, 1973 (Central Act 2 of 1974) so far as may be applicable, relating to search and seizure
under that Act.]
RULE PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (4) OF SECTION 10
14. Duties of certifying surgeon
(1) For purposes of the examination and certification of young persons, who wish to obtain
certificates of fitness, the Certifying Surgeon shall arrange a suitable time and place for the
attendance of such persons, and shall give previous notice in writing of such arrangements to the
managers of factories situated within the local limits assigned to him.
1.Rule 13 re-numbered as sub-rule(1), sub-rule(2) and (3) added by G.O.Ms.No.978dated 4-5-1980

2 Sub-rule (4) added by G.O.Ms.No.412, dated 27-3-1972
(2) The Certifying Surgeon shall issue his certificates in Form No. 5 The foil and counter-foil shall
he filled in and the left thumb mark of the person in whose name the certificate is granted shall be
taken on them. On being satisfied as to the correctness, of the entries made therein and of the
fitness of the person examined, he shall sign the foil and initial the counterfoil and shall deliver
the foil to the person in whose name the certificate is granted. The foil so delivered shall be
the certificate of fitness granted under Section 69. All counter-foils
shall be kept by the Certifying Surgeon for a period of at least two years after the issue of the
certificate.
(3) The certifying surgeon shall, upon request by the Chief Inspector, carry out such examination
and furnish him with such report as he may indicate, for any factory or class or description of
factories where-
(a) cases of illness have occurred which it is reasonable to believe or due to the nature of the
manufacturing process carried on or other conditions of work prevailing therein, or
(b) by reason of any change in the manufacturing process carried on, or in the substances used
therein, or by reason of the adoption of any new manufacturing process or of any substance for use
in a manufacturing process, there is a likelihood of injury to the health of workers employed in that
manufacturing process, or
(c) young persons are or about to be, employed in any work which is likely to ca use injury to their
health.
(4) For the purpose of the examination of persons employed in process covered by the rules relating
to dangerous operations, the Certifying Surgeon shall visit the factories within the local limits
assigned to him at such intervals as are prescribed by the rules relating to such dangerous
operations.
1
[(5)At such visits, the certifying surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a certificate of fitness
in Form 17-A. The record of examination and re-examinations carried out shall be kept in the
custody of the manager of the factory. 2[XXX]. ]
(6) If the certifying surgeon finds as a result of his examination that any person employed in such
process is no longer fit for medical reasons to work in that process, he shall suspend such
persons from working in that process for such time as he may think fit and no person after
suspension shall be employed in that process without the written sanction of the certifying
surgeon in the Health Register.
(7) The manager of a factory shall afford to the certifying surgeon facilities to inspect any
process in which any person is employed or is likely to be employed.
(8) The manager of a factory shall provide for the purpose of any medical examination
which the certifying surgeon wishes to conduct at the factory (for his exclusive use on the
occasion of an examination) a room which shall be properly cleaned and adequately ventilated
and lighted and furnished with a screen, a table (with writing materials) and chairs.
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No.144, dated 12-7-1994

2. Omitted by G.O.Ms.NO.26, Labour, Employment, T&F (Lab.II) dated 7-6-1999.
1[14-A. Fees for certifying surgeon for examination of young persons
(1) The certifying surgeon shall be entitled to the following fees for examination and grant of
certificate of fitness under sub-section (2) of Section 69.
(i) Rs. 5 for the first young person and Rs. 3 for every subsequent person examined on a single day
when the person to be examined goes to the certifying surgeon for the purpose of such examination.
(ii) Rs 3 for the first young person and Rs 1 for every subsequent young person examined on a
single day when the person to be examined goes to the certifying surgeon for the purpose of such
examination.
(iii) If a certifying surgeon has to travel beyond a radius of 8 kilometers from his dispensary or
place of posting to examine any young person or persons he shall be entitled to an additional fee
at the rate of 0.50 paise per kilometer for the total distance travelled by him. A certifying surgeon
who is an employee of the State Government shall charge this additional fee from the occupier of
a factory only if he does not charge any travelling allowance for the journey from the State
Government.
(2) The certifying surgeon shall send his bill of fees direct to the occupier of the factory in which
the young persons are employed or are to be employed.
(3) The fees and additional fees prescribed in this rule shall be paid by the occupier of the factory
concerned.
(4) The fees and the additional fees for the renewal of certificate of fitness shall be the same as
prescribed in these rules for grant of certificate of fitness.
14-B. Fees for certifying surgeons for carrying examination under sub-rule(3) of Rule 14-A
The certifying surgeon shall be paid by the occupier of the factory besides the additional fees for
travelling a daily professional fee at the rate of Rs. 10 per day irrespective of the number of persons
examined but this fee shall be reduced to Rs. 5 if the examination does not take more than half of
a day. Provided that if the number of factories visited exceeds four on a single day the professional
fee shall be subject to a minimum of Rs. 15 per day per factory.
14-C. Fees for examination of persons employed in dangerous operations
The fees and additional fees for examination of persons employed in dangerous operations
specified in Rule 95 shall be the same as prescribed in Rule 14-A and shall be payable by the
occupier of the factory in which the persons examined are employed.]
1. Rule 14 –A to 14 –C added by G.O.Ms.No.787, dated 4-7-1973.

CHAPTER III
HEALTH
EXEMPTIONS UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 11
1[15.Exemption from Section 11(1)(d)
(1) The provisions of Clause (d), (dd) and (e) of sub-section (1) of Section 11 shall not apply to
any class of factory subject to the condition that the inside walls, partitions, ceilings or tops of
rooms and all walls, sides and tops of passages and staircases are kept clean by effective means
and they are painted as often as necessary, and subject to the condition in sub-rule (2) of this rule.
(2) If it appears to the Chief Inspector that any part of a factory which is exempted under sub-rule
(1) of this rule is not kept in a clean state, he may after giving an opportunity to the occupier to be
heard, by written order require the occupier to carry out washing, painting or varnishing within
such reasonable period of not less than two months as may be specified in the order.]
16. 2[xxx]
RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 12
3[17.Disposal of trade wastes and effluents
The arrangements made in every factory for the treatment of wastes and effluents due to the
manufacturing process carried on therein shall be in accordance with those approved by the
relevant Water and Air Pollution Boards appointed under the Water (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act, 1974 (Central Act No. 6 of 1974) and the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution)
Act, 1981 (Central Act No. 14 of 1981) and other appropriate authorities.
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.NO.26, Labour, Employment, T & F (Lab. II) Departmentt, dated 7-6-1999
2. Omitted by Ibid
3. Subs. by G.O.Ms. No. 144, dated 12-7-1994.
RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 13 (2)
17-A. Standards of ventilation
(1) In every room of a factory, doors and windows shall be provided in the proportion of 0.5 square
metres at least for each worker employed in such a room, and the openings shall be such as to
admit of a continued supply of fresh air.
(2) No window provided in a wall shall be of a size less than 1[1.5 metres x 0.90 metres.]
(3) The lower sill level of a window shall not be more than 2[90 cm] from the floor level of the room.
(4) The doors and windows shall be so spaced as to be not more than 2[3 metres] from centre to
centre.
(5) A second set of windows of not less than 2[1.2 x 0.9 metres] shall be provided if the height of
the building at the eaves 2[6 metres] or more and fixed directly above the first set of windows and
doors.
(6) In every room of the factory where machinery is installed, roof openings to provide for
adequate natural ventilation shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Inspector.
(7) No verandah, portico or any structure shall be constructed nor any material stored so as to
adversely effect the entry of fresh air into the room of a factory.
RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 13 (3)
3[17-B. Ventilation and Temperature
(1) Limits of temperature and air movement..- In any factory the maximum wet bulb temperature
of air in a work room at a height of 1.45 metres (5 feet) above the floor level shall not exceed 308-
C, (860-1) and adequate air movement of at least 30 metres per minute (100 feet per minute) shall
be provided; and in relation to dry bulb temperature in the wet bulb temperature in the workroom
at the said height shall not exceed the temperature shown in the Schedule below or as regards a
dry-bulb reading intermediate between the two dry-bulb readings that specified in relation to the
higher of these two dry-bulb readings.
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 152 ( F & B) dated 20-4-1989

2. Subs. by G.O.Ms.NO. 152 (F & B) dated 20-4-1989
3. Rules 17- B & 17-C substituted by G.O.Ms.No 621, dated 26-8-1980.
SCHEDULE
Dry-bulb
Wet-bulb temparature
temparature
0
( C) (0F) (0C) (0F)
30 (86) 29.0 (84.2)
31 (87.8) 28.9 (84.0)
32 (89.6) 28.8 (83.8)
33 (91.4) 28.7 (83.6)
34 (93.2) 28.6 (83.5)
35 (95) 28.5 (83.4)
36 (96.8) 28.4 (83.2)
37 (98.6) 28.3 (83.0)
38 (100.4) 28.2 (82.7)
39 (102.2) 28.1 (82.6)
40 (104) 28.0 (82.5)
41 (105.8) 27.9 (82.3)
42 (107.6) 27.8 (82.1)
43 (109.4) 27.7 (81.9)
44 (111.2) 27.6 (81.7)
45 (113) 27.5 (81.5)
46 (114.8) 27.4 (81.3)
47 (116.6) 27.3 (81.1)
Provided that if the temperature measured with a thermometer to be inserted in a hollow globe of
15 cm.(6 in) dia coated mat black outside and kept into the environment for not less that 20 minutes
exceeds the dry bulb temperature of air, the temperature so recorded by the globe thermometer
shall be taken in place of the dry-bulb temperature;
Provided further than when the reading of the wet bulb temperature outside in the shade exceeds
27deg C, (80.6 deg F)., the value of the wet bulb temperature allowed in the schedule for a given
dry bulb temperature may correspondingly exceed to the same extent.
Provided further that this requirement shall not apply in respect of factories covered by Section 15
and in respect of factories where the nature of work carried on involves production of excessively
high temperature referred to in clause (b) of sub-section (1) to which workers are exposed for short
periods of time not exceeding one hour followed by an interval of sufficient durations in thermal
environments not exceeding those otherwise laid down in this rule.
Provided further that the Chief Inspector, having regard to the health of the workers, may in special
and exceptional circumstances; by an order in writing exempt any factory or part of a factory from
the forgoing requirement in so far as restricting the thermal conditions, within the limits and down
in the schedule, are concerned, to such extent that he may consider necessary subject to such
conditions as he may specify.
(2) Provision of the thermometers.
(i) If it appears to the Inspector that in any factory, the temperature of air in a work room is
sufficiently high and is likely to exceed the limits prescribed in sub-rule(l) he may serve on the
manager or of the factory an order requiring him to provide sufficient number of whirling
hygrometers or any other type of hygrometers and direct that the dry bulb and wet bulb readings
in each such work room shall be recorded as such positions as approved by the Inspector twice
during each working shift by a person specially nominated for the purpose by the manager and
approved by the Inspector.
(ii) If the Inspector has reason to believe that a substantial amount of heat is added inside the
environment of a work room by radiation from walls, roof or other solid surroundings, he may
serve on the manager of the factory an order requiring him to provide one or more globe
thermometers referred to in the first proviso in sub-rule(l), and further requiring him to place the
globe thermometers at places specified by him and keep a record of the temperatures in a suitable
register.
(3) Ventilation
(i) In every factory the amount of ventilation openings in a work room below the Caves shall,
except where mechanical means of ventilation as required by Clause 1
(i) are provided, be of an aggregate area of not less than 15% of the floor area and so located as to
afford a continued supply of fresh air.
Provided that the Chief Inspector may relax the requirements regarding the amount of ventilating
openings if he is satisfied that having regard to the location of the factory, orientation of the work
room, prevailing winds, roof height and the nature of manufacturing process carried on, sufficient
supply of fresh air into work room is afforded during most part of the working time:
Provided further that this requirement shall not apply in respect of work rooms of factories-
(i) covered by Section 15; or

(ii) in which temperature and humidity are controlled by refrigeration.
(iii) Where, in any factory owing to special circumstances such as situation with respect to floor
space, the requirements of ventilation openings under clause(i) cannot be complied with or in the
opinion of the Inspector the temperature of air in a work room is sufficiently high and likely to
exceed the limits prescribed in clause(i), he may serve on the manager of the factory an order
requiring him to provide additional ventilation either by means of roof ventilators or by mechanical
means.
(iv) The amount of fresh air supplied by mechanical means of ventilation in an hour shall be
equivalent to at least six times the cubic capacity of the work room and shall he distributed evenly
throughout the work room without dead air pockets or under draughts caused by high inlet
velocities.
(v) In regions where in summer (15th March-15th July) dry bulb temperatures of outside air in the
shade during most part of day exceed 35 deg C (95 deg F) and simultaneous wet bulb temperatures
are 25 deg (67deg F) or below and in the opinion of the Inspector the manufacturing process carried
on in the work room of a factory permits thermal environments with relative humidity
of 50% or more, the Inspector may serve on the manager of the factory an
order to have sufficient supply of outside air for ventilation cooled by passing it through water
sprays either by means of unit type of evaporative air coolers (desert coolers) or, where supply of
outside air is provided by mechanical means through ducts in a plenum system, by means of central
air washing plants.
1[17-C . (1) Columns pillars or walls supporting the roof in a factory in which a manufacturing
process is carded on shall be at least 4.25 metres high from the floor level.
(1) Every factory shall be constructed with pucca masonry walls of brick stone or other material
approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories and of sufficient thickness.
(2) The roof material used in a factory shall be non-heat radiating and fire retarding Provided that
the Chief Inspector of Factories may approve any other material used for a roof when a secondary
ceiling of non-heat radiating material is provided with a minimum air gap of 10cms.
17-D. Powers of Chief Inspector to exempt
Where the Chief Inspector is satisfied in respect of any particular factory or part thereof or in
respect of and description of workroom of process that any requirement of the Rules 17-A, 17-B,
or 17-C is in appropriate or is not reasonably practicable, he may by order, in writing, exempt the
factory or part thereof, or description of workroom or process from such requirement to such extent
and subject to such conditions as he may specify.]
RULES 18 TO 28 PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (1) OF SECTION 15
18. When artificial humidification not allowed
There shall be no artificial humidification in any room of a factory-
(a) by the use of steam during any period when the dry bulb temperature of that room exceeds 2[29.5
degrees centigrade.]
(b) at any time when the wet bulb reading of the hygrometer is higher than that
specified in the following Schedule in relation to the dry
1. Rules 17 –C & 17-D inserted by G.O.Ms.No.152 (F & B), dated 20-4-1989

2. Sub. by ibid
bulb reading intermediate between any two bulb readings indicated consecutively in the schedule
when the dry bulb reading does not exceed the wet bulb reading to the extent indicated in relation
to the lower of these two dry bulb readings.
SCHEDULE
Readings in degrees centrigrade
Dry bulb Wet bulb Dry bulb Wet bulb Dry bulb Wet bulb
15.5 14.5 25.0 24.0 34.5 30.0
16.0 15.0 25.5 24.5 35.0 30.5
16.5 15.5 26.0 25.0 35.5 31.0
17.0 16.0 26.5 25.5 36.0 31.0
17.5 16.0 27.0 26.0 36.5 31.5
18.0 16.5 27.5 26.0 37.0 31.5
18.5 17.0 28.0 26.5 37.5 31.5
19.0 18.0 28.5 27.0 38.0 32.0
19.5 18.5 29.0 27.0 38.5 32.0
20.0 19.0 19.5 28.0 39.0 32.0
20.5 19.5 30.0 28.0 39.5 32.5
21.0 20.0 30.5 28.5 40.0 32.5
21.5 20.5 31.0 28.5 40.5 33.0
22.0 21.0 31.5 29.0 41.0 33.0
22.5 21.0 32.0 29.0 41.5 33.0
23.0 21.5 32.5 29.0 42.0 33.0
23.5 22.0 33.0 29.5 42.5 30.0
24.0 23.0 33.5 29.5 43.0 33.5
24.5 23.5 34.0 30.0 43.5 33.5
Provided however, that clause (b) shall not apply when the difference between the wet bulb
temperature is indicated by the hygrometer in the department concerned and the wet bulb
temperature taken with a hygrometer outside in the shade is 1[less than 20 degrees centigrade.]
19. Provision of Hygrometer
In all departments of a factory wherein artificial humidification is adopted hygrometers shall be

provided and maintained in such positions as are approved by the Inspector. The number of
hygrometers shall be regulated according to the following scale:-
(a) Weaving department:- One hygrometer for departments wit less than 500 looms, and one
additional hygrometer for every 500 or part of 500 looms in excess of 500.
(b) Other factories:- One hygrometer for each room of less than 8500 cubic metres capacity and
one extra hygrometer for each 5670 cubic metres or part thereof, in excess of this.
(c) One additional hygrometer shall be provided and maintained outside the factory wherein
artificial humidification is adopted and in a position approved by the Inspector, for taking
hygrometer shade readings.
20. Exemption from maintenance of hygrometers
When the Inspector is satisfied that the limits of humidity allowed by the schedule to Rule 18 are
never exceeded, he may for any department of a factory grant exemption from the maintenance of
the hygrometer. The Inspector shall record such exemption in writing.
21. Copy of Schedule to Rule 18 to he affixed near every hygrometer
A legible copy of the schedule to Rule 18 shall be affixed near each hygrometer.
22. Temperature to be recorded at each hygrometer
At each hygrometer maintained in accordance with Rule 19, correct wet and dry bulb temperatures
shall be recorded thrice daily during each working day by competent persons nominated by the
manager and approved by the Inspector. The temperature shall be taken between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m.
between 11 a.m. and 2 p.m. (but not in the rest interval) and between 4 p.m. and 5.30 p.m.
In exceptional circumstances, such additional readings and between such
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No.152 (F & B), dated 20-4-1989

hours as the Inspector may specify, shall be taken. The temperatures shall be entered in a Humidity
Register in the prescribed Form No. 6, maintained in the factory. At the end of each month, the persons
who have taken the readings shall sign the register and certify the correctness of the entries. The
register shall always be available for inspection by the Inspector.
23. Specifications of hygrometers
(1) Each hygrometer shall comprise two mercurial thermometers of wet bulb and dry bulb of
similar construction, and equal in dimensions, scale and divisions of scale. They shall be mounted
on a frame with a suitable reservoir containing water.
(2) The wet bulb shall be closely covered with a single layer of muslin kept wet by means of wick
attached to it and dropping into the water in the reservoir. The muslin covering and the wick shall
be suitable for the purpose, clean and free from size or grease.
(3) No part of the wet bulb shall be within 3 inches from the dry bulb or less than one inch from
the surface of the water in the reservoir and the water reservoir shall be below it, on the side of it
away from the dry bulb.
(4) The bulb shall be spherical and of suitable dimensions and shall be freely exposed on all sides
to the air of the room.
(5) The bores of the stems shall be such that the position of top of the mercury column shall be
readily distinguishable at a distance of 2 feet.
(6) Each thermometer shall be graduated so that accurate readings may be taken between 50 and
120 degrees.
(7) Every degree from 50 degrees upto 120 degrees shall be clearly marked by horizontal lines, on
the stem of each fifth and tenth degrees shall be marked by longer marks than the intermediate
degrees and the temperature marked opposite each tenth degree, i.e., 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110
and 120.
(8) The markings as above shall be accurate, that is to say, at no temperature between 50 and 120
degrees shall the indicated readings, be in error by more than two-tenths of a degree.
(9) A distinctive number shall be indelibly marked upon the thermometer.
(10) The accuracy of each thermometer shall be certified the National Physical Laboratory,
London, or some competent authority appointed by the Chief Inspector and such certificate shall
be attached to the Humidity Register.
24. Thermometers to be maintained in efficient order
Each thermometer shall be maintained at all times during the period of employment in efficient
working order, so as to give accurate indications and in particular-
(a) the wick and the muslin covering of the wet bulb shall be renewed once a week ;
(b) the reservoir shall be filled with water which shall be completely renewed once a day. The
Chief Inspector may direct the use of distilled water or pure rain water in any particular mill or
mills in certain localities;.
(c) no water shall be applied directly to the wick or covering during the period of employment.
25. An inaccurate thermometer not to be used without fresh Certificate

If an Inspector gives notice in writing that a thermometer is not accurate, it shall not, after one
month from the date of such notice, be deemed to be accurate unless and until it has been re-
examined as prescribed and a fresh certificate obtained which certificate shall be kept attached to
the Humidity Register.
26. Hygrometer not to be affixed to wall, etc., unless protected by wood

(1) No hygrometer shall be affixed to a wall, pillar, or other surface unless protected there from by
wood or other non-conducting material at least half an inch in thickness and distant at least one
inch from the bulb of each thermometer.
(2) No hygrometer shall be fixed at a height of more than 5 feet 6 inches from the floor to the top
of thermometer stem or in the direct droughts from a fan, window or ventilating opening.
27. No reading to he taken within 15 minutes of renewal of water

No reading shall be taken for record on any hygrometer within 15 minutes of the renewal of water
in the reservoir.
28. How to introduce steam for humidification

If any room in which steam pipes are used for the introduction of steam for the purpose or artificial
humidification of the air the following provisions shall apply-
(a) The diameter of such pipe shall not exceed 1[50 mm] and in the case of pipes installed after 1st
day of April, 1949 the diameter shall not exceed 1[25 mm.]
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No.152 (F & B), dated 20-4-1989

(b) Such pipes shall be as short as is reasonably practicable
(c) All hangers supporting such pipes shall be separated from the base pipes by an efficient
insulator not less than half an inch in thickness
(d) No uncovered jet from pipe shall project more than 1[11.5 cm.] beyond the outer surface of any
cover
(e) The steam pressure shall be as low as practicable and shall not exceed 1[5 kg.] per square inch
(f) The pipe employed for the introduction of steam into the air in a department shall be effectively
covered with such non-conducting material, as may be approved by the Inspector in order to
minimise the amount of heat radiated by them into the department.
29. Artificial lighting
[Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 978, dated 4-5-1960]
30. Lighting of interior parts

2
[(1) The general illumination over those interior parts of a factory where persons are regularly
employed shall be not less than 1[65 Lux] measured in the horizontal plain at a level of 90 cm. above
the floor,
Provided that in any such parts in which the mounting height of the light source for general
illumination has to necessarily exceed 7.6 mtrs. measured from the floor or where the structure of
the room or the position or construction of the fixed machinery or plant prevents the uniform
attainment of the standard specified above, the general illumination at the said level of 7.6 mtrs.
shall be not less than 1[22 Lux] and where work is actually being done the illumination shall be
not less than 1[65 Lux] candles.
(1) The illumination over all other interior parts of the factory over which persons employed pass
shall, when and where a person is passing be not less than 0.50 foot candles at floor level.
(2) The standard specified in this rule shall be without prejudice to the provision of any additional
illumination required to render the lighting sufficient and suitable for the nature of the work.
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 152 (F & B), dt: 20-4-1989

2. Sub- rule (1) and the proviso subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 808, dt: 17-11-1980
31. Prevention of glare
(1) Where any source of artificial light in the factory is less than 1[4.9 mtrs.] above floor level, no
part of the light source of the lighting fitting having a brightness greater than 55 candles per square
inch shall be visible to persons while normally employed with 2[30 mtrs.] of the source, except where
the angle of elevation from the eye to the source or part of the fitting as the case may be exceeds
20 degrees.
(2) Any local light that is to say, an artificial light designed to illuminate particularly the area or
part of the area of work of a single operative or small group of operatives working near each other
shall be provided with a suitable shade of opaque material to prevent glare or with other effective
means by which the light source is completely screened from the eyes of every person employed at
a normal working place or shall be so placed that no such person is exposed to glare there from.
32. Power of Chief Inspector to exempt
Where the Chief Inspector is satisfied in respect of any particular factory or part thereof or in
respect of any description of workroom or process that any requirement of Rules 30 and 31 is
inappropriate or is not reasonably practicable, he may, by order in writing, exempt the factory or
part thereof, or description of work room or process from such requirement to such extent and
subject to such conditions as he may specify.
33. 2[x x x]
34. Quantity of drinking water
The quantity of drinking water to be provided for the workers in every factory. shall be at least 5
liters per worker employed in the factory and such drinking water shall be readily available at all
times during working hours.
3[35.Source of Supply:-
The water provided for drinking shall be supplied from public water supply system or, where no
public water supply is available to the factory, from such other source that provides clean potable
water.]
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No 152 (F & B), dt: 20-4-1989

2. Deleted by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F & B), dt: 12-7-1994
3. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, T & F (Lab. II), dt: 7-6-1999
36. Means of supply

If drinking water is not supplied directly from taps either connected with the public water supply
system or any other water supply of the factory 1[xxx] it shall be kept in suitable vessels,
receptacles or tanks fitted taps and having dust proof covers placed on raised stands or platforms
in shade and having suitable arrangement of drainage to carry away the split water. Such vessels,
receptacles and tanks shall be kept clean and the water renewed at least once every day. All
practicable measures shall be taken to ensure that the water is free from contamination.
37. Cleanliness of Well or reservoir

(1) Drinking water shall not be supplied from any open well or reservoir unless it is so constructed,
situated, protected and maintained as to be free from the possibility of pollution by chemical or
bacterial and extraneous impurities .
(2) Where drinking water is supplied from such well or reservoir the water in it shall be sterilized
once a week or more frequently if the Inspector by written order, so requires, and the date on which
sterilizing is carried out shall be recorded :
Provided that this requirement shall not apply to any such well or reservoir the water therein is
filtered and treated to the satisfaction of the Health Officer before it is supplied for consumption.
2[38.Report from Health Officer

(1) The Inspector may, by order in writing, require the Health Officer at such intervals as he may
direct, to enquire into and report on the fitness for human consumption of the water supplied to the
workers in any factory.
(2) The Inspector may by order in writing require the occupier at such time or such interval as he
may direct to get the water samples tested by the laboratories recognised by the Chief Inspector or
Health Officer on the fitness for human consumption of the water supplied to the workers for
drinking purpose.]
39. Cooling of water

In every factory wherein more than two hundred and fifty worker are ordinarily employed-
1. The words “ approved by the Health Officer” omitted by G.O.Ms.No.26, Labour, Employment, T & F (Lab. II) , dt: 7-6-1999
2. Subs. by ibid
(a) the drinking water supplied to the workers shall during hot weather, be cooled by ice or
mechanical refrigeration Provided that, if ice is placed in the drinking water, the ice shall be clean
and wholesome 1[x x x]
(b) the cooled drinking water shall be supplied in every canteen, lunch-room and rest-room and
also at conveniently accessible points throughout the factory which for the purpose of these rules
shall be called water centres
(c) the water centre shall be sheltered from the weather and adequately drained
(d) the number of water centres to be provided shall be one "centre" for every 150 persons
employed at any one time in the factory,
2
[Provided that in the case of a factory where the number of persons employed exceeds 500, it shall
be sufficient if there is one such "centre" as aforesaid for every 150 persons upto the first 500 and
for every 500 persons thereafter,
Provided that the distance between the place of work of any worker shall not be more than 50
metres from the nearest water centre or any distance may be specified by the Inspector.]
(e) every water centre shall be maintained in clean and orderly condition;
3
[(f) The means of supply of cooled drinking water shall be either directly through taps connected
to water coolers or any other system for cooling of water or by means, of vessels, receptacles or
tanks/fitted with taps and having dust proof covers and placed on raised stands or platforms in
shades, and having suitable arrangements of drainage to carry away the split water. Such vessels,
receptacles or tanks shall be kept clean and the water renewed at least once every day.]

1. Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, T & F (Lab. II ), dated 7-6-1999
2. Added by G.O.Ms. No.144 (F & B), dt. 12-7-1994
3. Subs. by Ibid
40. Latrine accommodation
In every factory, latrine accommodation shall be provided on the following scale, namely:-
(i) in the case of latrines of flush out system, one latrine for every twenty five or lesser number of
workers, where the number of workers does not exceed one hundred, and four for the first one
hundred and one for every fifty or lesser number in excess of one hundred, where the number of
workers exceeds one hundred
(ii) in the case of latrines of non-flush out system, one for every twenty workers
(iii) in calculating the number of seats required under this rule, any odd number of workers less
than 25, 50 or 20 specified in Clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be reckoned as 25, 50 or 20
respectively as the case may be; and only the maximum number of persons working in the factory
at any time, and not the total number of persons employed in the factory shall be taken into account
(iv) where workers of both sexes are employed separate latrines shall be provided for each sex.
(v) Sanitary Napkins of adequate quantity conforming to Indian Standards shall be provided and
maintained in the Women’s toilets for their use and the same replenished on dairy basis;
(vi) Disposable bins with lids shall be provided within the women’s toilets for the collection of
used napkins. The used napkins shall be disposed off as per the procedure approved by the
Inspector”.
41. Latrines to conform to public health requirements
Latrines, other than these connected with an efficient water-borne sewage system, shall comply
with the requirements of the Public Health authorities.
42. Privacy of latrines
Every latrine shall be under suitable cover and every seat in the latrine shall he so partitioned off
as to secure privacy and each partition shall have a proper door and fastenings.
43. Signboards to be displayed
Where workers of both sexes are employed there shall be displayed outside each latrine block a
notice in the language understood by the majority of the workers "For Men only" or "For Women
only" as the case may be. The notice shall also bear the figure of a man or of a woman, as the case
may be.
44. Urinal accommodation
Urinal accommodation shall be provided for the use of males and shall not be less than 1[60 cm.]
in length for every 50 workers: provided that where the number of workers employed
exceeds 500, it shall be sufficient if there is one urinal for every 50 [males] up to the
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 152, (F & B), dated 20-4-1989
first 500 employed, and one for every 100 thereafter. Where women are employed separate urinal
accommodation shall be provided for them on the same scale as mentioned above.
In calculating the urinal accommodation required under this rule, and odd number of workers less
than 50 or 1 00, as the case may be, shall be reckoned as 50 or 100 and the maximum number of
persons working in the factory, at any time and not the total number of persons employed in the
factory, shall be taken into account.
45. Urinals to conform to public health requirements

Urinals other than those connected with an efficient water-borne sewage system and urinals in a
factory wherein more than two hundred and fifty workers are ordinarily employed shall comply
with the requirements of the Public Health authorities.
46. Certain latrines and urinals to the connected to sewage system
When any general system of underground sewage with an assured water-supply for any particular
locality is provided in a municipality all latrines and urinals other than such septic tank latrines
and any other type of latrines and urinals to be approved for this purpose by the Public Health
authority, of a factory situated in such locality shall, if the factory is situated within 100 feet of an
existing sewer, connected with the sewage system.
47. Cleaning and painting of latrines and urinals

The walls, Ceiling and partition of every latrine or urinal shall be kept clean and disinfected,
washed and painted as often as is necessary Provided that the Chief Inspector may, by order in
writing, having regard to the special circumstances of any particular case and after giving the
occupier an opportunity of being heard, require that the latrines or urinals be disinfected, washed
or painted in such manner and such intervals as may be specified in the order.
1[48. Construction and maintenance of drains

All drains carrying waste or sullage water shall be constructed in masonry or other impermeable
materials and shall be regularly flushed and effluent disposed of by connecting such drains with a
suitable drainage line;
1.Subs. by G.O.Ms.No.26, Labour, Employment, T & F (Lab-II), dated 7-6-1999
provided that, where there is no such drainage line, the effluent, shall be deodorized and rendered
innocuous and then disposed in a suitable manner to the satisfaction of the Health Officer.]
49. Water taps in latrines
Where piped water supply is available, a sufficient number of water taps, conveniently accessible
shall be provided in or near such latrine accommodation. Where there is no continuous supply of
water, cisterns with cans should be provided for washing purposes.

1[(50). Number and location of spittoons
(1) In any factory or part of a factory where spitting is prohibited by the occupier or manager, no
spittoons shall be provided and no worker shall spit in any such factory or part of a factory.
(2) In cases not covered by sub-rule (1), there shall be provided adequate spittoons and noworker
shall spit except in the spittoons provided.]
51. Type of spittoons
The spittoons shall be of either of the following,

(a) a galvanized iron container with a conical funnel-shaped cover. A layer of suitable disinfectant
liquid shall always be maintained in the container, or
(b) a container filled with dry, clean sand and covered with a layer of bleaching powder, or
(c) any other type approved by the Chief Inspector.
52. Cleaning of spittoons
The spittoon mentioned in clause (a) of Rule 51 shall be emptied, cleaned and disinfected at least
once everyday and the spittoon mentioned in Clause (b) of Rule 51 shall be cleaned by scraping
out the to -layer of sand as often as necessary or at least once everyday.
CHAPTER IV
SAFETY
FURTHER PRECAUTIONS PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 21
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No.26, Labour, Employment, T & F (Lab – II), dated 7-6-1999
53. Further Safety precautions

(1) Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-section (1) of Section 21 in regard to the fencing of
machines, the further precautions specified in the schedules annexed hereto shall apply to the
machines noted in each schedule.
(2) [Omitted by G.O.Ms.No.978, dated 4-5-1960].
(3) Register prescribed under Section 22 (I):- Register to record the name of specially trained adult
workers shall be in Form No.35.
(4) The occupier of every 'factory', wherein the operations referred to in sub-section (1) of Sec.22
are carried on, shall provide free of cost, two sets of suitable and tight fitting clothing to each
worker who is required to wear them, the used sets being replaced by new once after the end of
every six months. Each such set shall consist of a closely fitting shirt and a closely fitting half-
sleeve shirt or vest. No worker should be compelled to wear the tight fitting clothing which was
once used by another worker and no worker shall be required to return the used set or sets on
termination of his services or when the used sets are replaced by new sets.
(5) 1[x x x]
2SCHEDULE –I
Textile machinery except machinery used in jute Mills
1. Application:- The requirements of this schedule shall apply to machinery in factories engaged in the
manufacture or processing of textiles other than jute textiles. The schedule would not apply to machinery in
factories engaged exclusively in the manufacture of synthetic fibres
2. Definitions:- For the purpose of this Schedule-
(a) "Calender" means a set of heavy rollers mounted on vertical side frames and arranged to pass cloth between
them. Calenders may have two to ten rollers, or bowls, some of which can be heated ;
(b) "Embossing calender" means a calender with two or more rolls, one of which is engraved for producing
figure effects of various kinds on a fabric ;
1. Omitted by G.O.Ms.No.26, Labour, Employment, T & F ( Lab.- II), dated 7-6-1999

2. Schedule I subs. by G.O.Ms.No.152 (F &B), dt: 20-4-1989
(c) "Card' means a machine consisting of cylinders of various sizes and in certain cases flats covered with card
clothing and set in relation to relationship. The speed of cylinders and their direction of rotation varies. The
finished product is delivered as a silver. Cards of different types are; the revolving flat card the roller and clear
card, etc
(d) "Card Clothing" means the material with which the surfaces of the cylinder, differ, flats, etc., of a card are
covered and consists of a thick foundation material made of either textile fabrics through which are pressed
many fine closely spaced, specially bent wires, or mounted saw toothed wire ;
(e) "Comber" means a machine for combing fibres of cotton, wool, etc., The essential parts are device for
feeding forward a fringe of fibres at regular intervals and an arrangement of combs or pins, which at the right
time, pass through the fringe. All tangled fibres, short fibres, and nips are removed and the long fibres are laid
parallel ;
(f) "combing machinery" means a general classification of machinery including combers, silver lap machines,
ribbon lap machines, and gill boxes but excluding cards ;
(g) "Rotary staple Cutter" means a machine consisting of one or more rotary blades used for the purpose of
cutting textile fibres into staple length ;
(h) "Garnet machine" means any of a number of types of machines for opening hard twisted waste of wool,
cotton, silk etc. Essentially, such machines consist of a liquor in; one or more cylinders, each having a
complement worker and stripper rolls; and agency role and differ. The action of such machines is some what like
that a wool card, but it is much more severe in that the various rolls are covered with garnet wire instead of card
clothing
(i) "Gill box" means a machine used in the worsted system of manufacturing yarns. Its function is to arrange
fibres in parallel order. Essentially, it consists of a pair of speed rolls and a serious of followers where the
followers move at a faster surface speed and perform a combing action ;
(j) "In-running rolls" means any pair of rolls or drums between which there is a "nip" ;
(k) "Interlocking arrangement" means a device that prevents the setting in motion of a dangerous part of
machine or the machine itself while the guard, cover or door provided to safeguard against danger is open or
unlocked and which will also hold the guard, cover or door closed and locked while the machine or the
dangerous part
is in motion;
(l) "Kier" means a large metal vat, usually a pressure type, in which fabrics may be boiled out, bleached etc ;
(m) "Ribbon Tapper" means a machine or part of a machine used to prepare laps for feeding a cotton comb, its
purpose is to provide a uniform lap in which the fibres have been straightened as much as possible ;
(n) "Silver Tapper" means a machine or a part of machine in which a number of parallel card silvers are drafted
slightly, laid side by side in a compact sheet, and wound into a cylindrical package;
(o) "Loom" means a machine for effecting the interlocking of two series of yarns crossing one another at right
angles. The warp yarns are wound on a warp beam and pass through headles and reeds. The filling is short
across in a shuttle and settled in place by reeds and slay, and the fabric is wound on cloth beam ;
(p) "Starch mangle" means a mangle that is used specifically for starching cotton goods. It commonly consists of
two large rolls and a shallow open vat with several immersion rolls. The vat contains the starch solution ;
(q) "Water mangle" means a calender having two or more rolls used for squeezing water from fabrics before
drying. Water mangles also may be used in other ways during the finishing of various fabrics ;
(r) "Mule" means a type of spinning frame having a head stock and a carriage as its two main sections. The head
stock is stationery. The carriage is movable and it carries the spindles which draft and spin the moving into yard.
The carriage extends over the whole width of the machine and moves slowly towards and away from the head
stock during the spinning operation;
(s) "Nip" is the danger zone between two rolls or drums which by virtue of their positioning and movement
create a nipping hazard;
(t) "Openers and pickers" means a general classification of machinery which includes breakers pickers,
intermediate pickers, finisher pickers single process pickers, multiple process pickers, willow machines, card
and openers, shoddy pickers, bale breakers, feeders, vertical openers, lattive cleaners, horizontal cleaners, and
any similar machinery equipped with either cylinders screen section, calenders section, rolls, or beaters used for
the preparation of a stock for further processing;
(u) "Paddler" means a trough for a solution and two or more squeeze rolls between which cloth passes after
being passed through a mordant or dye bath;
(v) "Plaiting machine" means a machine used to lay cloth into folds of regular length for convenience of
subsequent process or use;
(w) "Roller printing machine" means a machine consisting of large central cylinder, or pressure bowl, around the
lower part of the perimeter of which is placed a series of engraved color rollers (each having a color through), a
furnisher roller, doctor blades, etc. the machine is used for printing fabrics;
(x) "Continuous bleaching range" means a machine for bleaching of cloth in rope or open-width form with the
following arrangement. The cloth after writing out, pass through a squeeze roll into a saturator containing a
solution of caustic soda and then to an enclosed J-Box. A V-shaped arrangement is attached to the front part of
the J-Box for uniform and rapid saturation of the cloth with steam before it is packed down in the J-Box. The
cloth, in a single strand rope form, passes over a guide roll down the first arm of the 'V' and up the second.
Steam is injected into the 'W' at the upper end of the second arm so that the cloth is rapidly saturated with steam
at this point, the J-Box capacity is such that cloth will remain hot for a sufficient time to complete the securing
action. It then passes a series of washers with a squeeze roll in between. The cloth then passes through a second
set of saturator. J-Box and washer, where it is treated with the peroxide solution. By slight modification of the
form of the unit, the same process can be applied to open-width cloth ;
(y) "Mercerizing range" means a 3-bowl mangle, a tentor frame, and a number of boxes for washing and
squiring. The whole set up is in a straight line and all parts operate continuously. The combination is used to
saturate the cloth with sodium hydroxide, stretch it while saturated, and washing out most of the caustic before
releasing tension ;
(z) "Sanforizing machine" means a machine consisting of a large steam heated cylinder, and endless, thick
woolen felt blanket which in close contact with the cylinder for most of its perimeter, and an electrically heated
shoe which presses the cloth against the blanket while the latter is in a stretched condition as it curves around
feed-in roll
(aa) "Shearing machine" means a machine used for shearing cloth Cutting action is provided by a number of
steel blades spirally mounted on a roller. The roller rotates in a close contact with fixed ledger blade. There may
be from one to six such rollers on a machine ;
(bb) "Singeing machine" means a machine which comprises of a heated roller, plate, or an open gas flame. The
cloth or yard is rapidly passed over the roller or the plate or through the open gas flame to remove fuzz or
hairiness by burning ;
(cc) "Slasher" means a machine used for applying a size mixture to warp yarns. Essentially it consists of a stand
for holding section beams size, box, one or more cylindrical dryers or an enclosed hot air dryer, and a beaming
end for winding the yard on the loom beams ;
(dd) "Tenter frame" means a machine for drying cloth under tension. It essentially consists of pair of endless
travelling chains fitted with clips of fine pins and carded on tracks. The cloth is firmly held at the selvages by the
two chains which diverge as they move forward as that the cloth is brought to the desired width.
(ee) " Warpe" means a machine for preparing and arranging the yarns intended for the warp of a fabric,
specifically a beam warper.
3. General safety requirement..-
(1) Every textile machine shall be provided with individual mechanical or electrical means for starting and
stopping such machines. Belt shifter on machines driver by belts and shafting should be provided with a belt
shifter lock or an equivalent positive lacking device.
(2) Stopping and starting handles or other controls shall be of such design and so positioned as to prevent the
operator's hand or fingers from striking against any moving part of any other part of the machine.
(3) All belts, pulleys, goals, chains, sprocket wheels, and other dangerous moving parts of machinery which
either form part of the machinery are used association with it, shall he securely guarded.
4. Openers and pickers:-
(1) In all opening or picker machinery, beaters and other dangerous parts shall be securely fenced by suitable
guards so as to prevent contact with them. Such guards and door or covers of opening giving access to any
dangerous part of the machinery shall be provided with interlocking arrangements:
Provided that in the case of doors or covers of openings giving access to any dangerous part, other than seat or
covers, instead of the interlocking arrangement, such openings may be so fence by guards which prevent access
to any such dangerous part and which is either kept positively locked in position fixed in such a manner that it
cannot be removed without the use of hand tools.
(2) The feed rolls on all opening picking machinery shall be covered with a guard designed to prevent the
operator from reaching the hip while the machinery is in operation.
(3) The lap forming rollers shall be fitted with a guard or cover which shall prevent access to the nip at the
intake of the lap roller and fluted roller as long as the weighted rack is down. The guard or cover shall be so
locked
that it cannot be raised until the machine is stopped, and the machine cannot be started until the cover or guard is
closed :
Provided that the foregoing provision shall not apply to the machines equipped with automatic lap forming
devices.
Provided further that any such machine equipped with an automatic lap forming device shall not be used unless
the automatic lap forming device is in efficient working order.
5. Cotton Cards:-
(1) All cylinder doors shall be secured by an interlocking arrangement which shall prevent the door being
opened until the cylinder has ceased to revolve and shall render it impossible to restart the machine until the
door has been closed ;
Provided that the latter requirement in respect of the automatic locking device shall not apply while stripping or
grinding operations are carried out :
Provided further that stripping of grinding operations shall be carried out only by specially trained adult workers
wearing tight fitting clothing whose names have been recorded in the register prescribed in this behalf as
required
in sub-section (1) of Section 22.
(2) The licker in shall be guarded so as to prevent access to the dangerous parts.
(3) Every card shall be equipped with an arrangement that would enable the card cylinder to be driven by power
during shipping/grinding operations without having to either shift the main belt to the fast pulley of the machine
or to dismantle the interlocking mechanism. Such an arrangement shall be used only for stripping or grinding
operations.
6. Garnet machines:-
(1) Garnet licker shall be enclosed,
(2) Garnet fancy rolls shall be enclosed by guards. These shall be installed in a way that keeps worker rolls
rationally accessible for removal or adjustment.
(3) The underside of the garnet shall be guarded by screen mesh or other form of enclosures to prevent access.
7. Gill boxes..-
1) The feed end shall be guarded so as to prevent fingers being caught in the pins of the intersecting fallers.
(2) All nips of in running rolls shall be guarded by suitable nip guards confirming to the following specifications
;
Any opening which the guard may permit when fitted in position shall be so restricted with respect to the
distance of the opening from any nip point through that opening and in any circumstances, the maximum width
of the
opening shall not exceed the following:
Distance of opening from nip point Maximum width of opening

0 to 38 mm. 6 mm
39 to 63 mm 10 mm
64 to 88 mm. 13 mm
89 to 140 mm 15 mm
141 to 165 mm 19 mm
166 to 190 mm 22 mm
191 to 215 mm 32 mm
8. Silver and Ribbon lappers (cotton):- The calendar drums and the lap spool shall be provided with a guard to
prevent access to the nip between the in-running rolls.
9. Speed frames:- Jack box wheels at the head stock shall be guarded and the guard shall have interlocking
arrangement.
10. Spinning mules:- Wheels on spinning mule carriages shall be provided with substantial wheel guards,
extending to within 6 mm. of the rails.
11. Warpers:- Swiveled double-bar gates shall be installed on all warners operating in excess of 410 metes/min.
These gates shall have interlocking arrangement, except for the purpose of inching or jogging :
Provided that the top and bottom bars of the gate shall be at least 1.05 and 0.53 meters high from the floor or
working platform, and the gate shall be located 38 mm. from the vertical tanglement to the beam head.
12. Slashers..--
(1) Cylinder dryers:-
(a) All open nips of in-running rolls shall be guarded by nip guards conforming to the requirements in paragraph
7.
(b) When slashers are operated by central levers, these levers shall be connected to a horizontal barer treadle
located not more than 170 cm. above the floor or control the operation from any point.
(c) Slashers operated by push button control shall have stop and start buttons located at each end of the machine,
and additional buttons located in both sides of the machine at the size box and the delivery end. If calender rolls
are used, additional buttons shall be provided at both sides of the machine at points near the nips, except when
Slashers are equipped with an enclosed dryer as in paragraph (b).
(2) Enclosed hot air dyer:
(a) All open nips of the top squeezing roller shall be guarded by nip guards conforming to the requirements in
paragraph 7 (2).
(b) When slashers are operated by controllers these levers shall be connected to a horizontal bar or treadle
located not more than 170 cm. above the floor to control the operation from any point.
(c) Slashers operated by push-button control shall have stop and start buttons located at each end of the machine
and additional stop and start buttons located on both sides of the machines at intervals spaced not more than 1.83
metres on centres.
13. Looms:- Each loom shall be equipped with suitable guards designed to minimise the danger from flying
shuttles.
14. Valves of kiers, tanks, and other containers:-
(1) Each valve controlling the flow of steam, injuries gases or liquids into a kier or any other tank or container
into which a person is likely to enter in connection with process, operation, maintenance or for any other tank or
container into which a person is likely to enter in connection with a process, operation, maintenance or for any
other purpose, shall be provided with a suitable locking arrangement to enable the said person to lock the valve
securely in the closed position and retain the key with him before entering the kier, tank or container.
(2) Wherever, boiling tanks, caustic tanks and any other containers from which liquids which are hot, corrosive
or toxic may overflow or splash, or so located that the operator cannot see the contents from the floor or working
area emergency shut off valves which can be controlled from a point not subject to danger of splash shall be
provided to prevent danger.
15. Shearing machines:- All revolving blades on shearing machines shall be guarded so that the opening between
the cloth surface and the bottom of the guard will not exceed 10 mm.
16. Continuous bleaching range (cotton and rayon)..- The nip if all in running rolls on open-width bleaching
machine rolls shall be protected with a guard to prevent the worker from being caught at the nip. The guard shall
extend across the entire length of the nip.
17. Mercorizing range (Piece goods):-
1) A stopping device shall be provided at each end of the machine

(2) A guard shall be provided at each end of the frame between the in running chain and the clip opener.
(3) A nip guard shall be provided for the in running rolls of the mangle and washers and the guard shall conform
to the requirements in paragraph 7(2).
18. Tenter frames..-
(1) Stopping device shall be provided at each end of the machine.
(2) A guard shall be provided at each end of the machine frame at the in running chain and clip opener.
19. Paddlers:- Suitable nip guards conforming to the requirements in paragraph 7 (2) shall be provided to all
dangerous in-running rolls.
20. Centrifugal extractors:-
(1) Each extractor shall be provided with a guard for the basket, and the guard shall have interlocking
arrangement.
(2) Each extractor shall be equipped with a mechanically or electrically operated brake to quickly stop the basket
when the power driving the basket is shut off.
21. Squeezer of wringer extractor, water mangle, starch mangle, back washer 'worsted yarn' crabbing machines,
and detaching machines:- All in running rolls shall be guarded with nip guards conforming to the requirements
in paragraph 7 (2).
22. Sanforizing and palmer machine:-
(1) Nip guards shall be provided on all accessible in-running rolls and these shall conform to the requirements
in paragraph 7 (2).
(2) Access from the sides to the nips of in-running rolls should be fenced by suitable side guards.
(3) A safety trip rod, cable or wire centre cord shall be provided across the front and back of all palmar cylinders
extending the length of the face of the cylinder. It shall operate readily whether pushed or pulled. The safety trip
shall not be more than 170 cm. above the level at which the operator stands and shall be readily accessible.
23. Rope washers..-
(1) Splash guards shall be installed on all rope washers unless the machine is designed as to prevent the water or
liquid from splashing the operator, the floor or working surface.
(2) A safety trip red, cable or wire centre cord shall be provided across the front and back of all rope washers
extending the length of the face of the washer. It shall operate readily whether pushed or pulled. The safety trip
shall be not more than 170 cm. above the level on which the operator stands and shall be readily accessible.
24. Laundry washer tumbler or shaker:-
(1) Each drying tumbler, each double cylinder shaker or clothes tumbler, and each washing machine shall be
equipped with an inter-locking arrangement which will prevent the power operation of the inside cylinder when
the outer door on the case or shell is open, and which will also prevent the outer door on the case or shell from
being opened without shutting off the power and the cylinder coming to a stop. This should not prevent the
movement of the inner cylinder by means of a hand operated mechanism or an inching device.
(2) Each closed barrel shall also be equipped with adequate means to holding open the doors or covers of the
inner and outer cylinders or shall while it is being loaded or unloaded.
25. Printing machine 'roller type':-
(1) All in-running rolls shall be guarded by nip guards conforming to the requirement in paragraph 7 (2).
(2) The engraved roller gears and the large crown wheel shall be guarded.
26. Calenders:- The nip at the in-running side of the rolls shall be provided with a guard extending across the
entire length of the nip and arranged to prevent the fingers of the workers from being pulled in between the rolls
or between the guard and the rolls, and so constructed that the cloth be fed into the rolls safely.
27. Rotary staple cutters..- The cutter shall be protected by a guard to prevent hands reaching the cutting zone.
28. Plainting machines:- Access to the trap between the knife and card bar shall be prevented by a guard.
29. Hand baling machine- An angle iron handle-stop guard shall be installed at right angle to the frame of the
machine. The stop guard shall be so designed and so located that it will prevent the handle from travelling
beyond the vertical position should be handle slip from the operator's hand when the pawl has been released
from the teeth of the take-up gear.
30. Flat-work ironer:- Each flat-work or collar ironer shall be equipped with a safety bar or other guard across
the entire front of the feed or first pressure rolls, so arranged that the striking of the bar or guard by the hand of
operator or other person stop the machine. The guard shall be such that the operator or other person cannot reach
into the rolls without removing the guard. This may be either a vertical guard on all sides or a complete cover. If
a vertical guard is used, the distance from the floor or working platform to the top of guard shall be not less than
1.83 metres.
SCHEDULE – II
Cotton Ginning
1. The line shaft or second motion shall be completely enclosed by a continuous wall or unclimbable fencing
with only so many openings as are necessary for access to the shaft for removing cotton seed, cleaning and
oiling and such openings shall be provided with gates or doors which shall be kept closed and locked.
2. The feed-mouth of the opener shall be fitted with a traverser or a grid guard so as to render it impossible for
the operatives to be within reach of the beaters when feeding on to the lattice; and discharge ends shall be
guarded so as to prevent the operatives from inadvertently coming within reach of the beaters.
3. The spur gearing at the side of the opener shall be completely covered by a strong metal guard.
4. The crank shaft pulleys and roller pulleys of all gins shall be securely guarded by strong box guards hinged
top covers.
5. The spur wheels, oscillating levers and rollers of gins shall be provided with guards.
6. All ginning machines and openers shall be provided with fast and loose pulleys and efficient belt shifters.
SCHEDULE – III
Wood Working -Machinery
1. Definitions:- For the purposes of this schedule,-
(a) "Wood-working machine" means a circular saw, band saw planning machine, chain mortising machine or
vertical spindle moulding machine operating on wood or cork.
(b) "Circular saw'' means a circular saw working in a bench (including a rack bench) but does not include a
pendulum or similar saw which is moved towards the wood for the purpose of cutting operation.
(c) "Band saw" means a band saw, the cutting portion of which runs in vertical direction but does not include a
logsaw or band resawing machine.
(d) "Planning machine" means a machine for overhand planning or for thicknessing or for both operations.
2. Stopping and starting device:- An efficient stopping and starting device shall be provided on every wood
working machine. The control of this device shall be in such a position as to be readily and conveniently
operated by the person in charge of the machine.
3. Space around machines:- The space surrounding of every wood working machine in motion shall be kept free
from obstruction.
4. Floors:-The floor surrounding every wood working machine shall be maintained in good and, level condition,
and shall not be allowed to become slippery, and as far as practicable, shall be kept free from chips or other
loose material.
5. Training and supervision:-
(1) No person shall be employed at a wood-working machine unless he has been sufficiently trained to work that
class of a person who has a thorough knowledge of the working of the machine.
(2) A person who is being trained to work at a woodworking machine shall be fully and carefully instructed as to
the dangers of the machine and the precautions to be observed to secure safe working of the machine.
6. Circular saws:- Every circular saw shall be fenced as follows..-
(a) Behind and in direct line with the saw there shall be a riving knife, which shall have a smooth surface shall
be strong, rigid and easily adjustable, and shall also conform to the following conditions:-
(i) The edge of the knife nearer the saw shall form an area of a circle having a radius not exceeding of the largest
saw used on the bench.
(ii) The knife shall be maintained as close as practicable to the saw, having regard to the nature of the work
being done at the time, and at the level of the bench table the distance between the front edge of the knife and
teeth of the saw shall not exceed half an inch.
(iii) For a saw of a diameter of less than 1[60 cms.] the knife shall extend upwards from the bench table to within
1
[25 mm] of top of the saw, and for a saw of a diameter of 1[60 cms] or over shall extend
upwards from the bench table to a height of at least nine inches.
(b) The top of the saw shall be covered by a strong and easily adjustable guard, with a flange at the side of the
saw farthest from the fence. The guard shall be kept so adjusted that the said flange shall extend below the roots
of the teeth of the saw. The guard shall extend from the top of the riving knife to a point as low as practicable at
the cutting edge of the saw.
(c) The part of the saw below the bench table shall be protected by two plates of metal or other suitable material
one on each side of the saw; such plates shall not be more than 1[15 cm] apart, and shall extend from the axis or
the saw outwards to a distance of not less than 5 cm beyond the teeth of the saw. Metal plates, if not beaded,
shall be of a thickness of at least 1[12.5 mm] or, if beaded be of a thickness of at least 1[1.25 mm.]
7. Push sticks:- A push stick or other suitable appliance shall be provided for use at every circular saw and at
every vertical spindle moulding machine to enable the work to be done without unnecessary risk.
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 152, (F & B), dt: 20-4-1989
8. Band saws..- Every band saw shall be guarded as follows:-
(a) Both sides of the bottom pulley shall be completely encased by sheet or expanded metal or other suitable
material.
(b) the front of the top pulley shall be covered with sheet or expanded metal or other suitable material.
(c) All portions of the blade shall be enclosed or otherwise securely guarded except the portion of the blade
between the bench table and the top guide.
9. Planning machines:-
1) A planning machine (other than a planning machine which is mechanically fed) shall not be used for
overhand planning unless it is fitted with a cylindrical cutter block.
(2) Every planning machine used for overhand planning shall be provided with a 'bridge', guard capable of
covering the full length and breadth of the cutting slot in the bench, and so constructed as to be easily adjusted
both in a vertical and horizontal direction.
(3) The feed roller of every planning machine used for thicknessing except the combined machine for overhand
planning and thicknessing, shall be provided with an efficient guard.
10. Vertical spindle moulding machines..-
(1) the cutter of very vertical spindle moulding machine shall be guarded by the most efficient guard having
regard to the nature of the work being performed.
(2) the wood being moulded at a vertical spindle moulding machine shall, if practicable, be held in a jig or
holder of such construction as to reduce, as far as possible, the risk of accident to the worker.
11. Chain mortising machines..-
(1) The chain of every chain mortising machines shall be provided with a guard which shall enclose the cutters
as
far as practicable.
12. Adjustment and maintenance of guards:- the guards and other appliance, required under this schedule shall
be-
(a) maintained in an efficient state
(b) constantly kept in position while the machinery is in motion ; and
(c) so adjusted as to enable the work to be done without unnecessary risk.
13. Exemptions:- Paragraphs 6, 8, 9 and 10 shall not apply to any wood-working machine in respect of which it
can be proved that other safeguards are provided, maintained and used which render the machine as safe as it
would be if guarded in the manner prescribed in this schedule.
SCHEDULE – IV
Rubber mills
1. Installation of machines:- Mills for breaking down, cracking, grafing, mixing, refining and warming rubber or
rubber compounds shall be so installed that the top of the front roll is not less than 1[15 cm] above the floor or
working level ;
provided that in existing installations where the top of the front roll is below the height, a strong rigid distance
bar guards shall be fitted across the front of the machine in such position that the operator cannot reach the nip
of the rolls.
2. Safety devices:-
(1) Rubber mills shall be equipped with-
(a) hoppers so constructed or guarded that it is impossible for the operators to come into contact in any manner
with the nip of the rolls.
(b) horizontal safety-trip rods or tight wire cable across both front and rear, which will, when pushed or pulled
operated instantly to disconnect the power and apply the breaks, or to reverse the rolls.
(2) Safety-trip rods or tight wire cables on rubber mills shall be extended across the entire length of the face of
the rolls and shall be located not more than 175 cm above the floor or working level.
(3) Safety-trip rods and tight wire cables on all rubber mills shall be examined and tested daily in the presence of
the Manager or other responsible person and, if any defect is disclosed by such examination and test, the mill
shall not be used until such defect has been remedied.
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No.152 (F & B), dt: 20-4-1989
SCHEDULE V
1. Special rule for printing presses:- In printing works every platen machine driven by power shall be fitted with
an efficient finger-guard and every guillotine machine, driven by power, with an efficient knife-guard.
2. Special rule for jute mills:- In jute mills-

(a) the feed table of every softener machine shall, as far as practicable, be not less than 1[1.5 cm] in the length
(b) the feed table of such softener machine shall be provided with an automatic knocking off device which shall
stop the machine in case the worker's hand is drawn in and prevent the hand from reaching the spiked rollers ;
and
(c) the automatic mentioned in clause (b) shall be maintained in an efficient state and be kept in position.
wherever the machine is working.
3. Special rule for tea factories:- In tea factories, the roll table shall be fenced to the satisfaction of the Inspector
and brushes shall be provided to the workers for the purposes of sweeping the roll table.
4. Special rule for brick and title works:- In brick and tile works, a finger-guard shall be fitted at the feed end to
full length of the mould of every revolving press.
5. Special rule for decorticating factories:- In decorticating factories, the beater arms and the feed mouth of the
decorticator shall, as far as practicable, be guarded as following:-
A grating of 1[20 mm] diameter wrought iron rods spaced 1[60 mm] apart and supported by iron stiffeners
1
[50 mm] by 1[6 mm] thick shall be fixed at a height of 1[6 cms] above the tip of the beater arms. A strong
wooden plank 1[1.5 cms] thick and iron plated on the underside shall be clamped with bolts and nuts over this
grating leaving space of 1[4 cm] wide for the feeding of ground nuts. A grating of one inch diameter wrought
iron rods spaced 1[4 cms] apart shall be fixed at a height of 1[12 cm] just above the feed mouth and another
wooden plank 1[22 cms] wide shall be fixed over the full length of the decorticable platform.
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 152 (F & B), dt: 20-4-1989
SCHEDULE VI
All factories
1. Wherever practicable and deemed necessary by the Inspector, service platforms and gangways shall be
provided, or overhead shafting and where required by him these shall be securely fenced with guard rails and toe
boards.
2. Safe access shall be provided to all bearing clutches, belt shifting levers and all such other appliances which
are required to be handled or operated while the machinery is at work.
3. All ladders used in replacing belts or in attending similar overhead machinery shall be specially made for that
work and provided with hooks or an effective non-skid device.
4. No transmission machinery in motion shall be cleaned with cotton waste rags or similar materials held in
hand.
5. All belts shall be regularly examined to ensure that the joints are safe and the belts are kept in proper tension.
6. Each water gauge glass of a boiler shall be fitted with an efficient guard.
7. All condenser pipes of steam engines and exhaust pipes of oil engines shall be adequately guarded.
1SCHEDULE VII
1. Application..- The Schedule-VII shall be applied to all types of power presses including press brakes, except
when used for working hot metal.
2. Definitions: - for the purpose of this schedule -
(a) 'approved' means approved by the Chief Inspector;
(b) 'fixed fencing " means fencing provided for the tools of a power press being fenced which has no moving
part associated with or dependent upon the mechanism of a power press and includes that part of closed tool
which acts as a guard
1. Added by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F & B), dt: 12-7-1994
(c) "power press " means a machine used in metal or other industries for moulding, pressing, blanking, raising,
drawing and similar purposes:
(d) "Safety device " means the fencing and any other safeguard provided for the tools of a power press.
3. Starting and stopping mechanism..- The starting and stopping mechanism shall be provided with a safety stop
so as to prevent over running of the press or descent of the ram during tool setting, etc.
4. Protection of tool and die:-
(1) Each press shall be provided with a fixed guard with a slip plate on the underside enclosing the front and all
sides of tool.
(2) Each die shall be provided with a fixed guard surrounding its front and sides, and extending to the back in
the form of a tunnel through which the pressed article falls to the rear of the press.
(3) The design, construction and mutual position of the guards referred to in (1) and (2) shall be such as to
preclude the possibility of the workers hand or fingers reaching the danger zone.
(4) The machine shall be fed through a small aperture at the bottom of the die guard, but a wider aperture may be
permitted for a second or subsequent operations if feeding is done through a chute.
(5) Not withstanding anything contained in sub-clauses (l) and (2) an automatic or an inter-locked guard may be
used in place of a fixed guard, but where such guards are used they shall be maintained in an efficient working
condition and if any guard develops a defect, the power press shall not be operated unless the defect to the guard
is removed.
5. Appointment of persons to prepare power presses of use:-
1) Except as provided in sub-paragraph (4), no person shall set, re-set, adjust or try out the tools on a power
press or install or adjust any safety device thereon, being installation or adjustment preparatory to production of
die proving or carry out an inspection and test of any safety device thereon required by paragraph 8 unless he-
(a) has attained the age of eighteen
(b) has been trained in accordance with the sub-paragraph (2) and
(c) has been appointed by the occupier of the factory to carry out those duties in respect of the class or
description of power press of safety device to which the power press or the safety device (as the case may be)
belongs, and the name of every such person shall be entered in a register in Form 35.
(2) The training shall include suitable and sufficient practical instruction in the matters in relation to each type of
power press and safety device in respect of which it is proposed to appoint the person being trained.
6. Examination and testing of power presses and safety devices:-
(1) No power press or safety device shall be taken into use in any factory for the first time in that factory, or in
case of a safety device for the first time on any power press, unless it has been thoroughly examined and tested,
in the case of power press, after installation in the factory, or in the case of a safety device, when in position on
the power press in connection with which it is to be used.
(2) No power press shall be used unless it has been thoroughly examined and tested by a competent person,
within the immediately proceeding period of twelve months.
(3) No power press shall be used unless every safety device (other than fixed fencing) thereon has within the
immediately preceding period of six months when in position on that power press, been thoroughly examined
and
tested by a competent person.
(4) The competent person carrying out an examination and test under the foregoing provisions shall make a
report of the examination and test containing the following particulars and every such report shall be kept readily
available for inspection:-
(a) name of the occupier of the factory
(b) address of the factory ;
(c) identification number of mark sufficient to identify the power press or the safety device
(d) date on which the power press or the safety device was first taken into use in the factory ;
(e) the date of each periodical thorough examination carried out as per requirements of sub-paragraph (2) above
(f) particulars of any defects effecting the safety working of the power press or safety device found at any such
through examination and steps taken to remedy such defects.
7. Defects disclosed during a thorough examination and tests:-
(1)where any defect is disclosed in any power press or in any safety device by any examination and test under
paragraph 6 and in the opinion of the competent person carrying out the examination and test, either-
(a) the said defect is a cause of danger to workers and in consequence the power press or safety device (as the
case may be) ought not to be used until the said defect has been remedied ; or
(b) the said defect may become a cause of danger to workers and in consequence the power press or the safety
device (as the case may be) ought not be used after the expiration of a specified period unless the said defect has
been remedied. Such defect shall, as soon as possible after the completion of the examination and test, be
notified in writing by the competent person to the occupier of the factory and, in the case of a defect falling
within clause (b) of this sub-paragraph such notification shall include the period within which in the opinion of
the competent person, the defect ought to be remedied.
(2) In every case where notification has been given under this paragraph, a copy of the report made under
paragraph 6(4) shall be sent by the competent person to the inspector for the area within fourteen days of the
completion of the examination and test.
(3) Where any such defect is notified to the occupier in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this
paragraph the power press or safety device (as the case may be) having the said defect shall not be used-
(a) In the case of a defect falling within clause (b) of subparagraph(1), until the said defect has been remedied;
and
(b) In the case of a defect falling within clause (e) of subparagraph(1), after the expiration of the said defect has
been remedied.
(4) As soon as is practicable after any defect of which notification has been given under sub-paragraph (1) has
been remedied, a record shall be made by or on behalf of the occupier stating the measures by which and the
date on which the defect was remedied.
8. Inspection and test of safety devices:-
(1) No power press shall be used after the setting, resetting or adjustment of the tools thereon unless a person
appointed or authorized for the purpose under Paragraph 5 has inspected and tested every safety device thereon
while it is in position on the said power press :
Provided that an inspection, test and certificate as aforesaid shall not be required where any adjustment of the
tools has not caused or resulted in any alteration to or disturbance of any safety device on the power press and if
after the adjustment of the tools, the safety devices remain, in the opinion of such a person as aforesaid, in
efficient working order.
(2) Every power press and every safety device thereon while it is in position on the said power press shall be
inspected and tested by a trained person every day.
9. Defects disclosed during an inspection and test:-
1) Where it appears to any person as a result of any inspection and test carried out by him under any of the
inspections and tests carried on by him under paragraph 8 that any necessary safety device is not in position or is
not properly in position on a power press on that any safety device which is in position on a power press is not in
his opinion suitable, he shall notify the manager forthwith.
(2) Except as provided in sub-paragraph (3) where any defect is disclosed in a safety device by any inspection
and test under paragraph 8, the person carrying out the inspection and test shall notify the manager forthwith.
(3) Where any defect in a safety device is the subject of a notification in writing under paragraph 7 by virtue of
which the use of the safety device may be continued during a specified period without the said defect having
been remedied, the requirement in sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph shall not apply the said defect until the
said period has expired.
10. Identification of power presses and safety devices:- For the purpose of identification every power press and
every safety device provide for the same shall distinctively be and plainly marked.
11. Training and instructions to operators:- The operators shall be trained and instructed in the safe method to
work before starting work on any power press.
12. Exemptions:-
(1)If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the circumstances or infrequency of
the processes or for any other reason, all or any of the provisions of this schedule are not necessary for the
protection of the workers employed on any power press of any class or description of power press or in the
factory, the Chief Inspector may by a certificate in writing (which he may in his discretion revoke at any
time), exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions subject to such conditions, if any, as he may
specify therein.
(2) Where such exemption is granted, a legible copy of the certificate, showing the conditions (if any) subject to
which it has been granted, shall be kept posted in the factory in a position where it may conveniently be read
by the persons employed.
SCHEDULE VIII
Shears, Slitters and Guilllotine Machines
1. Definitions:- For the purpose of this Schedule-
(a) "Guillotine" means a machine ordinarily equipped with straight bevel-edged blade operating vertically
against a stationary resisting edge and used for cutting metallic or non-metallic substances;
(b) "Shears" or "Shearing Machine" means a machine ordinarily equipped with straight bevel-edged blades
operating vertically against resisting edges, or with rotary, overlapping cutting wheels, and used for shearing
metals or non-metallic substances;
(c) " Slitter" or "Slitting machine" means a machine ordinarily equipped with circular disc-type knives, and used
for training or cutting into metal or non-metallic substances or for slitting them into narrow strips; for the
purpose of this schedule, this term includes bread or other food slicers equipped with rotary knives or cutting
discs.
2. Guillotine and Shears:-
(1) where practicable, a barrier metal guard of adequate strength shall be provided at the front of the knife,
fastened to the machine frame and shall be so fixed as would prevent any part of the operator's body to reach the
descending blade from above, below or through the barrier guard or from the sides :
Provided that in case of machines used in the paper printing and allied industries, where a fixed barrier metal
guard is not suitable on account of the height and volume of the material being fed, there shall be provided
suitable starting devices which require simultaneous action of both the hands of the operator or an automatic
device which will remove both the hands of the operator for the danger zone at every descent of the blade.
(2) At the back end of such machines, an inclined guard shall be provided over which the slit pieces would slide
and be collected at a safe distance in a manner as would prevent a person at the back from reaching the
descending blade.
(3) Power-driven guillotine cutters, except continuous feed trimmers, shall be equipped with-
(a) starting devices which require the simultaneous action of both hands to start the cutting motion and of at least
one hand on a control during the complete stroke of the knife ; or
(b) an automatic guard which will remove the hands of the operator from the danger zone at every descent of the
blade, used in conjunction with one-hand starting devices which require two distinct movements of the devices
to start the cutting motion, and so designed as to return positively to the non-starting position after each
complete cycle of the knife.
(4) Where two or more workers are employed at the same time on the same power-driven guillotine cutter
equipped with two hand control the device shall be so arranged that each worker shall be required to use both
hands simultaneously on the safety trip to start the cutting motion, and at least one hand on a control to complete
the cut.
(5) Power-driven guillotine cutters, other than continuous trimmer, shall be provided in addition to the brake or
other stopping mechanism, with an emergency device which will prevent the machine from operating in the
event
of failure of the brake when the starting mechanism is in the non-starting
position.
3. Slitting Machines..-
(1) Circular disc-type knives on machines for cutting metal and leather, paper, rubber, textiles or other non-
metallic substances shall, if within reach of operators standing on the floor or working level, be provided with
guards enclosing the knife edges at all times as near as practicable to the surface of the metal and which may
either-
(a) automatically adjust themselves to the thickness of the material; or
(b) be fixed or manually adjusted so that the space between the bottom of the guard and the material will not
exceed 6mm (I/4") at any time.
(2) Portions of blades underneath the tables or benches of slitting machines shall be covered by guards.
4. Index cutters and vertical paper slotters:- Index cutters, and other machines for cutting stripes from the ends of
books and for similar operations, shall be provided with fixed guards so arranged that the fingers of the operators
cannot come between the blades and the tables.
5. Corner Cutters:- Corner cutters, used in the manufacture of Paper Boxes, shall be equipped with-
(a) suitable guard, fastened to the machines in front of the knives and provided with slots or perforations to
afford visibility of the operations ; or
(b) other guards equally efficient for the protection of the fingers of the workers.
6. Band Knives:- Band wheels on band knives, and all portions of the blades except the working side between
the sliding guide and the table on vertical machines, or between the sheel guards on horizontal machines, shall
be completely enclosed with hinged guards of sheet metal not less then 4 mm thicknesses or of other material of
equal strength.
54. RULE PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 23
The machines specified in Section 28, 29 and 30 and the machines mention below shall be deemed
to be of such dangerous character that young persons shall not work at them unless the provisions
of Section 23 (1) are complied with.
Power press other than hydraulic presses
Milling machines used in the metal trades
Circular saws
Platen printing machines
Guillotine machines
RULE UNDER SECTION 26 (3)
54-A. 1[x x x ]

55. 2[Hoists and lifts
(1) The report of the competent person shall be obtained in Form No. 38.]
(2) Exemption of certain hoists and lifts:- In pursuance of the provisions of sub-section (4) of
Section 28, in respect of any class or description of hoist or lift specified in the first column of the
following schedule, the requirement of the Section 28 specified in the second column of the said
schedule and set opposite to that class or description of hoists or lift shall not apply.
SCHEDULE
Class or description of hoist or lift Requirements which shall not apply
Hoists or lifts mainly used for raising Sub-section (1) (b) in so far as it
material for charging blast furnaces or requires a gate at the bottom landing;
lime kilns subsection (1) (b); sub-section (1)(e)
Hoists not connected with mechanical Sub-section (1) (b) in so far as it

power and which are not used for requires the hoist way or lift way
carrying persons enclosure to be so constructed as to
prevent any person or thing from
being trapped between
any
part of the hoist or lift and any fixed
structure or
moving part sub-section 1(e)
3
[(3) Competent person' means a person who is capable by virtue of his qualifications, training and
experience of conducting a thorough examination and who is approved by Chief Inspector of
Factories.]
1. Omitted by G.O.Ms.No.26, Labour, Employment, T & F (Lab. – II), dated 7-6-1999
2. Subs. by Ibid
3. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 152, (F & B), dt: 20-4-1989
1
[Explanation:- A person declared as competent person by the Chief Inspector of any State is deemed
to be as competent person under this rule if he obtains an endorsement on the competency
certificate from the Chief Inspector.]
RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 29(2)
1[55-A. Lifting Machine

Every lifting machine and lifting tackle in use in a factory shall be thoroughly examined by a
competent person and particulars of examination shall be entered in a register in the prescribed 2
2
[Form No. 38] or a report in the prescribed 2[Form No. 38] shall be filled.
Explanation:- A person declared as competent person by the Chief Inspector of any State is deemed
to be as competent person under this rule if he obtains an endorsement on the competency
certificate from the Chief Inspector.]
3[56.Rules prescribed under sub-section (3) of Section 31
(1) Every pressure vessel or plant used in factory-
(a) shall be properly designed on sound engineering practice;
(b) shall be of good construction, sound material, adequate strength and free from any patent
defects ; and
(c) shall be properly maintained in a safe condition:
Provided that the pressure vessel or plant in respect of the design and construction of either there
is an Indian standard of the country of manufacture or any other law or regulation in force, shall
be designed and constructed in accordance with the said standard, law or regulation, as the case
may be, and a certificate thereof shall be obtained from the manufacturer or from the competent
person which shall be kept and produced on demand by an Inspector.
(2) Every pressure vessel shall be fitted with-
(a) a suitable safety valve or other effective pressure relieving device of adequate capacity to
ensure that the maximum permissible working pressure and when more than one protective device
is provided, only one of the devices need be set to operate at the maximum permissible
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, T & F (Lab – II), dated 7-6-1999
2. Subs. for “Form 37” by G.O.Ms.No.73, L,E,T &F (Lab. II), dated 6-8-2007
3. Subs. for the words “Pressure Plant” by G.O.Ms.No. 144, dt: 12-7-1994
working pressure and at the additional device shall be set to discharge or a pressure not more than
5 per cent in excess of the maximum permissible working pressure ;
(b) a suitable pressure gauge with a dial range not less than 1.5. times the maximum permissible
working pressure easily visible and designed to show at all times the correct internal pressure
marked with a prominent remark at the maximum permissible working pressure;
(c) a suitable nipple and globe connected for the exclusive purpose of attaching a test pressure
gauge for checking the accuracy of the pressure gauge referred to in clause (b) of sub-rule
(d) a suitable stop valve or valves by which the pressure vessel may be isolated from other pressure
vessels or plant or source of supply of pressure. Such a stop valve or valves shall be located as
close to the pressure vessel as possible and shall be easily accessible; and
(e) a suitable drain cock or valve at the lowest part of the pressure vessel for the discharge of the
liquid or other substances that may collect in the pressure vessel :
Provided that it shall be sufficient for the purpose of this sub-rule if the, safety valve or pressure
relieving device, the pressure gauge and the stop valve are mounted on a pipeline immediately
adjacent to the pressure vessel and where there is a range of two or more similar pressure vessels
served by the same pressure load. Only one set of such mountings need be fitted on the pressure
load immediately adjacent to the range of pressure vessels, provided they cannot be isolated.
3 (a) Every pressure vessel which is designed for a working pressure less than the pressure at the
source of supply or less than the pressure which can be obtained in the pipe connecting the
pressure vessels with any other source of supply, shall be fitted with suitable pressure reducing
valve or other suitable automatic device to prevent the maximum permissible working pressure
of the pressure vessel being exceeded.
(b)To further protect the pressure vessel in the event of failure of the reducing valve or device, at
least one safety valve having a capacity sufficient to release all the steam, vapour or gas without
undue pressurerise as determined by the pressure at the source of supply and the size of the pipe
connecting the source of supply, shall be fitted on the low pressure side of the reducing valve.
(3) a) No new pressure vessel or plant shall be taken into use in any factory after coming into force
of this rule unless it has been hydrostatically tested by a competent person at a pressure at least
1.3 times the design pressure and no pressure vessel or plant which has been previously
used or has remained isolated or idle for period exceeding two months or which has
undergone alterations or repairs shall be taken into use in a factory unless it has been
thoroughly examined by a competent person externally, and internally, if practicable;
and has been hydrostatically tested by the competent person at a pressure which shall be
1.5 times the maximum permissible working pressure,
Provided that the pressure vessel or plant which is so designed and constructed that it cannot be
safely filled with water or liquid or is issued in service when even some traces of water cannot be
tolerated, shall be pneumatically tested at pressure not less than design pressure to the maximum
permissible working pressure as the case may be,
Provided further that the pressure vessel or plant which is lined with glass shall be tested
hydrostatically or pneumatically as required at a pressure not less than the design pressure or
maximum permissible working pressure as the case may be.
Note:- (a) Design pressure shall be not be less than the maximum permissible working pressure
and shall take into account the possible fluctuations of pressure during actual operation.
(b) No pressure vessel or plant shall be used in a factory unless there has been obtained from the
maker of the pressure vessel or plant or from the competent person a certificate specifying the
design pressure or maximum permissible working pressure thereof, and stating the nature of tests
to which the pressure vessel or plant and its fittings, if any, have been subjected, and every pressure
vessels or plants so used in a factory shall be marked so as to enable it to be identified as to be the
pressure vessel or plant to which the certificate relates and the certificate shall be kept available
for perusal by the Inspector.
(c) No pressure vessel or plant shall be permitted to be operated or used at a pressure higher than
its design pressure or maximum permissible working pressure as shown in the certificate.
(5)Every pressure vessel or plant in service shall be thoroughly examined by a competent person.
(a) externally, once in every period of six months
(b) internally, once in every period if twelve months. If by reason of the construction of a pressure
vessel or plant, a thorough internal examination is not possible, this examination may be replaced
by a hydrostatic test which shall be carried out once in every period of two years ,
Provided that for a pressure vessel or plant in continuous process which cannot be frequently
opened, the period of internal examination may be extended to four years and,
(c) hydrostatically tested once in every period of four years;

Provided that in respect of pressure vessel of plant with thin walls, such as sizing cylinder made
of copper or any other non-ferrous metal, periodic hydrostatic test may be dispensed with subject
to the condition that the requirements laid down in sub-rule (6) are fulfilled,
Provided further that when it is impracticable to carry out thorough external examination of any
pressure vessel or plant every six months as required in clause (a) of this rule, or if owing to its
construction and use, a pressure vessel or plant cannot be hydrostatically tested required in clauses
(b) and (c) of this sub-rule, a thorough external examination of the pressure vessel or plant shall
be carried out at least once in every period of two years, and at least once in every period of four
years a thorough systematic non-destructive test like ultrasonic test for metal thickness or other
defects of all parts the failure of which might lead to eventual rupture of the pressure vessel or
plant, shall be carried out.
(b) The hydrostatic test pressure to be carried out for the purpose of this rule shall be 1.25 times
the design pressure or 1.5 times the maximum permissible working pressure whichever is less.
(6)
(a) In respect of any pressure vessel or plant of thin walls such as sizing cylinder made of copper
or any other non-ferrous metal, the maximum permissible working pressure shall be reduced at the
rate of five per cent of the original maximum permissible working pressure for every year of its
use after the first five years and no such cylinder shall be allowed to continue to be used for more
than twenty years after it was first taken into use.
(b) If any information as to the date of construction, thickness of walls, or maximum permissible
working pressure is not available the age of such pressure vessel or plant shall be determined by
the competent person in consultation with the Chief Inspector from the other particulars available
with the manager.
(c) Every new and second hand pressure vessel or plant of thick wall to which repairs likely to
affect its strength or safety have been carried out, shall be tested before use to at least 1.5 times
maximum permissible working pressure.
(7)
(a) If during any examination any doubt arises as to the ability of the pressure vessel or plant to
work safely until the next prescribed examination the competent person shall enter in the
prescribed register his observations, findings and conclusions with other relevant remarks with
reasons and may authorise the pressure vessel or plant to be used and kept in operation subject to
a lowering of maximum permissible working pressure, or to more frequent or special examination
or test or subject to both of these conditions.
(b) A report of the result of every examination or test carried out shall be completed in Form No.8
and shall be signed by the person making the examination of test, and shall be kept available for
perusal by the inspector at all hours when the factory or any part thereof is working.
(c) Where the report of any examination under this rule specified any condition for securing the
safe working of any pressure vessel or plant, the pressure vessel or plant shall not be used unless
the specified condition is fulfilled.
(d) The competent person making report of any examination under this rule, shall within seven
days of the completion of the examination, send to the Inspector a copy of the report in every case
where the maximum permissible working pressure is reduced or the examination shows that the
pressure vessel of plant or any part thereof cannot continue to be used with safety unless certain
repairs are carried out or unless any other safety measure is taken.
(8)
(a) The requirements of this rule shall be in addition to and without any prejudice to and not in
derogation of the requirements of any other law in force.
(b) Certificates or reports of any examination or test of any pressure vessel or plant to which sub-
rules (5) to (7) to (9) do not apply, conducted or required to be conducted under any other law in
force and other relevant record relating to such pressure vessel or plant shall he properly
maintained as required under the said law and shall be produced on demand by the Inspector.
(9) In this rule,
(a) 'design pressure' means the maximum pressure that a pressure vessel or plant is designed to
withstand safety when operating normally;
(b) 'maximum permissible working pressure' means the maximum pressure at which a pressure
vessel or plant is permitted to be operated or-used under this rule and is determined by the technical
requirements of the process ;
(c) 'Plant' means a system of piping that is connected to a pressure vessel and is used to contain a
gas, vapour or liquid under pressure greater than the atmospheric pressure, and includes the
pressure vessel ;
(d) 'pressure vessel' means a vessel that may be for containing, storing, distributing, transferring,
distilling, processing or otherwise handling any gas, vapour or liquid under pressure greater than
the atmospheric pressure and includes any pipeline fitting or other equipment attached thereto or used in
connection therewith; and
(e) 'competent person' means a person who is capable by virtue of his qualifications, training and
experience of conducting a thorough examination and pressure tests, as required, on pressure vessel
or plant, and of making a full report on its condition and approved by Chief Inspector of Factories.
(10) Nothing in this rule shall apply to-

(a) Vessels having internal diameter nor exceeding 150 mm.(6") and capacity not exceeding
141.585meters (5 cu.ft.)
(b)Vessels made of ferrous materials having an internal operating pressure not exceeding 1
Kg/sq.cm (15 lbs/ square inch)
(c)steam boilers steam and feed pipes and their fitting coming under the purview of Indian Boilers
Act, 1923, (V of 1923)
(d) Metal bottles or cylinders used for storage or transport of compressed gases or liquified or
dissolved gases under pressure covered by the Gas Cylinder Rules, 1940 framed under the Indian
Explosives Act, 1884 (IV of 1884)
(e) Vessels in which internal pressure is due solely to the static head of liquid;
(f) Vessels with a nominal water, capacity not exceeding 500 litres connected in a water pumping
system containing air that is compressed to serve as a cushion
(g) Vessels for nuclear energy application
(h) Refrigeration plant having a capacity of 3 tons or less of refrigeration in 24 hours and,
(i) Working cylinders of steam engines or prime mover; feed pumps and steam traps turbine
casings; compressor cylinders; steam separators or dryers; steam strainers; steam device super-
heaters; oil separators, air receivers for fire sprinkles installations; air receivers of monotype
machines provided the maximum working pressure of the air receiver does not exceed 1.33 Kg.f
/sq.cm. (20 cu.ft.); and the capacity 84.95 litres (3 cu.ft.) air receivers of electrical circuit breakers;
air receivers of electrical relays; air vessels on pumps pipe coils, accessories of instruments and
appliances; such as cylinders and piston assemblies used for operating relays and interlocking,
type of guards; vessels with liquids subjected to static head only, and hydraulically operating
cylinders other than any cylinder communicating with an air loaded accumulator.
(11) The Chief Inspector may exempt, subject to such condition as he may deem necessary, any
pressure vessel from the operation of all or any of the provisions of this rule, if he is satisfied that
the construction or use of the vessel is such that the inspection of such vessel is not necessary
or practicable.
56-A. Gas holder
(1) The expression "gas holder" means a water-sealed gas holder which has a storage capacity of
not less than 141.5 cubic metres (5,000 cu. ft.).
(2) Every gas holder shall be of adequate material and strength, sound construction and properly
maintained.
(3) Where there is more than one gas holder in a factory every gas holder shall be marked in a
conspicuous position with a distinguishing number or letter.
(4) Every gas holder shall be thoroughly examined externally by a competent person, at least once
in a period of 12 months. ( see Form 8-B)
(5) In the case of a gas holder of which any lift has been in the use for more than 1 0 years, the
internal state of the sheeting shall, within one year from the date of coming into operation of this
rule and thereafter at least once in a period of 12 months externally and once in a period of three
years internally be examined by a competent person by means of electronic or other accurate
devices.
(i) Provided that if the Chief Inspector of Factories is satisfied that such electronic or other accurate
devices are not available, he may permit the cutting of samples from the crown and the sides of
the holder,
(ii) Provided, further that if the above inspection raises a doubt, an internal visual examination
shall be made.
(6) Every gas holder shall be provided with a gas mask readily available in case of emergency.
(7) All possible steps shall be taken to prevent or minimise ingress of impurities into the gas holder.
(8) No gas holder shall be repaired or demolished except under the direct supervision, of a person,
who by his training and experience and his knowledge of the necessary precautions against risks
of explosion and of person being overcome by gas, is competent to supervise such work.
(9)
(i) All sample discs cut under sub-rule (5) above, shall be kept readily available for inspection;
(ii) A permanent register in Form 8-A duly signed by the occupier or manager shall be maintained.
56. Excessive weight
(1) No woman or young person shall unaided by another person, lift, carry or move by hand or on
head, any material, article, tool or appliance exceeding the maximum limit in weight set out in the
following schedule.
1
SCHEDULE
Maximum weight of
Persons material, article,
tool or appliance in Kgs
2
[a) Adult Male 50]
(b) Adult female 30
(c) Adolescent male 30
(d) Adolescent female 20
(e) Male child (above 14 years) 16
(f) Female child (above 14

14
years)
(2)
No woman or young person shall engage, in conjunction with others, in lifting or moving by hand
or on head any material, article, tool or appliances, if the weight thereof exceeds the lowest weight
fixed by the schedule to sub-rule (1) for any of the persons engaged by the number of the persons
engaged.
1. Schedule Amended by G.O.Ms.No. 52, L.E T &F (Lab – II), Dept., 30-09-1997
2. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 17 LE, T &E (Lab II) Dept, dt: 8-3-2001
57. Protection of eyes
Effective screens or suitable goggles shall be provided for the following processes-
(a) The processes specified in schedule I annexed hereto, being processes

which involve risk of injury to the eye, from particles or fragments
thrown off in the course of the process.
(b) The processes specified in schedule II annexed hereto, being processes

which involve risk or injury to the eyes by reason of exposure to
excessive light or infrared or ultraviolet radiations.
SCHEDULE I
(1) The breaking, cutting, dressing or carving of bricks, stone, concrete, slag or similar materials by means of a
hammer, a chisel pick or similar hand tool, or by means of a portable tool driven by mechanical power, and the
dry grinding of surfaces of any such materials by means of a wheel or disc driven by mechanical power wherein
any of the foregoing cases or fragments are liable to be thrown off towards the face of the operator in the course
of the process.
(2) The dry grinding of surfaces of metal by applying them by hand to a wheel, disc or band driven or by
mechanical power and of surfaces of metal by means of a portable tool driven by mechanical power.
(3) The dividing into separate parts of metal, bricks, stone, concrete or similar materials by means of high speed
saw driven by mechanical power or by means of an abrasive cutting of wheel or disc driven by mechanical
power.
(4) The turning of metals, or articles of metal, where particles or fragments are liable to be thrown off towards
the face of the operator in the course of the process.
(5) drilling by means of portable tools, where particles, or fragments are liable to be thrown off towards the face
of the operator in the course of the process.
(6) The welding and cutting of metals by means of electric oxy acetylene or similar process.
(7) The hot fettling of steel castings by means of flux-injected burner of air torch, and the deseaming of metal.
(8) The fettling or metal casting, involving the removal or metal, including runner, gates, and raisors and the
removal of any other material during the course of such fettling.
(9) The chipping of metal and the chipping, knocking out, cutting out or cutting off cold rivets, bolts,
nuts/structure or plant, or from part of any structure of plant by means of a hammer chisel, punch, or similar
hand tool or by means of a portable tool driven by mechanical power.
(10) The chipping of scurfing of plant, scale slag rust of other erosion from the surface of metal and other hard
materials by means of a hand tool or by a portable tool driven by mechanical power.
(11) The breaking of scrap metal by means of a tool driven by mechanical power.
(12) The routing of metal, where particles or fragments are liable to be thrown off towards the face of the
operator in the course of the process.
(13) Work with drop hammers and power hammers used in either case for the manufacture of forgings, and
persons not working with such hammers whose work is carried on in such circumstances and in such a position
that particles or fragments are liable to be thrown off towards his face during work with drop hammer or power
hammers.
(14) Work at a furnace where there is risk to the eyes from molten metal.
(15) Pouring or skimming of molten metal.
(16) Work involving risk to the eyes from hot sand being thrown off.
(17) Turning or dressing of an abrasive wheel.
(18) The handling in open vessels or manipulation of strong acids or dangerous corrosive liquids or materials,
and the operation, maintenance or dismantling of plant or any part of plant, being plant or part of plant which
contains or has contained such acids, liquids or materials unless the plant or part of plant has been so prepared
(by isolation, reduction or pressure or
otherwise) treated or designed and constructed as to prevent risk of injury.
(19) Any other process wherein there is a risk of injury to eyes from particles or fragments thrown off during the
course of the process.
SCHEDULE II
(1) Welding or cutting of metals by means of an electrical, oxy acetylene or similar process.
(2) All work on furnace where there is risk of exposure to excessive light or infrared radiations.
(3) Process such as rolling, casting or forging or metals where there is risk of exposures to excessive light or
infrared radiations.
(4) Any other process wherein there is a risk of injury to eyes from exposures to excessive light ultraviolet or
infrared radiations.
58. Minimum dimensions of manholes
Every chamber, tank, vat, pipe, flue or other confined, space which persons may have to enter and
which may contain dangerous fumes to such an extent as to involve risk of the persons being
overcome thereby, unless there is other effective means of egress, be provided with a manhole
which may be rectangular, oval or circular in shape, and which shall-
(a) in the case of rectangular or oval shape, be not less than 16 inches long and 12 inches wide
(b) in the case of circular shape, be not less than 16 inches diameter.
EXEMPTIONS UNDER SUB-SECTION (5) OF SECTION 37
59. Exemptions
The requirements of sub-section (4) of Section 37 shall not apply to the following processes carried
on in any factory:-
(a) The operation of repairing a water-sealed gas-holder by the electric welding process subject to
the following conditions:-
(i) The gas-holder shall contain only the following gases, separately or mixed at a pressure greater
than atmospheric pressure, namely, town gas coke-oven gas, producer gas, blast furnace gas or
gases other than air used in their manufacture,
Provided that this exemption shall not apply to any gas-holder containing acetylene or mixture of
gases to which acetylene has been added intentionally.
(ii) Welding shall only be done by the electric welding process and shall be carried out by
experienced operator under the constant supervision of a competent person.
(b) The operations of cutting or welding steel or wrought iron gas mains and services by the
application of heat subject to the following conditions:
(i) The main of service shall be situated in the open air, and it shall contain only the following
gases, separately or mixed at a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure, namely gas, coke-oven
as, producer gas, blast furnace gas or gases other than air, used in their manufacture
(ii) the main or service shall not contain acetylene or any gas or mixture of gases of which acetylene
has been added intentionally ;
(iii) the operation shall be carded out by an experienced person or persons and at least two persons
(including those carrying out the operations experienced in work on gas mains and over 18 years
of age shall be present during the operation ;
(iv) the site of the operation shall be free from any inflammable or explosive gas or vapour ;
(v) where acetylene gas is used as a source of beat in connection with an operation, it shall be
compressed and contained in a porous substance in a cylinder ; and
(vi) , prior to the application of any flame to the gas main or service this shall be pierced or drilled
and the escaping gas ignited.
(c) The operation of repairing an oil tank on any ship by the electric welding process, subject to
the following conditions :
(i) The only oil contained in the tank shall have a flash point of not less than 150 degrees F (close
test) and a certificate to this effect shall be obtained from a competent analyst
(ii) the analyst's certificate shall be kept available for inspection by an inspector or any person
employed or working on the ship ;
(iii) the welding operation shall be carried out only on the exterior surface of the tank at a place
(a) which is free from oil or oil leakage in inflammable quantities and (b) which is not less than
one foot below the nearest part of the surface of the oil within the tank; and
(iv) welding shall be done only by the electric welding and shall be carried out by experienced
operative under the constant supervision of a competent person.
1
[RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTIONS 38 AND 41]
61-Fire Protection
(1) Processes, equipment, plant, etc., involving serious explosion and serious fire hazards -
(a) All processes, storages, equipment’s, plants etc. involving serious explosion and flash fire
hazards shall be located in segregated buildings where the equipment shall be so arranged that only
a minimum number of employees are exposed to such hazards at any one time.
(b) All industrial processes involving serious fire hazard should be located in buildings or work
places separated from one another by walls of fire-resistant constructions.
(c) Equipment and plant involving serious fire or flash fire hazard shall, wherever possible, be so
constructed and installed that in case of fire, they can be easily isolated.
(d) Ventilation ducts, pneumatic conveyors and similar equipment’s involving a serious fire risk
should be provided with flame arresting or automatic fire extinguishing appliances, or fire resisting
dampers electrically interlocked with heat sensitive/ smoke detectors and the air-conditioning plant
system.
(e) In all workplaces having serious fire or flash fire hazards, passages between machines,
installations or piles the clearance between the ceiling and the top of the pile should not be less
than 2mm.
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 144, dt. 12-7-1994
(2) Access for fire fighting:-
(a) Buildings and plant shall be so laid and roads, passage ways etc. so maintained as to permit
unobstructed access for fire fighting.
(b) Doors, and window openings shall be located in suitable positions on all external walls of the
building to provide easy access to the entire area within the building for fire fighting.
(3) Protection against lightning:- Protection from lightning shall be provided for-
(a) buildings in which explosive or highly flammable substances are manufactured, used handled
or stored ;
(b) storage tanks containing oils, paints, or other flammable liquids

(c) grain elevators ;
(d) Buildings, tall chimneys or stacks where flammable gases, fumes, dust or lint are likely to be
present; and switch yards ;
(e) sub-station buildings and out-door transformers and switch yards.
(4) Precautions against ignition..- Wherever there is danger of fire or explosion from accumulation
of flammable or explosive substances in air-
(a) all electrical apparatus shall either be excluded from the area of risk or they shall he of such
construction and so installed and maintained as to prevent the danger of their being a source of
ignition ;
(b) Effective measures shall be adopted for prevention of accumulation of static charges to a
dangerous extent ;
(c) workers shall wear shoes without iron or steel nails or any other exposed ferrous materials
which is likely to cause sparks by friction ;
(d) smoking, lighting or carrying of matches, lighters or smoking materials shall be prohibited ;
(e) transmission belts with iron fasteners shall not be used ; and
(f) all other precautions as are reasonably practicable shall be taken to prevent initiation of ignition
from all other possible sources such as open flames, frictional sparks overheated surfaces of
machinery or plant, chemical or physical-chemical reaction and radiant heat.
(5) Spontaneous ignition:- Where materials are likely to induce spontaneous ignition, care shall be
taken to avoid formation of air pocket and toensure adequate ventilation. the material susceptible
to spontaneous ignition should be stored in dry conditions and should be in heaps of such capacity
and separated by such passage which will prevent fire. The materials susceptible to ignition and
stored in the oven shall be at a distant not less than 10 metres a way from process or storage
buildings.
(6) Cylinders containing compressed gas:- Cylinders containing compressed gas may only be
stored in open if they are protected against excessive variation of temperature, direct rays of sun,
or continuous dampness. Such cylinders shall never be stored near highly flammable substances,
furnaces or hot processes. The room where such cylinders are stored shall have adequate
ventilation.
(7) Storage of flammable liquids:-
(a) The quantity of flammable liquids in any work room shall be the minimum required for the
process or processes carried on in such room. Flammable liquids shall be stored in suitable
containers with close fitting covers;
Provided that not more than 20 litres of flammable liquids having a flash point of 21 deg C or less
shall be kept or stored in any work room.
(b) flammable liquids shall be stored in closed containers and in limited quantities in well
ventilated rooms of fire resisting constructions which are isolated from the remainder the building
by fire walls and self closing fire doors.
(c) Large quantities of such liquids shall be stored in isolated adequately ventilated building or fire
resisting construction or in storage tanks, preferably under ground and at a distance from any
building as required in the Petroleum Rules, 1976.
(d) Effective steps shall be taken to prevent leakage of such liquids into basements, sumps or drains
and to confine any escaping liquid within safe limit.
(8) Accumulation of flammable dust, gas, fume or vapour in air or flammable waste material on
the floors:-
(a) Effective steps shall be taken for removal or prevention of the accumulation in the air of
flammable dust, gas, fume or vapour to an extent which is likely to be dangerous.
(b) No waste material Of a flammable nature shall be permitted to accumulate on the floors and
shall be removed at least once in a day or shift, and more often, when possible, such materials shall
be placed in suitable metal containers with covers wherever possible.
(9) Fire Exits:-
(a) For the purpose of this sub-rule-
(i) "horizontal exit" means an arrangement which allows alternative egress from a floor area to
another floor at or near the same level in an adjoining building or an adjoining part of the same
building with adequate separation; and
(ii) "travel distance" means the distance an occupant has to travel to reach an exit.
(b) An exit may be a doorway, corridor, passageway to an external stairway or to a verandah or to

an internal stairway segregated from the rest of building by fire resisting walls which shall provide
continuous and protected means of egress to the exterior of a building or to an exterior open space.
An exit may also include horizontal exit leading to an adjoining building at the same level.
(c) Lifts, escalators and revolving doors shall not be considered as exits for the purpose of this sub-
rule.
(d) In every room of a factory exits sufficient to permit safe escape of the occupants in case of fire
or other emergency shall be provided which shall be free of any obstruction.
(e) The exits shall be clearly visible and suitable illuminated with suitable arrangement, whatever
artificial lighting is to be adopted for this purpose, to maintain the required illumination in case of
failure of the normal source of electric supply.
(f) The exits shall be marked in a language understood by the majority of the workers.
(g) Iron ring ladders or spiral staircases shall not be used as exit staircases.
(h) Fire resisting doors or roller shutters shall be provided at appropriate places along the escape
routes to prevent spread of fire and smoke, particularly at the entrance of lifts or stairs where funnel
or flue effect may be created inducing an upward spread of fire.
(i) All exits shall provide continuous means of egress to the exterior of a building or to an exterior
open space leading to a street.
(j) Exit shall be so located that the travel distance to reach at least one of them on the floor shall
not exceed 30mts.
(k) In case of those factories where high hazard materials are stored or used, the travel distance to
the exit shall not exceed 22.5 metres and there shall be at least two ways of escape from every
room, however small except toilet rooms, so located that the points of access thereto are out of or
suitably shielded from areas of high hazard.
(l) Wherever more than one exit is required for any room space or floor, exits shall be placed as
remote from each other as possible and shall be arranged to provide direct access in separate
directions from any point in the area served.
(m) The unit of exit width used to measure capacity of any exit shall be 50 cm. A clear width of
25 cm shall be counted as an additional half unit. Clear width of less than 25 cm shall not be
counted for exit width.
(n) Occupants per unit width shall be 50 for stairs and 75 per doors.
(o) For determining the exits required, the occupant load shall be reckoned on the basis of actual
number of occupations within any floor area or 10 square metres per person, whichever is more.
(p) There shall not be less than two exits serving every floor area above and below the ground
floor, and at least one of them shall be an internal enclosed stairway.
(q) For every building or structure used for storage only, and every section thereof considered
separately, shall have access to at least one exit so arranged and located as to provide a suitable
means of escape for any person employed therein, and in any such room wherein more than 10
persons as may be normally present at least two separate means of exit shall be available, as remote
from each other as practicable.
(r) Every storage area shall have access to at least one means of exit which can be readily opened.
(s) Every exit door way shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit on a corridor or
passage way providing continuous and protected means of egress.
(t) No exit doorway shall be less than 100 cm. in width Doorways shall be not less than 200 cm.
in height.
(u) Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is, away from the room but shall not obstruct the travel
along any exit. No door when opened, shall reduce the required width of stairway or landing to
less than 90 cm. Over-head of doors shall not be installed for this purpose.
(v) An exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stairs. A landing at least 1.5 m X 1.5
m in size shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway. The level of landing shall be the same
as that of the floor which it serves.
(w) The exit doorways shall be openable from the side which they serve without the use of a key.
(x) Exit corridors and passage ways shall be of a width not less than the aggregate required width
of exit doorways leading from there in the direction of travel to the exterior.
(y) Where stairways discharge through corridors and passageways the height of the corridors and
passageways shall not be less than 2.4 mts.
(aa) A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft unless the latter is totally enclosed by a
materials having a fire resistance rating not lower than that of the type of construction of the
former.
(bb) Hollow combustible construction shall not be permitted.
(cc) The minimum width of an internal staircase shall be 100 cm.

(dd) The minimum width of treads without nosing shall be 25 cm for an internal staircase. The
treads shall be constructed and maintained in a manner to prevent slipping.
(ee) The maximum height of a riser shall be 19 cm. and the number of risers shall be limited to 12
per flight.
(ff) Hand rails shall be provided with a minimum height of 100 cm and shall be firmlysupported.
(gg) The use of spiral staircase shall be limited to low occupant load and to a building of height of
9 metres, unless they are connected to platforms such as balconies and terraces to allow escapes to
pause. A spiral staircase shall be not less than 300 cms. in diameter and have adequate headroom.
(hh) The width of a horizontal exit shall be same as for the exit doorways.
(ii) The horizontal exit shall be equipped with at least one fire door of self closing type.
(jj) The floor area on the opposite or refuge side of a horizontal exit shall be sufficient to
accommodate occupants of the floor areas served, allowing not less than 0.3 square metre per
person. The refuge area shall be provided with exits adequate to meet the requirements of this sub-
rule. At least one of the exits shall lead directly to the exterior or street.
(kk) Where there is difference in level between connected areas for horizontal exit, ramps not more
than 1 in 8 slope shall be provided. For this purpose steps shall not be used.
(ll) Doors in horizontal exits shall be openable at all times.
(mm) Ramps with a slope of not more than 1 to 10 may be substituted for the requirements of
staircase. For all slopes exceeding 1 to 10 and wherever the use in such as to involve danger of
slipping, the ramp shall be surfaced with non-slipping material.
(nn) In any building not provided with automatic fire alarm a manual fire alarm system shall be
provided if the total capacity of the building is over 500 persons, or if more than 25 persons are
employed above or below the ground floor, except that no manual fire alarm shall be required in
one storey buildings where the entire area is undivided and all parts thereof are clearly visible to
all occupants.
(10) First-aid fire fighting arrangements:-
(a) In every factory there shall be provided and maintained adequate and suitable fire fighting
equipment for fighting fires in the early stages, those being referred to first-aid fire fighting
equipment in this rule.
(b) The types of first-aid fire fighting equipment to be provided shall be determined by considering
the different types of fire risks which are classified as follows:-
(1) "Class A fire" - Fire due to combustible materials such as wood, textiles, paper, rubbish and
the like.
(i) "Light hazard" - Occupancies like offices, assembly halls, canteens, rest-rooms, ambulance
rooms and the like;
(i) "Ordinary hazard" - Occupancies like saw mills, carpentry shop, small timber yards, book
binding shops, engineering workshop and the like;
(ii) "Extra hazard" - Occupancies like large timber yards, god owns storing fibrous materials, flour
mills, cotton mills, jute mills, large wood working factories and the like.
(2) "Class B fire" - Fire in flammable liquids like oil, petroleum products, elements, paint etc.
(3) "Class C fire" - Fire arising out of gaseous substances.
(4) "Class D fire" - Fire from reactive chemicals, active metals and the like.
(5) "Class E fire" - Fire involving electrical equipment and delicate machinery and the like.
(c) The number and types of first-aid fire fighting equipment to be provided for 'light hazard'
occupancy shall be as given in Schedule 1. For "ordinary hazard or extra hazard" occupancies
equipment as given in paragraph 10 shall be provided in addition to that given in Schedule I.
(d) The first-aid fire fighting equipment shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards.
(e) As far as possible the first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be similar in shape and appearance
and shall have the same method of operation.
(f) All first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be placed in a conspicuous position and shall be
readily and easily accessible for immediate use. Generally, these equipment shall be placed as near
as possible to the exits or stair landing of normal routes of escape.
(g) All water buckets and pump type extinguishers shall be filled with clean water. All and buckets
shall be filled with clean dry and fine sand.
(h) All other extinguishers shall be charged appropriately in accordance with the instructions of
the manufacturers.
(i) Each first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be allotted a serial number by which it shall be
referred to in the records. The following details shall be painted with white paint on the body of
each equipment.
(1) Serial number;
(2) Date of last refilling ; and

(3) Date of last inspection.
(j) First - aid fire fighting equipment shall be placed on platforms on cabinets in such a way that
their bottom is 750 mm. above floor level. Fire buckets shall be placed on books attached to a
suitable stand or wall in such a way that their bottom is 750 mm. above the floor level. Such
equipment if placed outside the building shall be under sheds or cover.
(k) All extinguishers shall be thoroughly cleaned and re-charged immediately after discharge.
Sufficient refill material shall be kept readily available for this purpose at all times.
(l) All first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be subjected to routine maintenance, inspection, and
testing to be carried out by properly trained persons. Periodicity of the routine maintenance,
inspection and test shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards.
11. Other fire fighting arrangements :
(a) In every factory adequate provisions of water supply for fire fighting shall be made and where
the amount of water required in litres per minute as calculated from the formula A+B+C+D divided
by 20 in 550 or more, power driven trailer pumps of adequate capacity to meet the requirement of
water as calculated above shall be provided and maintained.
In the above formula:-
A=the total area in square meters of all floors including galleries in all buildings of the factory;
B= the total area in square meters of all floors and galleries including open spaces in which
combustible materials are handed or stored;
C= the total area in square meters of all floors over 15 meters above ground level; and
D= the total area of square meters of all floors of all buildings other than those of fire resisting
construction.
Provided that in areas where the fire risk involved does not require use of water, such areas under
B, C or D may for the purpose of calculation, be solved.
Provided further that where the areas under B, C or D are protected by permanent automatic fire
fighting installations approved by any fire association or fire insurance company such areas may,
for the purpose of calculation, be halved.
Provided also that where the factory is situated at not more than 3 kames. from an established city
or town fire service, the pumping capacity based on the amount of water arrived at by the formula
above may be reduced by 25% but no account shall be taken of this reduction in calculating water
supply required under clause (a).
(b) Each trailer pump shall be provided with equipment as per Schedule II appended to this rule.
Such equipment shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards.
(c) Trailer pumps shall be housed in a separate shed or sheds which shall be sited close to a
principal source of water supplies in the vicinity of the main risks for the factory.
(d) In factories where the area is such as cannot be reached by man-hauling of trailer pumps within
reasonable time vehicles with towing attachment shall be provided at the scale of one for every
four trailer pumps with a minimum of one such vehicle kept available at all times.
(e) Water supply shall be provided to give flow of water as required under clause (a) for at least
100 minutes. At least 50% of this water supply or 450,000 litres which ever is less, shall be in the
form of static tanks of adequate capacities (not less than 450,000 litres each) distributed round the
factory with due regard to the potential fire risks in the factory.
Where piped supply is provided, the sizer of the main shall not be less than 15 cms in diameter
and it shall be capable of supplying a minimum of 4500 litres per minute at a pressure of not less
than 7 kilogram per square centimetre.
(f) All trailer pumps including the equipment provided with -them and the vehicles for towing
them shall be maintained in good condition and subjected to periodical inspection and testing as
required.
(12) Personnel in charge of equipment and for fire fighting, fire drills, etc.
(a) The first-aid and other fire fighting equipment to be provided as required in sub-rules (10) and
(11) shall be in charge of a trained responsible person.
(b) Sufficient number of persons shall be trained in the proper handling of fire fighting equipment
as referred to in clause (a) and their use against number of persons are available for fire fighting
both by means of first-aid fire fighting equipment and others. Such persons shall be provided with
clothing and equipment including helmets, belts and boots, preferably gumboots. Wherever
vehicles with towing attachment are to be provided as required in clause (d) of sub-rule(11)
sufficient number of persons shall be trained in driving these vehicles to ensure the trained persons
are available for driving them whenever the need arises.
(c) Fire fighting drills shall be held as often as necessary and at least once in every period of 2
months.
(13) Automatic sprinklers and fire hydrants shall be in addition and not in substitution of the
requirements in sub rules (10) and (11).
( 14) If the Chief Inspector is satisfied in respect of any factory or any part of the factory that owing
to the exceptional circumstances such as
inadequacy of water supply or infrequency water supply or infrequency of the manufacturing

process or for any other reason, to be recorded in writing, all or any of the requirements of the rules
are impracticable or not necessary for the protection of workers, he may by order in writing (which
he may at his discretion revoke) exempt such factory or part of the factory from all or any of the
provisions of the rules subject to conditions as he may by such order prescribe.
SCHEDULE – I
FIRST AID FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENTS
(1) The different types of fires and first aid fire fighting equipments
suitable for use on them are as under:
Class of fire Suitable type of appliances

A. Fires in ordinary combustibles Chemical extinguishers of Soda-acid,
(wood, vegetable, fibres, paper and the Gas expelled water and anti-freeze
like). types, and water buckets.
Chemical Extinguishers of foam,carbon-
B. Fires inflammable liquids paints,
di-oxide and dry powder types and sand
grease, solvents the like.
buckets.
C. Fires in gaseous substances under Chemical Extinguishers of Carbon-di-
pressure. oxide and dry powder types.
D. Fires in Reactive Chemicals active Special type of dry powder
metals and the like. extinguishers and sand buckets.
Chemical extinguishers of carbon-di-
E. Fires in electrical equipments. oxide and dry powder type and sand
buckets
(2) One 9 litres water bucket shall be provided for every 100 Sq.m. of
the floor area or part thereof and one 9 litres water type extinguishers shall be
provided to six buckets or part thereof with a minimum of one extinguishers and two
buckets per compartment of the building. Buckets may be dispensed with provided
supply of extinguishers is double that indicated above.
(3) Acceptable replacements for water buckets and water type

extinguishers in occupancies where class B fires are anticipated are as under:
Acceptable
Buckets of water Water Extinguishers
replacements
For each 9
lits ( or 2
For one bucket For three buckets
gallons)
extinguishers
Dry sand 1 bucket 3 buckets --
9 Kgs. ( or 20 lbs in not 5 Kgs. (or 20
Carbon dioxide 3 Kg. (or 7 Lbs)
less than 2 Extinguishers) Lbs)
5 Kgs.(or 11
Lbs.)
5 Kgs.(or 11 Lbs.) (in one
or more extinguishers),
Dry powder 2 Kgs. (or 5 Lbs.)
9 Lits ( or 2 gallons)
9 Lits (or 2
gallons)
(4) The following provisions shall be complied with where Class E fires are anticipated.
(a) For rooms containing electrical transformers, switch gears, motors and or other electrical
apparatus only, not less than two kg. dry powder or carbon-di-oxide type extinguishers shall
be provided within 15 m. of the apparatus.
(b) Where motors and or other electrical equipment are installed in rooms other than those
containing such equipment only, one 5 kg. Dry powder of carbon-di-oxide, extinguisher shall
be installed within 15 m. of such equipment in addition to the requirement as mentioned in
(3) and (4) above. For this purpose the same extinguisher may be deemed to afford protection
to all apparatus within 15 m. thereof
(c) Where electrical motors are installed on platforms one 2 kg. dry powder or carbon-di-oxide type
extinguishers shall be provided on or below each platform. In case of a long platform with number
of motors, one extinguisher shall be acceptable as adequate for every 3 motors on the common platform.
The above requirements will be in addition to the requirements mentioned at item (3) and
(4) above.
(5)The first aid fire fighting equipments shall be so distributed over the entire floor area that a person
has to travel not more than 15 m. to reach the nearest equipment.
(6) Selection of sites of the installation of first and fire fighting equipments.
(a) While selecting sites for first aid fire fighting equipments due consideration shall be given to the
nature of the risk to be covered. The equipments shall be placed in conspicuous positions and shall be
readily accessible for immediate use in all parts of the occupancy. It should always be borne in mind
while selecting sites that first aid fire fighting equipments are intended only for use on incipient fires
and their value may be negligible if the fire is not extinguished or brought under control in the early stages.
(b) Buckets and extinguishers shall be placed at convenient and easily accessible locations either on
hangers or on stands in such a way that their bottom is 750 mm. above the floor level. The operating
instructions of the extinguishers shall not be defaced or obliterated. In case of the operating instructions
are obliterated or have become illegible due to passage of time fresh transfers for the same shall be
obtained from the manufacturers of the equipments and affixed to the extinguishers.
SCHEDULE - 11
EQUIPMENT TO PROVIDED WITH TRAILER PUMP
For light trailer pump of a capacity of 680 litres/minute.
1 Armoured suction hose of 9 mts. length, with wrenches.
1 Metal suction strainer

1 Basket strainer
1 Two way suction collecting head
1 Suction adaptor
10 Unlined or rubber lined 70 mm delivery hose of 25 metres length

complete with quick-release couplings.
1 Dividing breaching-piece
2 Branch-piece with 15 mm nozzles
1 Diffuser Nozzle
1 Standpipe with blank cap
1 Hydrant key
4 Collapsible canvas buckets
1 Fire hook (preventor) with cutting edge
1 25 mm manila rope of 30 metres length
1 Extension ladder of 9 meters length (where necessary)
1 Heavy axe
1 Spade
1 Pick axe
1 Crowbar
1 Saw
1 Hurricane lamp
1 Electric torch
1 Pair rubber gloves
For large trailer pump of capacity of 19\890 litres/minute
1 Armoured suction hose of 9 meters length, with wrenches
1 Metal strainer
1 Basket strainer
1 Three-way suction collecting and
1. Suction adaptor
14 Unlined or rubber lined 70 mm delivery hose of 25 meters length

complete with quick-release countings
1 Dividing breaching piece
1 Collecting breaching piece
4 Branch pipes with one 25 mm, two 20 mm and one diffuser nozzles
2 Stand pipe with blank cap
2 Hydrant keys
6 Collapsible canvas buckets
1 Coiling hood (preventer) with length (where necessary)
1 50 mm manila rope of 30 metres length
1 Heavy axe
1 Spade
1 Pick axe
1 Crow bar
1 Saw
1 Hurricane pump
1 Electric torch
1 Pair of gloves
Note :- If it appears to the Chief Inspector of Factories that in any factory the provision of breathing apparatus is
necessary, he may order in writing require the occupier to provide suitable breathing apparatus in addition to the
equipment for light trailer pump or large trailer pump as the case may be.]
RULE UNDER SUB-SECTION (2) OF SECTION 40-B

1[61-A. Safety Officer
(1) QUALIFICATIONS:
(a) A person shall not be eligible for appointment as Safety Officer unless he –
(i) Possesses a recognized degree in any branch of engineering or technology and has had
practical experience of working in a factory in supervisory capacity for a period of not less
than two years (or)
A recognized diploma in any branch of engineering or technology and has had practical
experience of Working in a factory in a supervisory capacity for a period of not less than
five years (or)
a recognized Degree in physics or chemistry and has had practical experience of working
in a factory in supervisory capacity for a period of not less than three years. The practical
experience for the purpose of this sub rule shall necessarily be in manufacturing or
maintenance or Safety Department of a factory
(i) Possesses a full time degree or diploma or certificate in industrial safety or equivalent
of duration not less than one Year awarded by any university incorporated under the
Central or State legislations or Department of Technical
Education or Board of Technical education of any State Government of India duly

following the guidelines as specified in the Annexure at the end of this Rule.
(ii) has adequate knowledge of Telugu and the language spoken by majority of the
workers in the region in which the factory where he is to be appointed is situated.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions contained in clause (a), any person who possesses a
recognized degree or diploma in engineering or technology and has had experience of not less
than 5 years in a Department of the Central or State Government which deals with the
administration of the Factories Act, 1948 or the Indian Dock Laborers Act,
1934; or
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No.63, LET &F (Lab-II) Dept., dt: 15-6-2012
Possesses a recognized degree or diploma in engineering or technology and has had experience
of not less than 5 years, full time, on training, education, or research in the field of industrial
safety and occupational Health in any institution of central or state government, shall also be
eligible for appointment as a Safety Officer.
Provided that the Chief Inspector may subject to such conditions as he may specify, grant
exemption from the requirements of this sub-rule, if in his opinion, a suitable person possessing
the necessary qualifications and experience is not available for appointment:
Provided further that every person who has been working as a Safety Officer after being
appointed as per the prescribed procedure and after his appointment was notified to and taken on
record by the Chief Inspector as on date of commencement of this rule, shall continue to be a
safety officer under this rule irrespective of whether he satisfies the above criteria prescribed in
sub rule (a) or (b) above.
(2) Number of Safety Officers to be appointed: The required number of safety officers to be
appointed in the factories shall be as specified in the table below.
S.No. Number of Workers Number of Safety Officers

to
be appointed
1 Upto 2000 workers one
2 From 2001 to 3000 Two
3 From 3001 to 4000 Three
4 From 4001 to 5000 Four
5 From 5001 to 10,000 Five
6 From 10,000 to 20,000 Six
7 For every additional 5,000 One additional
workers or fraction there of
(3) Recruitment:
(i) Selection for appointment to the post(s) of Safety Officer(s) shall be made from among the
candidates applying for the post(s) by a committee appointed by the
Occupier of the factory
(ii) The appointment when made shall be notified by the Occupier to the Chief Inspector of
Factories giving the details of the qualifications, age, pay, previous experience and other relevant
particulars of the officer appointed and the terms and conditions of his service. The Chief
Inspector may call for further additional information if not satisfied with the information
furnished by the occupier. The Chief Inspector ratify the appointment of the Safety Officer in the
factory in writing within 30 days from the date of receipt of the information or the additional
information, as the case may be, furnished by the occupier.
Provided that any person who has already been ratified once for the post of Safety Officer or
Chief safety Officer in any factory situated in the state of Telangana is eligible for appointment as
Safety Officer / Chief Safety Officer in any other factory carrying out the similar manufacturing
activity and in such cases, the occupier shall send an intimation in writing duly referring the same
to the Chief Inspector of Factories for the purpose of this sub rule.
(4) Conditions of Service:
(a) Wherever more than one safety officer is to be appointed in a factory as required by this rule,
one of them shall be designated as the Chief Safety Officer by a committee appointed by the
occupier and shall have a status higher than that of the others. The Chief Safety Officer shall be
in overall charge of the safety functions as envisaged in sub-rule (5) and other safety officers
working under his control.
(b) The Chief Safety Officer or the Safety Officer in the case of factories where only one Safety
Officer is required to be appointed shall be given the status of a senior executive and he shall
work directly under the control of the Chief Executive of the factory. All other Safety Officers
shall be given appropriate status to enable them to discharge their functions effectively.
(c) The scale of pay and the allowance to be granted to the Safety Officer and the Chief Safety
Officer, and the conditions of their service shall be the same as those of the officers of the
corresponding status in the factory. In no case they shall be less than the total emoluments being
paid by a State Government to an Inspector of Factories at the minimum of his scale of pay, in
case of a safety officer and to that of a Deputy Chief Inspector of Factories in case of a Chief
Safety Officer
(d) The conditions of service of Safety officer shall be the same as those of the other members
of the executive staff of corresponding status in the factory.
(e) The services of a Safety Officer shall not be dispensed with, or he shall not be reverted,
without the written concurrence of the Director of Factories, Hyderabad who shall record reasons
therefore.
(f) No punishment such as withholding of increments, including stoppage at any efficiency bar,
reduction to a lower state in the time scale, suspension dismissal or termination of service, except
censure shall be imposed by the management on a Safety officer, except with the previous
concurrence of the Director of Factories.
(g) A Safety Officer, who has been dismissed from service or whose services have been
terminated in any other manner than as provided in clause (iv) above may within 30 days from
the date of receipt of the order by him, appeal to the State Government against the order of
punishment made by the management with the concurrence of the Director of Factories and the
decision of the State Government thereon shall be final.
Provided that when the management terminates the service or probation of a safety officer the
reasons for such a termination of service or probation shall be reported to the State Government
or such authority, as may be, empowered by them in this behalf.
(5) Duties:
The duties of the Safety Officer shall be to advise and assist the factory management in the fulfillment
of its obligation, statutory or otherwise, concerning prevention of personal injuries and maintaining a
safe working environment. These duties shall include the following namely;
(i) to advise the concerned department in a factory in planning and organizing measures
necessary for the effective control of personal injuries.
(ii) to check and evaluate the effectiveness of the action taken or proposed to be taken to
prevent personal injuries;
(iii) to advise on safety aspects in all job studies, and to carry out detailed job safety studies
of selected jobs;
(iv) to advise the purchasing and stores department in ensuring high quality and
availability of personal protective equipment;
(v) to provide advice on matters related to carrying out plant safety inspections;
(vi) to carry out plant safety inspections in order to observe the physical conditions of
work and the work practices and procedures followed by the workers and to render advice on
measures to be adopted for removing unsafe physical conditions and preventing unsafe actions
by workers;
(vii) to render advice on matters related to reporting and investigation of industrial

accidents and diseases;
(viii) to investigate all reportable accidents;
(ix) to investigate the case of industrial diseases contracted and dangerous occurrences
under Rule 96;
(x) to advise on the maintenance of such records as are necessary relating to accidents,
dangerous occurrences and industrial diseases;
(xi) to promote setting up of safety committees and act as adviser and catalyst to such
committees;
(xii) to be instrumental in designing and implementing the various creative initiatives in

association with the concerned departments like campaigns, competitions, contests and other
activities which will develop and maintain the interest of the workers and enhance the workers
participation in occupational safety and health management.
(xiii) to design and conduct either independently or in collaboration with the training department, suitable
training and educational programmes towards occupational safety and health management
(xiv) to coordinate with qualitative and quantitative risk assessment studies with either
internal or external resources and follow up the compliance of all the
recommendations/suggestions;
(xv) to coordinate all third party inspections/survey/investigations/testing and

examinations either statutory or otherwise aimed towards management of occupational safety
and health;
(xvi) to advise the management of the factory in fulfilling obligations under all occupations
Safety and health related legislations applicable
(6) Facilities: An occupier of the factory shall provide each Safety Officer with such facilities,
equipment, staff, information etc., as are necessary to enable him to discharge his duties
effectively but not less than those recommended if any by the Chief Inspector, from time to time.
(7) Prohibition of Performance of other duties: No Safety officer shall be required or permitted
to do any work which is inconsistent with or detrimental to the performance of the duties
prescribed in sub-rule (5)
(8) Safety Officer’s Report: Every Chief Safety officer or Safety officer where there is no Chief
safety officer, working in a factory as required under this rule, shall submit through the occupier
of his factory, a report in writing with all relevant details to the Chief inspector of Factories, in
the month of January every year, on the activities/initiatives taken up during the preceding
calendar year and the progress achieved.
ANNEXURE
(See item (ii) of sub-rule (1) (a) of Rule 61-A)
GUIDELINES FOR DIPLOMA AND DEGREE COURSES ON INDUSTRIAL SAFETY

FOR APPOINTMENT OF SAFETY OFFICERS.
1. Contents of Course and Teaching Hours: The course leading to the grant of diploma or
degree in Industrial safety should fulfill the following minimum requirements:
(a) The hours allocated for teaching of subjects on Industrial Safety (including industrial
health) should not be less than that allocated by Central Labour Institute, Mumbai for the
course of Advanced Diploma in Industrial Safety. This includes time allocated for lectures,
discussion, seminars, case studies, and laboratory work but does not include the time allocated
for visit to the factories and term work / project works;
(b) The subjects of study shall be in confirmation to the syllabus followed by Central Labour
Institute, Mumbai for the course of Advanced Diploma in Industry Safety;
(c) The Chief Inspector may add or substitute any of the subjects and topics in the said syllabus
depending upon the need based requirement of industry and technologies.
2. Standard for Admission to the Course:
(A) Basic Educational qualification and Minimum Experience required for admission to the
Course leading to a degree or diploma or certificate course in Industrial Safety:
Basic Educational Qualifications Minimum Experience required

Recognized degree in any branch of No experience is required for the purpose
technology / engineering of admission to the said course.
Recognized Diploma in any branch of At least 2 years of practical experience in
technology / engineering supervisory capacity in manufacturing,
maintenance or safety department in a
factory
Recognized degree in physics / chemistry. At least 1 year of practical experience in
supervisory capacity in manufacturing,
maintenance, R&D or safety department in
a factory
RULES FRAMED UNDER SECTION 41
61-B Electricity Rules
These rules shall apply to all factories-
(1) Definitions:-
(a) "Authorised person" means a person over 21 years of age who may be either-
(i) the occupier or (ii) a contractor for the time being under contract with the occupier or (iii) a
person employed, appointed or selected by the occupier or by a contractor as aforesaid, to carry
out certain duties incidental to the generation, transformation, conversion switching, controlling,
regulating, distribution or use of electrical energy; such occupier, contractor, or person being a
person who is competent for the purposes of the rule in which the term is used.
(b) "Apparatus " means electrical apparatus, and includes all apparatus, machines and fittings in
which conductors are used or of which they form a part.
(c) "Bare" means not covered with insulating material.
(d) "Circuit " means an electrical circuit forming a system or branch of a system.
(e) "Conductor" means an electrical conductor arranged to be electrically connected to asystem.
(f) "Covered with insulating material" means' adequately covered with insulating materials of such
quality and thickness that there is no danger.
(g) "Danger " means danger to health or danger to life or limb from shock, burn, or other injury to
persons employed, or from fire attendant upon generation, transformation, distribution or use of
electrical energy.
(h) "Dead" means at, or about, zero potential, and disconnected from any live system.
(i) "Earthed" means connected to the general mass of earth in such manner as will ensure at all
time an immediate discharge of electrical energy without danger.
(j) "Insulating Stand" means a floor, platform stand or mat.
(k) "Insulating Screen means a screen.
(1) "Insulating Books " means books.
(m) "Insulating Gloves" means gloves.
(Of such size, quality and construction according to the circumstances of the use thereof, that a
person is thereby adequately protected from danger).
(n) "Live " means electrically charged.

(o) "Pressure" means the difference of electrical potential between any two conductors or between,
a conductor and earth as read by a hot wire an electrostatic volta meter.
(p) "Low pressure " means a pressure in a system normally not exceeding 250 volts where the
electrical energy is used.
(q) "Medium pressure " means a pressure in a system normally above 250 volts but not exceeding
650 volts where electrical energy is used.
(r) "High pressure" means a pressure in a system normally above 650 volts, but not exceeding
3,000 volts, where the electrical energy is used or supplied.
(s) "Extra High pressure" means a pressure in a system normally exceeding 3,000 volts where the
electrical energy is used or supplied.
(t) "Switch Board" means the collection of switches or fuses, conductors and other apparatus in
connection therewith, used for the purpose of controlling the current or pressure in any system or
part of a system.
(u) "Switch Board Passage-way" means any passage way or compartment large enough for a
person to enter, and used in connection with switch board when live.
(v) "System " means an electrical system in which all the conductors and apparatus are electrically
connected to a common source of electro motive force.
(2) All apparatus and conductors shall be adequate in size and power for the work they are called
upon to do and so constructed, installed, protected, worked and maintained as to prevent danger so
far as reasonably practicable.
(3) Every electrical joint and connection shall be of proper construction as regards conductivity,
insulation, mechanical strength and protection.
(4) Efficient means, suitably located, shall be provided for protecting from excess of current to
every part of a system as may be necessary to prevent danger.
(5) All parts, of generators, motors, transformers, or other similar apparatus, within reach from any
position in which any person employed may be required to be, shall be, so far as reasonably
practicable, so protected as to prevent danger.
(6) All accessible metallic portions of electrical plant or apparatus which though normally not
forming part of an electrical circuit, may become alive, accidentally, shall be protected by an
insulating covering or by other adequate means or shall be connected to earth by a conductor of
adequate size.
(7) Adequate working space and means of access, free from danger shall be provided for all
apparatus which have to be worked or attended to by any person.
(8) Where one of the conductors of a system is connected to earth, no single pole switch other than
a link for testing purposes, or switch for use in controlling a generator shall be placed in such
conductor or any branch thereof.
(9) Every fuse and every automatic circuit-breaker used instead thereof shall be so constructed and
arranged as effectively to interrupt the current before it so exceeds the working rate as to involve
danger. It shall be of such construction or be so guarded or placed as to prevent danger from over
heating, or from arcing or the scattering of hot metal or other substance which it comes into
operation. Every fuse shall be either of such construction or so protected by a switch that the fusible
metal may be readily renewed without danger.
(10) Conductors which in accordance with the conditions of operation are required to be earthed
shall, as a general rule not be protected by fuses.
(11) The general arrangement of switch-boards shall, so far as reasonably practicable, be such
that:-
(a) all parts which may have to be adjusted or handled are readily accessible
(b) the course of every conductor may, where necessary, be readily traced ;
(c) conductors arranged for connection to the same system are kept well apart, and can, where
necessary, be readily distinguished;
(d) all bare conductors are so placed or protected as to prevent danger from accidental short circuit.
(12) Every switch board having bare conductors normally so exposed that they may be touched,
shall, if not located in any area or areas set apart for the purposes thereof, where necessary be
suitably fenced or enclosed.
No person except an authorised person, or a person acting under his immediate supervision, shall,
for the purpose of carrying out his duties, have access to any part of an area so set apart.
(13) Every motor shall be provided with an efficient switch or circuit breaker for starting and
stopping the motor, so placed as to be easily and safely operated by the person controlling the
motor. Such a switch or circuit breaker may be embodied in the starting controlling device used
with the motor.
(14) In every place in which machines are being driven by an electric motor, there shall be means
at hand for either switching off the motor, or stopping machines if necessary to prevent danger.
(15) Every flexible wire for portable apparatus shall be connected to the system either by efficient
permanent joints or connections, or by a properly constructed connector.
In all cases where the person handling portable apparatus or pendent lamps with switches, would
be liable to get a shock through a conducting floor or conducting work or otherwise, if the metal
work of the portable apparatus became charged, the metal work must be efficiently earthed; and
any flexible metallic covering of the conductors shall be itself efficiently earthed and shall not itself
be the only earth connection or the metal of the apparatus.
A lamp holder shall not be in metallic connection with the guard or other metal work of a portable
lamp.
In such places the portable apparatus and its flexible wire shall be controlled by efficient means
suitably located, and capable of cutting of the pressure, and the metal work shall be efficiently
earthed independently of any flexible metallic cover of the conductors and any such flexible
covering shall itself be independently earthed.
(16) In plug and socket connection for transportable apparatus the socket shall be connected to
the conductor and the plug to the appliance.
(17) Plug for connecting moveable conductors shall he of such construction that they do not get in
the socket connections meant for higher current. Plug and socket connection shall be of such
construction that the plug cannot be inserted or withdrawn while the current is on.
(18) Efficient means, suitably located, shall be provided for cutting off all pressure from every part
of a system as may be necessary to prevent danger.
(19) All conductors shall either be covered with insulating material and further efficiently
protected where necessary to prevent danger or they shall be so placed and safeguarded as to
prevent danger so far as is reasonably practicable.
(20) Knife switches shall be of such construction that the breaking area cannot reach the operating
handle and they shall be so connected that when open the blades are dead.
(21) All conductors and apparatus exposed to the weather wet corrosion, inflammable
surroundings or explosive atmosphere, or used in any process or for any special purpose other than
for lighting or power, shall be so constructed or protected, and such special precautions shall be
taken as may be necessary to prevent danger in view of such exposure or use.
(22) In any place where inflammable substance or explosive dust or gas is liable to be present :
(a) No lamp except incandescent lamp with its holder completely enclosed in a fitting having thick
glass glove and an adequate radiating surface shall be used.
(b) All generators, motors, plants and their tunnels and every electrical fitting shall be of gas tight
construction.
(c) The cables for their entire length shall be enclosed in the gas tight conduits.
(d) No portable apparatus shall be used unless such apparatus is approved by the Chief Inspector.
(e) Switches, cut outs and all other accessories liable to are shall where practicable be located out
side such places, but where this is impracticable they shall be of flame-proof type.
(23) Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent any conductor or apparatus from being
accidentally or inadvertently electrically charged when persons are working thereon.
(24) Where necessary insulating stands or screens shall be provided adequately to prevent danger
and kept permanently in position, and shall be maintained in sound condition.
(25) Portable insulating stands, screens, boots, or other suitable means shall be provided and used
when necessary adequately to prevent danger, and shall be periodically examined by an authorised
person. A record of such examinations shall be kept in suitable register which shall be readily
available for perusal by an Inspector.
(26) No person except an authorised person or a competent person acting under his immediate
supervision shall undertake any work where technical knowledge or experience is required in order
adequately to avoid danger; and
no person shall work alone in any case in which the Chief Inspector directs that he shall not. No
person except an authorised person or a competent person over 21 years of age acting under his
immediate supervision, shall undertake any repair, alteration, extension, cleaning or similar work
where technical knowledge or experience is required in order to avoid danger, and no one shall do
such work unaccompanied.
(27) When work is being carried on the power lines a notice board of a size not less than 1'-0" x 0'-
9" labelled in red "Caution, person working on line" and its equivalent in vernacular shall be placed
on the switch board.
(28) Instructions, both in English and in the vernacular of the district as to the treatment of persons
from electric shock, shall be affixed in all premises where electrical energy is generated,
transformed, converted, switched, controlled, regulated, distributed or used.
(29) Exemptions..-
(1) Nothing in this rule shall apply to any service lines or apparatus on the supply side of the
consumer's terminal or to any chamber containing such service lines or apparatus where the supply
is obtained from an outside authority.
Provided always that no live metal is exposed so that it may be touched.
(2) This rule shall not apply to any installation generating, transforming, converting or using
electrical energy at a voltage of 24 volts or less.
(3) The State Government may by order exempt from the operation of this rule either in whole or
in part any premises to which any special rules or regulations under any other Act as to the
generation, transformation, conversion, switching, controlling, distribution and use of electrical
energy apply; and may revoke such order.
(4) If the occupier can show, with regard to any requirement of this rule, that the special conditions
in his premises are such as adequately to prevent danger, that requirement shall be deemed to be
satisfied and the Chief Inspector may by order in writing direct, that any class of special condition
defined in the requirements of this rule adequately to prevent danger are satisfied, and may revoke
such order. In particular the following shall be deemed for all the purposes of this rule adequately
to prevent danger-
Room in which-
(a) the floor is of wood or otherwise insulated

(b) there is no machinery or other earthed metal with which a person handling any non-earthed
lamp fittings or any portable lamp is liable to be in contact
(c) no process rendering the floor wet is carried on ; and
(d) no live conductor is normally exposed so that it may be touched.
[161-C. Safety belts
Where any person is required or allowed to work at a place from which he may be liable to fall
through a distance of more than 2[three metres], he shall be provided with a safety belt with leather
shoulder straps of not less than 3[five centimetres] in width and a 'D' ring at the back for fastening
a rope, the other end of which shall be securely tied or hooked to some suitable rigid fixture. The
safety belt so provided shall be tested and examined thoroughly by a competent person at least
once in six months and a certificate with regard to its suitability obtained from the said competent
person and entered in a register, which shall be produced before the Inspector on
demand.
Provided that where Chief Inspector is satisfied that in respect of any particular work in a factory
or any location thereof, wearing of safety belt is not convenient or is inappropriate or is not
reasonably practicable and where alternate safety precautions have been taken and provided by the
management for the safety of the workers, on the application of the manager of the factory he may,
by order in writing, exempt the factory or any part thereof or description of work, from the
requirement of providing safety belts under the rule subject to such conditions as he may specify.
1. Added by G.O.Ms.No. 1766, Home (Lab – II), dt: 20-9-1963, pub. in Gazette, dt: 10-10-1963 RS to Pt. I, pages 386-387
2. Subs. for “ten feet” by G.O.Ms.No. 73, L,E, T &F (Lab- II), dt. 6-8-2007
3. Subs. for “two inches” by ibid.
61-D. Fragile roofs, provision of crawling Boards etc.
In any factory, no person shall be required to stand or pass over or work on or near, any roof or
ceiling covered with fragile material through which he is liable to fall, in case it breaks or gives
way, a distance of more than three metres, unless -
(a) suitable and sufficient ladders, duck ladders or crawling boards which shall be securely
supported, are provided and used; and
(b) a permit to work on the fragile roof is issued to him each time he is required to work thereon
by a responsible person of the factory concerned.
61-E Supply of Protective Equipment and Clothing

Save as otherwise expressly provided for in these rules, suitable personal protective equipment and
clothing, such as helmets, goggles, respirators, aprons, leggings, boots or other foot-wear, gloves,
and clothing, as may be specified by the Inspector by an order in writing shall be supplied
to workers engaged in any process which in the opinion of the Inspector, is likely to be injurious
to the health and safety of the workers.
All such equipment shall be maintained in good condition.
61-F. Building and Structure
(1) Buildings and Structures: No building, wall, chimney bridge, tunnel, road, gallery, stair-way,
ramp, floor, platform, staging, or other structure, whether of a permanent or temporary character,
shall be, constructed or situated, maintained in any factory in such manner as to cause risk of bodily
injury.
(2) Machinery and Plant:- No machinery, plant or equipment shall be erected, situated, operated
or maintained in any factory in such a manner as to cause risk of bodily injury.
(3) Methods of work:- No process or work shall be carried on in any factory in such a manner as
to cause risk of bodily injury.
(4) Stacking and storing of material etc.:- No material or equipment shall be stacked or stored in
such a manner as to cause risk of bodily injury.
61-G. Ship building and Ship-repairing
1. Application:- These rules shall apply as respects of work carried out in any of the operations.
2. Definitions:- In these rules unless there is anything repugnant in the subject

or context
(a) "Certificate of entry" means a certificate which-
(i) is given by a person who is a competent analyst and who is competent to give such certificates
; and
(ii) certifies that he has in an adequate and suitable manner tested the atmosphere in the oil-tank or
oil-tanks specified in the
certificate and found that having regard to all the circumstances of the case, including the likelihood
or otherwise of the atmosphere being or becoming dangerous, entry to the oil-tank or oil-tanks
without wearing breathing apparatus may in his opinion, be permitted;
(b) "hot work" means any Work which involves-
(i) welding, burning, soldering, brazing, sand blasting or chipping by spark producing tools; or
(ii) use of non-flame proof electrical equipment or equipment with internal combustion engines;
and includes any other work which is likely to produce sufficient heat capable of igniting
flammable gases or vapours.
(c) "naked light certificate" means a certificate which -
(i) is given by a person who is a competent analyst and who is competent to give such certificates;
and
(ii) certifies that he has in an adequate and suitable manner tested for the presence of inflammable
vapour the oil-tank, compartment, space or other part of the vessel specified in the certificate and
found it to be free therefrom and that having regard to all the circumstances of the case, including
the likelihood or otherwise of the atmosphere becoming inflammable, the use of naked lights, fires,
lamps or heated rivets or any hot work to be carried out may in his opinion be permitted in the oil-
tank, compartment, space or other part of the vessels specified in the certificate:
(d) "oil" means any liquid which has a f lash point below 132 deg C (270deg F) and also includes
lubricating oils, liquid methane, liquid butane and liquid propane :
Explanation:- Flash point wherever it occurs in these rules, shall be flash point as determined by
Abel Closed Cup or Pensky-Marten Closed Cup Procedures as described in I.S.1448-1960.
(e) "Oil-tank" means any tank or compartment in which oil is or has been carried;
(f) "the operations" means-
(i) construction, reconstruction or breaking up of any ship or vessel, repairing, refitting, painting
and finishing;
(ii) the sealing, surfing or cleaning of its boilers (including combustion chambers or smoke boxes)
; and
(iii) the cleaning of its bilges or oil-fuel tanks or any of its tanks last used for carrying oil.
For the purpose of this definition the expression "Oil" means oil of any description whether or no
oil within the meaning of foregoing definition of that expression:
(g) "Ship" and "vessel" shall have the same meanings as in the Merchant Shipping Act, 1958;
(h) "Shipyard" means any yard or dry dock (including the precincts thereof) in which ships or
vessels are constructed, reconstructed, repaired, refitted or finished;
(i) "Stage" means any temporary platform on or from which persons employed perform work in
connection with the operations, but does not include a boatswain's chair;
(j) "Staging" includes any stage, and any upright, thwart, pin, wedge, distance piece, belt or other
appliance or material not being part of the structure of the vessel, which is used in connection with
the support of any stage, and any guard-rails connected with a stage;
(k) "Tanker" means a vessel constructed or adopted for carrying a cargo of oil in bulk.
ACCESS AND STAGING
3. General access to vessels in shipyard:- All main gangways giving general access to a vessel in
a shipyard, whether from the ground or from a wharf or quay, and all cross, gangways leading
from such a main gangway on the vessel shall -
(i) be at least 60 cm. wide
(ii) be securely protected on each side to a height of at least 90cm. by strongly constructed upper
and lower hand-rails and by a secure to board projecting at least 15 cm. above the floor;
(iii) be of good construction, sound material and adequate strength
(iv) be stable and wherever practicable, of permanent construction,
(v) be kept in a position as long as required and,
(vi) maintained in good repairs
4. Access to dry dock:-
(a) Every flight of steps giving access from ground level either to an altar or to the bottom of a dry
dock shall be provided throughout on each side with a substantial hand rail. In the case of an open
side, secure friends to a height of at least 90 cm. shall be provided by means of upper and lower
rails, taut ropes or chains or by equally safe means. For the purposes of this sub-rule a flight steps
which is divided into two by a chute for materials, with no space between either side of the chute
and the steps shall be deemed to be one flight of steps.
(b) Such hand rails and fencings as aforesaid shall be kept in position save when and to the extent
to which their absence is necessary (whether or not for the purpose of the operations) for the access
of persons, or for the movement of materials or vessels or for traffic or working, for repair, butt
handrails or fencings removed for any of those purposes shall be kept readily available and shall
be replaced as soon as practicable.
5. Access to vessels in dry dock:-
(a) If a ship is lying in a dry dock for the purpose of undergoing any of the operations, there shall
be provide means of access for the use of workers at such times as they have to pass to, or from,
the ship or dry dock -
(i) where reasonably practicable one more ships accommodation ladders, or
(ii) One or more soundly constructed gangways or similar constructions.
(b) The means so provided shall not be less than 55 cm. wide properly secure and fenced
throughout on each side to a clear height of 90 cm. by means of upper and lower rails, taut ropes
or chains or
by any other safe means, except that in the case of the ships accommodation ladder, such fencing
shall be necessary on one side only provided where the other side is properly protected by the ships
side.
(c) Where at any dry dock, there is a gangway giving access from an alter of the dock to vessel
which is in the dock for the purpose of undergoing any of the operations, and the edge of the altar
is unfenced, adequate hand-holds shall be available for any length of the altar which workers
commonly use when passing between the gangway and the nearest flight of steps which gives
access to ground level.
6. Access to and from bulwarks..- Where there is a gangway leading on to a bulwark of a vessel
there shall be provided.
(a) Wherever practicable, a platform at the in-board end of the gangway with safe means of access
therefrom to the decks ; or
(b) Where such a platform is not practicable, a second gangway or stairway leading from a bulwark
on to the deck which are either attached to the first mentioned gangway or place continuous to it
in which case means of access securely protected by fencing shall be provided from one toother.
7. Access to staging etc.:-
(a) Where outside staging is erected on a shipyard, there shall be provided sufficient ladders giving
direct access to the stages having regard to extent of the staging and to the work to be done.
(b) Where a vessel is under construction or reconstruction and workers are liable to go forward or
aft or athwarship across or along uncovered deck beams, or across or long floors, sufficient planks
shall be provided on these deck-beams or on these floors for the purpose of access to or from places
of work, and sufficient and suitable portable ladders shall be provided so as to give access either
from the ground or outer bottom plating to the top of the floor.
(c) Without prejudice to any other provision in these rules requiring a greater width, no footway
or passageway constructed of planks shall be less than 45 cm. wide.
8. Ladders:-
(a) Subject to clauses (b) and (c) of this rule, every ladder which affords a means of access,
communication of support to a person shall-
(i) be soundly constructed and properly maintained; and

(ii) be of adequate strength for the purpose of which it is used; and
(iii) be securely fixed either-
(i) as near its upper resting place as possible or
(ii) where this is impracticable at its base, or where such fixing is impracticable a person shall be
stationed at the base of the ladder when in use to prevent it from slipping; and
(iv) Unless there is other adequate hand-hold, extent to a height of at least 75 cm; above the place
of landing or the highest of the right rung to be reached by the foot of any person working on the
ladder, as the case may be, or, if this is impracticable, to the greatest practicable height.
(b) Requirements (iii) and (iv) of the preceding clause of this rule shall not apply to fixed ladders
of ship or to rope ladders. Effective measures by means of roping off or other similar means shall
be
taken to prevent the use of fixed ladders of a ship which do not comply with requirements (i) and
(ii) of that sub-rule.
(c) Any worker who removes any ladder and sets it up in a new position shall, as regards that
ladder, comply with requirements (c) of clause (a) of this rule.
(d) Rope ladders shall provide foot-hold of a depth including any space behind the ladder of not
less than 12 cm. and so far as is reasonably practicable, suitable provision shall be made for
preventing such ladders from twisting.
9. Lashing of Ladders:-
(a) A fibre rope, or rope made with stands consisting of wire ropes covered with fibre, shall not be
used to secure a ladder used for the purpose of the operation.
(b) A wire rope shall not be used to secure any such ladder unless its ends are furled, but this
provision shall not apply in the case of an end which is so situated or protected that a person using
the ladder is not liable to come into contact with it s as to suffer injury.
10. Material for staging:-
(a) A sufficient supply of sound and substantial material and appliances shall be available in
convenient place or places for the construction of staging.
(b) All planks and other materials and appliances intended to be used or re-used for staging shall
be carefully examined, before being taken into use or re-use in any staging. Every examination
required by this clause shall be carried out by a person competent for the purpose.
11. Staging, dry dock altars and shoring sills:-

(a) All staging and every part thereof shall be of good construction, of suitable and sound material
and of adequate strength for the purpose for which it is used and shall be properly maintained, and
every upright and thwart shall be kept so fixed, secured or placed in position as to prevent, so far
as is reasonably practicable, accidental displacement.
(b) All planks forming stages shall be securely fastened to prevent them from slipping unless they
extend 45 cm. or more beyond the ins de edge of the thwart or support on which they rest.
(c) All staging used in connection with the operations shall be inspected before use, and thereafter
at regular and frequent intervals, by a responsible person.
(d) All dry dock altars and shoring sills on or from which persons perform work in connection with
the operations shall be of sound construction and properly maintained.
(e) All parts of stages, all parts of footways or passageways constructed of planks, and all parts of
dry dock altars or shoring connection with the operations, shall so afar as is reasonably practicable,
be kept clear of all substances likely to make foot-hold or hand-hold insecure.
12. Upright used for hosting block:-
(a) If any upright forming part of staging is used as a fixing for a pulley for hosting materials,
(i) it shall be properly housed in the ground or shall otherwise be adequately secured so as to
prevent it from rising; and
(ii) it shall be suitably protected against damage by the action of the chain or wire or other means
of securing the pulley block to the upright.
(b) No upright forming part of staging shall be used as an anchorage for a load pulley block, unless
the upright is not likely to be displaced by such use.
13. Support of stages on planks:- Planks supported on the rungs of ladders shall not be used to
support stages.
14. Suspended stages:-
(a) Stages suspended by ropes or chains shall be secured as far as possible so as to prevent them
swinging.
(b) A fibre rope, or a rope made of stands consisting of wire cores covered with fibre shall not be
used for suspending a stage except that fibre ropes may be used in the case a stage of which the
suspension ropes are received through blocks.
(c) Chains, ropes, blocks and other gear used for the suspension of stages shall be of sound
material, adequate strength and suitable quality, and in good condition.
(d) Appropriate steps shall be taken to prevent ropes or chains used for supporting a stage from
coming into contact with sharp edges of any part of vessel.
15. Boatswain's Chains:-
(a) Boatswains' chains and chains, ropes or other gear used for their suspension shall he of sound
material, adequate strength and suitable quality and the chains, ropes or other gear shall be securely
attached.
(b) Suitable measures shall be taken to prevent where possible the spinning of a boatswain's chair
to prevent the tipping of a boatswain's chair and to prevent any occupant falling therefrom.
16. Rising stages:- All planks forming a rising stage at the bow end of a vessel shall be securely
fastened to prevent them from slipping.
17. Width of staging..- Without prejudice to the other provisions of these Rules, all stages shall be
of sufficient width as is reasonable in all the circumstances of the case to secure the safety of the
persons working thereon.
18. Stages from which a person is liable to fall more than 2 m. or into water..-
(a) This Rule applies to stages from which a person is liable to fall a distance of more than 2 m. or
into water, in which there is a risk of drowning.
(b) Every stage to which this Rule applies -
(i) shall so far as is reasonably practicable, be closely boarded, planked or plated
(ii) shall be constructed or placed that a person is not liable to fall as aforesaid through gap in the
staging not being a gap necessary and no larger than necessary having regard to the nature of the
work being carried on;
(iii) shall be at least 45 cm. wide.

(c) Every side of a stage to which this rule applies shall -
(i) if it is not a side immediately adjacent to any part of a vessel, of be fenced (subject to the
provisions of sub rules (d) to (g) this Rule) with a guard rail or guard rails to a height of at least 1
m. above the stage, which rail or rails shall be so placed as to prevent so far as practicable the fall
of persons from the stage or from any standing raised place on the stage; or
(ii) if it is a side immediately adjacent to any part of a vessel, be placed as near as practicable to
that part having regard to the nature of the work being carried on, and to the nature of the structure
of the vessel.
(d) In the case of stages which are suspended by ropes or chains and which are used solely for
painting, the fencing required by clause (i) of the preceding sub-clause may be provided by means
of taut guard rope or taut guard ropes.
(e) no side of a stage or as the case may be, no part of the side of a stage need be fenced in pursuance
of sub-clause (c) (i) of this sub-rule in cases where, and so long as, the nature of the work being
carded on makes the fencing of that side, or, as the case may be, that part impracticable.
(f) guard rails provided in pursuance of sub-clause (c) (i) of this sub-rule may be removed for the
time and to the extent necessary for the access of persons or for the movement of materials; but
guard rails removed for either of these purposes shall be replaced as soon as practicable.
(g) where it is not reasonably practicable to comply with the provisions of sub-clause (c) (i) of this
sub-rule, workers shall be provided with suitable safety belts equipped with life lines which are
secured with a minimum amount of slack to a fixed structure.
FURTHER PRECAUTIONS AGAINST FALL OF PERSONS, MATERIALS AND

ARTICLES
19. Fencing of dry docks:-
(a) Fencing shall be provided at or near the edges of a dock at a ground level, including edges
above flights of steps and chutes for materials. The height of such fencing shall at no point be less
than 1 m.
(b) Such fencing as aforesaid shall be kept in position save when and to the extent to which its
absence is necessary (whether or not for the purposes of the operations) for the access of persons,
or for movement of materials or vessels or for traffic or working, or for repair but fencing removed
for any of those purposes shall be kept readily available and shall be replaced as soon as
practicable.
20. Protection of openings..-
(a) Every side or edge of an opening in a deck or tank top of a vessel, being a side or edge which
may be a source of danger to workers shall, except where and while the opening is securely covered
or where the side or edge is protected to a height of not less than 75 cm. by a earning or other part
of the vessel, be provided with fencing to height of not less than 90 cm. above the edge or side and
such fencing shall be kept in position save and when to the extent to which
its absence is necessary (whether or not for the purposes of the operations) for the access of persons,
or the movement of materials, or for traffic or working, or for repair, but fencing removed for any
of these purposes shall be kept readily available and shall. he replaced as soon as practicable.
(b) Sub-clause (a) of this sub-rule shall not apply-
(i) to that. part of an opening in a deck or tank top which is at the head of a stairway or ladder-way
intended to be used while the operations are being carried on; or
(ii) to parts of a deck or tank to which are intended top. be plated except such parts where plating
has necessarily to be delayed so that the opening may be used for the purpose of the operation.
21. Fall of articles from stages:- Where workers are at work outside a vessel on a stage adjacent to
part of the structure of the vessel and other workers are at work directly beneath that stage, the
planks of the stage shall be in such a position that no article liable to cause injury to the workers
can fall between the planks, and the inside plank of the stage shall be placed as near as practicable
to the structure of the vessel having regard to the nature of the work being carried on.
22. Boxes for rivets etc.:-
(a) Boxes or other suitable receptacles for rivets, nuts, bolts and welding rods shall be provided for
the use of workers.
(b) It shall be the duty of the workers to use, as far as practicable, the boxes or other suitable
receptacles so provided.
23. Throwing down materials and articles..-
(a) Subject to the provisions of a sub-clause (b) of this sub-rule, parts of staging, tools and other
articles and materials shall not be thrown down from a height where they are liable to cause injury
to workers, but shall be properly lowered.
(b) When the work to be done necessarily involves the throwing down from a height of articles or
materials, conspicuous notices shall be posted to warn persons from working or passing,
underneath the place from which articles or materials may fall, or the work shall be done under the
direct supervision of a competent person in authority.
(c) No person shall throw down any articles or materials from a height except in accordance with
the requirement of this sub-rule.
24. Loose articles or materials:- As far as practicable, steps shall be taken to minimise the risk
arising from loose articles or materials being left lying about in any place from which they may
fall on workers or persons passing underneath.
RAISING AND LOWERING

25. Secureness of loads:-
(a) Loads shall be securely suspended or supported whilst being raised or lowered, and all
reasonable precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from slipping or displacement.
(b) Where by reason of the nature or position of the operations load is liable, whilst being moved
by a lifting machine or lifting tackle, to come into contact with any object so that the object may
become displaced, special measures shall be adopted to prevent the danger as far as reasonably
practicable.
26. Support of lifting machines and lifting tackle:- Every lifting machine and all lifting tackle shall
be adequately and suitably supported or suspended having regard to the purpose for which it is
used.
27. Wire ropes with broken wires:- No wire rope shall be used if in any length of ten diameters the
total number of visible broken wires exceeds five percent of the total number of wires, or if the
rope shows signs of excessive wear of coercion or other serious defect.
28. Supplies in wire-ropes:- A thimble or loop splice made in any wire rope shall have at least
three tucks with a whole stand of the rope and two tucks with one half of the wires cut out of each
stand. All tucks shall be against the lay of the rope:
Provided that this sub-rule shall not operate to prevent the use of another form of splice which can
be shown to be as efficient as the form of splice specified in this sub-rule.
29. Knotted chains, etc.:-
(a) No chain or wire rope shall be used when there is a knot tied in any part thereof.
(b) No chain which is shortened or joined to another chain by means of bolts and nuts shall be used
:
Provided that this does not exclude the use of a chain bolted or joined to another chain by an
approved and properly constructed attachment.
30. Precautions against damage to chains and ropes:- Appropriate steps shall be taken to prevent,
so far as practicable, the use of chains or ropes for raising or lowering in circumstances in which
they are in or liable to come into contact with sharp edges of plant materials or loads or with sharp
edges of any part of the vessel on which work is being carried out.
31. Loads on lifting appliances:- No loads shall be left suspended from a lifting appliance other
than a self sustaining manually operated lifting appliance, unless there is a competent person in
charge of the appliance while the load is so left.
32. Heavy loads:- Where there is reason to believe that a load being lifted or lowered on a lifting
appliance weights more than 20 tonnes, its height shall be ascertained by means of an accurate
weighing machine or by the estimation of a person competent for the purpose, and shall be
clearly marked on the load :
Provided that this sub-rule shall not apply to any load lifted or lowered by a crane which has either
a fixed or a derricking jib and which is lifted with an approved type of indicator in good working
order which,-
(i) indicates clearly to the driver or person operating the crane the load being carried approaches
safe working load of the crane for the radius of the jib at which the load is carried; and
(ii) gives an efficient sound signal when the load moved is in excess of the safe working load of
the crane at that radius.
PRECAUTIONS AGAINST ASPHYXIATION, INJURIOUS FUMES OR EXPLOSIONS
33. Certification for entry into confined spaces likely to contain dangerous fumes:- A Space shall
not be certified under Section 36(3)(a) of the Act unless-
(i) effective steps have been taken to prevent any ingress of dangerous fumes
(ii) any sludge or other deposit liable to give off dangerous fumes has been removed and the space
contain no other material liable to give off dangerous fumes ; and
(iii) the space has been adequately ventilated and tested for dangerous fumes and has a supply of
air adequate for respiration, but no account shall be taken for the purposes of sub-paragraph (ii) of
his paragraph of this sub-rule of any deposit or other material liable to give off dangerous fumes
in insignificant quantities only.
34. Precautions against shortage of oxygen:- No person shall enter or remain in any confined space
in vessel, being a confined space in which there is reason to apprehend that the proportion of
oxygen in the air is so low as to involve risk of persons being overcome, unless either-
(i) the space has been and remains adequately ventilated and a responsible person has tested it and
certified that it is safe for entry without breathing apparatus; or
(ii) he is wearing a suitable breathing apparatus and a safety belt securely attached to a rope, the
free end of which is held by person standing outside the confined space.
35. Rivet fires.-
(a) Rivet fires shall not be taken into or used in or remain in any confined space on board or in a
vessel unless there is adequate ventilation to prevent the accumulation of fumes.
(b) No person employed shall move a rivet fire into any confined space on board or in a vessel he
has been authorised by his employer to move the fire into that space.
36. Gas cylinders and acetylene generators:-

(a) No cylinder which contains or has contained oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour at a
pressure above atmospheric pressure and no acetylene generating plant, shall be installed or placed
within 5 M. of any substantial source of heat (including any boiler or furnace when alight) other
than the burner or blow pipe operated from the cylinder or plant.
(b) No such cylinder and no such plant shall be taken below the weather deck in the case of a
vessel undergoing repair, or below the topmost completed deck in the case of a vessel under
construction, unless it is installed or placed in a part of the vessel which is adequately ventilated
to prevent any dangerous concentration of gas or fumes.
37. Further provision as to acetylene generators:-
(a) The following provisions shall be observed as respects any acetylene generating plant:
(i) no such plant shall be installed or placed in any confined space unless effective and suitable
provision is made for securing and maintaining the adequate ventilation of that space so as to
prevent, as far as practicable, any dangerous accumulation of gas;
(ii) any person attending or operating any such plant shall have been fully instructed in its working
and a copy of the maker's instructions for that type of plant shall be constantly available for his
use;
(iii) the charging and cleaning of such plant shall so far as practicable be done during day light;
and
(iv) partly spent calcium carbide shall not be recharged into an acetylene generator.
(b) No person shall smoke or strike a light or take a naked light or a lamp in or into any acetylene
generator house or shed or in or into dangerous proximity to any acetylene generating plant in the
open air or on board a vessel;
Provided that this sub-clause shall not apply as respects a generator in the open air or on board
vessel which, since it was last charged, has been thoroughly cleaned and freed from any calcium
carbide and acetylene gas.
(c) A prominent notice prohibiting smoking, naked lights and lamps shall be exhibited on or near
every acetylene generating plant whilst it is charged or is being charged or is being cleaned.
38. Construction of plant for cutting, welding or heating metal:-
(a) Pipes or hoses for the supply of oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour to any apparatus for
cutting, welding or heating,, metal shall be of good construction and sound material and be
properly maintained.
(b) Such pipes or hoses shall be securely attached to the apparatus and other connections by means
of suitable clips or other equally effective appliances.
(c) Efficient reducing and regulating valves for reducing the pressure of the gases shall be provided
and maintained in connection with all cylinders containing oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour
at a pressure above atmospheric while the gases or vapours from such cylinders are being used in
any process of cutting, welding or heating metal.
(d) Where acetylene gas is used for cutting, welding or heating metal-
(i) a properly constructed and efficient back-pressure valve and flame arrestor shall be provided
and maintained in the acetylene supply pipe between each burner or blow-pipe and the acetylene
generator, cylinder or container from which it is supplied, and shall be placed as near as practicable
to the burner or blow- pipe, except that those requirements shall not apply where an acetylene
cylinder serves only one burner or blow-pipe; and
(ii) any hydraulic valve provided in pursuance of the preceding clause shall be inspected on each
day by every person who uses the burner or blow-pipe on that day and it shall be the duty of every
worker who used the burner or blow-pipe to inspect the hydraulic valve accordingly.
(e) The operating valves of burners or blow-pipes to which oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour
is supplied for the purposes of cutting, welding or heating metal shall be so constructed, or the
operating mechanism shall be so protected that the valves cannot be opened accidentally.
39. Precautions after use of apparatus for cutting, welding or heating metal:-
(a) In the case of apparatus on board a vessel and used for cutting, welding, or heating metal with
the aid of oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour supplied at a pressure above atmospheric
pressure, the precautions specified in the following sub-clause of this sub-rule shall be taken when
such use ceases for the day or a substantial period and the apparatus is to be left on board, but need
not be taken when such use is discontinued merely during short interruptions of work. The
requirements in sub-clauses (a) and (b) of this sub-rule shall not apply during a meal interval,
provided that a responsible person is placed in charge of the plant and equipment referred to
therein.
(b) Supply valves of cylinders, generators and gas mains shall be securely closed and the valve
key shall be kept in the custody of a responsible person.
(c) Moveable pipes or houses used for conveying oxygen of flammable gas or vapour and welding
cutting torches shall in the case of vessel undergoing construction, be brought to the topmost
completed deck, or in the case of a vessel undergoing repair to a weather-deck, or in either case to
some other place of safety which is adequately ventilated to prevent any dangerous concentration
of gas or fumes
Provided that were owing to the nature of the work it is impracticable to comply with the foregoing
requirements of this sub-rule, the pipes or noses shall be disconnected from cylinders, generators
or gas mains as the case may be.
(d) When cylinders or acetylene generating plant have been taken below deck as permitted by sub-
clause (b) of sub-rule (36) such cylinders or acetylene generating plant shall be brought to a
weather deck, or, in the case of vessel undergoing construction to the topmost completed deck.
40. Naked light and hot work on oil-carrying vessels..-

(a) Subject to the provisions of sub-clause (b) of this rule and to the provisions of sub-rule (48)
and without prejudice to the provisions of Rules 46 and 47, no naked light, fire or lamp (other than
a safety lamp of a type approved for the purpose of this sub-rule-
(vii) shall be permitted to be applied to or to be in or any hot work permitted to be carried out in any
part of the tanker, unless, since oil was last carried in that tanker, a naked light certificate, has been
obtained and is in force in respect of those part of the tanker for which in the opinion of a competent
analyst, a naked light certificate is necessary
Provided that a naked light, fire or lamp of a kind specified, in writing by a competent analyst may
be applied to, or be in,. or any hot work of a type specified by him carried on any part of the tanker
so specified
(viii) shall be permitted-
(a) to be in any oil-tank on board or in a vessel in which oil tank the oil last carried was oil having
a flash point of less than 23degC (73 deg F). or was liquid methane, liquid propane or liquid butane,
or any hot work permitted to be carried out in a such oil-tank or vessel unless a naked light
certificate has previously been obtained on the same day and is in force in respect of that oil tank
and of any oil-tank, compartment or space adjacent thereto ;
(b) to be applied to the outer surface of any oil-tanker in board or in a vessel in which oil-tank the
oil last carried was such oil as aforesaid or any work of such a nature which is likely to produce
sufficient heat capable of igniting inflammable gas or vapours permitted to be carried out on the
outer surface of such oil-tank or vessel, unless a naked light certificate has previously been
obtained on the same day and is in force in respect of that oil-tank ;
(c) to be applied to the outer surface of, or to be in any compartment or space adjacent an oil-tank
on board or in a vessel in which oil-tank the oil last carried was such oil as aforesaid, or any hot
work permitted to be carried out in such compartment or space as aforesaid or any work of such
nature which is likely to produce sufficient heat capable of igniting inflammable gases or vapours,
permitted to be carried out on the outer surface of such compartment or space, unless a naked light
certificate has previously been obtained on the same day and is in force in respect of that
compartment or space ;
Provided that where in any such case referred to in sub-clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this sub-rule a
competent analyst has certified that daily naked light certificates are necessary or are necessary
only to specified extent, such a daily certificate need not be obtained or, as the case may be, need
only be obtained to the specified extent;
(ix) shall be permitted to be applied to the outer surface, of, or to be in, any oil-tank on board or
in a vessel or any hot work permitted to be carried out in any such oil-tank or vessel or any work
of such nature which is likely to produce sufficient heat capable of igniting inflammable gases or
vapours permitted to be carried out on the outer surface of the oil-tank or vessel, unless since oil
was last carried in that oil-tank, a naked light certificate has been obtained and is in force in respect
of that oil tank
(x) shall be permitted to be applied to the outer surface of, or to be in, any compartment or space
adjacent to an oil-tank on board or in a vessel or any hot work permitted to be carried out in any
such compartment or space, or any work of such nature which is likely to produce sufficient heat
capable of igniting inflammable gases or vapours, permitted to be carried out on the outer surface
of any such compartment or space, unless since oil was last carried as car o in that oil-tank, a naked
light certificate has been obtained and is in force in respect of that compartment or space.
(b) Notwithstanding anything in clause (a) of this sub-rule, heated rivets may be permitted in any
place without naked light certificate being in force in respect of that place if expressly so authorised
by competent analyst who certified that after adequate and suitable testing, he is satisfied having
regard to all the circumstances of the atmosphere becoming ease, including the likelihood or
otherwise of the atmosphere becoming flammable, that the place is sufficiently free from
flammable vapour, but such heated rivets shall, where practicable, be passed through tubes.
(c) No person shall introduce, have or apply naked light, fire or lamp (other than safety lamp of a
type approved for the purpose of this sub-rule) into, in or to any place where they are prohibited
by this sub-rule.
(d) No person shall carry out hot work or any work of such nature which is likely to produce
sufficient heat capable of igniting inflammable gases or vapours, in any place or any surface where
they are prohibited by this sub-rule.
(e) In this sub-rule the, expression 'competent analyst' means an analyst who is competent to give
a naked light certificate.
41. Entering oil-tanks:-
(a) No person (other than an analyst entering with a view to issuing a certificate of entry) shall,
unless he is wearing a breathing apparatus of a type approved for the purpose of this sub-rule, enter
or remain in an oil-tank on in a vessel unless since the oil-tank last contained oil, a certificate of
entry has been obtained and is in force in respect of the tank.
(b) Without prejudice to Clause (a) of this sub-rule, no person (other than an analyst entering as
aforesaid) shall be allowed or required to enter or remain in an oil-tank on board or in a vessel in
which oil tank, the oil last carried was oil having a flash point of less than 230deg C (73deg F)
unless since the oil-tank last contained oil, an analyst has certified that the atmosphere is
sufficiently free from inflammable mixture.
(c) The provisions of this sub-rule are without prejudice to the requirements of sub-rule (34).
42. Duration of certificates:- Any naked light certificates or certificates of entry may be issued
subject to a condition, that it shall not remain in force after a time specified in the certificate.
43. Posting of certificates:- Every occupier for whom a naked light certificate or certificate of entry
is obtained shall ensure that the certificate or a duplicate thereof is posted, as soon as may be, and
remains posted in a position where it may be conveniently read by all persons, concerned.
44. Maintaining safe atmosphere..-
(a) When conditions in an oil-tank are such in respect of which a naked light certificate has been
issued that there is possibility of oil vapour being released from residues or other sources, test shall
be carried out by a competent analyst at such intervals, as may be required so as to ensure that the
condition in the tank are maintained safe.
(b) Whenever hot work carried on or a naked light, fire or lamp is allowed to be, on the whether
deck over spaces, in respect of which a naked light certificate has not been issued all covers of
man holes or openings on deck and all valves (except those which are connected to high vent pipes)
connecting the weather deck with the said spaces, shall be closed.
(c) A record of all the tests carried out for the purpose of sub-rules(34),(40) and (4 1) shall be
maintained in a register which should furnish the date, time location and results of the tests.
45. Cleaning of oil-tanks:-
(a) Subject to the provisions of sub-rule (4), before a test f6r flammable vapour is carried out with
a view to the issue of a naked light certificate for the purposes of sub-rule (40) in respect of an oil-
tank on board or in a vessel, that oil-tank shall, since oil was last introduced into the tank, be
cleaned and ventilated in accordance with clause (b) of this sub-rule.
(b) The said cleaning and ventilation shall be carried out by the following methods, namely-
(i) the oil-tank shall be treated in such a manner and for such period as will ensure the vaporisation
of all volatile oil;
(ii) all residual oil on any sludge or other deposition in the oil tank shall be removed therefrom;
(c) After the oil tank has been so cleaned
(i) All covers of man-holes and other openings therein shall be removed and it shall be thoroughly
ventilated by mechanical or other efficiency means with a view to the removal of all oil vapour;
and
(ii) The interior surfaces, if any deposit remains thereon, shall be washed or scrapped down.
46. Invalidation of certificates..-
(a) If during the course of work in, or to the surface or, any part of tanker or aircraft carrier, any
pipe or tank joint is opened or broken on any other event occurs so that there is a risk of oil vapour
entering or arising in that part of the tanker or aircraft carrier, that work shall be suspended
thereafter any certificates of entry previously issued in respect of any oil-tank, oil-tank in that part
and any naked light certificate previously issued in respect of that part shall be no longer in force.
(b) If (in the case of vessel other than a tanker or a aircraft carrier) during the course of work in
any oil-tank or any compartment or space adjacent thereto, any pipe or tank joint is opened or
broken
or any other event occurs so that, there is a risk of oil vapour entering or arising in the oil tank, or
in any compartment or space adjacent thereto shall be suspended and thereafter any certificate of
entry previously issued in respect of oil tank and any naked light certificate previously issued in
respect of oil-tank or any compartment or space adjacent thereto shall be no longer in force.
47. Provisions as to work in other compartment or spaces:-
(a) Without prejudice to the other provisions of these rules, if the presence of oil in such quantity
and in such position as to be likely to give rise to fire or explosion is detected in any part of a
vessel, being a part to which this sub-rule applies and in which repairs of the following, kind are
to be or are being undertaken, that is to say repairs involving the use of a naked light, fire or lamp
(other than a safety lamp of a type approved for the purpose of sub-rule (40), or involving hot
work, such repairs shall not be started or continued until a naked light certificate has been issued
or, as the case may be, reissued in respect of that part of the vessel).
(b) This sub-rule shall apply to beiges, shaft tunnels, pump rooms, lamp rooms, and to
compartments and spaces other than those to which clause (a) (iv) of sub-rule (40) applies.
48. Exemptions..- If the Chief Inspector is satisfied, by reason of the nature of the work and the
circumstances in which it is carried out, that any provisions of sub-rules (33) and (45) or part
thereof can be suspended or relaxed without danger to the health or safety of any person, he may
grant suspension or relaxation in writing specifying such conditions as he may consider fit. Any
such suspension or relaxation may be revoked at any time.
PRECAUTIONS IN USE OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY
49. Earthing:- Electric energy other than that generated by an independent generating unit on board
shall not be taken for use, or used in, or in connection with any of the operations unless the body
of the ship is securely earthed in such a manner as to ensure an immediate and safety discharge of
energy to the earth. A ship or vessel shall not be considered as securely earthed for the purpose of
this rule, only on account of its being partly submerged in water.
50. Arc welding:-
(a) Electric arc welding shall not be carded on in connection with any of the operations unless
separate and fully insulated welding return conductor or conductors, as the case may be, of
adequate electrical capacity are provided for return of the current to the transformer or generator
of the welding set.
(b) The return end of source of the welding current shall not be earthed.
(c) All work on which welding is carried on shall be securely earthed independently to an earth
electrode by means of conductor or conductors, as the case may be, of adequate capacity, unless
all such works are connected to any structure of the ship or vessel in such manner as to ensure
adequate connection to earth as aforesaid.
51. Cutting of energy in certain cases:- Electrical energy shall be cut off from all portable electric
tools and manual electrode holders within any tank compartment or space referred to in sub-rules
(34) and (40) or in any other confined space during all times when such tools or holders are not in
operation:
Provided that for determining whether any such portable electric tool or electrode holder is not in
operation no account shall be taken of brief interruptions of work occurring during normal
working.
Provided further that energy may not be cut off from any such equipment if a responsible person
is left in charge of it in such tank, compartment or space concerned;
Provided further that cutting of all electrical energy by operation of any switch or control provided
on the portable tool or electrodes holder itself should not be taken as fulfilling the requirements of
this sub-rule.
MISCELLANEOUS SAFETY PROVISIONS
52. Lighting:- All parts of a vessel and all other places where the operations are being carried on,
and all approaches to such parts and to places to which a worker may be required to proceed in the
course of his employment shall be sufficiently and suitably lighted in providing such lighting, due
regard shall be given to avoidance of glare and formation of shadows, to the safety of the vessel
and cargo, of the navigation of other vessels, and to any local statutory requirements as to the
lighting of the harbour or dock.
53. Work in boilers etc.:-
(a) No work shall be permitted in any boiler, furnace or boiler flue until it has been sufficiently
cooled to make work safe for the workers.
(b) Before any worker enters any steam boiler which is one of a range of two or more steam boilers,
(i) all inlets through which steam or hot water might otherwise enter the boiler from any other part
of the range shall be disconnected from that part, or
(ii) all valves or taps controlling such entry shall be closed and securely locked.
(c) While workers remain in any steam boiler to which clause (b) of this sub-rule applies all such
inlets as are referred to in that clause in shall remain disconnected or all such valves or taps as are
there referred to shall remain closed and securely locked.
(d) No worker shall be allowed or required to enter or remain in, and no person shall enter or
remain, in any steam boiler to which clause, (b) of this sub-rule applies unless the provisions of
that clause are being complied with.
54. Hatch beams:- The hatch beams of any hatch in use for the options shall, if not removed be
adequately secured to prevent their displacement.
55. Jumped-up bolts:- Bolts which have been jumped-up and rescrewed shall not be used for
securing plates on the sides of vessels, and no worker shall use such bolts for this purpose.
56. Work in or on life boats..-
(a) Before workers are permitted to work in or on any life boat, either stowed or in suspended
positions, precautions shall be taken to prevent the boat from falling due to accidental tripping of
the releasing gear or movement of the davits and capsizing of the boat if in chocks.
(b) Workers shall not be permitted to remain in fire boats while the life boats are being hoisted
into final stowed position.
PROTECTIVE WEAR
57. Hand protection:- Adequate protection for the hands shall be available for all workers when
using cutting or welding apparatus to which oxygen or any flammable gas vapour is supplied a
pressure greater than atmospheric pressure or when engaged in machine caulking or machine
riveting or on transporting or stacking plate or in handling plates at machines.
58. Protection in connection with cutting or welding..
(a) Suitable goggles fitted with tinted eye-pieces shall be provided and maintained for all persons
employed when using cutting or welding apparatus to which oxygen or any flammable gas or
vapour is supplied at a pressure above atmospheric pressure
(b) There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed when engaged in
the process of electric welding-
(i) suitable helmets or suitable head shields or suitable hand shields to protect the eyes and face
from hot metal and from rays likely to be injurious; and
(ii) suitable gauntlets to protect the hands forearms from hot metal and from rays likely to be
injurious.
(c) When electric welding is in progress at any place and persons other than those engaged in that
process are employed in a position where the rays are likely to be injurious to their eyes, screens
shall, whenever practicable, be provided at that place for the protection of those persons. Where it
is not practicable to provide effective protection of these persons by screening, suitable goggles
shall be provided for their use.
59. Eye protection for other processes:- Suitable goggles of effective screens shall be provided to
protect the eyes of all workers in any of the following processes :
(a) the cutting out or cutting off of cold rivets bolts from boilers or other plant or form ships ;
(b) the chipping, scaling or scurfing or boiler or ship's plates
(c) drilling by means of portable machine tools
(d) dry grinding of metals.
60. Head Protection:- When workers are employed in areas where there is danger of falling objects
they shall be provided with suitable safety helmets.
61. Safety belts and life lines..-
(a) Whenever any worker is engaged on work at place from which he is liable to fall more than 2
m. he shall be provided with safety belts equipped with life lines which are secured with a
minimum of slack, to a fixed structure unless any other effective means such as provision of guard
rails or ropes are taken to prevent his falling.
(b) All safety belts and life lines shall be examined at frequent intervals by a competent person to
ensure that no belt or life line which is not in good condition is used.
HEALTH AND WELFARE
62. Prohibition of employment of young persons in certain processes:- Employment of young

persons are prohibited in the following processes namely-
(a) the application of asbestos by means of a spray; or
(b) the breaking down for removal of asbestos lagging; or
(c) the cleaning of socks or other container which have contained asbestos; or
(d) the cutting of material containing asbestos by means of portable power driven saws; or
(e) the scaling, surfing or cleaning of boilers, combustion chambers or smoke boxes where his
work exposes him to dust of such a character and to such an extent as to be likely to be injurious
or offensive to persons employed in such work.
63. Lead Processes:-

(a) Lead paint shall not be applied in the form of a spray, in the interior painting of any part of a
ship or vessel.
(b) Wherever lead sheathing work is carried on for making cold storage chambers in the ships,
efficient exhaust draughts with portable extractors should be provided to remove the lead fumes
from the confined spaces.
64. Stretchers ambulances and ambulances rooms etc.:-
(a) In every shipyard there shall be provided and kept readily available-
(i) a sufficient number of suitably constructed sling stretchers or other similar appliances for
raising injured persons;
(ii) a sufficient number of carrying or wheel stretchers; and
(iii) a sufficient supply of suitable reviving apparatus and oxygen, and the stretchers and appliances
and apparatus so provided shall be properly maintained.
(b) In every shipyard there shall always be readily available during working hours responsible
person or responsible persons whose duty it is to summon an ambulance or other means of transport
if needed in cases of accident or illness. Legible copies of a notice indicating that person or, as the
case may be, those persons shall be affixed in prominent positions in every shipyard.
(c) In every shipyard other than a dry dock available for hire-
(i) in which the number of persons employed normally exceeds five hundred ; or
(ii) in which the number of persons employed normally exceeds one hundred and which is more
than ten miles from a hospital; there shall be provided and maintained in good order and in clean
condition a properly constructed ambulance room containing at least the equipment prescribed by
the rules framed under Section 45 of the Act. The room shall be used only for the purpose of
treatment and rest and shall be in the charge of a suitably qualified person who shall always be
readily available during working hours, and record shall be kept of all cases of accident or sickness
treated at the room.
65. Young persons:-
(a) No young person shall, until he was employed in a shipyard or shipyards for at least six months
be employed in connection with the operations in a shipyard on a stage from which, or in any part
of a ship where he is liable to fall a distance of more than 2 m. or into water in which there is a risk
of drowning.
(b) Any young person under the age of sixteen shall, when employed in the operations in shipyard,
be placed under the charge of an experienced workman.
66. Safety supervision:- In the case of every shipyard other than a dry dock available for hire being
a shipyard where the number of workers regularly or from time to time, exceeds five- hundred, a
person experienced in the work of such yards shall be appointed and employed exclusively to
exercise general supervision of the observance of these sub-rules and to promote the safe conduct
of the work generally.
1[61 -H.
The occupier of a factory employing 100 or more workers shall plant and maintain trees within the
precinct of the factory. The number, type and lay-out of trees should be approved by the District
Forest Officer concerned or any qualified horticulturist.]
1[61-1. Reaction Vessels and Kettles
(1) This rule applies to reaction vessels and kettles, hereinafter referred to as reaction vessels,
which normally work at a pressure not above the atmospheric pressure but in which there is
likelihood of pressure being created above the atmospheric pressure either due to reaction getting
out of control or due to any other circumstances.
(2) In the event of the vessel being heated by electrical means, suitable thermostatic control devices
shall he provided to prevent the temperature exceeding the safety limit.
(3) Where steam is used for heating purposes in a reaction vessel, it shall pass through a suitable
pressure reducing valve or any other suitable automatic device to prevent escape of excessive steam
into the vessel so that the maximum permissible pressure of steam only is allowed into the supply
line itself
(4) Suitable safety valve or rupture disc of adequate size and capacity shall be provided to
effectively prevent the pressure being built up in the reaction vessel beyond the safety limit.
Effective arrangements shall be made to ensure that the released gases, fumes, vapours, liquids or
dust, as the case may be, are lead away and disposed of through suitable pipes without causing any
hazard. Where flammable gases or vapours are likely to be vented out as discharge from the vessel,
it shall be provided with a flame arrestor.
(5) Every reaction vessel shall be provided with a pressure gauge having the appropriated range.
(6) In addition to the devices as mentioned in the foregoing provisions there shall also be provided
means or devices for automatically stopping the feed into the vessel as soon as process conditions
excessively deviate from the normal limits and which deviation can be considered to be dangerous.
(7) Where necessary, an effective system for cooling, flooding or blanketing shall be provided, for
the purpose of controlling the reaction and process conditions within the safe limits of temperature
and pressure.
1. Rule 61- H inserted by G.O.Ms.No. 837, dt: 13-9-1976

2. Rule 61 – I inserted by G.O.Ms.No. 1285, dt: 14-11-1977
(8) An automatic auditory and visual warning device, shall also be provided for clear warning
whenever process conditions exceed the normal limits. This device, wherever possible, shall be
integrated with automatic process correction systems.
(9) A notice pointing out the possible circumstances and conditions under which pressures above
atmospheric pressure may be built up in the reaction vessel, the dangers involved and the
precautions to be taken by the operators shall be displayed clearly at a conspicuous place near the
vessel which always shall be in a visible conditions]
61-J. Examination of eye sight of certain workers
(1) No person shall be employed to operate a crane, locomotive or work-lift truck, or to give signals
to a crane or locomotive operator unless his eye sight and colour vision have been examined and
declared fit by a qualified ophthalmologist to work whether with or without the use of corrective
glasses.
(2) The eye sight and colour vision of the person employed as referred to in clause (i) shall be
examined at least once in every period of 12 months up to the age of 45 years and once in every 6
months beyond that age.
(3) Any fee payable for an examination of a person under this sub-rule shall be paid by the occupier
shall not be recoverable from that person.
(4) The record of examination or re-examination carded out as required under sub-rule(l) shall be
maintained in Form No.8 C.
FORM NO. 8-C
[Prescribed under sub-rule (4) of Rule 61-J]

Record of Eye Examination
Name Age on
Serial Department of Sex last Occupation Examination of eye Signature of Remarks
Number / work worker birthday sight Ophthalmologist
Nature Date of
employment Date Result
RULE PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 41 AND 112
61-K. Railways in factories
(1) This rule shall apply to railways in the precincts of a factory which are not subject to Indian
Railways Act 1890.
(2) Gateways:- A gateway through which a railway track passes shall not be used for the general
passage of workers into or out of a factory.
(3) Barriers and Turn gates:-
(a) Where buildings or walls contain doors or gates which open to a railway tract, a barrier about
1 metre high shall be fixed parallel to and about 60 cm. away from the building or wall outside the
opening and extending several feet beyond it at other end, so that any person passing out may
become aware of an approaching train when his pace is checked at the baffler.
If the traffic on the nearest track is all in one direction, the barrier shall be in the form of an " L"
with end of the short leg abutting on to the wall and the other end opening towards the approaching
train ;
(b) If the distance between wall and track cannot be made to accommodate such a barrier, the
barrier of a turngate shall be placed at the inside of the opening ; and
(c) Where a footway passes close to a building or other obstructions as it approaches a railway
track, a barrier or a turngate shall be fixed in such a manner that a person approaching the track is
compelled to move away from the building or obstruction and thus obtain timely sight of an
approaching locomotive or wagon.
(4) Crowds:-
(a) Worker's pay-windows, first-aid stations and other points where a crowd may collect shall not
be placed near a railway track ; and
(b) At any time of the day when workers are starting or ending work all railway traffic shall cease
for not less than five minutes.
(5) Locomotive:-
(a) No locomotive shall be used in shunting operations unless it is in good working order;
(b) Every locomotive and tender shall be provided with efficient breaks, all of which shall be
maintained in good working order. Brake shoes shall be examined at suitably fixed intervals and
those that are worn out replaced at once
(c) Water-gauge glasses or every locomotive whatever its boiler pressure, shall be protected with
substantial glass or metal screens
(d) Suitable steps and hand-holds shall be provided at the corners of the locomotive for the use of
shunters
(e) Every locomotive crane shall be provided with lifting and jacking pads at the four corners of
the locomotive for assisting in re-railing operations ; and
(f) It shall be clearly indicated on every locomotive crane in English and in language understood
by the majority of the workers in the factory, for what weight of load and at what reading the
crane safety.
(6) Wagons:-
(a) Every wagon (and passenger coach, if any) shall be provided either with self-acting brakes
capable of being applied continuously or with efficient hand brakes which shall be maintained in
good working order. The hand brakes shall be capable of being applied by co-person on the ground
and fitted with a device for retaining them in the applied position ;
(b) No wagon shall be kept standing within three metres of any authorised crossing ; and
(c) No wagon shall be removed with the help of crow bars or pinch bars.
(7) Riding on locomotive, wagon or other rolling stock:- No person shall be permitted to be upon
(whether inside or outside) any locomotive wagon or after rolling stock except where secure foot-
hold and handhold are provided.
(8) Attention to brakes and doors:-
(a) No locomotive, wagon or other rolling stock shall be kept standing unless its brakes are firmly
applied and, where it is on a gradient, without sufficient number of properly constructed scotches
placed firmly in position; and
(b) No train shall be set in motion until the shunting jamadar has satisfied himself that all wagon
doors are securely fastened.
(9) Projecting loads and cranes:-
(a) If the load on a wagon projects beyond its length, a guard or dummy-truck shall be used beneath
the projection ;
(b) No loco-crane shall travel without lead unless the jib is completely lowered and positioned in
line with the track and
(c) when it is necessary for a loco-crane to travel with a load, the jib shall not be swung until the
loco-crane has come to rest.
(10) Loose shunting:- Loose-shunting shall be permitted only when it cannot be avoided. It shall
never be performed on a wagon not accompanied by a man capable of applying and pinning down
the brakes. A wagon not provided with brakes in good working order and capable of being easily
pinned down shall not be loose-shunted unless attached to it at least another wagon with such
brakes. Loose-shunting shall not be performed with, or against a wagon containing passengers,
live-stock or explosives.
(11) Fly-shunting..- Fly-shunting shall not be permitted on any factory railway.

(12) The shunting Jamadar..-
(a) Every locomotive or wagon in motion in a factory shall be kept under the control of a well
trained jamadar ; and
(b) Before authorising a locomotive or wagon to be moved, the shunting jamadar shall satisfy
himself that no person is under or in between or in front of the locomotive or wagon.
(13) Hand Signals:- The hand signals used by the shunting jamadar in day and night shall be those
prescribed by the shunting rules of railways, working under the Indian Railway Act 1890 (IX of
1890).
(14) Night work and fog:-
(a) In factories, where persons work at night, no movement of locomotive, wagon or other rolling
stock otherwise than by hand shall be permitted between sunset and sunrise unless the tracks and
their vicinity are lighted on a scale of not less than 10 lux as measured at the horizontal plane at
the ground level ; and
(b) In no circumstances any locomotive or train shall be moved between sunset and sunrise or at
any time when there is fog, unless it carries a white head light and a red rear light.
(15) Speed control:-
(a) A locomotive or train shall not be permitted to move at a speed greater than seven kilometers
per hour ; and
(b) A train, locomotive, wagon or other rolling stock shall not be moved by mechanical or electrical
power unless it is preceded at a distance of not less than 10 metres during the whole of its journey
by shunting jamadar. He shall be provided with a signalling flags or lamp and whistle necessary
for calling the attention of the driver.
(16) Tracks:-
(a) The distance (i) between tracks and (ii) between tracks and buildings, blind walls or other
structures and (iii) tracks and materials deposited on the ground shall be respectively not less than-
(aa) from centre to centre of parallel tracks, the overall width of the widest wagon of that gauge
plus twice the width of the door of such a wagon when opened directly outward plus 1 metre ;
(bb) from a building or structure other than a loading platform to the centre of the nearest track,
half the overall width of the widest wagon of that gauge, plus the width of its door when opened
outward, plus 1.5 metres ; and
(cc) from material stacked or deposited alongside the track, on the ground or on a loading platform,
to the centre of the nearest track, half the, overall width of the widest wagon of that gauge, plus
half the width of its door when opened directly outward, plus 1 metre.
(b) Sleepers of a track shall be in level with of the ground and at all crossings of the track with a
road or walkway, the surface of the road or walkway shall be in level with the top of the rails ;
(c) All track ends shall be equipped with buffer stops of adequate strength ;
(d) Barriers of substantial construction shall be securely and permanently fixed across any doorway
or gateway in a building or in a wall which conceals an approaching trade from view, between the
building and the track as prescribed in clause (a) of sub-rule (3).
(e) Where track are carded on a gantry or other elevation, a safe footway or footways with hand
rails and toe-boards shall be provided at all positions where persons work or pass on foot, and
where there is an opening in the stage of an elevated track for the dropping of materials to a lower
level, the position shall be adequately fenced or the opening itself provided with a grill through
which a person cannot fall
(f) All point levers shall have their movements parallel, to, not across, the direction of the track ;
(g) All loading platforms which are more than 60 cms above the level of the ground on which the
track is laid and more than 15 metres in length, shall be provided with stops at intervals not greater
than 15 metres apart from to enable the platform to be easily mounted from the track
(h) Turn tables on plant railways shall be provided with locking devices which will prevent the
tables from turning while locomotives or wagon are being run on or off the tables ; and
(i) workers shall be prohibited from passing under, between or above railway wagons.
(17) Crossings:-
(a) At all crossings of a track with a road or walk way, danger or crossing signs and wherever
reasonably practicable, blinking lights or alarm lights shall be provided, at all important crossings,
gates or barriers manned by watchman shall be provided. Swinging gate and barriers shall be
secured against inadvertent opening or closing.
1[61.L. Quality of personal protective equipment

All personal protective equipment provided to workers as required under any of the provisions of
the Act or the Rule shall have certification of B.1. S. or any other national standard of Advanced
countries in case B.1.S. has not standard.]
1[61-M. Thermic Fluid heaters
(1) All heaters shall be on such construction that coils are removable for periodic cleaning, visual
inspection and hydraulic test.
(2) Suitable arrangement shall be made for cooling furnace effectively in case of failure.
(3) Before restarting the furnace, it shall be effectively purged.
(4) Velocity of flow of thermic fluid shall not be allowed to fall below the minimum recommended
by the manufacturers while the heater is in operation.
(5) The thermic fluid shall be circulated in a closed circuit formation with an expansion cum
deaerator tank. This tank shall be located outside the shed where the heater is installed.
(6) Every heater shall be provided with a photo-resister actuated audio-visual alarm indicate flame
failure and automatic burner cut off.
(7) The stack temperature motor-cum-controller with audio visual alarm shall be provided so as to
warn the operator in case the outlet temperature exceeds the specified min.
(8) Where inspection doors are provided on the furnace they shall be interlocked with the burner
itself so that they cannot be opened until burner is shut off and furnace is cooled sufficient.
(9) All heaters shall also be provided with the following safety devices:-
(i) level control in the expansion tank
(ii) temperature control of thermic fluid
(iii) differential pressure switch on the out let line of the heater tubes and
(iv) temperature control device for the fuel oil supply the burner.
(10) All devices mentioned in paragraph 9 shall have interlocking arrangement with burner so that
in case of any predetermined limits being crossed the supply of fuel and air to burner shall
automatically be cut-off.
(11) All safety interlocks when operated shall be indicated on the control panel of the heater by a
suitable audio-visual alarm.
1. Added by G.O.Ms.No.144 (F&B), dt: 12-7-1994
(12) Every heater unit shall be provided as a standard necessary an arrangement for sniffing with
low pressure steam or nitrogen for putting out the fire.
(13) Electric panel for the heater shall be located near the heater but not so close as to be exposed
to spilling or leaking oil.
(14) The heater shall be located in a place partitioned off with fire proof material from other
manufacturing activities.
(15) Explosion vent shall be so installed that release takes place at safe location.
(16) The heater coil shall be subjected to pressure test by competent person once at least in every
12 months. This test pressure shall not be less than twice the operating pressure.
(17) If repairs are carded out to the coil, it shall be tested before taking it into use.
(18) The thermic fluid shall confirm to the specifications prescribed by the manufacturers and shall
be tested by competent person for suitability at least once in every three months period. Such test
shall include test for acidity, suspended matter, ash contents, viscosity and flash point.
(19) Cleaning of internal surface of the heater or soot and check up of refractory surface on the
inside shall be carried out every month or as often as required depending upon working conditions.
The coils shall be removed and surface of the coils cleaned thoroughly once at least in a period
of six months. The nozzles of filters and pumps shall be cleaned once a week during the period of
use.
(20) A separate register containing the following information shall be maintained:
(i) Weekly checks carried out confirming the effectiveness of the interlock
(ii) Weekly checks confirming that all accessories are in goof state of repairs ; and
(iii) information regarding fuel oil temperature, pressure thermic fluid inlet/outlet pressure and
temperature fuel gas temperature recorded at hourly interval.
(21) The heater when in operation shall always be kept in charge of a trained operator.
61-N. Protective equipment
(1) All workers should be mandatorily provided with Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs) as required under
any of the provisions of the Act or the Rules and such PPEs shall conform to the relevant National Standard.
The occupiers shall require the workers to use such PPEs and the same shall be maintained in
proper working conditions by the occupier. No charge what so ever shall be charged by the occupier from the
workers for provision of such PPEs.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of sub-rule (1), the various types of PPEs to which
this rule shall extend for use in factories shall be as prescribed below:
(3)
i. Safety Helmet:
All workers who are likely to be exposed to any hazard which may cause head injury shall be provided with
safety helmets conforming to relevant National Standards. All the workers shall be adequately trained on
proper use of such PPEs. When work at height is being carried out such safety helmet shall be
provided with a nape strap. No safety helmet which has resisted an impact shall be reused. Periodic cleaning and
visual inspection to check any deformation in size or shape shall be carried out.
ii. Protective Footwear:
Protective footwear should be provided to workers who are exposed to hazards which are likely to cause injury
to them by way of materials being dropped on their feet or nail or other sharp objects penetrating their sole. The
type and nature of foot wear to be used at workplaces shall be decided by the occupier based on nature of work
being carried at such work places. Proper disinfection shall be carried out to prevent contagious fungal infection
of the skin that causes scaling, flaking, and itching of the affected areas. Proper
medical care shall be carried out to prevent workers from suffering from ingrown nails, metatarsalgia, heel spur,
hammer toes and nerve damage after wearing safety shoe.
iii. Safety Goggles and Spectacles:

The relevant National Standard shall be applicable for eye-protection intended for use in industrial
undertakings to provide protection for the eyes of the workers against hazards such as flying particles and
fragments, splashing materials and molten metal’s harmful dust, gases or vapours, aerosols and
radiations which are likely to impair vision or damage the eyes. Additional eye protection over their prescription
lenses shall be used ensuring that the protective eyewear does not disturb the proper positioning of the
prescription lenses.
iv. Equipment for Eye and Face Protection during Welding:

Relevant National Standard shall be followed for the requirements of goggles, hand shield and helmet intended
to protect an operator above the shoulder from harmful radiation, spark and particles of hot metal during
welding, cutting and similar operations employing a gas flame or electric arc.
v. Gloves and Protective Clothing:
Suitable gloves, leather gauntlets and mittens conforming to relevant National Standard shall be used for
protection of hand of the workers from getting injured. Such protective gloves shall be provided where the hands
are exposed to hazards such as those from skin absorption of harmful substances; severe cuts or lacerations;
severe abrasions; punctures; chemical burns; thermal burns; and harmful temperature extremes. Suitable
protective clothing as per relevant National Standard available for apron (Rubberized, acid and
alkali resistant) shall be used for protection of workers who are likely to be exposed to any hazard which may
cause injury to their skin.
vi. Ear Protection when exposed to Noise:
Protection against the effects of noise exposure shall be provided when the sound levels exceed the prescribed
standards. The relevant National Standard shall be followed while selection of suitable ear protection. Periodic
disinfection of reusable ear protectors shall be carried out to eliminate hearing loss caused by infection,
discharge, pain etc. in the ear.
vii. Respiratory Protection:
Respiratory Protective equipment based on the nature of hazard as per the relevant National Standard shall be
provided by the occupier of the factory to the workers for their respiratory protection against dust, fumes, gases,
particulates etc. Clinical examination and appropriate medical tested shall be undertaken to avoid Irritant
dermatitis, nose bridge sores, etc. because of prolong use of respiratory personal protective equipment.
viii. Other Protective Equipment:
Appropriate personal protective equipment based on the nature of hazards as per the relevant National
Standard shall be provided by the occupier to the workers. These shall include the following:-
a) Safety harnesses with independently secured lifelines where protection against falls cannot be provided by
other appropriate means.
b) Life vests and life preservers where there is a danger of falling into water.
c) Distinguishing clothing or reflective devices or otherwise conspicuously visible material when there is regular
exposure to danger from moving vehicles.
(3) The Inspector may, having regard to the nature of the hazards involved in work and process being carried
out, order the occupier or the manager in writing to supply to the workers exposed to particular hazard any
personal protective equipment conforming to relevant National Standard as may be found necessary.
61-0. Oven and Driers
(1) Application:- This rule shall apply to ovens and driers, except those used in laboratories or
kitchens of any establishment and those which has a capacity below 325 litres.
(2) Definitions:- For the purpose of this rule, "oven or drier" means any enclosed structure,
receptacle, compartment or box which is used for baking, drying or otherwise processing of any
article or substance at a temperature higher than the ambient temperature of the air in the room
or space in which a flammable or explosive mixture of air and a flammable substance, is likely to
be evolved within the enclosed structure receptacle, compartment or box or part thereof on account of the
article or substance which is baked, dried or otherwise processed within it:
(3) Separate electrical connection:- Electrical power supplied to every oven or drier shall be by
means of a separate circuit provided with an isolation switch.
(4) Design, construction, examination and testing:-

(a) Every oven or drier shall be properly designed on sound engineering practice and be of good
construction, sound materials and adequate strength, from any patent defects and safe if properly
used.
(b) No oven or drier shall be taken into use in factory for the first time unless a competent person
has thoroughly examined all its parts and carried out the tests as are required to establish that the
necessary safe systems and controls provided for safety in operation for the processes for which it
is to be used and a certificate of such examination and tests signed by that competent person has
been obtained and is kept available for inspection.
(c) All parts of an oven or drier which has undergone any alteration or repair which has to effect
of modifying any of the design characteristics, shall not be used unless a thorough examination
and tests as have been mentioned in clause (1) has been carried out by a competent person and a
certificate of such examination and tests signed by that competent person has been obtained and is
kept available for inspection.
(5) Safety Ventilation..
(a) Every oven or drier shall be provided with a positive and effective safety ventilation system
using one or more motor-driven centrifugal fans so as to dilute any mixture of air and any
flammable substance that may be formed within the oven or drier and maintain the concentration
of the flammable substance in the air at a safe level of dilute.
(b) The safe level of dilution referred to in clause (a) shall be so as to achieve a concentration of
the concerned flammable substance in air of not more than 25 per cent of its lower explosive limit:
Provided that a level of concentration in air upto 50 per cent of the lower explosive limit of the
concerned flammable substance may be permitted to exist subject to installation and maintenance
of an automatic device which-
(i) Shows continuously the concentration of the flammable substance in air present in the oven or
drier at any instant
(ii) Sounds an alarm when the concentration of the flammable substance in air in any part of the
oven or drier reaches a level of 50 per cent of its lower explosive limit; and
(iii) Shuts down the heating system of the oven or drier automatically when the concentration in
air of the flammable substance in any part of the oven or drier reaches a level of 60 per cent of its
lower explosive limit, is provided to the oven or drier and maintained in efficient working
condition.
(c) No oven or drier shall be operated without its safety ventilation system working in an efficient
manner.
(d) No oven or drier shall be operated with a level of dilution less than what is referred to in clause
(b).
(e) Exhaust ducts of safety ventilation systems should be so designed and placed that their ducts
discharge the mixture of air and flammable substance away from the workrooms and not near
windows or doors or other openings from where the mixture could re-enter the workrooms.
(f) The fresh air admitted into the oven or drier by means of the safety ventilation system shall be
circulated adequately by means of circulating fan or fans through all parts of the oven or drier so
as to ensure that there are no locations where the flammable substance can accumulate in the air
or become pocketed to any dangerous degree.
(g) Throttling dampers in any safety ventilation system should be so designed by cutting away a
portion of the damper or otherwise, that the system will handle at least the minimum ventilation
rate required for safety when they are set in their maximum throttling position.
(6) Explosion panels..-
(a) Every oven or drier having an internal total space of not less than half cubic meter shall be
provided with suitably designed explosion panels so as to allow release of the pressure of any
possible explosion within the oven or drier through explosion vents. The area of openings to be
provided by means of such vents together with area of openings of any access doors which are
provided with suitable arrangements for their release in case of an explosion shall be not less than
2200 square centimetre for every one cubic meter of volume of the oven or drier. The design of
the explosion panels and doors as above said shall be much as to secure the complete release under
the internal pressure of 0.25 Kg. per square centimeter.
(b) The explosion releasing panels, shall as far as practicable, be situated at the roof of the oven or
drier or at those portion of the walls where persons not remain in connection with operation of the
oven or drier.
(7) Interlocking arrangements: -
(a) In each oven or drier efficient inter-locking arrangements shall be provided and maintained to
ensure that-
(i) all ventilating fans and circulating fans whose failure would adversely effect the ventilation rate
or flow pattern are in operations before any mechanical conveyor that may be provided for fee~
the articles to be processed in the oven or drier is put into operation.
(ii) failure of any of the ventilating or circulating fans will automatically stop any conveyor as
referred to in clause (i) as may be provided, as well as stop the fuel supply by closing the shut off
valve and shut off the ignition in the case of gas or oil fired oven and in the case of electrically
heated ovens switch off the electrical supply to the heaters.
(iii) the above said mechanical conveyor is set in operation before the above said, shut off valve
can be energized; and
(iv) the failure of the above said conveyor will automatically close and above said shut off value
in the case of ovens and driers heated by gas, oil or steam and reactivate the ignition system, or cut
off the electrical heaters in the case of electrically heated ovens or furnaces.
(8) Automatic pre-ventilation..- Every oven or drier heated by oil, steam, gas or electricity shall be
provided with an efficient arrangement for automatic pre-ventilation consisting of at least 3 volume
changes with fresh air by operation of the safety ventilation fans and the circulating fans (if used)
so as to effect purging of the oven or drier of any mixture of air and a flammable substance before
the heating system can be activated and before the conveyor can be placed in position.
(9) Temperature Control:- Every oven or drier shall be provided with an automatic arrangement to
ensure that the temperature within does not exceed a safe upper present limit to be decided in
respect of the particular processing being carried on.
(10) Multistage processes:- Wherever materials are to be processed 'in ovens or driers in successive
operations, suitable arrangements should be provided to ensure that the operating temperatures
necessary for safe operation at each stage are maintained within the design limits.
(11) Combustible substances not to drip on electrical heaters or burners flame:- Effective
arrangements shall be provided in every oven or drier to prevent dripping of combustible
substances on electric heaters or burner flame used for heating.
(12) Periodical examination testing and maintenance:-
(a) All parts of every oven and drier shall be properly maintained and thoroughly examined and
the various control as mentioned in this rule and the working of the oven or drier tested at frequent
intervals to ensure its safe operation by a responsible person designated by the occupier or
manager, who by his experience and knowledge of necessary precautions against risks of explosion
is fit to undertake such work.
(b) A register shall be maintained in which the details of the various tests carried out from time to
time under clause (a) shall be entered and every entry made shall be signed by the person making
the tests.
(13) Training of operators: No person shall be assigned any task connected with operation of any
oven or drier unless he has completed 18 years of age and he is properly trained.
(14) Polymerising machines..-
(a) Printed fabric shall be thoroughly dried by passing them over drying cans or through hot flue
or other equally effective means, before the same is allowed to pass through polymerising
machines.
(b) Infrared ray heaters of polymerising machines shall be cut off while running the prints.
1[CHAPTER IV (A)
[Rules prescribed inder Section 41 and 41-G and 112)
61 (SG) A. Safety Committee
(1) In every factory-
(a) Working with the aid of power, wherein 100 or more workers are ordinarily employed;
(b) Which carries on any process or operation declared to be dangerous under Section 87 of the
act ; or
(c) Which carries on 'hazardous process' as defined under Section 2(cb) of the Act., there shall be
a safety committee.
(2) The representatives of the management on safety committee shall include
(a) A senior official, who by his position in the organization can contribute effectively to the
functioning of the committee shall be the Chairman.
(b) A safety officer and a factory Medical Officer, wherever available and the safety officer in
such a case shall be the Secretary of the Committee.
(c) A representative each from the production, maintenance and purchase departments.
(3) The workers representatives on this committee shall be nominated from their worker members
by the recognized or else trade union or where such Trade Union is not in existence, the
representatives shall be elected by the workers directly.
(4) The tenure of the committee shall be co-terminus with the tenure of the Trade Union or two
years where there is no. Trade Union.
(5) Safety Committee shall meet as often as necessary but at least once in every quarter. The
minutes of the meeting shall be recorded and produced to the Inspector on demand.
(6) Safety committee shall have the right to be adequately and suitably informed of-
(a) Potential safety and health hazards to which the workers may be exposed at workplace.
(b) data on accidents as well as data resulting from surveillance of the working environment and
of the health of workers exposed to hazardous substances so far as the factory is concerned,
Provided that the committee undertakes to use the data on a confidential basis and solely to provide
guidance and advice on measures to improve the working environment and the health and safety
of the workers.
(7) Function and duties of the Safety committee shall include-
(a) Assisting and co-operating with the management in achieving the aims and objectives outlined
in the 'Health and Safety Policy' of the occupier
(b) dealing with all matters concerning health; safety and environment and to arrive at practicable
solutions to problems encountered
(c) creating safety awareness amongst all workers
(d) undertaking educational, training and promotional activities;
(e) discussing reports on safety, environmental and occupational health surveys, safety audits, risk
assessment, emergency and disaster management plans and implementation of the
recommendations made in the reports ;
(f) carrying out health and safety surveys and identify causes of accidents ;
(g) looking into any complaint made on the likelihood of an imminent danger to the safety and
health of the workers and suggest corrective measures ; and
(h) reviewing the implementation of the recommendations made by it.
(8) Where owing to the size of the factory, or any other reasons the functions referred to in sub-
rule (7) cannot be effectively carried out by the Safety Committee, it may establish sub-committees
as may be required to assist it.
RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (1) OF SECTION 41 -A
61. (SA) A: Site appraisal committee
(1) Constitution:-'The following provisions shall govern the functioning of the Site appraisal
committee, hereinafter, be referred to as the 'Committee' in these rules:-
(a) The State Government may constitute a site Appraisal Committee and reconstitute the
Committee as and when necessary;
(b) The State Government may appoint a senior official of the factories Inspectorate, preferably
with qualification in Chemical Engineering to be the Secretary of the Committee ;
(c) The State Government may appoint the following as members of the Committee:
(i) a representative of the Fire Service Organisation of the State Government;
(ii) a representative of the State Department of Industries
(iii) A representative of the Director General of Factory Advice Service and Labour Institutes,
Bombay.
(2) No member, unless required to do so by a Court of Law, shall disclose otherwise than in
connection with the purpose of the Act, at any time any information relating to manufacturing or
commercial business or any working process which may come to his knowledge during the tenure
as a Member on this Committee.
(3) Applications for appraisal of sites-
(a) Application for appraisal of sites in respect of the factories covered under section 2 (cb) of the
Act shall be submitted to the Chairman of the Site Appraisal Committee.
(b) The application for site appraisal along with 15 copies thereof shall be submitted in the Form
annexed to this Rule. The Committee may dispense with furnishing information on any particular
item in the application form if it considers the same may not be relevant to the application under
consideration.
(4) Function of the Committee-
(a) The Secretary shall arrange to register the applications received for appraisal of site in a
separate register and acknowledge the same within a period of 7 days.
(b) The Secretary shall fix up meeting in such a manner that all the applications received and
registered and referred to the committee within a period of one month from that of their receipt.
(c) The committee may adopt a procedure for its working keeping in view of the need for
expeditious disposal of application.
(d) The committee shall examine the application for appraisal of a site with reference to the
prohibitions and restriction on the location of industry and the carrying on of process and
operations in different areas as per the provisions of Rule 5 of the Environment (protection) Rules,
1986 framed under Environment Protection Act, 1986.
(e) The committee may call for documents, examine experts, inspect the site if necessary and take
other steps for formulating its views in regard to the suitability of the site.
(f) Wherever the proposed site requires clearance by the Ministry of Industry or the Ministry of
Environment and Forests, the application for site Appraisal will be considered by the Site appraisal
committee only after such clearance has been received.
FORMAT OF APPLICATION TO THE SITE APPRAISAL COMMITTEE
1. Name and address of the applicant:
2. Site Ownership Data:
(1) Revenue details of site such as Survey No. Plot No. etc.
(2) Whether the site is classified as forest and if so, whether approval of the Central Govt., under
section 5 of the Indian Forests Act, 1927 has been taken.
(3) Whether the proposed site attracts the provisions of section 3 (2) (v) of the E.P. Act, 1986, if
so, the nature of the restrictions.
(4) Local authority under whose jurisdiction the site is located.
3. Site Plan..-
(1) Site plan with clear identification of boundaries and total area proposed to be occupied and
showing the following details nearby the proposed site.
(a) Historical monuments, if any, in the vicinity.
(b) Names of neighbouring manufacturing units and human habitats, educational and training
institutions, petrol installations, storages of LPG and other hazardous substances in the vicinity
and their distance from the proposed unit.
(c) Water sources (rivers, streams, canals, dams, water filtration plants, etc.) in the vicinity.
(d) Nearest hospitals, fire-stations, civil defence stations and police station and their distances.
(e) High tension electrical transmission lines, pipe lines for water, oil gas or sewerage, railway
lines, roads, stations: jetties and other similar installations.
(2) Details of spill conditions and depth at which hard strata obtained.
(3) Contour map of the area showing nearby hillocks and difference in levels.
(4) Plot Plan of the factory showing the entry and exit points, reads within, water drains, etc.
4. Project Report:-
(1) A summary of the salient features of the Project

(2) Status of the organisation (Govt. Semi-Govt.) Public or Private etc.)
(3) Maximum number of persons likely to be working in the factory.
(4) Maximum amount of power and water requirements and source of their supply.
(5) Block diagram of the buildings and installations, in the proposed supply.
(6) Details of housing colony, hospital, school and other infrastructural facilities proposed.
5. Organisation structure of the proposed Manufacturing Unit / Factory.-
Organisation diagrams of proposed enterprise in general

- Health, Safety and Environment protection departments and their
linkage to operation and technical departments
(1) Proposed health and Safety Policy
(2) Area allocated for treatment of wastes and effluent.
(3) Percentage outlay on safety, health and environment protection measures.
6. Meteorological data relating to the site:-
(1) Average, minimum and maximum of

- Temperature
- Humidity
- Wind velocities during the previous ten years.
(2) Seasonal variations of wind direction
(3) Highest water level reached during the floods in the area recorded so far
(4) Lightening and seismic data of the area
7. Communication links..-
(1) Availability of Telephone/Telex/Wireless and other communication facilities for outside

communication
(2) Internal communication facilities proposed.
8. Manufacturing Process Information..-
(1) Process flow diagram

(2) Brief write up on process and technology
(3) Critical process parameters such as pressure build-up temperature else and run-away reactions.
(4) Other external effects critical to the process having safety implications, such as ingress of
moisture of water, contact with incompatible substances, sudden power failure.
(5) Highlights of the built in safety pollution control devices or measures/ incorporated in the
manufacturing technology.
9. Information of Hazardous Materials:-
(1) Raw materials, intermediates, products and by-products and their quantities (Enclose Material
Safety Data Sheet in respect of each hazardous substance).
(2) Main and intermediate storage proposed for raw materials/ intermediates/products/byproducts
(Maximum quantities to be stored at any time).
(3) Transportation methods to be used for materials inflow and outflow, their quantities and likely
routes to be followed.
(4) Safety measures proposed for:

- handling of materials
- internal and external transportation; and
- disposal (packing and forwarding of finished products)
10. Information on disposal / Disposal of wastes and Pollutants:-
(1) Major pollutants (gas, liquid, solid) their characteristics and quantities (average and at peak
loads).
(2) Quality and quantity of solid wastes generated, method of their treatment and disposal.
(3) Air, Water and solid pollution problems anticipated and the proposed measures to control the
same including treatment and disposal of effluents.
11. Process Hazards Information:-
(1) Enclose a copy of the report on environmental impact assessment.

(2) Enclosed a copy of the report on Risk Assessment Study.
(3) Published (open or classified) reports, if any, on accident situations/ occupational health
hazards or similar plants elsewhere (within or outside the country).
12. Information of proposed safety and occupational Health Measures.-

(1) Details of fire fighting facilities and minimum quantity of Water, CO2 and or other fire fighting
measures needed to meet the emergencies.
(2) Details of in-house medical facilities proposed.
13. Information on Emergency Preparedness..-
(1) On site emergency plan.
(2) Proposed arrangements, if any, for mutual aid scheme with the group of neighbouring factories.
14. Any other relevant information..-
I certify that the information furnished above is correct to best of my knowledge and nothing of
importance has been concealed while furnishing it.
Name and signature of

the Applicant
RULES MADE UNDER SECTION 7A(3), 4 1 B(2) AND 112
61 (SB) A. Health and Safety Policy
(1) Occupier of every factory, except as provided for in sub-rule (2) shall prepare a written
statement of his policy in respect of health and safety of workers at work.
(2) All factories
(a) Covered under section 2 (m) (i) but employing less than 100 workers
(b) and the following categories of factories
(i) Khandasari Sugar factories
(ii) Cotton ginning and pressing factories
(iii) Tobacco redrying factories
(iv) Fruit processing units

(v) Salt factories
are exempted from requirements of sub-rule (1)
Provided that they are not covered in the First Schedule under Section 2 (cb) or carrying out
processes or operations declared to be dangerous under section 87 of the Act.
(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in Sub-rule (2) the Chief Inspector may require the
occupiers of any, of the factories or class description of factories to comply with the requirements
of sub-rule (1) if, in his opinion, it is expedient to do so.
(4) The Health and Safety Policy should contain or deal with
(a) declared intention and commitment of the top management to health safety and environment
and compliance with their relevant statutory requirements
(b) arrangements, for making the policy effective.
5. In particular, the policy should specify the following-
(a) arrangements for involving the workers ;
(b) intentions of taking into account the health and safety performance of individuals at different
levels while considering their career advancement
(c) fixing the responsibility of the contractors, sub-contractors transporters and other agencies
entering the premises
(d) providing a resume of health and safety performance of the factory in its Annual Report
(e) relevant techniques and methods, such as safety audits and risk assessment for periodical
assessment of the status on health, safety and environment and taking all the remedial measures
(f) stating its intentions to integrate health and safety in all decisions including those dealing with
purchase of plant equipment machinery and material as well as selection and placement of
personnel
(g) arrangements for informing. educating and training and retraining its own employees at
different levels and the public, wherever required.
6. A copy of the declared Health and Safety policy signed by the occupier shall be made available
to the Inspector having jurisdiction over the Factory and to the Chief Inspector.
7. The policy shall be made widely known by-

(a) making copies available to all workers including contract workers, apprentices, transport
workers, suppliers, etc.
(b) displaying copies of the policy at conspicuous places ; and
(c) any other means of communication; in a language understood by majority of workers.

8. The Occupier shall revive the safety policy as often as may be appropriate, but it shall
necessarily be revised under the following circumstances:
(a) whenever any extension or modification having implications on safety and health of persons at
work is made; or
(b) Whenever new substances or articles are introduced in the manufacturing process having
implications on health and safety of persons exposed to such substances.
RULES MADE UNDER SECTION 41B AND SECTION 112 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA
SHEET
61 (SB) B. Collection and development and dissemination of information
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying on a 'hazardous' process' shall arrange to obtain or
develop information in the form of Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) in respect of every
hazardous substance or material handled in the manufacture, transportation and storage in the
factory. It shall be accessible upon request to a worker for reference:-
(a) Every such Material safety Data Sheet shall include the following information:
(i) The identity used on the label
(ii) Hazardous ingredients of the substance
(iii) Physical and chemical characteristics of the hazardous substance
(iv) The physical hazards of the hazardous substance, including the potential for fire, explosion
and reactivity;
(v) The health hazards of the hazardous substance, including signs and symptoms of exposure, and
by medical conditions which are generally recognised as being aggravated by exposure to the
substance ;
(vi) The primary route (s) of entry
(vii) The permissible limits of exposure prescribed in the Second Schedule under Section 4 1 -F
of the Act, and in respect of a Chemical not covered by the said Schedule, any exposure limit used
Or recommended by the manufacturer, importer or occupier ;
(viii) Any generally applicable precautions for safe handling and use of the hazardous substance,
which are known including appropriate hygienic practices, protective measures during repairs and
maintenance of contaminated equipment procedures for clean-up of spills and leaks
(ix) Any generally applicable control measures, such as appropriate engineering, controls, work
practices, or use of personal protective equipment;
(x) Emergency and first-aid procedures ;
(xi) The date of preparation of the Material Safety Data Sheet, or the last change to it ; and
(xii) The name, address and telephone number of the manufacturer, importer, occupier or other
responsible party preparing or distributing the Material Safety Date Sheet, who can provide
additional information on the hazardous substances and appropriate emergency procedures, if
necessary.
(b) The occupier while obtaining or developing a Material Safety Data Sheet in respect of a
hazardous substance shall ensure that the information recorded accurately reflects the scientific
evidence used in making the hazard determination. If he becomes newly aware of any significant
information regarding the hazards of a substance, or ways to protect against the hazards, this new
information shall be added to the Material Safety Data Sheet as soon as practicable.
(c) An example of such Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) is given in the schedule to this Rule-
Labelling:
2(A) Every container of a hazardous substance shall be clearly labelled or marked to identify :
(a) the contents of the container
(b) The name and address of the manufacturer or importer of the hazardous substances ;
(c) the physical and health hazards ; and
(d) the recommended personal protective equipment needed to work safety with the hazardous
substance.
(B) In case a container is required to be transported by road outside the factory premises it should
in addition be labelled or married in accordance with the, requirements laid down under Rule 61
(SB)H.
Information contained in this material data sheet is believed to be reliable but no representation,
guarantee or warranties of any kind are made as to its accuracy, suitability for a particular
application or results to be obtained from them. It is up to the manufacturer/seller to ensure that the
information contained in the material safety data sheet is relevant to the product manufactured /
handled or sold by him as the case may be. The Government makes no warranties expressed or
implied in respect of the adequacy of this document for any particular purpose.
61(SB)C. Disclosure of information to workers
(1) The occupier of a factory carrying on a 'hazardous processes" shall supply to all workers the
following information in relating to handling of hazardous materials or substances in the
manufacturer, transportation, storage and other processes:-
(a) Requirements of Section 41 B, 41 C, and 41 H of the Act
(b) A list of 'hazardous process' carried on in the factory
(c) Location and availability of all Material Safety Data sheets as per Rule 61 (SB) B
(d) Physical and health hazards arising from the exposure to or handling of substances ;
(e) Measures taken by the occupier to ensure safety and control of physical and health hazards
(f) Measures to be taken by the workers to ensure safety handling, store and transportation of
hazardous substances ;
(g) Personal protective equipment required to be used by workers employed in 'hazardous process'
or 'Dangerous' operations
(h) Meaning of various label and markings used on the containers of hazardous substances as
provided under Rule 61( SB)B
(i) Signs and symptoms like to be manifested on exposure to hazardous substances and to whom
to report
(j) Measures to be taken by the workers in case of any spillage or leakage of hazardous substance
(k) Rule of workers vis-a-vis the emergency plan of the factory in particular evacuation procedures
(l) any other information considered necessary by the occupier to ensure safety and health of
workers.
(2) the information required by sub-rule (1) shall be complied and made known to workers
individually, through supply of booklets or leaflets and display of cautionary notices at the work
places.
(3) The booklets, leaflets and the cautionary notices displayed in the factory shall be in the
language understood by the majority of the workers, and also explain to them.
(4) The Chief Inspector may direct the occupier to supply further information to the workers
deemed necessary.
1[61(SB)D. Control of Industrial Major Accident Hazardous Rules, 1990:--
61(SB)D.1. These Rules are supplement to the Rules already notified under Chapter 1V-A
of the Factories Act, 1948.
(SB) D. 2. Definitions: In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires:--
(a) Hazardous chemical" means:--
(i) any chemical which satisfies any of the criterial laid down in Part-I of
Schedule I, and is listed in column (2) of Part-II of this Schedule: or
(ii) any chemical listed in column (2) of Schedule 2; or
(iii) any chemical listed in column (2) of Schedule 3.
(b) "Industrial Activity" means:--
(i) an operation or process carried out in an industrial installation referred to in
Schedule 4, involving or likely to involve one or more hazardous chemicals and
includes on-site storage or on-site transport which is associated with that operation or
process as the case may be; or
(ii) Isolated Storage
c)"isolated storage" means storage where no other manufacturing other than pumping of
hazardous chemical is carried out and that storage involves at least a quantity of that
chemical set out in Schedule 2, but does not include storage associated with an installation
specified in Schedule 4 on the same site.
(d) "major accident" means an occurrence (including in particular, a major emission, fire
or explosion) involving one or more hazardous chemicals and resulting from uncontrolled
developments in the course of an industrial activity or owing to natural events, leading to a
serious danger to persons, whether immediate or delayed, inside or outside the installation
or damage to property or adverse effects on the environment;
(e) "pipeline" means a pipe (together with any apparatus and works
associated therewith), or system of pipes (together with any apparatus and
works associated therewith) for the conveyance of a hazardous chemical,
other than a flammable gas as set out in column (2) of Part-II of Schedule
3 at a pressure of less than 8 bars absolute;
(f) "Schedule" means schedule appended to these Rules;
1. Ins. by G.O.Ms.No.70, LET &F (Lab.II), dt: 3-12-1999

(g) "Site" means any location where hazardous chemicals are
manufactured or processed, stored, handled, used, disposed of and includes
the whole of an area under the control ofoccupier;
(h) Words and expressions not defined in these Rules but defined or used in the
Factories Act, 1948 and the Rules made thereunder have the same meaning
as assigned therein.
(SB) D. 3. Collection, development and dissemination of information:
(1) This Rule shall apply to industrial activity in which a hazardous chemical which satisfies
any of the criteria laid down in Part-I of Schedule and is listed in column (2) of Part-II of
this Schedule is or may be involved.
(2) An occupier who has control of an industrial activity in terms of sub-rule (1) of this rules, shall
arrange to obtain or develop detailed information on hazardous chemical in the form of a material
safety data sheet as indicated in Schedule 5. The information shall be accessible to workers upon
request for reference.
(3) The occupier while obtaining or developing a material safety data sheet as indicated in Schedule
5 in respect of a hazardous chemical handled by him shall ensure that the information is recorded
accurately and reflects the scientific evidence used in making the hazard determination. In case,
any significant information regarding hazard of a chemical is available, it 'shall be added to the
material safety data sheet as indicated in Schedule 5 as soon as practicable.
(4) Every container of a hazardous chemical shall be clearly labelled or marked to identify:—
(a) the contents of the container;
(b) the name and address of the manufacturer; or importer of the hazardous chemical; and (
c) the physical, chemical and toxicological data of the hazardous chemical.
(2) In terms of sub-rule (4) where it is impractical to lable a chemical in view of the
size of the container of the nature of the package, provision should be made for other
effective means like tagging or accompanying documents.
(SB) D. 4. General responsibility of the occupiers:
(1) This rule shall apply to:--

(a) an industrial activity, other than isolated storage in which a hazardous
chemical which satisfies any of the criteria' laid in Part-I of Schedule-I is listed
in column (2) of Part-II of this Schedule therein is or may be involved; and
(b) isolated storage in which there is involved a quantity of a hazardous chemical
listed in column (2) of Schedule 2 which is equal to or more than the quantity
specified in the schedule for that chemical in column (3) thereof.
(2) An occupier who has control of an industrial activity in terms of sub-rule (1) shall
provide evidence to show that he has:--
(a) Identified the major accident hazards; and
(b) taken adequate steps to:--
(i) Prevent such major accidents and to limit their consequences to persons and
the environment and
(ii) Provide the persons working on the site with the information, training and
equipment including antidotes necessary, to ensure their safety.
(SB) D. 5. Notification of major accidents:
(1) Where a major accident occurs on a site, the occupier shall forth with !notify the
Inspector and the Chief Inspector of that accident, and furnish thereafter to the Chief
Inspector a report relating to the accident in installments, if necessary in Schedule 6.
(2) The Chief Inspector shall on receipt of the report in accordance with sub-rule (1) shall
undertake a full analysis of the major accidents and send the requisite information to the
Directorate General, Factory Advice Service and Labour Institutes (DGFASLI) and the Ministry
of Labour through appropriate channel.
(SB) D. 6. Industrial Activities to which Rule (SB) D (7) to SB (D) (15) Apply:-
-
(1) (a) Rules (SB) (D) 7 to (SB) D 9 and (SB) D 13 to (SB) D 15 shall apply to an
industrial activity, other than isolated storage, in which there is involved a quantity of hazardous
chemical listed in column (2) of Schedule (3) which is equal to or more than the quantity specified
in the entry for that chemical in column (3).
(b) Rules (SB) D 10 to (SB) D 12 shall apply to an industrial activity, other than isolated
storage in which there is involved a quantity of a hazardous chemical listed in column (2) of Schedule
3 which is equal to or more than the quantity specified in the entry for the chemical in column (4):
(c) Rules (SB) D 7 to (SB) D 9 shall apply to an industrial activity, other than isolated
storage, in which there is involved a quantity of a hazardous chemical listed in Column (2) of
Schedule 2 which is equal to or more than the quantity specified in the entry for that chemical in
column (5); and
(d) Rules (SB) D 10 to (SB) D 15 shall apply to an isolated storage in which there is
involved a quantity of hazardous chemical listed in column (2) of Schedule 2 which is equal to or
more than the quantity specified in the entry for that chemical in column (4).
(2) For the purposes of Rules (SB) D 7 to (SB) D 15.
(a) A "New industrial activity" means an industrial activity which:--
(i) was commenced after the date of coming into operation of these Rules; or,
(ii) If commenced before that date, is an industrial activity in which there has been since that
date a modification which would be likely to have important implications for major accident hazards,
and that activity shall be deemed to have been commenced on the date on which the modifications
was made; and
(b) an "existing industrial activity" means an industrial activity which is not a new
industrial activity.
(SB) D. 7. Notification of Industrial activities:

(1) An occupier shall not undertake any industrial activity unless he has submitted a
written report to the Chief Inspector containing the particulars specified in Schedule 7
atleast 3 months before commencing that activity or before such shorter time as the Chief
Inspector may agree and for the purposes of this sub-rule, an activity in which subsequently
there is or is liable to be a quantity given in column (3) of Schedules 2 and 3 or more of an
additional hazardous chemical shall be deemed to be a different activity and shall be
notified accordingly.
(2) No report under sub-rule (1), need to be submitted by the occupier, if he submits
a report under Rule 10(1).
(SB) D. 8. Updating of the Notification under Rule 7:
Where an activity has been reported in accordance with Rule (SB) D 7(1) and the
occupier makes a change in it (including an increase or decrease in the maximum quantity
of a hazardous chemical to which this rule applies which is or is liable to be at the site or in
the pipeline or the cessation of the activity) which affects the particulars specified in that
report or any subsequent report made under this rule. The occupier shall forthwith furnish
a further report to the Chief Inspector.
(SB) D. 9. Transitional provision:

Where,--
(a) at the date of coming into operation of these Rules an occupier who is in control
of an existing industrial activity which is required to be reported under Rule (SB) D7;
(b) within 6 months after that date an occupier commences any such new industrial
activity it shall be a sufficient compliance with that Rule, if he reports to the Chief
Inspector as per particulars in Schedule 7 within 3 months after the date of coming into
operation of these Rules or, within such longer time as the Chief Inspector may agree in
writing.
(SB) D. 10. Safety reports:

(1) Subject to the following sub-rules of this Rule, an occupier shall not undertake any
industrial activity to which this Rules applies, unless he has prepared a safety report
on that industrial activity containing the information specified in Schedule 8 and has
sent a copy of that report to the Chief Inspector atleast 3 months before
commencing that activity.
(2) In the case of a new industrial activity which an occupier commences, or by virtue
of sub-rule (2)(a)(ii) of Rule (SB) (D) 6 is deemed to commence, within 6 months
after coming into operation of these rules, it shall be a sufficient compliance with
sub-rule (1), if the occupier sends to the Chief Inspector a copy of the report
required in accordance with that sub-rule within 3 months after the date of coming
into operation of these Rules.
(3) In the case of an existing industrial activity, until five years from the date
of corning into operation of these rules, it shall be a sufficient compliance
with sub-rule (1) if the occupier on or before 3 months from the date of the
coming into the operation of these Rules, sends to the Chief Inspector the
information specified in Schedule 7 relating to that activity.
(SB) D. 11. Updating of reports under Rule (SB) D. 10:
(1) Where an occupier has made a safety report in accordance with sub-rule (1) of
Rule SB (D) 10 he shall not make any modification to the industrial activity, to which that
safety report relates, which could materially affect the particulars in that report, unless he
has made a further report to take account of those modifications and has sent a copy of
that report to the Chief Inspector at least 3 months before making those modifications.
(2) Where an occupier has made a report in accordance with Rule 10 and sub-rule
(1) and that industrial activity is continuing, the occupier shall within three years of the
date of the last such report, make a further report which shall have regard in particular to
new technical knowledge, which has affected the particulars in the previous report relating
to safety and hazard assessment, and shall within 1 month or in such longer time as the
Chief Inspector may agree in writing send a copy of the report to the Chief Inspector.
(SB) D. 12. Requirements for further information:

Where in accordance with Rules SB (D) 10(1), an occupier has sent a safety report
relating to an industrial activity to the Chief Inspector, the Chief Inspector may, by a notice
served on the occupier, require him to provide such additional information as is specified
in the notice and the occupier shall send that information to the Chief Inspector within such
time as is specified in the notice or within such extended time as the Chief Inspector may
subsequentlyspecify.
(SB) D. 13. Preparation of on-site emergency plans by the occupiers:
(1) An occupier who has control of an industrial activity to which this rule applies
shall prepare in consultation with the Chief Inspector, keep up-to-date and furnish to the
Chief Inspector and the Inspector on-site emergency plan detailing how accidents will be
dealt with on the site on which the industrial activity is carried on and that plan shall
include the name of the person who is responsible for the safety on the site and the names
of those, who are authorised to take action in accordance with the plan in case of an
emergency.
(2) The occupier shall ensure that the emergency plan prepared in accordance with
sub-rule (1) takes into account any modification made in the industrial activity and
that every person on the site, who is affected by the plan is informed of its relevant
provisions.
(3) The occupier shall prepare the emergency plan required under sub-rule (1).
(a) in the case of new industrial activity, before that activity is commenced., except
that, in the case of a new industrial activity is commenced or is deemed to have been commenced
before a date 3 months after the coming into operation of these Rules by that date; or
(b) in the case of an existing industrial activity within 3 months of coming into operation
of these Rules.
(SB) D. 14. Preparation of off-site emergency plans:

(1 ) It shall be the duty of the District Collector or the District Emergency Authority designated
by the State Government in whose area there is a site on which an occupier carried on an industrial
activity to which this Rule applies, to prepare and keep up-to-date on adequate off-site emergency
plan detailing how emergencies relating to a possible major accident on that site will be dealt-with
and while preparing that plan, the Authority shall consult the occupier, the Chief Inspector and
such other persons as appear to the Authority to be appropriate.
(2) The occupier shall provide the District Collector or the District Emergency Authority
with such information relating to the industrial activity under his control as may be necessary to
enable the District Collector or the District Emergency Authority to prepare an off-site emergency
plan under sub-rule (1) including the nature, extent and likely effects off-site of possible major
accidents as well as any additional information as the District Collector or the District Emergency
Authority may require in this regard.
(3) The District Collector or the District Emergency Authority shall provide the occupier
with information from the off-site emergency plan which relates to his duties under Rule (SB)
D. 13 of sub-rule (2).
(4) The District Collector or the District Emergency Authority shall prepare its
emergency plan for any industrial activity, required under sub-rule (1).
(a) in the case of a new industrial activity before that activity is commenced;
(b) in the case of an existing industrial activity within 6 months of its being notified
by the occupier of the industrial activity.
(SB) D. 15. Information to be given to persons liable to be affected by a major

accident:
(1) The occupier shall take appropriate steps to inform persons outside the site, who
are likely to be in an area which might be affected by a major accident at any site on which
an industrial activity under his control to which this Rule applies, is carried on either directly
or through the District Emergency Authority, about
(a) the nature of the major accident hazard; and
(b) the safety measures and the correct behaviour which should be adopted in the event
of a major accident:
(c) The occupier shall take steps required under sub-rule (1) to inform persons about
an industrial activity, before that activity is commenced, except that, in the case of an
existing industrial activity in which case of occupier shall comply with the requirements
of sub-rule (1) within 3 months of coming into operation of these Rules.
(SB) D. 16. Disclosure of information notified under these rules:
Where for the purpose of evaluating information notified under Rule (SB) D (5) or
Rules (SB) D (7) to (SB) D (15), the Inspector or the Chief Inspector, or the District
Emergency Authority discloses, that information to some other person. Inspector or the Chief
Inspector or the District Emergency Authority disclosing it, as the case may be, and before
disclosing that information the Inspector or the Chief Inspector or the District Emergency
Authority, as the case may be shall inform that other person of his obligations under these
Rules.
(SB) D. 17. Improvement Notice:
(1) If an Inspector is of the opinion that an occupier--
(a) is contravening one or more of these Rules; and
(b) has contravened one or more of these Rules in circumstances that make it likely that the
contravention will continue or be repeated he may serve on him, a notice referred to as "an
improvement notice", stating that he is of that opinion specifying the Rule or Rules as to which he
is of that opinion giving particulars of the reasons why he is of that opinion and requiring that
occupier to remedy the contravention or, as the case may be, the matters occasioning it within such
period, as may be specified in the notice.
(2) A notice served under sub-rule (1) may (but need not) include directions to the
matters to be taken by the occupier to remedy any contravention or matter to which the notice
relates.
(SB) D. 18. Power of the State Government to modify the Schedules:
The State Government may, at any time, by notification in the official Gazette, make
suitable changes in the Schedules:
Schedule 1
See Rules (SB) D2 (a) (i); (SB) D. 3 (1); (SB) D 4 (1) (a) and
(SB) D 4 (2) (1).
Indicative criteria and list of chemicals indicative criteria
PART I
a. Toxic chemicals:- Chemicals having the following values of acute toxicity and which, owing to
their physical and chemical properties, are capable of producing major accident hazards
Inhalation
Dermal Toxicity
Sl. Degreeof Oral Toxicity toxicity by
(dermal LD 50)
No. toxicity LD50(mg/kg) dust and
(mg/kg)
mists (mg/1)
Extremely
1 1-50 1-200 0.1-0.5
Toxic
Highly
2 51-500 201-2000 0.5-2.0
toxic
b. Flammable Chemicals :
(i) Flammable gases : Chemical which in the gaseous state at normal pressure and mixed with air
become flammable and the boiling point of which at normal pressure is 20o C or below;
(ii) highly flammable liquids: chemicals which have a flash point lower than 23oC and the boiling point
of which at normal pressure is above 20oC;
(iii) flammable liquids : chemicals which have a flash point lower than 65oC and which remain liquid
under pressure, where particular processing conditions, such as high pressure and high temperature,
may create major accident hazards;
c.Explosives: - Chemicals which may explode under the effect of flame, heat or
photo-chemical conditions or which are more sensitive to shocks or friction than dinitrobenzene.
PART II
List of Hazardous and Toxic Chemicals
Sl. Sl.
Sl.No Name of the chemical Name of the Chemical Name of the Chemical
No. No.
1 Acetone 2 Acetone cyanohydrine 3 Acetyl chloride
4 acetylene(ethyne) 5 acrolein(2 propenal) 6 acrylonitrile
7 aldicarb 8 aldrin 9 alkyl phthalate
10 allyl alcohol 11 allylamine 12 alpha Napathy Thiourea(ANTU)
13 Aminnodipheny1-4 14 Aminophenol-2 15 Amiton
16 Ammonia 17 Ammonium nitrate 18 Ammonium nitrates in fertilizers
19 Ammonium sulfamate 20 Anabasine 21 Aniline
22 Anisidine-p 23 Antimony and compounds 24 antimony hydride (stibine)
Arsenic pentoxide, arsenic, (v) Arsenic trioxide, arsenious (iii)
25 Arsenic hydride (arsine) 26 27
acids and salts acids and salts
28 Asbestos 29 Azinphos Ethyl 30 Asinphos Methyl
31 Barium azide 32 Benzene 33 Benzidine
34 Benzidine salts 35 Benzoquinone 36 Benzoyl chloride
37 Benzoyl peroxide 38 Benzyl chloride 39 Benzyl cyanide
Beryllium (powders,
40 41 Biphenyl 42 Bis (2-Chlorommethyl) ketone
compounds)
Bis (2,4,6-
43 44 Bis (2-Chloroethyl) sulphide 45 Bis (chloromethyl) ether
Trinitrophenyl)amine
Bis (tert-Butylperoxy) butane,- Bis (tert-Butylperoxy) Bis-1,2-Tribromophenoxxy-
46 47 48
2,2 cyclohexane.1. 1 ethane
49 Bisphenol 50 Boron and compounds 51 Bromine
52 Bromine Penntafluoride 53 Bromoform 54 Butadiene-1. 3
55 Butane 56 Butanone-2 57 Butoxy ethanol
58 Butyl glycidal ether 59 Butyl peroxyacetate, tert 60 Butyyl peroxyisobutyrate, tert
Butyyl peroxyyisopropyl
61 62 Butyl peroxymaleate, tert 63 Butyl peroxypivalate, -tert
carbonate, tert
64 Butyyl vinyl ether 65 Butyl-n-Mercaptan 66 Butylamine
C9-Aromatic hydrocarbon
67 68 Cadmium and compounds 69 Cadmium oxide (fumes)
fraction
70 Calcium cyanide 71 Captan 72 Captofol
73 Carbaryl (sevin) 74 Carbofuran 75 Carbon disulphide
76 Carbon monoxide 77 Carbon tetrachloride 78 Carbophenothion
79 Cellulose nitrate 80 Chlorates (used in explosive) 81 Chlordane
82 Chlorfenvinphos 83 Chlorinated benzenes 84 Chhlorine
85 Chlorine di oxide 86 Chlorine oxide 87 Chlorine trifluoride
88 Chlormequate chloride 89 Chloroacetal chloride 90 Chloroacetaldehyde
91 Chloroaniline,-2 92 Chloroaniline,-4 93 Chlorobenzene
94 Chlorodiphenyl 95 Chloropoxypropane 96 Chloroethanol
97 Chloroethyl Chloroformate 98 Chlorofluorocarbons 99 Chloroform
100 Chloroformyl,-4 morpholine 101 Chloromethane 102 Chloromethyl ether
103 Chloromethyl methyl ether 104 Chloronitrobenzene 105 Chloroprene
106 Chlorosulphonic acid 107 Chlorotrinitrobenzene 108 Chloroxoron
109 Chromium annd compounnds 110 Cobalt and compounds 111 Copper and compounds
112 Coumafuryyl 113 Coumaphos 114 Coumatetralyl
115 Cresols 116 Crimidine 117 Cumene
118 Cyanophos 119 Cyanothoate 120 Cyanuuric fluoride
121 Cyclohexane 122 Cyclohexanol 123 Cyclohexanone
124 Cycloheximide 125 Cyclopentadiene 126 Cyclopentane
Cyclotetrammethylene
127 128 Cyclotrimethylene Trinitramine 129 DDT
tetranitramine
130 Decabromodiphenyl oxide 131 Demeton 132 Di-Isobutyl peroxide
Di-sec-Butyl
133 Di-n-Propyl peroxydicarbonate 134 135 Dialifos
peroxydicarbonate
136 Diazodinitrophenol 137 Diazomethane 138 Dibenzyl peroxydicarbonate
139 Dichloroacetylene-o 140 Dichloro-o-benzene-o 141 Dichlorobenzene-p
142 Dichloroethane 143 Dichloroethyl ether 144 Dichlorophenol, 2, 4
Dichlorophenoxy acetic acid,-
145 Dichlorophenol, -2, 6 146 147 Dichloropropane, -1,2
2,4 (2,4-D)
148 Dichlorosalicylic acid,3,5 149 Dichlorvos (DDVP) 150 Dicrotophos
151 Dieldrin 152 Diepoxybutane 153 Diethyl peroxydicarbonate
Diethyleneglycol butyl
154 Diethylene glycol dinitrate 155 Diethylene triamine 156 ether/Diethyle-neglycol butyl
acetate
157 Diethylenetriamine(DETA) 158 Diglycidyl ether 159 Dishydroperoxypropane, -2, 2
160 Disobutyryl peroxide 161 Dimefox 162 Dimethoate
Dimethyl
163 164 Dimethyl phthalate 165 Dimethylcarbomyl
phosphoramidocyanidic acid
166 Dimethylnitrosamine 167 Dinitrophenol, salts 168 Dinitrotoluene
169 Dinitro-o-cresol 170 Dioxane 171 Dioxathion
172 Dioxolane 173 Diphacinone 174 Diphosphoramide octamethyl
Dipropylene glycol
175 176 Disulfoton 177 Endosulfan
methylether
178 Endrin 179 Epichhlorohydrine 180 EPN
181 Epoxypropane, 1,2 182 Ethion 183 Ethyl carbamate
184 Ethyl ether 185 Ethyl hexanol, -2 186 Ethyl mercaptan
187 Ethyl methacrylate 188 Ethyl nitrate 189 Ethylamine
190 Ethylene 191 Ethylene chlorohydrine 192 Ethylene diamine
193 Ethylene dibromide 194 Ethylene dichloride 195 Ethylene glycol dinitrate
196 Ethylene oxide 197 Ethyleneimine 198 Ethylthiocyanate
Fluoro,-4,-2 hydroxybuteric acid
199 Fensulphothion 200 Fluenetil 201
and salts, esters and amides
Fluorcetic acid and salts, Fluorobuteric acid, -4 and Fluorocrotnic acid, -4, and salts,
202 203 204
esters, amides salts,esters amides esters amides
Glyconitrile Guanyl, -1, -4 nitrosaminogunyl -
205 Formaldehyde 206 207
(Hydroxyacetonitrile) 1 -tetrazene
208 Heptachlor 209 Hexachloro cyclopentadiene 210 Hexachlorecyclohexane
Hexachlorodibenzo-dioxin, -
211 Hexachloromethane 212 213 Hexafluoropropene
1,2 ,3,7,8,9
Hexamethyl,-3,3,6,9,9,-1,2,4,5-
214 Hexamethylphosphoramide 215 216 Hexamethylenediameine
tetraoxacyclononane
217 Hexane 218 Hexanitrostilbene,-2,2,4,4,6,6 219 Hexavalent chromium
220 Hydrazine 221 Hydrazine nitrate 222 Hydrochloric acid
Hydrogine Bromide
223 Hydrogen 224 225 Hydrogen chloride (liquified gas)
(hydrobromic acid)
226 Hydrogen cyanide 227 Hydrogen fluoride 228 Hydrogen selenide
229 Hydrogen sulphide 230 Hydroquinone 231 Iodine
232 Isobenzene 233 Isodrin 234 Isophorone diisocyanate
Juglone (5-
235 Isopropyl ether 236 hydroxynaaphathalene-1, 4- 237 Lead (inorganicfumes & dusts)
dione)
lead 2,4, 6-
238 trinitroresorcinoxide (lead 239 Lead azide 240 Leptophos
styphnate)
241 Lindane 242 Liquified Petroleum Gas (LPG) 243 Maleic anhydride
244 Manganese & compounds 245 Mercapto benzothiazole 246 Mercury alkyl
247 Mercury fulminate 248 Mercury Methyl 249 Methacrylic anhydride
250 Methacrylonitrile 251 Methacryloyl chloride 252 Methamidophos
253 Methanesuphonyl fluoride 254 Methanethiol 255 Methoxy ethanol
256 Methoxyethylmercuric acetate 257 Methyl acrylate 258 Methyl alcohol
Methyl bromide
259 Methyl amylketone 260 261 Methyl chloride
(bromomethane)
262 Methyl chloroform 263 Methyl cyclohexene 264 Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide
265 Methyl hydrazine 266 Methyl Isobutyl ketone 267 Methyl isobutyle ketone peroxide
268 Methyl isocyanate 269 Methyl isothiocyanate 270 Methyl mercaptan
271 Methyl methacrylate 272 Methyl parathion 273 Methyl Phosphonic dichloride
Methyl-N,2,4,6, Methylenebis, -4,4 (2-
274 275 Methylene chloride 276
tetranitroaniline chloroaniline)
277 Methyltrichlorosilane 278 Mevinphos 279 Molybdenum and compounds
N-Methyl-N,2,4,6,-N-
280 281 Naphtha (coal tar) 282 Naphthylamine,2
tetranitroaniline
283 Nickel and compounds 284 Nickel tetracorbonyl 285 Nitroaniline-O
286 Nitroaniline-p 287 Nitrobenzene 288 Nitrochlorobenzene-p
289 Nitrocyclohexane 290 Nitroethane 291 Nitrogen dioxide
292 Nitrogen oxides 293 Nitrogen trifluoride 294 Nitroglycerine
295 NitroPhenol -p 296 Nitropropane-1 297 NitroPropane-2
298 Nitrosodimethylamine 299 Nitrotoluene 300 Octabromophenyl oxide
301 Oleum 302 Oleylamine 303 OO-diethyl s-ethyle sulphonyl
OO-diethyl s-
OO-diethyl s-ethylsulphonyl OO-diethyl s-ethylthiorimethyl
304 305 306 isopropylthiomethyl
Methyl phosphorothioate Methyl phosphorothioate
phosphorothioate
OO-diethyl s-propylthiomethyl
307 308 Oxyamyl 309 Oxydisulforon
phosphorodithioate
310 Oxygen (liquid) 311 Oxygen difluoride 312 Ozone
Paraoxon (diethyl 4-
313 314 Paraquat 315 Parathion
nitrophenyl phosphate)
316 Paris green 317 Pentaborane 318 Pentabromodiphenyl Oxide
319 Pentabromo phenol 320 Pentachloronaphthalene 321 Pentachloroethane
322 PentachloroPhenol 323 Pentaerythrithol tetranitrate 324 Pentane
325 Pentanone, 2, 4-Methyl 326 Peradetic acid 327 Perchloroethylene
328 Perchloromethyl mercaptan 329 Phenol 330 Phenyl glycidal ether
331 Phenylene p-diamine 332 Phenylmercury acetate 333 Phorate
334 Phosacetim 335 Phosalone 336 Phosfolan
337 Phosgene (carbonyl chloride) 338 Phosmet 339 Phosphamidon
Phosphoric acid, bromoethyl
Phosphine (hydrogen
340 341 Phosphoric acid and esters 342 bromo ( 2, 2 - dimethylpropyl )
Phosphide)
bromoethyl ester
Phosporic acid, chloroethyl
Phosphoric acid, bromoethyl
bromo (2, 2 -
343 bromo (2, 2 - dimethylpropyl ) 344 345 Phosphorous and compounds
dimethoxylpropyl)
chloroethyl ester
chloroethylester
Picric acid (2, 4, 6-
346 Phostalan 347 348 Polybrominated biphenyls
trinitrophenol)
Promurit (1 - (3, 4-
349 Potassium arsenite 350 Potassium chlorate 351 dichlorophenyl) 3-
triazenethaiocarboxamide)
Propen, -1,-2 chloro-1, 3 - diol
352 Propenesultone-1,3 353 354 Propylene oxide
diacetate
355 Propyleneimine 356 Pyrazoxon 357 Selenium hexafluoride
358 Semicarbazide hydrochloride 359 Sodium arsenite 360 Sodiumazide
361 Sodiumchlorite 362 Sodium cyanide 363 Sodium picramate
Styrene, 1, 1, 3, 2-
364 Sodium selenite 365 366 Sulfotep
tetrachloroethane
367 Sulphur dichloride 368 Sulphur dioxide 369 Sulpur trioxide
Sulphoxide, 3
370 Sulphuric acid 371 372 Tellurium
chloropropyloctyl
373 Tellurium hexafluoride 374 Tepp 375 Terbufos
Tetrachloro2,2,5,62,5 - Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-
376 Tetrabromobisphenol - A 377 378
cyclohexadiene-1, 4-dione dioxin,2,3,7,8 (TCDD)
379 Tetraethtyl lead 380 Tetrafluoroethane 381 Tetramethylenedisulphotetramine
382 Tetramethyl lead 383 Tetranitromethane 384 Thallium and compounds
385 Thionazin 386 Thionyl chloride 387 Tirpate
388 Toluene 389 Toluene -2 -4 diisocyanate 390 Toluidine-O
Tri-l, (Cyclohexyl) stannyl-1, H-
391 Toluene 2,6 -Diisocyanate 392 Trans-1, 4-chlorobutene 393
1,2,3-trazole
Triamino, -1,3,5,2,4,6 -
394 395 Tribromophenol,2,4,6 396 Trichloro acetyl chloride
trinitrobenzene
397 Trichloro ethane 398 Trichloro naphthalene 399 Trichloro (chlromethyl) silane
400 Trichlorodichlorophenylsilane 401 Trichloroethane, 1, 1, -1 402 Trichloroethyl silane
Trichloromethanesulphenyl
403 Trichloroethylene 404 405 Trichloroophenol, 2,2,6
chloride
406 Trichlorophenol,2,4,5 407 Triethylamine 408 Triethlenemelamine
409 Trimethyl chlorosilane 410 Trimethylpropane phosphite 411 Trinitroaniline
412 Trinitroanisole, 2, 2, 4, 6 413 Trinitorbenzene 414 Trinitrobenzonic acid
Trinitroresorcinol, 2,4,6
415 Trinitrocresol 416 Trinitrophenetole, 2, 5,6 417
(styphnic acid)
418 Trinitrotoluene 419 Triorthocresyl phosphate 420 Triphenyltin chloride
421 Turpentine 422 Uranium and compounds 423 Vanadium and compounds
424 Vinyl chloride 425 Vinyl fluoride 426 Vinyl toluene
427 Warfarin 428 Xylene 429 Xylidine
430 Zinc and compounds 431 Zirconium and compounds
SCHEDULE 2
(See Rules 2(e)(ii),4(1)(b), 4(2) and 6(1)(b))
Isolated Storage at Installations other than those covered by Schedule 4
(a) The threshold quantities set out below relate to each installation or group of installations belonging to the same occupier
where the distance between installation is not sufficient to avoid, in forceable circumstances any aggravation or major
accident hazards. These threshold quantities apply in any case to each group of installations belonging to the same
occupier where the distance between the installations is less than 500 metres.
b. For the purpose of determining the threshold quantity of a hazardous chemical at an isolated storage, account
c. shall also be taken of any hazardous chemical which is :

i. in that part of any pipeline under the control of the occupier having control of the site, which is within
ii. 500 metres of that site and connected to it ;
iii. at any other site under the control of the same occupier any part of the boundary of which is within 500
iv. metres of the said site ; and
v. in any vehicle, vessel, aircraft or hovercraft under the control of the same occupier which is used for
vi. storage purpose either at the site or within 500 metres or it ;
but no account shall betaken of any hazardous chemical which is in a vehicle, vesssel, aircraft or hovercraft used
for transporting it.
Threshold Planning
Threshold Planning
Quantities (M.T)
Quantities (M.T) for
l.No. Chemicals for application of
application of Rules
Rules 4,5 7 to 9
10 to 12
and 13 to 15
1 Acrylonitrile 350 5000
2 Ammonia 60 600
3 Ammonium nitrate (a) 350 2500
4 Ammonium nitrate fertilizers (b) 1,250 10000
5 Chlorine 10 25
Flammable gases as defined in
6 50 300
Schedule I, paragraph (b) (I)
Extremely flammable liquids as
7 defined in Schedule I, Paragraph (b) 5,000 50000
(ii)
8 Liquid oxygen 200 2000
9 Sodium chlorate 25 250
10 Sulphur Dioxide 20 500
11 Sulphur trioxide 15 100
12 Carbonyl chloride 0.75 0.750
13 Hydrogen Sulphide 5 50
14 Hydrogen fluoride 5 50
15 Hydergen cyanide 5 50
16 Carbon disulphide 20 200
17 Bromine 50 500
18 Ethylene oxide 5 501
19 Propylene oxide 5 50
20 2-Propenal (Acrolein) 20 200
21 Bromomethane (Methyl bromide) 20 200
22 Methyl isocyanate 0.15 0.150
23 Tetraethyl lead or tetramethyl lead 5 50
1,2 Dibromoethane (Ethylene
24 5 50
diabromide)
25 Hydrogen chloride (liquified gas) 25 250
Diphenyl methane di-isocyanate
26 20 200
(MDI)
27 Toluene di-isocyanate (TDI) 10 100
Very Highly flammable liquids as
28 defined in Schedule 1, 7,000 7,000
paragraph(b)(iii)
Highly flammable liquids as defined
29 10,000 10,000
in Schedule 1 paragraph(b)(iv)
Flammable liquids as defined in
30 15,000 15,000
Schedule-1 paragraph(b)(v)
* Where this chemical is in a state which gives it properties capable of creating a major accident hazard.
(a) This applies to ammonium nitrates and mixtures of sodium nitrate where the nitrogen content derived from the ammonium nitrates is greater than
28 percent by weight and to aqueous solutions of ammonium nitrate where the concentration of ammonium nitrate is greater than 90 per cent by weight.
(b) This applies to straight ammonium nitrate fertilisers and to compound fertilisers where the nitrogen content derived from the ammonium nitrate is greater
than 28 per cent by weight (a compound fertiliser contains ammonium nitrate together with phosphate and or potash).
Schedule 3
[See Rule (SB) D(2) a (iii); (SB) D 6 (1) (a) and (b)}
List of hazardous chemicals for application of Rules of 5 and 7 to 15.
(a) The quantities set out below relate to each installation or group of installations belonging to the same occupier where the distance between the
installations is not sufficient to avoid in for eseable circumstances, any aggravation of major accident hazards. These quantities apply in any
case to each group of installations belonging to the same occupier where the distance between the installations is less than 500 metres.
(b) For the purpose of determining the quantity of a hazardous chemical in an industrial installation, account shall also be taken of any hazardous
chemical which is:
(i) Inthatpartofanypipelineunderthecontroloftheoccupierhavingcontrolofthesite,whichiswithin500metresofthat site and connected to it;
(i) atanyothersiteunderthecontrolofthesameoccupieranypartoftheboundaryof which is within 500 metres of the said site; and
(ii) In any vehicle, vessel, aircraft or hovercraft under the control of the same occupier which is used for storage purpose either at the
site or within 500 metres of it;
-
Threshold
Sl.No. Chemicals CAS No.
Quantity
Group I -- Toxic Chemicals
1 Aldicarb 100 Kg 116-06-3
2 4-Aminediphenyl 1 Kg 92-67-1
3 Amiton 1 Kg 78-53-5
4 Anabasine 100 Kg 494-52-0
5 Arsenic pentoxide.arsenic (V) acid and salts 500Kg
6 Arsenic trioxide, arsenious (III) acid and salts 100Kg
7 Arsine (arsenic hydride) 10Kg 7784-42-1
8 Azinpho-ethyl 100Kg 2642-71-9
9 Azinpho-methyl 100Kg 86-50-0
10 Benzidine 1Kg 92-87-5
11 Benzidine salts 1Kg
12 Beryllium (powders, compounds) 10Kg
13 Bis (2-chloroethyl) sulphide 1Kg 505-60-2
14 Bis (chloromethyl) ether 1Kg 542-88-1
15 Carbofuran 100Kg 1563-66-2
16 Carbophenothion 100Kg 786-19-6
17 chlorfenvinphos 100Kg 470-90-6
18 4-(Chloroformyl) morpholine 1Kg 15159-40-7
19 Chloromethyl methyl ether 1Kg 107-30-2
20 Cobalt (metal, oxides, carbonates, sulphides as powders) 1,000Kg
21 Crimidine 100Kg 535-89-7
22 Cyanthoate 100Kg 3734-90-0
23 Cycloheximide 100Kg 66-81-9
24 Demeton 100Kg 8065-48-3
25 Dialifos 100Kg 10311-84-9
26 OO-Diethyl S-ethylsulphonylmethyl Phosphorothioate 100Kg 2588-06-8
27 OO-Diethyl S-ethylsulphonylmethyl Phosphorothioate 100Kg 2588-06-9
28 OO-Diethyl S-ethylthiomethyl Phosphorothioate 100Kg 2600-69-3
29 OO-Diethyl S-isopropylthio-methyl Phosphorothioate 100Kg
30 OO-Diethyl S-propylthio-methyl Phosphorothioate 100Kg 3309-68-0
31 Dimefox 100Kg 115-26-4
32 Dimethylcarbomoyl chloride 1Kg 79-44-7
33 Dimethyl nitrosamine 1Kg 62-75-9
34 Dimethyl Phosphoramidocyanidic acid 1000Kg 7781-6
35 Diphacinone 100Kg 82-66-6
36 Disulfoton 100Kg 298-04-4
37 EPN 100Kg 2104-64-5
38 Eithion 100Kg 563-12-2
39 Fensulfothion 100Kg 115-90-2
40 Fluenetil 100Kg 4301-50-2
41 Fluoroacetic acid 1Kg 144-49-0
42 Fluoroacetic acid, salts 1Kg
43 Fluoroacetic acid, ester 1Kg
44 Fluoroacetic acid, amides 1Kg
45 4-Fluorobutyric acid 1Kg
46 4-Fluorobutyric acid, salts 1Kg
47 4-Fluorobutyric acid, esters 1Kg
48 4-Fluorobutyric acid, amides 1Kg
49 4-Fluorocrotonic acid 1Kg 37759-72-1
50 4-Fluorocrotonic acid, salts 1Kg
51 4-Fluorocrotonic acid, esters 1Kg
52 4-Fluorocrotonic acid, amides 1Kg
53 4-Fluoro-2 hydroxybutyric acid 1Kg
54 4-Fluoro-2 hydroxybutyric acid, salts 1Kg
55 4-Fluoro-2 hydroxybutyric acid, esters 1Kg
56 4-Fluoro-2 hydroxybutyric acid, amides 1Kg
57 Glycolonitrile (hydroxyacetonitrile) 100Kg 107-16-4
58 1,2,3,7,8,9-Hexaclorodibenzo p-dioxin 100Kg 19408-74-3
59 Hexamethylphosphoramide 1Kg 680-31-9
60 Hydrogen selenide 10Kg 7783-07-5
61 Isobenzan 100Kg 297-78-9
62 Isodrin 100Kg 465-73-6
63 Juglone (5-Hydron gnapth alene 1,4-dione 100Kg 481-39-0
64 4,4-Methylenebis (2 choroaniline) 10Kg 101-14-4
65 Methyl isocyanate 150Kg 624-83-9
66 Mevinphos 100Kg 7786-34-7
67 2-Naphthylamine 1Kg 91-59-8
68 Nickel (metal, oxides, carbonates, sulphide, as powders) 1000Kg
69 Nickel tetracarbonyl 10Kg 13463-39-3
70 Oxydisulfoton 100Kg 2497-07-6
71 Oxygen difluoride 10Kg 7783-41-7
72 Paraoxon(diethyl 4-nitrophenyl phosphate) 100Kg 311-45-5
73 Parathion 100Kg 56-38-2
74 Parathion-methyl 100Kg 298-00-0
75 Pentaborane 100Kg 19624-22-7
76 Phorate 100Kg 298-02-2
77 Phosacetim 100Kg 4104-14-7
78 Phosgene (carbonyl chloride) 750Kg 75-55-5
79 Phosphamidon 100Kg 13171-21-6
80 Phosphine (Hydrogen phosphide) 100Kg 5836-73-7
81 Promurit (1-(3,4-diclorophenyl)3-triazenethio-carboxamide) 100Kg 5836-73-7
82 1,3-Propanesultone 1Kg 1120-71-4
83 1-Propen-2-chloro-1,3-diol diacetate 10Kg 10118-72-6
84 Pyrazoxom 100Kg 108-34-9
85 Selenium hexafluoride 10Kg 7783-79-1
86 Sodium selenite 100Kg 10102-18-8
87 stibine(antimony hydride) 100Kg 7803-52-3
88 Sulfotep 100Kg 3689-24-5
89 Sulphur dichloride 1000Kg 10545-99-0
90 Tellurium hexafluoride 100Kg 7783-80-4
91 TEPP (Tetraethyl Pyrophosphate) 100Kg 107-49-3
92 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin(TCDD) 1Kg 1746-01-6
93 Tetramethylenedisulphotetramine 1Kg 80-12-6
94 Thionazin 100Kg 297-97-2
Tirpate(2,4-Dimethyl-1,3-dithiolane-2-carboxaldehyde O-
95 100Kg 26419-73-8
methylcarbamoyloxime
96 Trichloromethanesulphenyl chloride 100Kg 594-42-3
97 1-Tri (cyclohexyl) v stannyl-1H-1,2,3-triazole 100Kg 4083-11-8
98 Triethylenemelamine 10Kg 51-18-3
99 Warfarin 100Kg 81-81-2
Group
Toxic Chemicals
-2
100 Acetone cyanohydrin (2-Cyanopropan-2-(1)) 200 t. 75-86-5
101 Acrolein (2-Propenal) 20 t. 107-02-8
102 Acrylonitrile 20 t. 107-13-1
103 Allyl alcohol(Propen 1-01) 200 t. 107-18-6
104 Allyamine 200 t. 107-11-9
105 Ammonia 50 t. 7664-41-7
106 Bromine 40 t. 7726-41-7
107 Carbon disulphide 20 t. 75-15-0
108 Chlorine 10 t. 7782-50-5
109 Diphenyl methane di-isocyanate (MDI) 20 t. 101-68-8
110 Ethylene dibromide (1,2-Dibromoethane) 5 t. 106-93-4
111 Ethyleneimine 50 t. 151-56-4
112 Formaldehyde (concentration>=90%) 5 t. 50-00-0
113 Hydrogen chloride (liquified gas) 25 t. 7647-01-0
114 Hydrogen cyanide 5 t. 74-90-8
115 Hydrogen fluoride 5 t. 7664-39-3
116 Hydrogen sulphide 5 t. 7783-06-4
117 Methyl bromide (Bromomethane) 20 t. 74-83-9
118 Nitrogen oxides 50 t. 11104-93-1
119 Propyleneimine 50 t. 75-55-8
120 Sulphur dioxide 20 t. 9/5/46
121 Sulphur trioxide 15 t. 11/9/46
122 Tetraethyl lead 5 t. 78-00-2
123 Tetramethyl lead 5 t. 75-74-1
124 Toluene 2,4,-di-isocyanate (TDI) 10 t. 584-84-9
Group
Highly Reactive Chemicals
-3
125 Acetylene (ethyne) 5 t. 74-86-2
126 (a) Ammonium nitrate © 350 t. 6484-52-2
(b) Ammonium nitrate in the form of fertilizer (d) 250 t.
127 2,2 Bis (tert-Butyl peroxy butane (concentration > =70%) 5 t. 2167-23-9
128 1,1-Bis (tert-butylperoxy) cyclohexane (concentration >=80%) 5 t. 3006-86-8
129 Tert-Butyl peroxyacetate (concentration 70%) 5 t. 107-71-1
130 Tert-Butyl peroxyisobutyrate(concentrate 80%) 5 t. 109-13-7
131 Tert-Butyl peroxy isopropyl carbonate (concentration 80%) 5 t. 2372-21-6
132 Tert Butyl peroxy maleate (concentration 80%) 5 t. 1931-62-0
133 Tert-Butyl peroxy povalate (concentration 77%) 50 t. 927-07-1
134 Dibenzyl peroxy dicarbonate (concentration 90%) 5 t. 2144-45-8
135 Di-sec-butyl peroxy dicarbonate (concentration 80%) 5 t. 19910-65-7
136 Diethyl peeroxy dicarbonate (concentration 30%) 5 t. 1466-78-5
137 2,2-Dihydrapderoxypropane (concentration 30%) 5 t. 2614-76-8
138 Di-isobutyryl peroxide (concentration 80%) 5 t. 3437-84-1
139 Di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate (concentration 80%) 5 t. 16066-38-9
140 Ethylene oxide 5 t. 75-21-8
141 Ethylene nitrate 5 t. 625-58-1
3,3,6,6,9,9-Hexamethyl-1,2,3,4,5-tetroxacyclononane (concentration
142 5 t. 22397-33-7
75%)
143 Hydrogen 2 t. 1333-74-0
144 Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide (concentration 60%) 5 t. 1339-23-4
145 Methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide (concentration 60%) 5 t. 37206-2-5
146 Oxygen liquid 200 t. 7782-44-7
147 Peracetic acid (concentration 60%) 5 t. 79-21-0
148 Propylene oxide 5 t. 75-56-9
149 Sodium Chlorate 25 t. 7775-09-9
Group
Explosive Chemicals
4
150 Barium Azide 50 t. 18810-58-7
151 Bis (2,4,6-trinitrophenyl )amine 50 t. 131-73-7
152 Chlorotinitrobenzene 50 t. 28260-61-9
153 Cellulose nitrate (containing 12.6 % nitrogen) 50 t. 9004-70-0
154 Cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine 50 t. 2691-41-0
155 Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine 50 t. 121-82-4
156 Diazodinitrophenol 10 t. 87-31-0
157 Diethylene glycol dinitrate 10 t. 693-21-0
158 Dinitrophenol, salts 50 t.
159 Ethylene glycol dinitrate 10 t. 628-96-6
160 1-Guanyl-4-nitrosaminoguanyl-1-tetrazene 10 t. 109-27-3
161 2,2,4,4,6,6-Hexanitrostibene 50 t. 20062-22-0
162 Hydrazine nitrate 50 t. 13464-97-6
163 Lead azide 50 t. 13424-46-9
164 Lead styphnate (Lead 2,4,6-trinitroresorcinoxide) 50 t. 15424-40-9
165 Mercury fulminate 10 t. 628-86-4
166 N-Methyl-N,2,4,6-tetranitroaniline 50 t. 479-45-8
167 Nitroglycerine 10 t. 55-63-0
168 Pentaerythritol tetranitrate 50 t. 78-11-5
169 Picric acid (2,4,6-trinitro phenol) 50 t. 88-89-1
170 Sodium picramate 50 t. 831-52-7
171 Styphnic acid (2,4,6-trinitroresorcinol) 50 t. 82-71-3
172 1,3,5,Triamino-2,4,6-trinitrobenzene 50 t. 3058-38
173 Trinitroaniline -- 50 t. 26952-42-1
174 2,4,6-Trinitroanisole 50 t. 606-95-9
175 Trinitrobenzene 50 t. 9935-42-6
176 Trinitrobenzoic acid 50 t. 129-66-8
177 Trinitrocresol 50 t. 602-99-3
178 2,4,6-Trinitrophenitole 50 t. 4732-14-3
179 2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene 50 t. 118-96-7
Foot Notes:
This applies to ammonium nitrate and mixtures of ammonium nitrate where the nitrogen content derived
from the ammonium nitrate is greater than 28% by weight and aqueous solutions of ammonium nitrate where the
concentration of ammonium nitrate is greater than 90% by weight.
This applies to straight ammonium fertilisers and to compound fertilisers .where the nitrogen content derived from the
ammonium nitrate is greater than 28% by weight (a compound fertiliser contains ammonium nitrate together with
phosphate and/or potash).
GAS Number (Chemical Abstracts Service Number) means the number assigned to the chemical by the Chemical
Abstracts Service.
Schedule - 4
[See Rule (SB) D 2 (b) (i)]
Industrial installation within the meaning of Rules (SB) D (2) (b) (i)
Installations for the production, processing or treatment of organic or inorganic chemicals using for this purpose, among others:
a. alkylation
b. amination by ammonolysis
c. carbonylation
d. condensation
e. dehydrogenation
f. esterification
g. halogenation and manufacture of halogens
h. hydrogenation
i. hydrolysis
j. oxidation
k. polymerization
l. sulphonation
m. desulphurization, manufacture and transformation of sulphur containing compounds
n. nitration and manufacture of nitrogen-containing compounds
o. manufacture of phosphorous-containing compounds
p. formulation of pesticides and of pharmaceutical products
q. distillation
r. extraction
s. solvation
t. mixing
2. Installations for distillation, refining or other processing of petroleum or petroleum products.
3. Installations for the total or partial disposal of solid or liquid substances by incineration or chemical decomposition.
4. Installations for production, processing treatment of energy gases for eg: LPG, LNG & SNG etc.
5. Installations for the dry distillation of coal or lignite.
6. Installations for the production off metals or non-metal by a wet process or by means of electrical energy.
Schedule - 6
[See Rule (SB) D 5 (1)]
Information to be furnished regarding notification of major accident.
Report Number.............................................
of the Particular Accident.
1.General Data:
(a) Name of the site

(b) Name and Address of the Occupier (also state the Telephone/ Telex Number)
(c) (i) Registration Number.

(ii) Licence Number (As may have
been allotted under any statute applicable to the site, e.g., the Factories Act).
(d) (1) Nature of industrial activity

(Mention what is actually manufactured, stored etc.).
(ii) National industrial Classification 1987 at the four digit level.
2. Type of Major Accident
Explosion Fire Emission of hazardous Chemical
3. Description of the major accident:
(a) Date, shift and hour of the accident.
(b) Department/Section and exact place where the accident took place.
(c) The process/operation undertaken in the Department/Section where the accident took lace (Attach a flow chart if necessary)
(d) The circumstances of the accident and the hazardous chemical involved.
4. Emergency measures taken and measures envisaged to be taken to alleviate short-terms effects of the accidents.
5. Causes of the major accident known (to be specified)
Not known
Information will be supplied as soon as possible
6. Nature and extent of damage
Killed
(a) Within the establishment Casuali- Injured.
Poisoned.
ties.
Persons exposed to the major accident
Material damage
damage is still present
danger no longer exists
(b) Outside the establishment causalities
- Persons exposed to the major accident

Killed
Injured.
Poisoned.
- Material Damage
- Damage to environment
- danger no longer exists
7. Data available for assessing

the effects of the accident on persons and environment.
8. Steps already taken or envisaged:
(a) to alleviate medium or long term effects of the accident.
(b) to prevent recurrence of similar major accident.
(c) any other relevant information
Schedule - 7
[See Rule (SB) D 7 and (SB) D9]
Information to be furnished for the notification of activities/sites
Particulars to be included in a notification of site:
1. The name and address of the occupier making the notification.
2. The full postal address of the site where the notifiable industrial activity will be carried on;
3. The area of the site covered by the notification and of any adjacent site which is required to be taken into account by virtue of Schedule 2(b) and Schedule 3(b).
4. The date on which it is anticipated that the notifiable industrial activity will commence or if it has already commenced statement to that effect.
5. The name and maximum quantity liable to be on the site of each hazardous chemical for which notification is being made.
6. Organisation structure, namely organisation diagram for the proposed industrial activity and set-up for ensuring safety and health.
7. Information relating to the potential for major accidents, namely:--
(a) Identification of major accident hazards;
(b) the condition of events which could be significant in bringing one about;
(c) a brief description of the measures taken.
8. Information relating to the site namely:--
(a) a map of the site and its surrounding area to a scale large enough to show any features that may be significant in the assessment of the hazard or risk associated with the
site.
(b) system elements or foreseen events that can lead to a major accident.
(c) hazards
(d) safety-r elevant components.
6. Description of safety-relevant units, among others:
( a) Special design cr iter ia
( b) controls and alarms
( c) pr essur e r elief , systems,
( d) qu ic k a c ti ng va lv e s ,
( e) collecting tanks/dump tanks,
( f) spr inkler sy stem s
( g) f ir e pr otection.
7. Information on the hazard assessment, namely:-

(a) I dentif ication of hazards,
(b) the causes of major accidents,
(c) assessment of hazards according to their occurrence frequency.
(d) assessment of accident consequences
(e) saf ety sy stem s
(f) known accident history.
8. Description of information on organisational systems used to carry on industrial activity safety namely :-
(a) maintain and inspection schedules,
(b) guidelines for the training of personnel,
(c) allocation and delegation of responsibility for plant safety,
(d) implementation of safety procedures.
9. Information on assessment of the consequences of major accidents, namely:-
(a) assessment of the possible release of hazardous chemicals or of energy.
(b) possible despersion of released chemicals :
(c) assessment of the effects of the release (size of the affected area, health effects, property damaged.)
10. Information on the mitigation of major accidents, namely:-

a. fire brigade;
b. alarm systems;
c. emergency plan containing systems of organisation used to fight the emergency, the alaram and the communication routes,
guidelines for fighting the emergency, examples of possible accident sequences.
d. co-ordination with the District Collector or the District Emergency Authority and its off-site emergency plan;
e. notification of the nature and scope of the hazard in the event of an accident.
f. antidotes in the event of a release of a hazardous chemical.]

61 (SB)(E). Disclosure of information to the Chief Inspector
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying on 'hazardous process' shall furnish, in writing, to the
Chief inspector a copy of all the information furnished to the workers.
(2) A copy of compilation of Material Safety Data Sheets in respect of hazardous substances used
produced or stored in the factory shall be furnished to the Chief Inspector, and the local Inspector.
(3) The occupier shall also furnish any other information asked for by the Chief Inspector from
time to time for the purpose of this Act and Rules made thereunder.
61(SB)(F). Information of industrial Wastes

(1) The information furnished under Rules 61 (SB)C, and (SB)G shall include the quantity of the
solid and liquid wastes generated per day, their characteristics and method of treatment such as
incineration of solid wastes, chemical and biological treatment of liquid wastes, and arrangements
for their final disposal.
(2) It shall also include information on the quality and quantity of a gaseous waste discharged
through the stacks or other openings and arrangements such as provision of scrubbers, cyclone
separators, electrostatic precipitators or similar such arrangements made for controlling pollution
of the environment.
(3) The occupier shall also furnish the information prescribed in the sub-rules (1) and (2) to the
State Pollution Control Board.
61(SB)(G). Review of the information furnished to workers etc
(1) The occupier shall review once in every calendar year and modify, if necessary, the information
furnished under Rule 61 (SB)C and 61 (SB)E to the workers and to the Chief Inspector.
(2) In the event of any change in the process or operations or methods of work or when any new
substance is introduced in the process or in the event of a serious accident taking place, the
information so furnished shall be reviewed and modified to the extent necessary.
61(SB)(H). Confidentiality of information
The occupier of a factory carrying on 'hazardous process' shall disclose all information needed for
protecting safety and health of the workers to-
(a) his workers
(b) the Chief Inspector
as required under Rules 61 (SB) F and 61 (SB)G If the occupier is of the opinion that the disclosure
of details regarding the process and formulations will adversely affect his business interests, he
may make a representation to the Chief Inspector stating the reasons for withholding such
information. The Chief Inspector shall give an opportunity to the occupier of being heard and pass
an order on the representation.
An occupier aggrieved by an order of Chief Inspector may prefer an appeal before the State
Government within a period of 30 days. The State Government shall give an opportunity to the
occupier of being heard and pass an order. The order of the State Government shall be final
RULES FRAMED UNDER SECTIONS 41 -B, 41 -C AND 112 ON SPECIFIC

RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OCCUPIER IN RELATION TO HAZARDOUS PROCESS.
61(SC)A. Medical Examination
(1) Workers employed in a 'hazardous process' shall be medically examined b a qualified medical
practitioner hereinafter referred to as Factory Medical Officer, in the following manner.-
(a) Once before employment, to ascertain physical fitness of the person to do the particular job
(b) Once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain the health status of all the workers in respect of
occupational health hazards to which they are exposed; and in cases where in the opinion of the
Factory Medical Officer it is necessary to do so at a shorter interval in respect of any worker.
(c) The details of pre-employment and periodical medical examinations carried out as aforesaid
shall be received in the Health Register in Form 17.
(2) No person shall be employed for the first time without a certificate of fitness in Form 17A
granted by the Factory Medical Officer. If the Factory Medical Officer declares a person unfit for
being employed in any process covered under sub-rule (1), such a person shall have the right to
appeal to the inspector who shall refer the matter to the certifying surgeon whose opinion shall be
final in this regard. If the Inspector himself is also a certifying surgeon, he may dispose of the
application himself
(3) Any findings of the Factory Medical Officer revealing any abnormality or unsuitability of any
person employed in the process shall immediately be reported to the certifying surgeon who shall
in turn, examine the concerned worker and communicate his findings to the occupier within 30
days. If the certifying surgeon is of the opinion that the worker so examined is required to be taken
away from the process for health protection, he will direct the occupier accordingly, who shall
employ the said worker in the same process, However, the worker so taken away be provided with
alternate placement unless he is fully incapacitated, in the opinion of the certifying surgeon,
in which case the worker affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
(4) A certifying surgeon on his own motion or on a reference from an Inspector may conduct
medical examination of a worker to ascertain the suitability of his employment in a hazardous
process or for ascertaining his health status. The opinion of the Certifying Surgeon in such a case
shall be final. The fee required for this medical examination shall be paid by the occupier.
(5) The worker taken away from employment in any process under sub-rule (2) may be employed
again in the same process only after obtaining the fitness certificate from the certifying surgeon
and after making entries to that effect in the Health Register.
(6) The worker required to undergo medical examination under these rules and for any medical
survey conducted by or on behalf of the Central or the State Government shall not refuse to
undergo such medical examination.
61(SC)B. Occupational Health Centres
(1) In respect of any Factory carrying on' hazardous process' there shall be provided and maintained
in good order an Occupational Health Centre with the services and facilities as per scale laid down
hereunder:-
(a) For factories employing upto 50 workers-.
(i) the services of a Factory Medical Officer on retainership basis, in his clinic to be notified by
the occupier. He will carry out the pre-employment and periodical medical examination as
stipulated in rules. 61 (SC) A and render medical assistance during any emergency
(ii) a minimum of 5 persons trained in first-aid procedures amongst whom at least one shall always
be available during the working period;
(iii) a fully equipped first-aid box.
(b) For factories employing 51 to 200 workers-
(i) An occupational Health Centre having a room with a minimum floor area of 1 5 sq. M. with
floors and wall made of smooth and impervious surface and within adequate illumination and
ventilation as well as equipment as per the schedule annexed to this Rule;
(ii) a part-time Factory Medical Officer shall be in over all charge of the Centre who shall visit the
factory at least twice in a week and whose services shall be readily available during medical
emergencies;
(iii) One qualified and trained dresser-cum-compounder on duty throughout the working period;
(iv) a fully equipped first aid box in all the departments.
(c) For factories employing above 200 workers-
(i) one full time Factory Medical Officer for factories employing upto 500 workers and one more
Medical Officer for every additional 1000 workers on part thereof,
(ii) An occupational Health Centre having at least 2 rooms each with a minimum floor area of 15
Sq.m. with floors and walls made of smooth and impervious surface and adequate illuminations
and ventilation as well as equipment as per the schedule annexed to this Rule
(iii) there shall be one nurse, and dresser-cum-compounder and one sweeper-cum-ward boy
throughout the working period;
(iv) the Occupational Health Centre shall be suitably equipped to manage medical emergencies.
(2) The factory Medical Officer required to be appointed under sub-rule(1) shall have
qualifications included in Schedules to the Indian Medical Degrees Act of 1916 or in the Schedules
to the Indian Medical Council Act, 1956 and possess a Certificate of Training in Industrial Health
of Minimum three months duration recognised by the State Government.
Provided that-
(i) a person possessing a Diploma in Industrial Health or equivalent shall not be required to possess
the certificate of training as aforesaid
(ii) the Chief Inspector may, subject to such conditions as he may specify, grant exemption from
the requirement of this sub rule, if in his opinion a suitable person possessing the necessary
qualification
is not available for appointment
(iii) in case of a person who has been working as a Factory Medical Officer for a period of not less
than 3 years on the date of commencement of this rule, the Chief Inspector may, subject to the
condition that the said person shall obtain the aforesaid certificate of training within, a period of
three years, relax the qualification.
(3) the syllabus of the course leading to the above certificate, and the organisations conducting the
State course shall be approved by the DG FASLI or the Government in accordance with the
guidelines issued by the DG FASLI.
(4) Within one month of the appointment of a Factory Medical Officer, the occupier of the factory
shall furnish to the Chief Inspector the following particulars:
(a) Name and address of the Factory Medical Officer
(b) Qualifications;
(c) Experience, if any ; and
(d) the sub-rule under which appointed.
Equipment for occupational Health Centre in Factories
1 .A glazed sink with hot and cold water always available.
2. A table with a smooth top at least 180 cm X 105 cm.
3. Means for sterilizing instruments.
4. A couch.
5. Two buckets or containers with close fitting lids.
6. A kettle and spirit stove or other suitable means of boiling water.

7. One bottle of spiritus ammonia aromatious (120ml.).
8. Two medium size sponges.
9. Two 'kidney' trays.
10. Four cakes of toilet, preferably antiseptic soap.
11. Two glass tumblers and two wine glasses.
12. Two clinical thermometers.
13. Two tea spoons.
14. Two graduated (120ml) measuring glasses.
15. One wash bottle (1000 cc) for washing eyes.
16. One bottle (one litre) carbolic lotion 1 in 20.
17. Three Chairs.
18. One Screen.
19. One electric hand torch
20. An adequate supply of tetanus toxide.
21. Coramine liquid (60 ml).
22. Tablets - antihistaminic, antispasmodic (25 each).
23. Syringes with needles - 2 cc, 5 cc and 10 cc.
24. Two needle holders, big and small.
25. Suturing needles and materials.
26. One dissecting forceps.
27. One dressing forceps.
28. One scalpels.
29. One stethoscope.

30. Rubber bandage - pressure bandage.
31. Oxygen cylinder with necessary attachments.
32. One blood pressure apparatus .
33. One patellar Hammer.
34. One peak-flow meter for lung function measurement.
35. One stomach wash set.
36. Any other equipment recommended by the Factory Medical Officer according to specific need
relating to manufacturing process.
37. In addition :
1. For factories employing 51 to 200 workers-
1. Four plain wooden splints 900mm X 100mm X 6mm.
2. Two plain wooden splints 250mm X 50mm X 12mm
3. One paid artery forceps
4. Injections - Morphia, Pethidine, atropine, adrenaline, coramine, Novocan (2 each)
5. One surgical scissors
(2) For factories employing above 200 workers-
1. Eight Plain wooden splints 900mm x 100mm x 6mm
2. Eight Plain wooden splints 350mm x 75mm x 6mm
3. Four Plain wooden splints 250mm x 50mm x 12mm
4. Two pairs artery forceps
5. Injections - morphia, pethadine, atropine, adrenaline ceramine, movacan (4 each)
6. Two surgical scissors.

61 (SC)C. Ambulance Van
(1) In any factory carrying on 'hazardous process' there shall be provided and maintained in good
condition, a suitably constructed ambulance van equipped with items as per sub-rule (2) and
manned by a full time Driver - cum - Mechanic and Helper trained in first aid for the purpose of
transportation of serious cases of accidents or sickness. The ambulance van shall not be used for
any purpose other than the purpose stipulated herein and will normally be stationed at or near to
the Occupational Health Centre :
Provided that a factory employing less than 200 workers, may make arrangements for procuring
such facility at short notice from nearby hospital or other places, to meet any emergency.
(2) The Ambulance should have the following equipment:
(a) General
• A wheeled stretcher with folding and adjusting devices, with the

head of the stretcher capable of being fitted upward-
• Fixed suction unit with equipment.
• Fixed oxygen supply with equipment.
• Pillow with case - Sheets - Blankets; Towels.
• Emesis bag; Bed pan; - Urinal - Glass
(b) Safety Equipment
• Flares with life of 30 minutes - Flood lights

• Flash lights - Fire extinguisher dry powder type;
• Insulated gauntlets.
(c) Emergency care equipment
(i) Resusciation
• portable suction unit, portable oxygen units

• Bag-valve-mask, hand operated artificial units
• Airways, Mouth gaga - Trachoestomy adaptors
• Short spine board, I V Fluids with administration units
• B.P. Manometer,Cugg,- Stethoscope
(ii) Immobolisation,
• Long and short boards, wire ladder splints

• Triangular bandage, long and short spine boards
(iii) Dressings
• Gauge pads 4" x 4", Universal dressing 19" x 36"

• Roll of Aluminium foils, soft roller bandages 6" x 5 yards
adhesive tape in 3" roll, safety pins
• Bandage sheets-burn sheets
(iv) Poisoning
Syrup of Ipecac, Activated charcoal pre-packed in doses, snake bite kit, drinking water-pre-packed
in doses
(v) Emergency medicines
As per requirement ( under the advice of medical officer only)
61 (SC) D : Decontamination facilities
In every factory, carrying out 'hazardous process', the following provisions shall be made to meet
emergency -
(a) full equipped first aid box,
(b) readily accessible means of drenching water for workers, parts of body of workers and, clothing
of workers who have been contaminated with hazardous and corrosive substance; and such means
shall be as per the scale shown in the Table below:
TABLE
No. of persons employed No. of drenching showers

at any time
(i) Upto 50 workers 2
2+1for every additional 50 or part thereafter
(ii) Between 51 to 200 workers
5 + for every additional 100 or part thereafter
(iii) between 201 to 500 workers
2 +1for every additional 200 or part thereafter
(iv) 501 workers and above
(c) a sufficient number of eye wash bottles filled with distilled water or suitable liquid, kept in
boxes or cupboards conveniently situated and clearly indicated by a distinctive sign which shall
be visible at all times.
61(SC)E. Making available Health Records to workers
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying out 'hazardous process' shall make accessible the health
records including the record of workers exposure to hazardous process or, as the case may be, the
medical records of any worker for his perusal under the following conditions-
(a) Once in every six months or immediately after the medical examination whichever is earlier ;
(b) If the factory Medical Officer or the Certifying Surgeon as the case may be, is of the opinion
that the worker has manifested signs and symptoms of any notifiable disease as specified in the
Third Schedule of the Act
(c) If the worker leaves the employment
(d) If any one of the following authorities so direct;

- the Chief Inspector of Factories ;
- Health Authority of Central or State Government
- Commissioner of Workmen's Compensation;
- The Director General, Employees State Insurance Corporation,
- The Director, Employees State Insurance Corporation
(Medical Benefits); and
- The Director General, Factory Advice Service and Labour Institutes.
(2) A copy of the upto date health records including the record of worker's exposure to hazardous
process or, as the case may be, the medical records shall be supplied to the worker on receipt of
an application from him.
X-ray plates and other medical diagnostic reports may also be made available for reference to his
medical practitioner.
61 (SC)F. Qualifications, etc. of Supervisors
(1) All persons who are required to supervise the handling or hazardous substances shall possess
the, following qualifications and experience
(a) (i) A degree in Chemistry or Diploma in Chemical Engineering or Technology with 5 years
experience; or
(ii) A Master's Degree in Chemistry or a Degree in Chemical Engineering or Technology with 2

years experience. The experience stipulated above shall be in process operation and maintenance
in the Chemical Industry.
(b) The Chief Inspector may require the supervisor to undergo training in Health and Safety.
(2) The syllabus and duration of the above training the organisations conducting the training shall
be approved by the DG FASLI or the State Government in accordance with guidelines issued by
the DG FASLI.
61(SC)G.
For the purpose of compliance with the requirements of sub-sections (1) and (4) and (7) of Section
41 -B or 41 -C the Chief Inspector may, if deemed necessary, issue guidelines from time to time
to the occupiers of factories carrying on 'hazardous process'. Such guidelines may be based on
National Standards, Codes of Practice, or recommendations of International Bodies such as ILO
and HO.
CHAPTER V
62. Washing facilities
(1) Omitted by
(2) There shall be provided and maintained in every factory for the use of employed persons
adequate and suitable facilities for washing which shall include soap and nail brushes or other
suitable means of cleaning and the facilities shall be conveniently accessible and shall be kept in a
clean orderly condition.
(3) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions, washing facilities shall include-
(a) trough with taps or jets at intervals of not less than two feet; or
(b) wash basins with taps attached thereto, or
(c) taps on stand-pipes or
(d) showers controlled by taps or
(e) circular troughs of the fountain type, provided that the Inspector may, having regard to the
needs and habits of the workers, fix the proportion in which the aforementioned types of facilities
shall be installed.
(4)
(a) Every trough and basin shall have a smooth, impervious surface and shall be fitted with a waste-
pipe and plug.
(b) The floor or ground under and in the immediate vicinity of every trough, tap, jet, wash-basin,
stand-pipe and shower shall be so laid or finished as to provide smooth impervious surface and
shall be adequately drained.
(5) For persons whose work involves contact with any injurious or noxious substance there shall
be at least one tap for every fifteen persons; and for persons whose work does not involve such
contact the number of taps shall be as follows:-
Number of workers Number of taps
up to 20 ................... 1
21 to 35 ................... 2
36 to 50 ................... 3
51 to 150 ................... 4
151 to 200 ................... 5
Exceeding 200 but not ................... 5 +1 tap for
exceeding 500 every 50 or fraction of 50
exceeding 500 ..................... 11 + 1 tap for every 100 or fraction
of 100
(6) If female workers are employed, separate washing facilities shall be provided and so enclosed
or screened that the interiors are not visible from any place where persons of the other sex work or
pass. The entrance to such facilities shall bear conspicuous notice in the language understood by
the workers "For Women Only" and shall also be indicated pictorially.
(7) The water supply to the washing facilities shall be capable of yielding at least ten litres for each
person employed and shall be from such source as yields clean water suitable for the purpose.
Provided that in the case of factories carrying on hazardous processes specified in the First
Schedule to the Act, the quantity of water to be available for persons employed in such
manufacturing process shall be at least thirty litres for each such person.
Provided further that the Chief Inspector may, in the case of any particular factory having regard
to the nature of the operations carried out therein and also the practicable availability of such
quantity of water, permit a smaller quantity or require a larger quantity not exceeding thirty litres
per person employed, to be made available.
Provided also that the Inspector may, by order in writing, require the occupier, at such time orat
such intervals as he may direct, to have samples of water tested for fitness for washing purposes
at any laboratory recognized by the Chief Inspector or Health Officer.
62-A. Drying of wet clothing
In the classes of factories mentioned in the schedule annexed hereto, facilities for safe keeping of
clothing not worn during working hours and for the drying of wet clothing used in the course of
work shall be provided .
SCHEDULE
Glass Works Engineering Workshops

Oil mills Automobile Workshops
Sugar Factories Iron and Steel Works
Chemical Works Dying Works
Thermal Power
Leather Tanneries
Generating Stations
63. First-aid appliance
The First-aid boxes or cupboards shall be distinctly marked with a red cross on white back-ground
and shall contain the following equipment-
A. For factories in which the number of persons employed does not exceed ten or (in the case of
factories in which mechanical power is not used) does not exceed fifty persons :
(i) Six small size sterlized dressings.
(ii) Three medium size sterilized dressings.
(iii) Three large size sterilized dressings.
(iv) Three large size sterilized burn dressings.
(v) One (60 ml.) bottle of cetrimide solution (1%) or a suitable antiseptic solution.
(vi) One (60 ml.) bottle of mercurochrome solution (2%) in water.
(vii) One (30 ml.) bottle containing sal-volatile having the dose and mode of administration
indicated on the label.
(viii) One pair scissors.
(ix) One roll of adhesive plaster (2cm X 1 metre).
(x) Six pieces of sterilized eye pads in separate sealed packets.
(xi) A bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 5 grains) of aspirin or any other analgesic.
(xii) Polythene Wash bottle (1/2 litre, i.e., 500 c.c) for washing eyes.
(xiii) A snake-bite lancet.
(xiv) One (30 ml.) bottle containing Potassium Permanganate Crystals.

(xv) One copy of first-aid leaflet issued by the Directorate General of Factory Advice Service and
Labour Institutes, Government of India, Bombay.
B. For Factories in which mechanical power is used and in which the number of persons employed
exceeds ten but does not exceed fifty.
(i) Twelve small size sterilised dressings.
(ii) Six medium size sterilised dressings.
(iii) Six medium size sterilized dressings.
(iv) Six large size sterilized burn dressings.
(v) Six (1 5 gm) packets of sterilized cotton wool.
(vi) One (120 ml.) bottle of cetrirmide solution (1%) or a suitable antiseptic solution.
(vii) One (120 ml.) bottle of mercurochrome solution (2%) in water.
(viii) One (60 ml.) bottle containing sal-volatile having the dose and mode of administration
indicated on the label.
(ix) One pair scissors.
(x) Two rolls of adhesives plaster (2 cm X 1 metre).
(xi) Eight pieces of sterilized eye pads in separate sealed packets.
(xii) One tourniquet.
(xiii) One dozen safety pins.
(xiv) A bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 5 grains) of aspirin or any other analgesic.
(xv) One polythene wash bottle (1/2 litre i.e.,500 cc) for washing eyes.
(xvi) A snake-bite lancet.
(xvii) One (30 ml.) bottle containing potassium permanganate crystals.
(xviii) One copy of the first-aid leaflet issued by the Directorate General of Factory Advice
Service and Labour, Government of India, Bombay.
C. For factories employing more than fifty persons.

(i) Twenty-four small sterilized dressings.
(ii) Twelve medium size sterilized dressings.
(iii) Twelve large size sterilized dressings.
(iv) Twelve large size sterilized burn dressings.
(v) Twelve (15 gm.) packets of sterilized cotton wool.
(vi) One (200 ml.) bottle of mercurochrome (2%) solution in water.
(vii) One (200 ml.) bottle of cetrimide solution (1 %) or a suitable antiseptic solution.
(viii) One (200 ml.) bottle of sal-volatile having the dose and mode of administration indicated on
the label.
(ix) One pair scissors.
(x) One roll of adhesive plaster (6 cms X 1 metre).
(xi) Two rolls of adhesive plaster (2 cms. X 1 metre).
(xii) Twelve pieces of sterilized eye pads in separate sealed packets.
(xiii) A bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 5 grains) of aspirin or any other analgesic.
(xiv) One polythene wash bottle (500 c.c) for washing eyes.
(xv) Twelve roller bandages 10 cms. wide.
(xvi) Twelve roller bandages 5 cms. wide.
(xvii) Six Triangular bandages.
(xviii) One tourniquet.
(xix) A supply of suitable splints.
(xx) Two packets of safety pins.
(xxi) Kidney tray.
(xxii) A snake-bite lancet.
(xxiii) One 30 ml. bottle containing Potassium Permanganate crystals.

(xxiv) first-aid leaflet issued by the Directorate General of Factory Advice Service and Labour
Institutes, Bombay :
Provided that items (xiv) to (xxi) need not be maintained in the standard first-aid box or cup-board
(a) where is a properly equipped ambulance room, or (b) if at least one box containing such items
and placed and maintained in accordance with the requirements of Section 45 is separately
provided.
D. The dressing required under items (i) and (ii), may be substituted by, adhesive wound dressings
approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories and other equipment or medicines that may be
considered essential and recommended by the Chief-inspector of Factories from time to time.
63 A. Notice regarding First-aid
A notice containing the names of the persons working within the precincts of the Factory who are
trained in first aid treatment and who are in charge of the First-aid boxes or cup-boards shall be
posted in every factory at a conspicuous place and near each such box or cup-board. The notice
shall also indicate the workroom, where the said person shall be available. The name of the nearest
hospital and its telephone number shall also be mentioned prominently in the said notice.
64. Ambulance room
(1) Every ambulance room shall be under the charge of at least one whole-time qualified medical
officer assisted by at least one qualified nurse or dresser-cum-compounder, subject to condition
that the Medical Officer is readily available on call during the working hours of the factory.
(2) There shall be displayed in the ambulance room a notice giving the name, address and
telephone number of the Medical Practitioner in charge. The name of the nearest hospital and its
telephone number shall also be mentioned prominently in the said notice.
(3) The ambulance room shall be separate from the rest of the factory and shall be used only for
the purpose of first-aid treatment and rest. It shall have a floor area of at least 24 sq. metres with
smooth, hard and impervious walls and shall be adequately ventilated and lighted by both natural
and artificial means There shall be attached to it at least one latrine and urinal of sanitary type. An
adequate supply of whole-some drinking water shall be provided and the following articles shall
always be kept in the ambulance room or dispensary:--
1. A glazed sink with hot and cold water.

2. A table with a smooth top of at least 180 cms x 105 cms. dimensions.
3. Means for sterilizing instruments.
4. A couch.
5. Two stretchers.
6. Two buckets or containers with close fitting lids.
7. Two rubber hot water bags.
8. A kettle and a spirit stove or other suitable means of boiling water.
9. Twelve plain wooden splints 90 mm x 100 mm. X 6 mm.
10. Twelve plain wooden splints 350 mm. X 75 mm. X 6 mm.
11. Six plain wooden splints 250 mm. X 50 mm. X 12 mm.
12. Six woolen blankets.
13. Three pairs of artery forceps.
14. One bottle of spiritus Ammonia Aromatics(120 ml.)
15. Smelling salts(60 gms.).
16. Two medium size sponges.
17. Six hand towels.
18. "Four kidney" trays.
19. Four cakes of toilet, preferably antiseptic soap.
20. Two glass tumblers and two wine glasses.
21. Two clinical thermometers.
22. Tea spoons-two
23. Graduated (120 ml.) measuring glass-two
24. Minimum Measuring glass-two.
25. One wash bottle (100 cc.) for washing eyes.
26. One bottle (one litre) carbolic lotion 1 in 20
27. Three chairs.
28. One screen.
29. One electric hand torch.
30. Four first-aid boxes or cup-boards stocked to standards prescribed under clause of
Rule 63.
31. An adequate supply of anti-tetanus toxide
32. Injections-Morphia, Pethiadine, Atropine, Adrenaline, Corarnine, Novocam-6
each.
33. Coramine liquid (60 ml.)
34. Tablets-antihistaminies, antispasmodic (25 each).
35. Syringes with needles-2 cc, 10 cc., 50 cc
36. Surgical scissors-three.
37. Needle holder.
38. Suturing needles and materials
39. Dissecting forceps-three
40. Dressing forceps-three.
41. Scalpels-three
42. Stethoscope-one.
43. Rubber bandage pressure bandage.
44. Oxygen cylinder with necessary attachments.
(4) The occupier of every factory to which these rules apply, shall for the purpose of removing
serious cases of accident sickness, provide in the premises and maintain in good condition a
suitable conveyance unless he has made arrangements of or obtaining such a conveyance from a
hospital.
Explanation..- For the purposes of this rule, "qualified medical practitioner" means a person
holding a qualification granted by an Authority specified in the Schedule to the Indian Medical
Degree Act, 1916, or in the Schedules to the Indian Medical Council Act, 1956.
(5) The Chief Inspector of factories may, by an order in writing, exempt any factory from the
requirements of this rule, subject to such conditions as he may specify in that order, if a hospital,
ambulance room or dispensary is maintained at or within two kilometers of the precincts of the
factory and such arrangements are made so as to ensure the immediate treatment of all injuries
sustained by workers within the factory and for providing rest to the workers so injured.
FIRST AID LEAFLET
Shock:-
1. Lay the patient on his back.
2. Stop bleeding if any.
3. Relieve pain by supporting injured part.
4. Keep the patient comfortable, but not hot. Do not cause Sweating.
5. Fluids may be given in small amounts unless the patient is nauseated,

unconscious, likely to be operated on, or has an abdominal wound.
6. Reassure and cheer up the patient.
Wounds:-
1 .Stop the bleeding, by any of the following methods
(a) Direct pressure

(b) Direct finger pressure into the wound in cases of large bleeding wounds;
(c) Tourniquet (seldom needed) use only as a last resort.
2. Avoid touching the wound with hands or unsterile material.
3. Clear the wound with running water and surrounding area with soap or spirit with clean gauze
washing away from the wound. Apply ready made adhesive gauze bandage or sterile gauze and roller
bandage as needed.
4. Keep the patient quiet : raising the extremity if it is the bleeding part, give no stimulants.
5. Never apply anti-septic ointment, lotion or iodine or germicide to the wound.

Abdominal wounds:-
1. No time must be lost in sending the patient to the hospital.
2. Keep the patient flat.
3. Give nothing by mouth.
4. Maintain warmth.
5. If intestines protrude from the wound, do not attempt to touch or

replace them.
6. Apply sterile dressing and binder as for wounds.
7. Provide careful, immediate transportation to the hospital.
Eye-wounds:-
1. Removal may be attempted, if foreign body is not embedded.
2. Do not apply oil or ointment.
3. If there is a foreign body embedded in the eye ball, send the worker
immediately to the doctor after applying pad and loose bandage.
Chemical Burns of the Eyes.-
1 .Immediate washing of the eye at least for fifteen minutes is of great importance.
2. Apply sterile bandage and send the worker immediately to the doctor.
3. Neutralizing agents or ointments should be used.
Suffocation:-
1. Remove the patient from the source of danger
2. Make a rapid examination to ensure that the air passages are free and clean them, if necessary.
3. Restore natural breathing by artificial respiration, if breathing has ceased.

Electric Shock:-
1. Remove the patient from the source of danger.
2. Make a rapid examination to ensure that the air passages are free and clean them, if necessary.
3. Restore natural breathing by artificial respiration, if breathing has ceased.
Insensibility:-
1 .Send for doctor if possible
Pending his arrival-
2. Where the patient's face is pale, lay him flat and face downwards with his head turned to one side.
If his face blushed or blue, raise and support the head and shoulders.
3. Control any serious bleeding
4. Loosen any tight clothing and let him have plenty of air.
5. Do not give anything by mouth
6. If doctor is not available send the casualty to hospital.
Backbone (Spinal) Fracture:-
1 .Transport on a rigid frame. This frame may be improvised by using available board or a door.
2. The rigid frame may be placed on a stretcher for transportation.
3. If a frame cannot be improvised, transport patient on abdomen on stretcher made of canvas or blanket.
4. In neck fracture cases it is much better to get a doctor to the scene for danger to life is great.
Bruises:-
1. Cold applications at first 24 - 48 hours.
2. Later heat - after 24 - 48 hours.
Burns:-
1 . Act quickly
2. Put the affected part in cold water.

3. Pour water over burns that cannot be immersed (cold water relieves pain, reduces fluid loss).
4. Cover affected area with a sterilized dressing.
Snake bite:-
Calm and reassure the patient, immobilise the bitten limb by splinting it. Wash and cool the wound
with soap water. Do not cut, rub, or suck the bite.
Take a doctor. Press hard over wound for 15 minutes. Do not remove cloth if it has been placed.
RULES 65 TO 71 PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 46
65. Canteens
(1) Rules 65 to 71 shall come into force in respect of any factory or factories on such dates as the
State Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, appoint in this behalf.
(2) The occupier of every factory notified by the State Government, and wherein more than two
hundred and fifty workers are ordinarily employed shall provide in or near the factory an
adequate canteen according to the standards prescribed in these rules.
(3) The occupier of factory notified by the State Government under Section 46 shall submit for the
approval of the Chief Inspector, plans and site plan in triplicate, of the building to be constructed
or adopted for use as a canteen and such a building shall be in accordance with the plans approved
by the Chief Inspector and shall satisfy such condition or conditions as may be imposed, if any, by
the Chief Inspector to ensure conformity with these rules or the Act.
(4) The canteen building shall be situated not less than fifty feet from any latrine, urinal, boiler
house, coal stocks, ash pumps and any other source of dust, smoke or obnoxious fumes,
Provided that the Chief Inspector may in any particular factory relax the provisions of this sub-
rule such extent as may be reasonable in the circumstances and may require measures to be adopted
to secure the essential purposes of this sub-rule.
(5) The canteen building shall be constructed in accordance with the plans approved by the Chief
Inspector and shall accommodate at least a dining hall, kitchen, store room, pantry and washing
place separately for workers and for utensils. The minimum height of the building shall be not less
than 12 feet and all the walls and roof shall be of suitable heat resisting materials and shall be
waterproof.
(6) In a canteen the floor and inside walls up to a height of four feet from the floor shall be made
of smooth and impervious material; the remaining portion of the inside walls shall be made smooth
by cement plaster or in any other manner approved by the Chief Inspector.
(7) The doors and windows of a canteen building shall be of fly-proof construction and shall allow
adequate ventilation.
(8) The canteen shall be sufficiently lighted at all times when any person have access to it.
(9) (a) In every canteen-
(i) all inside walls of rooms and all ceilings and passages and staircases shall be lime-washed or
colour washed at least once in every year or painted once in three years dating from the period
when last lime-washed or painted as the case may be
(ii) all wood work shall be varnished or painted once in three years dating from the period when
last varnished or painted
(iii) all internal structural iron or steel work be varnished or painted once in three years dating from
the period when last varnished or painted.
Provided that, inside-walls-of the kitchen shall be lime washed once in every four months.
1
[x x x ]
(10) The precincts of the canteen shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. Waste
water shall be carried away in suitable covered drains and shall not be allowed to accumulate so
as to cause a nuisance. Suitable arrangements shall be made for the collection and disposal of
garbage.
66. Dining Hall
(1) The dining hall shall accommodate at a time at least 30 per cent of the workers working at a
time;
Provided that, in any particular factory or in any particular class of factories, 2[the Inspector of
Factories may by an order in writing in this behalf] alter the percentage of workers to be
accommodated.
(2) The floor area of the dining hall, excluding the area occupied by the service counter andany
furniture except tables and chairs, shall be not less than 10 square feet per diner to be
accommodated as prescribed in sub-rule (1).
(3) A portion of the dining hall and service counter shall be partitioned of and reserved for women
workers in proportion to their number. Washing places for women shall be separated and screened
to secure privacy.
1. Omitted by G.O.Ms.NO. 26, Labour, Employment, T & F, (Lab – II), dt: 7-6-1999
2. Subs. for the words “ the State Government may, by a notification in this behalf” by G.O.Ms.No 152 (F & B) dt: 20-4-1989.
(4) Sufficient tables, chairs, or benches shall be available for the number of diners to be
accommodated as prescribed in sub-rule(l), Provided that where the Chief Inspector is satisfied
that satisfactory alternate arrangements are made, he may exempt any particular factory or class
of factories from the provisions of this sub rule.
(5) Soaps and towels should be provided at the washing places in the canteen for the use of the
workers.
67. Equipment
(1) There shall be provided and maintained sufficient utensils, crockery, cutlery, furniture and any
other equipment necessary for the efficient running of the canteen. Suitable clean clothes for the
employees serving in the canteen shall be provided and maintained.
(2) The furniture, utensils and other equipment shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic
condition. A service counter, if provided, shall have a top of smooth and impervious material.
Suitable facilities including an adequate supply of hot water shall be provided for the cleaning of
utensils and equipment.
(3) Food and food materials should be stored in fly-proof safes and handled with the help of
wooden ladles or suitable metal forceps whichever is convenient. Vessels once used should be
scaled before being used again.
68. Prices to he charged
(1) Food, drinks and other items served in the canteen shall be served on a non-profit basis and the
prices charged shall be subject to the approval of the Canteen Managing Committee. 1[x x x]
Provided that, where the canteen is managed by a Worker's Co-operative Society in accordance
with the provisions of sub-rule(6) of Rule 70, such society may be allowed to include in the
working charges to be incurred for the food, the food stuff served, a profit up to five per cent on
its working capital employed in running the canteen.
(2) In computing the prices referred to in sub-rule (1) the following items of expenditure shallnot
be taken into consideration, but will be borne by the occupier -
(a) the rent for the land and building
(b) the depreciation and maintenance charges of the building and equipment provided for the
canteen ;
(c) the cost of purchase, repairs and replacement of equipment including furniture, crockery,
cutlery, and utensils ;
(d) the water charges and expenses for providing lighting and ventilation
1. Certain sentence deleted by G.O.Ms.No.152 (F &B), dt: 20-4-1989

(e) the interest for the amount spent on the provision and maintenance of the building, furniture
and equipment provided for the canteen;
(f) the cost of fuel required for cooking or for heating stuffs or water; and
(g) the wages to the employees servicing of the canteen and the cost of uniforms, if any provided
to them.
(3) The charges per quantity of foods stuffs, beverages and any other item served in the canteen
shall be conspicuously displayed in the language understood by the majority of workers.
69. Accounts
(1) All books of accounts, registers and any other documents used in connection with the running
of the canteen shall be produced on demand to an inspector of Factories.
(2) The accounts pertaining to the canteen shall be audited, once in every twelve months, by
registered accountants and auditors. The balance sheet prepared by the said auditors shall be
submitted to the canteen managing committee not later than two months after the closing of the
audited accounts :
Provided that the accounts pertaining to the canteen in a Government Factory having its own
accounts Department may be audited by such Department.
70. Managing Committee
The manager shall appoint a Canteen Managing Committee which shall be consulted from time to
time; as to -
(a) the quality and quantity of food stuffs to be served in the canteen
(b) the arrangement of the menus
(c) times of meals in the canteen ; and
(d) any other matter as may be directed by the committee.
(2) The Canteen Managing Committee shall consist of an equal number of persons nominated by
the occupier and elected by the workers. The number of elected workers shall be in the proportions
of one for every 1,000 workers employed in the factory, provided that in no case shall there be
more than five or less than two workers on the committee and in case where the workers refuse to
elect their representatives, the occupier shall himself nominate the workers representatives.
(3) The occupier shall appoint from among the persons nominated by him, a Chairman to the
Canteen Managing Committee.
(4) The manager shall determine and supervise the procedure for elections to the Canteen Managing
Committee.
(5) A Canteen Managing Committee shall be dissolved by the manager two years after the election,
no account being taken of a by-election or its constitution, as the case may be.
(6) Where the workers of a factory in which a canteen has been provided by the occupier in
accordance with Rules 65 to 67 for the use of the workers, desire to run the canteen by themselves,
on a co-operative basis with share capital contributed by themselves, the management may permit
them to run the canteen in accordance with the bye-laws of the co-operative canteen, the Madras
Co-operative Societies Act, 1932, or the Hyderabad Co-operative Societies Act 1952 and the rules
framed thereunder, subject to such conditions as the Chief Inspectors may, in consultation with the
Registrar of Co-operative Societies, Andhra Pradesh, impose.
(7) The provisions of sub-rule (1) of Rule 68, sub-rule (2) of Rule 69 and sub-rules (1) to (5) of
Rule 70 shall not apply to canteens which are run on co-operative basis by the workers themselves
and which are recognized by the Chief Inspector.
71. Annual medical examination of canteen staff
Annual medical examination of fitness of each member of the Canteen staff who handles food
stuffs shall be carried out by the factory medical officer or the certifying surgeon which should
include the following:-
(i) routine blood examination;
(ii) routine and bacteriological testing of faeces and urine for germs, dysentery and typhoid fever;
(iii) any other examination including chest X-Ray that may be considered necessary by the factory
medical officer or the Certifying Surgeon.
Any person who, in the opinion of the Factory Medical Officer or Certifying Surgeon, is unsuitable
for employment on account of possible risk to the Health of other shall not be employed as canteen
staff.
71 -A. Relaxation of Rules 65 to 70 in certain cases
The provisions of Rules 65 to 70 may be relaxed by the Chief Inspector, subject to such conditions
as he may deem fit in the case of factories belonging to the same business group as amalgamation
where centralized cooking in an approved industrial canteen is arranged for. Adequate
arrangements to the satisfaction of the Chief Inspector shall, however, be made in such cases for
the conveyance and proper distribution of the food so cooked to the workers concerned as if
separate canteens had actually been provided at site, in the factories covered by this relaxation.
72. Shelters, rest rooms and lunch rooms:- (I) Omitted by G.O.Ms.No.978, dated 4-5-1960
(2) The occupier of factory who is required to provide shelters, rest rooms and lunch rooms shall
submit, for the approval of the Chief Inspector, detailed plans in triplicate of the building to be
constructed or adapted. Such buildings shall be in accordance with the plans approved by the Chief
Inspector and shall satisfy such condition or conditions as may be imposed by the Chief inspector
1
[to ensure conformity with this rule or the Act.]
(a) The building shall be soundly constructed and all the walls and roof shall be of suitable heat-
resisting materials and shall be water-proof. The floor and walls to a height of 90 cms shall be so
laid or finished as to provide a smooth, hard and impervious surface.
(b) The height of every room in the building shall be not less than 3.65 metres from floor level to
the lowest part of the roof and there shall be at least 12 square feet of floor area for every person
employed,
Provided that
(i) workers who habitually go home for their meals during the rest periods may be excluded in
calculating the number of workers to be accommodated and
(ii) in the case of factories in existence at the date of commencement of the Act, where it is
impracticable, owing to lack of space to provide 1/2 sq. metre of floor area for each person, such
reduced floor area per person shall be provided as may be approved in writing by the Chief
Inspector.
(c) Effective and suitable provision shall be made in every room for securing and maintaining
adequate ventilation by the circulation of fresh air and there shall also be provided and maintained
sufficient and suitable natural or artificial lighting.
(d) Every room shall be adequately furnished with chairs or benches with back-rests.
(e) Sweepers shall be employed whose primary duty it is to keep the rooms, building and precincts
thereof in a clean and tidy condition
1. Added by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, T & F, (Lab – II), dt: 7-6-1999
1
[(ee) Suitable provision shall be made in every room for supply of drinking water and facilities
for washing]
(f) The chief Inspector may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax the provisions of this rule
subject to such conditions as he may deem fit to impose.
2
[(3)The lunch rooms shall:-
(g) comply with the requirements laid down in clauses (a) to (f) of sub-rule (2) ; and
(h) be provided with adequate number of tables with impervious tops for the use of workers for
taking food.
73. Crèches
(1) The occupier of a factory who is required to provide a crèche under Section 48 shall submit for
the approval of the Chief Inspector, detailed plans in triplicate of the crèche building to be
constructed and such a building shall 'be in accordance with the plans approved by the Chief
Inspector and satisfy such condition or conditions as may be imposed by the Chief Inspector.
(2) The crèche shall be conveniently accessible to the mothers of the children accommodated
therein and so far as is reasonably practicable it shall not be situated in close proximity to any part
of the factory where obnoxious fumes, dust or odours are given off or in which excessively noisy
processes are carried on.
(3) The building in which the crèche is situated shall be soundly constructed and all the walls and
roof shall be of suitable heat-resisting materials and shall be water-proof. The floor and internal
walls of the crèche to a height of 1.20 metres around shall be so laid or finished as to provide a
smooth impervious surface.
(4) The height of the rooms in the building shall be not less than 3.65 metres from the floor to the
lowest part of the roof and there shall be not less than 1.86 metres of floor area for each child to
be accommodated.
1. Clause (ee) inserted by G.O.Ms.No.152 (F &B), dt: 20-4-1989

2. Sub-rule (3) of Rule 72 added by ibid
5) Effective and suitable provision shall be made in every part of the crèche for securing and
maintaining adequate ventilation by the circulation of fresh air.
(6) The crèche shall be adequately furnished and equipped and in particular there shall be one
suitable cot or cradle with the necessary bedding for each child (provided that for children over
two years of age it will be sufficient if suitable bedding is made available) at least one chair or
equivalent seating accommodation for the use of each mother while she is feeding or attending to
her child and a sufficient supply of suitable toys for the older children.
1
[(7)The crèche shall be ordinarily provided with one cradle for every 30 women workers 2[x x]
employed in the factory subject to a minimum number of six cradles.]
(7) A suitably fenced and shady open air playground shall be provided for the old children:
Provided that the Chief Inspector may by order in writing exempt any factory from compliance
with this sub-rule if he is satisfied that there is not sufficient space available for the provision of
such playground.
74. Wash room
There shall be in or adjoining the crèche a suitable wash room for the washing and their clothing.
The wash room shall conform to the following standards:-
(a) The floor and internal walls of the room to a height of 3 feet shall be so laid or finished as to
provide a smooth impervious surface. The room shall be adequately lighted and ventilated and the
floor shall be effectively drained and maintained in a clean and tidy condition.
(b) There shall be at least one basin or similar vessel for every four children accommodated in the
crèche at any one time together with supply of water provided, if practicable, through taps from a
source approved by the Health Officer. Such source shall be capable of yielding for each child a
supply of at least five gallons of water a day.
1. Sub-rule (7) renumbered as (8) a new sub-rule (7) inserted by G.O.Ms.No. 410, dt: 18-6-81, vide R.S. to part II A.O,gazette, dt: 3-9-1981.
2. The words “of child being age” omitted by G.O.Ms. No. 8, dt: 1-1-1983 Vide R.S.to Part II A.P.gazette, dt: 10-3-1983 page 436
(c) An adequate supply of clean clothes, soap and clean towels shall be made available for each
child while it is in the crèche.
(d) Adjoining the washing room referred to above, a septic type latrine shall be provided for the
sole use of the children in the crèche. The design of this latrine and the scale of accommodation to
be provided shall be determined by the Health Officer. The crèche latrine shall always be kept
clean and in a sanitary condition by a sweeper specially employed for the purpose.
75. Supply of milk and refreshment
At least half a pint of clean pure milk shall be available for each child on every day it is
accommodated in the crèche and the mother of such a child shall be allowed in the course of her
daily work-intervals of at least 15 minutes to feed the child. For children above two years of age
there shall be provided in addition an adequate supply of wholesome refreshment.
76. Clothes for crèche staff

The crèche staff be provided with suitable clean clothes for use while on duty in the crèche.
1[76-A. Exemption from the provisions of crèche

(1) In factories where the number of married 2[women] workers or widows employed does not
exceed 15 or where the factory works for less than 180 days in a calendar year, the Chief Inspector
may exempt such factories from the provisions of Section 48 and Rules 73 to 76 if he is satisfied
that alternate arrangements as stipulated under sub-rule (2) are provided by the Factory.
(2) (a) The alternate arrangements required in sub-rule (1) shall include a crèche building which
has a minimum accommodation at the rate of 2 sq.m. per child and constructed in accordance
with the plan approved by the Chief Inspector.
(b) The crèche building shall have-
(i) a suitable wash room for washing of the children and their clothing;
(ii) adequate supply of and soap clean clothes and towels; and
(iii) adequate number of female attendants who are provided with suitable clean clothes for use
while on duty to look after the children in the crèche.
1. The Original Rule 76-A which was inserted by G.O.Ms.No. 978, dt: 4-5-1960 was renumbered as Rule 76-B and new Rule 76-A inserted by
G.O.Ms. No. 532, dt: 31-7-1979
2. Inserted by G.O.Ms.No. 128, dt: 5-3-1980
(3) The exemption granted under sub-rule (1) may at any time be withdrawn by the Chief Inspector
if he finds, after such enquiry as he may deem fit, that the factory has committed a breach of this
rule.
76-B. Welfare Officers
(1) Number of Welfare Officers:- The occupier of every factory where 500 or more workers, are
employed, shall appoint at least one Welfare Officer:
Provided that where a group of factories in close proximity belong to the same management, the
Chief Inspector may exempt the said factories from this rule in so far as it requires the
appointment of a separate Welfare Officer in respect of each such factory subject to such
conditions as he may impose:
Provided further that where the number of workers exceeds, 2,000 one additional Welfare Officer
shall be appointed for every additional 2,000 workers or fraction thereof over 500; and where
there are more than one Welfare Officer, one of them shall be called the Chief Welfare Officer
and the others Assistant Welfare Officers.
1
[(2) Qualifications:-- A person shall not be eligible for appointment as Welfare
Officer unless he possesses—
(a) a Degree in Arts/Science/Commerce or in Law of any University;
2
[(b) A Post Graduate Degree or Diploma covering Labour Legislations with case law,
Industrial relations, Personnel Management, Human Resource Management and other allied
subjects with Labour Welfare as a Special subject, of not less than two years duration
conducted by a University of the State of Telangana or recognised by the Government
of Andhra Pradesh.]
3
[Provided that the one year Post Graduate Diploma Course in Industrial Relations and
Personnel Management awarded by the Osmania University, Hyderabad upto the
academic year 1991-92 shall be treated as recognised and equivalent qualification to the
Diploma in Industrial Relations and Personnel Management covering Labour Welfare.]
and
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 867 (F &B) dt: 7-11-1990. This amendment shall come into force w.e.f. 1-6-1992,
Vide G.O.Rt.No.862, Energy, Forests, Env., Science and Technology, 14-11-1991.
2. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 6, LET & F (Lab-II) Dept., dt: 17-1-1998
3. Added by G.O.Ms.No. 41, Labour, Employmnet, T & F (Lab-II) dt: 11-8-1998.
(c) adequate knowledge of Telugu Language.
Provided that the State Government may grant exemption in suitable cases from the
condition of possessing the qualification of a Degree or a Diploma in Social Science
from a recognised Institution.
(3) Recruitment of Welfare Officers
(i) The post of Welfare Officer shall be advertised in two newspapers having a wide circulation
in the State, one of which should be an English newspaper.
(ii) Selection for appointment of the post of Welfare Officer shall be made from among the
candidates applying for the post by a committee appointed by the occupier of the factory.
(iii) The appointment when made shall be notified by the occupier to 1[x x x] the Chief Inspector
giving the details of the qualifications, age, pay, previous experience and other relevant
particulars of the Officer appointed and the terms and conditions of his service.
(iv) The required number of Welfare Officers shall be appointed within 120 days from the date
on which such appointments are due to be made under sub-rule (1) of Rule 76-B or from the date
of resignation/ dismissal /termination of services of any Welfare Officer.
(4) Conditions of service of Welfare Officers

2
[(i) Welfare Officers shall be given appropriate status corresponding to the status of amember
of the Executive Staff of the Factory and shall be fixed in a scale of pay which shall not be less
than,-
(a) Rs. 4400-8700-Revised Scale of 1993 (Plus such allowances as applicable to similar pay
scale) obtaining in the concerned factory/ establishment in the case of Chief Welfare Officer; and
(b) Rs.3110-6380-Revised scale of 1993 (Plus such allowances as applicable to similar pay scale)
obtaining in the concerned factory/ establishment in the case of Welfare Officer.]
1. The words “Commissioner of Labour and “ omitted by G.O.Ms.No.867 (F &B) dt: 7-11-1990
2. Subs. by G.OMs.No. 43, LET & F, dt: 15-10-1996
(i) The conditions of service of Welfare Officer shall be the same as those of the other members
of the executive staff of corresponding status in the factory.
(ii) The services of a Welfare Officer shall not be dispensed with, nor he shall be reverted,
without the written concurrence of the Director of Factories, Hyderabad who shall record reasons
therefor.
(iii) No punishment such as withholding of increments, including stoppage at any efficiency bar,
reduction to a lower stage in the time scale, suspension dismissal or termination of service, except
censure shall be imposed by the management on a Welfare Officer, except with the previous
concurrence of the Director of Factories.
(iv) A Welfare Officer, who has been dismissed from service or whose services have been
terminated in any other manner than as provided in clause (iv) above may within 30 days from
the date of receipt of the order by him, appeal to the State Government against the order of
punishment made by the management with the concurrence of the Director of Factories and the
decision of the State Government thereon shall be final :
Provided that when the management terminates the service or probation of a Welfare Officer the
reasons for such a termination of service or probation shall be reported to the State Government
or such authority, as may be, empowered by them in this behalf.
(5) Duties of Welfare Officers:- The duties of a Welfare Officer sing be-
(i) to establish contacts and hold consultations with a view to maintaining harmonious relations
between the factory management and workers
(ii) to bring to the notice of factory management, the grievances of workers, individual as well
as collective, with a view to securing their expeditious redress and to act as a Liaison Officer
between the management and labour
(iii) to study and understand the point of view of labour in order to help the factory management
to shape and formulate labour policies and to interpret these policies to the workers in language
they can understand
(iv) to advise on the fulfilment by the concerned departments of the factory management of
obligations statutory or otherwise concerning the application of the provisions of the Factories
Act, 1948 and the rules made thereunder and to establish liaison with the Inspector of Factories,
and the medical services concerning medical examination of employees, health records,
supervision of hazardous jobs, sick visiting and convalescence, accident prevention and
supervision of safety committees, systematic plant inspection, safety education, investigation of
accidents, maternity benefits and workmen's compensation;
(v) to advise on fulfilment by the management and the concerned departments of the factory of
their obligations, statutory or otherwise, concerning regulation of working hours, maternity
benefit, compensation for injuries and sickness and other welfare and social benefit measures ;
(vi) to advise and assist the management in the fulfillment of its obligations, statutory or
otherwise concerning prevention of personal injuries and maintaining a safe work environment,
in such factories where a Safety Officer is not required to be appointed under the enabling
provisions under Section 40-B
(vii) to encourage the fonnation of works and joint production committees, co-operative societies,
and welfare committees and to supervise their work
(viii) to encourage provision of amenities such as canteens, shelters for rest, creches, adequate
latrine facilities, ~rig water, sickness and benevolent scheme payments, pension and
superannuation funds, gratuity, payments, granting of loans and legal advice to workers
(ix) to help the factory management in regulating the grant of leave with wages and explain to
workers the provisions relating to leave with wages and other leave privileges and to guide the
workers in the matter of submission of applications for regulating authorised absence;
(x) to advise on provision of welfare facilities such as housing facilities food-stuffs, social and
recreational facilities and sanitation and on individual personal problems and on the education of
children;
(xi) to advise the factory management on questions relating to training of new starters,
apprentices, workers on transfer and promotion, instructors and supervisors; supervision and
control of notice board and information bulletins; to further the education of workers and
encourage their attendance at technical institutes;
(xii) to suggest measures which will serve to raise the standard of living of workers and in
general, promote their well being;
(xiii) Welfare Officers not to deal with disciplinary cases or appear on behalf of the management
against workers.,- No Welfare Officer shall deal with any disciplinary case against a worker or
appear before a conciliation office, or in a Court or Tribunal on behalf of the Factory management
against any worker or workers.
(6) Powers of exemption:- The State Government may by notification in the Official Gazette
exempt any factory or class or description of factories from the operation of all or any of the
provisions of this Rule subject to compliance with such alternative arrangements, as may be
approved by the State Government.
CHAPTER VI
WORKING HOURS OF ADULTS
77. Compensatory holidays,
(1) Except in the case of workers engaged in any work which for technical reasons must be carried
on continuously throughout the day, the compensatory holidays to be allowed under sub-section
(1) of Section 52 of the Act, shall be so spaced that not more than two holidays are given in one
week.
(2) The manager of the factory shall display, on or before the end of the month in which holidays
are lost, a notice in respect of workers allowed compensatory holidays during the following month
and of the dates thereof, at the place at which the Notice of Periods of Work prescribed under
Section 61 is displayed. Any subsequent change in the notice in respect of any compensatory
holiday shall be made not less than three days in advance of the date of holiday.
(3) Any compensatory holiday or holidays to which a worker is entitled shall be given to him
before he is discharged or dismissed and shall not be reckoned as part of any period of notice
required to be given before discharge or dismissal.
1
[(4) The manager shall, in any prescribed muster roll or record of attendance, indicates the days on
which the worker was required to work and the days on which he was allowed compensatory
holidays.]
77-A. Adult workers engaged in certain factories exempted from section 58.
Adult workers working in factories specified in the Schedule annexed hereto hall be exempted
from the provisions of Section 5
SCHEDULE
(1) All workers in Newspaper Presses.
(2) All workers in Iron and Steel, Aluminum, Copper and Brass Rolling Mills.
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab – II), 7th June, 1999
(3) All workers in Hotels and Restaurants.
(4) All workers in Tea Factories.
(5) Workers in public utility transport workshops (where this exemption is considered necessary
by the Chief Inspector).
(6) Any other classes of workers in the auxiliary sections of large factories where steam or
electricity is generated or transformed for use in the factory, who may be declared to be so
exempted in writing by the Chief Inspector on application by the Manager, in consideration of the
essential or continuous nature of the duties involved.
(7) Any special class of workers in any other factory where overlapping shifts are considered
necessary by the Chief Inspector.
1
[(8) All workers in all factories to the extent of thirty minutes where the overlapping of shifts is
intended to facilitate the smooth change-over of shifts without interruption of work provided that
both the groups of workers do not carry out the same work at the same time and subject to
provisions of Section 54.]
MUSTER ROLL PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (5) OF SECTION 59
78. 2[x x x ]
78-A. Cash Equivalent Of Concessional Sale
The cash equivalent of the advantage accruing through the concessional sale to a worker of food
grains and other articles shall be computed at the end of every wage period fixed under provisions
of the Payment of Wages Act, 1936 (Central Act NO.IV of 1936). For the purpose of computing
the cash equivalent of the advantage accruing through the concessional sale to a worker of food
grains and other articles, the difference between the value of food grains and other articles at the
average market rates prevailing during the wage period in which there was overtime work, and the
value of food grains and other articles supplied at concessional rates shall be calculated and allowed
for the overtime hours worked ;
1. Added by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab – II), dt: 7th June, 1999
2. Omitted by Ibid.
Provided that, in the case of factories which are already following a different procedure for
calculating the cash equivalent of the advantage accruing through the concessional sale of food
grains and other articles at the time of commencement of this rule the Chief Inspector may by order
in writing permit them to adopt such different procedure if it is not less favourable than the one
prescribed in this Rule.
RULES UNDER SECTION 60

1[78-B. Exemption for Double Employment
An adult worker may be employed in more than one factory on the same day if,-
(a) he is employed or engaged on a part-time basis to do any work; or
(b) he is employed or engaged to carry out any particular work of an occasional nature otherwise
than as a full-time employee ; or
(c) the occupier or owner is unaware that the worker is employed on a full-time basis in any other
factory.]
78-C. Overtime slips.
Period of overtime work shall be entered in overtime slips in duplicate, a copy of which duly signed
by the manager or by a person duly authorised by him shall be given to the worker immediately
after completion of the overtime work.
NOTICE PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 61 (8) AND SECTION 72 (1)
79. Notice of periods of work
The notice of periods of work for adults required by Sec.61 (1) and the notices of periods ofwork
for the children required by Sec. 72 (1) shall be in Form No. 11 and shall be exhibited in a
prominent place at or near the entrance to the factory both in English and Telugu.
2
[Provided that in case of factories working only in a single shift, the said notice may be in such
other form as is sufficient to clearly set out the particulars required by the said sections.]
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No.26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab – II) dt: 7th June, 1999
2. Added by Ibid
1[80.Register of Adult workers
Every factory shall maintain a muster roll in such form and in such manner as is convenient for the
factory so that the name of the adult worker, the nature of his work, the group (if any) in which he
is included and the relay to which he is assigned where his group works in shifts shall be contained
in the muster roll together with any other particulars that the manager may include and such record
shall be preserved for a period of three years after last entry.]
2
[RULES 81 to 84-A PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 64
80. Persons defined to hold positions of supervision or management and confidential

positions
The following persons, by whatever designation called, are defined for the purposes of Section
64(1) exempting them from the provisions of Chapter VI of the Act, namely:-
(a) Managers and persons of managerial cadre, secretaries, administrative officers, accountants,
personnel officers
(b) Engineers, Technologists, Chemists, Metallurgists;
(c) Technical and Scientific personnel engaged in design, research or development;
(d) Stenographers, personnel clerks, private secretaries, cashiers or persons discharging similar
functions;
(e) Any other person declared by the Chief Inspector, upon an application by the occupier or
manager, to be holding a position of supervision or management or confidential positions, provided
that the person shall be deemed to have been so declared if the Chief Inspector has not
communicated a refusal to the applicant within thirty days of the application being sent.]
82. 3[x x x]
83. 3[x x x]
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab-II) , dated 7th June, 1999
2. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 245 (Lab-II), dt: 24-8-1986, published in Gazette No. 14, dated 13-8-1987 (RS to Part I)
3. Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab. – II), dated 7th June, 1999
84. Exemption of certain adult workers
(a) All adult workers engaged in the factories specified in 1[Column (I)] of the Schedule hereunder
on the work specified in Column (3) shall be exempted from the provisions of Sections specified
in Column (4) subject to the special conditions, if any, specified in Column (5) thereof.
(b) Except in the case of urgent repairs, the exemptions shall be subject to the following general
conditions, namely:-
(i) the total number of hours of work in any day, shall not exceed ten
(ii) the spread over, inclusive of intervals for rest, shall not exceed twelve hours in any one day
(iii) the total number of hours of work in a week including over-time, shall not exceed sixty ;
(iv) the total number of hours of over-time shall not exceed fifty in any one quarter of a calendar
year ;
(v) the total number of hours of work without an interval does not exceed six ;
(vi) In case of exemption from Sec. 55, sufficient time, though not a fixed period to the satisfaction
of the Inspector shall be allowed to enable the workers to have their meals
(vii) Exemption from Sec. 61 wherever specified, shall apply in so far as it relates to the
specification of the periods of rest-interval in Form 11 of the 2Telangana Factories Rules, 1950.
84-A- Savings
Nothing in these rules shall render any person liable to any punishment or penalty whatsoever, by
reason of anything done or omitted to be done by him contrary to the provisions of these rules
between the 15th March, 1984 and the date of publication of the rules in the 2Telangana Gazette.
[Statement]
1. Subs. for the expression ‘Column (2)’ by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab – II), dated 7th June, 1999
*Noti:- G.O.Ms.No. 59, LET & F (Lab – II) Dept., dt: 27-12-2013.
In exercise of the powers conferred under sub-section (2) of Section 64 of the Factories Act, 1948, Government hereby extend the applicability
of Rule 84 of the Andhra Pradesh Factories Rules, 1950 for a period of 5 years, as the same has been previously published in the Andhra
Pradesh Gazette No. 11, Part – I, Extraordinary, dated 1st April, 2013, vide G.O.Rt.No.226, Labour, Employment, Training and Factories
(Lab.II) Department, dt: 5-3-2013 as required under sub-section (1) of Section 115 of the said Act and no objections/ suggesions have been
received with in the stiupulated period.
THE SCHEDULE PRESCRIBED UNDER RULE 84
lass of Section of Nature of work Extent of Conditions

Factories the Act Exemption
empowering
the grant of
exemption
1. All Factories 64(2)(a) & URGENT REPAIRS : Sections (i) No worker
64(3) 51,52,54,55,56 & shall be
The following shall be 61 employed on
considered to be urgent such repairs
repairs: for more than
12 hours on
(a) Repairs to any part any one day :
of the machinery, plant or 30 hours
or structure of a factory during any
which are of such a three
nature that delay in consecutive
their execution could days or 66
involve danger to hours during
human life or safety or each period
stoppage of of seven
manufacturing process. consecutive
days
(b) Breakdown repairs commencing
to motive power, from his first
transmission or employment
other essential plant on such
or machinery of repairs.
other factories,
collieries, railways, (ii) Notices
dockyards and shall, be sent
harbours, motor to the
transport, gas, Inspector
electrical generating within 24
& transmission, hours of the
pumping or similar commencem
essential or public ent of the
utility services work
carried out in describing
general engineering the nature of
works and foundries the urgent
and which are repairs
necessary to such stating the
concerns to name of
maintain their main persons
manufacturing employed
process, production and the exact
or service during time of
working hours, or commencem
according to ent of work
Schedule. and the
probable
(c) Repairs o Deep period
Sea Ships, Ferries, required for
Dredgers, its
Commercial completion.
Aircraft & such A copy of
other like public this above
utility service done notice shall
in the factory which be displayed
are essential to at a
enable such Ships, conspicuous
Dredgers, Ferries or place in the
Air Crafts to leave factory
port at proper time o within an
continue their hour after the
normal operations workers are
in set or air worthy engaged on
conditions, as the urgent
case may be. repairs.
(d) Repairs in (iii) Exemption

connection with a from the
change of motive provisions of
power, for example, section 54 of
from steam to the Act, shall
electricity or vice apply only in
versa when such the case of
work cannot male adult
possibly be done workers.
without stoppage of
the normal (iv) A running
manufacturing record of
process. Explanati work done
on:-- Periodical such repairs
cleaning or repairs shall be
to any machinery maintained
shall not be deemed in muster
to be urgent repairs. roll.
(v) No worker
shall be
employed,
for more than
14
consecutive
days without
a rest period
of 24
consecutive
hours.
(vi) The total

number of
hours of
work without
interval does
not exceed
six.
2. All Factories 64(2)(b) & (i) Work in the Sections The exemptions
64(3) machine shops, the 51,54,55,56 & 61 shall be granted
smithy or the only in respect
foundry or in of a limited
connection with the number of
mill gearing the persons to be
electric driving or given by the
lighting apparatus, Chief Inspector
the mechanical or on application by
electrical lifts of the the manager
steam or water through the
pipes or pumps of a Inspector
factory. concerned.
(ii) Work
of examining or
repairing any
machinery or other
part of the plant
which is necessary
for carrying on the
work in the factory.
(iii) Work in boiler

houses and engine The exemptions
rooms such as shall be granted
lighting fires in only in respect
order to raise steam of a limited
or generate gas number of
preparatory to the persons to be
commencement of given by the
regular work in the Chief Inspector
factory. on application by
the manager
(iv) Clerks engaged in through the
the preparation of Inspector
pay rolls. concerned
The
exemptions shal
l be only for the
preparation of
pay rolls.
3. All Factories 64(2) (b) & (I) Work on lighting, Sections
64(3) ventilating and 51,54,55,56 & 61
humidifying apparatus.
(ii)Work performed by
fire service personnel
(v) Work of persons

engaged in loading
or unloading or
transporting raw
materials or
products of
manufacture, where
such work is
intermittent.
(iv) Work of persons

engaged in packing,
dispatch or raw
materials or products of
manufacture where
such work is
intermittent.
4. All Factories 64(2)(d) & Work on automatic Sections 51, (1) The limits
64(3) equipment engaged in 52,54,55,56 & 58 of work
galvanising and inclusive of
anodising and overtime
enamelling. shall not
exceed those
mentioned in
sub-section
(4) of
Section 64.
(2) The
exemptions
shall be
granted only
in respect of
adult male
workers by
the Chief
Inspector.
5. All Factories 64(2)(d) proviso Shift workers engaged Sections (1)No worker
o clauses (I) & in any work which for 51,52,54,55 & 56 shall be
(ii) of sub- technical or other employed on two
sec.(4) of compelling reasons consecutive 8
section 64 must be carried on hours shifts for
continuously, shall be more than twice
allowed to work the in 7 days period
whole or a part of a subject to a limit
subsequent shift as of 6 in a calendar
substitutes in the month.
absence of workers who
have failed to report for (2)The next shift
duty. worker shall not
commence
unless a period
of 8 hours has
elapsed.
(3) The spread

over, shall
not exceed
16 hours on
such days.
(4) The total

weekly hours
ordinarily
provided for
such worker
in the notice
of periods of
work shall
not be
exceeded by
8 hours due
to
employment.
(5) Notices
shall be sent
to the
Inspector
within 24
hours of the
commencem
ent of the
subsequent
shifts
describing
the
circumstance
s under
which the
worker was
required to
work in the
subsequent
shifts.
(6) The
exemptions
shall be
granted to a
limited
number or
male adult
workers by
the Chief
Inspector on
an
application
made by the
manager in
advance.
6. All Factories 64(2)(h) Work in engine room Sections 51 & 52 Workers
or boiler houses or in engaged shall
attending to power not lose more
plant or transmission than 2 weekly
machinery. holidays in a
calender month.
7. All Factories 64(2)(i) & 64( Loading and unloading of Sections
3) railway wagons, lorries or 51,52,54,55,56 &
trucks at siding and 61
loading and unloading
road trucks and other
vehicles in the premises
of the factory
8. asbestos Factories 64(2)(d) & 64( Asbestos cement pipes Sections
3) and allied products 52,55 & 61
manufacturing.
9. Boiled Rice Mills 64(2)(b) & 64( Paddy soaking, boiling, Sections 51, 54,
3) drying, lifting and 55, 56 & 61
storing.
10. Breweries, 64(2)(d) & 64( All continuous process Sections 52, Exemptions
wineries, distilleries 3) work. 55 & 61 from the
provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act, shall apply
in so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
11. Bricks, tiles & 64(2)(d) & 64 Kiln firing Sections 55 & 61 Exemptions
potteries and lime kilns (3) from the
provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act, shall apply
in so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
12. Canning industry & 64(2)(f) All works Sections 51, Such workers
perfumeries 52 & 54 shall not lose
more than 2
weekly holidays
in calendar
month.
13. Card board 64(2)(d) & 64( All continuous process Sections 52, 55 & Exemptions
factories 3) work. 61 from the
provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act, shall apply
in so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
14. Cashew Nut 64(2)(b) & 64( Work of persons Sections 55 & 56
factories 3) engaged in roasting
process in Cashew nut
industry.
15. Chemical factories 64(2)(b) & 64( All Continuous process Sections 52, Exemptions
3) work. 55 & 61 from the
provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act, shall apply
in so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
16. Cinema Studios 64(2)(b) & 64( Workers, reflectors, Sections

3) shifting furniture on set, 51,54,55,56 & 61
clap boys, cameramen
and sound department
in the process of
shooting of Films.
17. Coffee & Cashew 64(2)(g) & 64( Receiving, drying, Sections 52 & 55 Such workers
nut factories 3) lifting and storing shall not lose
unshelled coffee and more than 2
cashew nut. weekly holidays
in calendar
month.
18. Cotton ginning & 64(2)(f) Fitters, Oilmen, belt Sections 51, Such workers
pressing factories and copemen, turners 52 & 54 shall not lose
and more than 2
weekly holidays
blacksmiths. in calendar
month.
19. Dall Mills 64(2)(b) & Drying and peeling Sections
64(3) skins of broken dall 55,56 & 61
20.Distilling 64(2)(d) & 64( Distilling and Sections 55 & 61 Exemptions
sandalwood & other 3) condensing process. from provisions
essential oils of Section 52 of
the Act, shall
apply in so far as
it relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
21.Dry tobacco 64(2)(d) & 64( All continuous process Sections Exemptions
returning, wetted 3) work. 52,55,56 & 61 from provisions
tobacco processing, of Section 52 of
stripping, butting and the Act, shall
dry tobacco unloading apply in so far as
it relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
22. Electric generating 64(2)(d) & 64( Continuous work in Sections Exemptions
and transforming 3) generating steam, 52,55 & 61 from provisions
stations electricity, gas and of Section 52 of
transforming electricity. the Act, shall
apply in so far as
it relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
23. Enamel workers 64(2)(d) & 64( Kiln firing & Sections 55 & 61 Exemptions
3) enamelling. from provisions
of Section 52 of
the Act, shall
apply in so far as
it relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
24. Factories engaged 64(2)(e) All works in processing Sections 51 & 52 Exemptions
in processing milk and milk and manufacture from provisions
manufacturing milk of milk products other of Section 52 of
products. than printing and the Act, shall
manufacturing of apply in so far as
container of milk it relates to the
creams, cheese and requiring of
butter. workers to work
on first day of
the week.
25. Factories 64(2)(d) & 64( All Continuous process Sections 52, Exemptions
manufacturing cement 3) work. 55 & 61 from provisions
& cement products. of Section 52 of
the Act, shall
apply in so far as
it relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
26. Factories 64(2)(d) & 64( Manufacturing of slurry Sections Exemptions
manufacturing 3) explosives. 52,55 & 61 from provisions
explosives of Section 52 of
the Act, shall
apply in so far as
it relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
27.Factories 64(2)(d) & 64( work in impregnating Sections 55 & 61 Exemptions
manufacturing 3) and pressing plants and from provisions
laminated sheets. on varnish and resin of Section 52 of
manufacture. the Act, shall
apply in so far as
it relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
28. Ferrous & non- 64(2)(d) & Smelting, tapping and Sections Exemptions
ferrous factories 64(3) pouring metal. 51,54,55,56 & 61 from provisions
of Section 52 of
the Act, shall
apply in so far as
it relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
29. Glass factories 64(2)(d) & All continuous process Sections 52, Exemptions
64(3) work. 55 & 61 from provisions
of Section 52 of
the Act, shall
apply in so far as
it relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
30. Ice factories 64(2)(d) & 64( All continuous process Sections 55 & 61 Exemptions
3) work. from provisions
of Section 52 of
the Act, shall
apply in so far as
it relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
31. Iron & Steel, Brass 64(2)(b) & Roll changing. Sections Exemptions
& Copper rolling mills. 64(3) 51,54,55,56 & 61. from provisions
of Section 52 of
the Act, shall
apply in so far as
it relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
32. Iron, steel, brass, 64(2)(d) & Annealing Rolling Sections Exemptions
copper & aluminium 64(3) mills, pickling gas plant 51,52,55,56 & 61. from provisions
rolling mills, including and Auxiliary services of Section 52 of
cold rolling of steel like compressors, Pump the Act, shall
strips House and cranes. apply in so far as
it relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
33. Jute & Twine mills 64(2)(e) To work all 7 days in a Sections 52 & 56 Exemptions
week. from provisions
of Section 52 of
the Act, shall
apply in so far as
it relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
34.Khandasari sugar 64(2)(b) & 64( Drying finishing sugar Sections 55, Exemptions
factories 3) in yards, lifting and 56 & 61 from provisions
storing sugar manually. of Section 52 of
the Act, shall
apply in so far as
it relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on first day of
the week.
35.Manufacture of 64(2)(d) & 64( All continuous process Sections Exemptions
starch & starch 3) work. 52,55 & 61 from the
products from maize or provisions of
other vegetable Section 52 of the
sources. Act shall apply
in so far as it
relates to the
requiring or
workers to work
on the first day
of the week.
36. Match and wood 64(2)(g) & 64( Drying of splints and Sections 52 & 55 Such workers
working factories 3) veneers in match or shall not lose
wood working more than 2
factories. weekly holidays
in a calendar
month.
37.Newspaper & Print 64(2)(i) Breakdown of Sections 51,54,56 Notice shall be
ing Presses machinery & 61 given to the
Inspector
concerned within
48 hours of the
occurrence,
whenever this
exemption is
availed of in any
emergency.
38. Newspaper presses 64(2)(b) & 64( Work on rotary Sections 51, 54 Notice shall be
3) machines, stereos and & 56 given to the
in binding and process Inspector
departments. concerned within
48 hours of the
occurrence,
whenever this
exemption is
availed of in any
emergency.
39. Oil expellers 64(2)(b) & 64( All work connected Sections 56 Notice shall be
3) with the manufacturing given to the
process. Inspector
concerned within
48 hours of the
occurrence,
whenever this
exemption is
availed of in any
emergency
40. Oil Tank 64(2)(d) & 64( Pumping operations in Sections 51, 52, Notice shall be
installations 3) connection with the 54, 55, 56 & 61 given to the
pumping of oil out of or Inspector
into a Ship or with bulk concerned within
transfers of oil from, or 48 hours of the
into storage tanks. occurrence,
whenever this
exemption is
availed of in any
emergency
41. Paper factories 64(2)(d) & 64( All Continuous process Sections 52, Exemptions
3) work 55 & 61 from the
provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act shall apply
so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week.
42. Passenger transport 64(2)(e) All works Sections 51 & 52 Exemptions
workshops and service from the
stations provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act shall apply
so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week.
43. Petroleum 64(2)(d) & 64( All continuous process Sections Exemptions
refineries. 3) work. 52,55 & 61 from the
provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act shall apply
so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week.
44. Pharmaceutical 64(2)(b) & 64( Completing the Sections 51, 54, Exemptions
industry 3) manufacturing process 55, 56 & 61 from the
of pharmaceutical in provisions of
Pipe line which are held Section 52 of the
up because of break Act shall apply
down of power supply. so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week.
45. Preparation packing 64(2)(e) Preparation, Packing Sections 51 & 52 Exemptions
& dispatch of serum and dispatch of serum from the
and vaccine and vaccine provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act shall apply
so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week.
46. Rayon silk 64(2)(d) & 64 ( I ) Manufacture of Sections 52, Exemptions
(3) cellulose acetate, 55 & 61 from the
producer gas acetic provisions of
acid, aldehydecellulose Section 52 of the
acetate recovery and Act shall apply
spinning. so far as it
relates to the
(ii) Manufacture of requiring of
producer gas and Rayon workers to work
spinning. on the first day
of the week.
47. Roller flour Mills 64 (2) (d) & 64 All work Section 55 & 61 Exemptions
(3) from the
provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act shall apply
in so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week.
48. Rubber tyre 64 (2) All continuous process Sections 55 & 61 Exemptions
factories (d) & 64(3) work. from the
provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act shall apply
so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week.
49. Sago factories 64(2)(d) & 64 Drying finished sago in Sections Exemptions
(3) yards, lifting and 55,56 & 61 from the
storing sago manually. provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act shall apply
so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week.
50. Salt factories 64(2)(d) & 64( All works Sections 52, 55, Exemptions
3) 56 & 61 from the
provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act shall apply
so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week.
51. Smelting & refining 64(2)(d) & 64( Work on the reducing Sections 55 & 61 Exemptions
factories 3) furnace. from the
provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act shall apply
so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week
52. Soap factories 64(2)(d) & 64( Soap boiling, Soap Sections 55 & 61 Exemptions
3) drying pans. from the
provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act shall apply
so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week
53. Sugar factories 64(2)(d) & 64( All continuous process Sections 52, Exemptions
3) work 55 & 61 from the
provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act shall apply
so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week
54. Tanneries 64(2)(d) & 64( Country and Chrome Sections 55 & 61 Exemptions
3) tanning excluding the from the
finishing process. provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act shall apply
so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week
55. Textile dyeing 64(2)(d) & 64( All work in the dyeing, Sections 55 & 61 Exemptions
factories 3) bleaching, finishing, from the
raising and mercerising provisions of
department. Section 52 of the
Act shall apply
so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week
56. Textile Mills 64 (2) (e) To work all 7 days in a Sections 52 (1) Exemption
week.
(2) Notice shall
be sent to the
Inspector
whenever
there is a
change in a
weekly
holiday.
57. Tobacco redrying 64(2)(d) & 64( All continuous process Sections 55 & 61 Exemptions
factories 3) work. from the
provisions of
Section 52 of the
Act shall apply
in so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week
58. Vegetable oil 64(2)(d) & 64( All Continuous process Sections Exemptions
factories, refineries and 3) work. 52,55 & 61 from the
hydrogenation solvent provisions of
extraction plants. Section 52 of the
Act shall apply
in so far as it
relates to the
requiring of
workers to work
on the first day
of the week
59. Work notified by 64(2)(k) & 64( Workers engaged in Sections 51, 52, Subject to
the State Government 3) any work notified as a 54, 55 & 56 conditions
as a work of National work of National prescribed under
Importance Importance. Rule 84 ( b ) .
CHAPTER - VII
EMPLOYMENT OF YOUNG PERSONS
NOTICE PRESCRIBED UNDER SUB-SECTION (3) OF SECTOIN 72
85. Notice of periods of work for children:- [Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 978, dated 4-5-1960]
86. Register of child workers:- The register of child workers shall be in Form No. 14.
CHAPTER - VIII
LEAVE WITH WAGES
RULES 87-94 PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTIONS 84 AND 112

1
[87. Record of leave with wages
The manager of every factory shall maintain such muster roll or other record showing the particular
of the leave with wages allowed to the worker and such record shall be preserved for a period of
three years after last entry.]
88.Account of leave with wages
The manager shall on a request from any worker, forthwith provide him with an abstract of his
account of leave earned, leave allowed and the balance of leave standing to his credit for the period
not exceeding one year period to the date of such request.
89.Medical Certificate
If any worker is absent from work due to his illness and he wants to avail himself of the leave with
wages due to him to cover the period of illness as far as possible under the provisions of sub-
section (7) of See. 76 of the Act, he shall, if so required by his manager by a notice in writing,
submit a medical certificate signed by a registered Medical practitioner, or by a registered or
recognised Vaid or Hakim stating the cause of the absence and the period for which the worker is
in the opinion of such medical practitioner, Vaid or Hakim, unable to attend to his work or other
reliable evidence to prove that, he was actually sick during the period for which the leave is to be
availed of.
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employmnet, Training & Factories (Lab-II) , 7th June, 1999
90.Notice to Inspector of involuntary unemployment
Omitted
91.Notice by worker
Before or at the end of the calendar year, a worker may give notice to the Manager of his intention
not to avail himself of the leave with wages falling due during the following calendar year. The
manager shall make an entry to that effect in the Leave with Wages Register and in the leave book
of the worker concerned.
92.Grant of leave with wages
(1) Whenever leave with wages is given to any worker, necessary entries shall be made in the leave
with wages register and the Leave Book of the worker concerned.
(2) As far as circumstances permit, members of the same family shall be allowed leave at the same
time.
(3) A worker may exchange the period of his leave with another worker subject to the approval of
the Manager.
92-A. Mode of computation of cash value of wages
(1) The cash equivalent of the advantage accruing through the concessional sale of food grains and
other articles payable to workers proceeding on leave shall be the difference between the value of
the average market rate prevailing, during the month immediately preceding his leave and the value
at the concessional rates allowed of food grains and other article, he is entitled to.
(2) For purpose of the cash equivalent, monthly average market rate of food grains and other
articles shall be computed at the end of every month.
Note:- This rule shall not apply to any Federal Railway Factory whose alternative method of
computation has been approved by the State Government.
93.Payment of wages if the worker dies
If a worker dies before he resumes work, the balance of his pay, due for the period of leave, shall
he paid to his nominee within one week of the receipt of intimation of death of the worker.
1
[x x x ]
94.Factories exempted under Section 84

(1) Where an exemption is granted to any factory under Section 84, the manager, shall display at
the main entrance of the factory a notice, giving full details of the system established in the factory
for leave with wages and shall send a copy of it to the Inspector.
1. Omitted by G.O.Ms.No.26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab – II), 7th June, 1999
(2) No alteration, shall be made in the scheme approved by the State Government at the time of
granting exemption under Section 84 without their previous sanction.
94-A. Exemption of certain factories
The Chief Inspector may grant exemption from all or any of the provisions of Rules 87 to 93 in
respect of all or any of the workers in any factory subject to such conditions as he may impose.
CHAPTER IX
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
RULES PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 87
95.Dangerous operations
(1) The following operations when carried on in any factory are declared to be dangerous
operations under Section 87.
1 . Manufacture of aerated water and processes incidental thereto.
2. Electrolytic plating or oxidation of metal articles by use of an electrolyte containing chromic

acid or other chromium compounds.
3. Manufacture and repair of electric accumulators.
4. Glass manufacture.
5. Grinding or glazing of metals.
6. Manufacture and treatment of lead and certain compounds of lead.
7. Generation of gas from the dangerous petroleum.

8. Cleaning or smoothing of articles by a jet of stand, metal shot or grit or other abrasive propelled
by a blast of compressed air or steam.
9. Liming and tanning of raw hides and skins and process incidental thereto.
10. Cellulose spraying.
11. Graphite powdering and incidental processes.
12. Certain lead process carried on in printing presses and type foundries.
13. Cashew nut manufacturing operations.

14. Manufacture of Pottery.
15. Chemical Works.
16. Compression of Oxygen and Hydrogen produced by the electrolysis of water.
17. Manufacture of articles from refractory materials including manufacture of refractory bricks.
18. Handling and processing of asbestos, manufacture of any article of asbestos and any other
process manufacture or otherwise in which asbestos is used in any form.
19. Cleaning or smoothing, roughening etc., of articles by a jet of sand, metal short or grit or other
propelled by a blast of compressed air or steam.
20. Handling and manipulation of corrosive substances.
21. Manufacture or manipulation of Carcinogenic Dye Intermediates.
22. Process of extracting vegetable oil from oil cakes in solvent extraction plant.
23. Carbon Disulphide Plants.
24. Manufacture and Manipulation of dangerous pesticides.
25. Manufacture, handling and use of Benzene.
26. Manufacture or manipulation of manganese and its compounds.
27. Operations involving High Noise Levels.
28. Manufacture of Rayon Viscose Process.

29. Highly Flammable Liquids and Flammable Compressed Gases.
30. Operations in Foundries.

1
[(1 -A) First employment means employment for the first time in a hazardous process or operation
so notified under Section 87 or re-employment therein after cessation of employment in such
process or operation for a period exceeding three calendar months.]
(2) The provisions specified in the schedules annexed hereto shall apply to any class or description
of factories wherein dangerous operations specified in each schedule are carried out.
(3) (Omitted by G.O.Ms.No.978, dated 4-5-1960].
1. Added by G.O.Ms.No. 144, dt: 12-7-1994

1
[(4) Notwithstanding the provisions specified in the schedules annexed to this rule, the Inspector may
issue of orders in writing to the manager or occupier or both, direct them to carry out such measures,
within such time as may be specified in such order with a view to removing conditions dangerous to
the health of the workers, or to suspend any process, where such process constitutes, in the opinion of
the Inspector, imminent danger of poisoning or toxicity.
(5)Any register or record of medical examinations and texts connected therewith required to be carried
out under any of the schedules annexed thereto in respect of any worker shall be kept readily available
to the Inspector and shall be preserved till the expiry of one year after the worker ceases to be in
employment of the factory.]
SCHEDULE 1
Manufacture of waters and Processes Incidental thereto
1. Fencing of Machine:- All machines for filling bottles or syphons shall be so constructed, placed or fenced as to prevent,
as far as may be practicable, a fragment of a bursting bottle or syphon from striking any person employed in the factory.
2. Face-guards and gauntlets,:-
(1) The occupier shall provide and maintain in good condition for the use of all persons engaged in filling bottles
or syphons-
(a) suitable face guards to protect the face, neck and throat; and
(b) suitable gauntlets for both arms to protect the whole hand and arms;
Provided that--
(i) paragraph 2(1) shall not apply where bottles are filled by means of an automatic machine so constructed that no
fragment of a bursting bottle can escape; and
(ii) where a machine is so constructed that only one arm of the bottler at work upon it is exposed to danger, a gauntlet need
not be provided for the arm which is not exposed to danger.
Sub-Rules (4) & (5) inserted by G.O.Ms.No. 152 ( F&B) dt: 20-4-1987
1.
(2) The occupier shall provide and maintain in good condition for the use of all persons engaged in corking, croning,
screwing, wiring, foiling, capsuling, sighting, or labelling bottles or syphons-
(a) suitable face-guards to protect the face, neck and throat; and
(b) suitable gauntlets for both arms to protect the arm and at least half of the palm and space between the thumb and fore
finger.
3. Wearing of face-guards and guantlets:- All persons engaged in any of the Processes specified in paragraph (2) shall
while at work in such processes, wear the face-guards and guantlets provided under the provisions
of the said paragraph.
1
[SCHEDULE – II
Electrolytic plating or oxidation of metal articles by use of an electrolyte containing acids, bases or salts or metals such as
chromium, nickel, cadmium, zinc, copper, silver, gold etc.
1. Definitions:- For the purposes of this schedule
(a) "Electrolytic process" means the electrolytic plating or oxidation of metal articles by the use of an electrolytic
containing acids, bases or salts of metals such as chromium, nickel, cadmium, zinc, copper, silver, gold, etc.
(b) "bath" means any vessel used for an electrolytic process or any subsequent process; . and
(c) "employed' means employed in any process involving contact with liquid from a bath.
2. Exhaust draught..- An efficient exhaust draught shall be applied to every vessel in which an electrolyte process is carried
on. Such draught shall be provided by mechanical means and shall operate on the vapour or spray given off in the process
as near as may be at the point of origin. The exhaust draught appliance shall be so constructed, arranged and maintained as
to prevent the vapour or spray entering into any room or place in which work is carried on.
3. Prohibition relating to women and young persons:- No woman adolescent or child shall be employed or permitted to
work at a bath.
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F&B), dt: 12-7-1994

4. Floor of work-rooms:- The floor of every work-room containing a bath shall be impervious to water. The floor shall be
maintained in good and level conditions and shall be washed down at least once a day.
5. Protective devices..-
(1)The occupier shall provide and maintain in good and clean condition the following articles of protective devices for the
use of all persons employed on any process at which they are liable to come in contact with liquid from a bath and such
devices shall be worn by the persons concerned-
(a) waterproof aprons and bibs ; and
(b) for persons actually working at a bath, loose fitting rubber gloves and rubber boots or other waterproof foot wear, and
chemical goggles.
(2) The Occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of all persons employed suitable accommodation for the storage
and drying of protective devices.
6. Water facilities:-
(1) There shall be provided and maintained in good repairs for the use of all persons employed in electrolytic process and
processes incidental to it.
(a) a wash place under cover, with either-
(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface filled with a waste pipe, and of sufficient length to allow at least 60 cms for
every 5 persons employed at any one time, and having a constant supply of water from taps or jets above the trough the
intervals
of not more than 60 cms. ; or
(ii) at least one wash basin or every five such persons employed at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe and having a
constant supply of water laid on.
(b) a sufficient supply of clean towels renewed daily, and soap or other suitable cleaning material.
(2) In addition to the facility in sub-paragraph 1, an approved type of emergency shower with eye fountain shall be
provided and maintained in good working order whenever necessary, in order to ensure continuous water
supply, storage tank of 1500 litres capacity shall be provided as a source of clean water for emergency use.
7. Cautionary placard:- A cautionary placard in the form specified below and printed in the language of the majority of the
workers employed shall be affixed in a prominent place in the factory where it can be easily and conveniently read by the
workers.
CAUTIONARY NOTICE
(Electrolytic plating)
1. Chemicals handled in this plant are corrosive and poisonous.
2. Smoking, chewing tobacco, eating food or drinking in this area is prohibited. No food stuff or drink shall be brought in
this area.
3. Some of these chemicals may be absorbed through the skin and may cause poisoning.
4. A good wash shall be taken before meals.
5. Protective devices supplied shall be used while working in this area.
6. Spillage of the chemicals on any part of the body or on the floor shall be immediately washed away with water.
7. All workers shall report for the prescribed medical tests regularly to protect their own health.
8. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests:
(1) The occupier of every factory in which electrolytic processes are carried on shall-
(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of the workers employed therein whose appointment
shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories
(b) provide to the said medical practitioner all the necessary facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (a), and
(c) maintain a sufficient supply of suitable barrier cream, ointment and impermeable water proof plaster in a separate box
readily accessible to the workers and used solely for the purpose of keeping these substances. In case cyanides are used in
the bath, the box shall also contain an emergency cyanide kit.
(2) The medical practitioner shall examine all workers before they are employed in electrolytic processes. Such
examination in case of chrome plating shall include inspection of hands, forearms and nose and will be carried
out once at least in every fortnight.
(3) The record of the examinations referred to in sub-paragraph (2) shall be maintained in a separate register approved by
the Chief Inspector of Factories which shall be kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
9. Medical examination by the Certifying Surgeon.
(1) Every worker employed in the electrolytic process shall be examined by a certifying Surgeon before his first
employment. Such examination shall include X-ray of the Chest ; and
(a) in case of chromium plating include examination for nasal septum perforation and test for chromium in urine
(b) in case of nickel plating, test for nickel in urine ; and
(c) in case of cadmium plating, test for cadmium in urine and 2 microglobulin in urine.
(2) No worker shall be employed in any electrolytic process unless certified fit for such employment by the Certifying
Surgeon.
(3) Every worker employed in the electrolytic processes shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in
every year, except in case of the workers employed in cadmium, chromium and nickel plating processes
or whom this examination shall be carried out once in every six months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the
Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate, include tests as specified under sub-paragraph (1) excluding the X-ray of the
Chest which shall not be required normally to be carried out earlier than once in three years.
(4) The Certifying Surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a Certificate of fitness in Form 28. The record of
examination and re-examination carried out shall be kept in the custody of the Manager of the factory. The
record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) including the nature and the results of the tests,
shall also be entered by the certifying Surgeon in a health register in Form 29.
(5) The Certificate of fitness and the health register shall be kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
(6) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fit for employment in the electrolytic
processes on the ground that continuance therein would involve danger to the health of the worker,
he shall make a record of his findings in the said certificate and the health register.
The entry of his findings, in those documents should also include the period for which he considers that the said person is
unfit in such circumstances shall be provided with alternate placement facility unless he is fully incapacitated in the
opinion of the certifying surgeon in which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
(7) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph(6) shall be re-employed or permitted to work in
the said processes unless the certifying surgeon, after further examination, again certifies him fit for
employment in those process.
SCHEDULE III
MANUFACTURE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRIC ACCUMULATORS
1. Savings:- This schedule shall not apply to the manufacture or repair of electric accumulators or parts thereof not
containing lead or any compound of lead; or to the repair on the premises, of any accumulator forming part of a stationary
battery.
2. Definitions:- For the purpose of this schedule:
(a) "Lead Process" means the melting of lead or any materials containing lead, casting, pasting, lead burning or any other
work, including trimming, or by other abrading or cutting of pasted plates, involving the use, movement or manipulation
of, or contact with any oxide of lead.
(b) "Manipulation of raw oxide of lead' means any lead process involving any manipulation or movement of raw oxides of
lead other than its conveyance in a receptacle or by means of an implement from one operation to another.
(c ) 1[x x x]
3. Prohibition relating to women and young Persons:- No woman or young person shall be employed or permitted to work
in any lead processes or in any room in which the manipulation of raw oxide lead or pasting is carried on.
4. Separation of certain processes:- Each of the following processes shall be carried on in such a manner under such
conditions as to secure effectual separation from any other process:-
(a) Manipulation of raw oxide of lead;
(b) Pasting
(c) Drying of pasted plates
(d) Formation with lead burning ('tacking') necessarily carried on in connection therewith;
(e) Melting down of pasted plates.
5. Airspace..-In every room in which a lead process is carried on there shall be at least 500 cubic feet of air space for each
person employed therein, and in computing this air space no height over 12 feet shall be taken into Account.
6. Ventilation..- Every work-room shall be provided with inlets and outlets of adequate size as to secure and maintain
efficient ventilation in all of the rooms.
7. Distance between workers in pasting room:- In every pasting room the distance between the centre of the working
position of any paster and that of the paster working nearest to him shall not be less than five feet.
8. Floor of work-rooms:-
(1) The floor of every room in which a lead process is carried on shall be-
(a) of cement or similar material so as to be smooth and impervious to water ;
(b) maintained in sound condition;
(c) kept free from material, plant, or other obstruction not required for, or produced in, the process carried on in the room.
1. Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F&B), dt: 12-7-1994

(2) In all such rooms other than grid casting shop the floor shall be cleaned daily after being thoroughly sprayed with water
at a time when no other work is being carried on in the room.
(3) In grid casting shops the floor shall be cleaned daily.
(4) Without prejudice to the requirements of sub-paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) where manipulation of raw oxide of lead or
pasting is carried on, the floor shall also be-
(a) kept constantly moist while work is being done
(b) provided with suitable and adequate arrangements for drainage;
(c) thoroughly washed daily by means of a hose pipe.
9. Work-benches:- The work-benches at which any lead process is carried on shall-
(a) have a smooth surface and be maintained in sound condition;
(b) be kept free from all materials or plant not required for or produced in, the process carried on there at; and all such
work-benches other than those in grid casting shops shall-
(c) be cleaned daily either after being thoroughly damped or by means of a suction cleaning apparatus as a time when no
other work is being carried on there at; and, all such work-benches in grid casting shops, shall-
(d) be cleaned daily and every work-bench used for pasting shall-
(e) be covered throughout with sheet lead other impervious material;
(f) be provided with raised edges;
(g) be kept constantly moist while pasting is being carried on.
10. Exhaust draught:- The following processes shall not be carried on without use of an efficient exhaust draught
(a) melting of lead or materials containing lead.
(b) manipulation of raw oxide of lead, unless done in an enclosed apparatus so as to prevent the escape of dust in to the
work-room.
(c) pasting.
(d) trimming, brushing, filling or any other abrading or cutting of pasted plates giving rise to dust.
(c) lead burning, other than-
(i) "tacking" in the formation room;
(ii) chemical burning for the marking of lead linings for cell cases necessarily carried on in such a manner, that the
application of efficient exhaust in impracticable.
Such exhaust draught shall be effected by mechanical means and shall operate on the dust or fume given off as nearly as
may be at its point of origin, so as to prevent it entering the air of any room in which persons work.
11. Fumes and gases from melting pots:- The products of combustion produced in the heating of any melting pot shall not
be allowed to escape into a room in which persons work.
12. Container for dross:- A suitable receptacle with tightly fitting cover shall be provided and used for dross as it is
removed from every melting pot. Such receptacle shall be kept covered while in the work-room, except when dross is
being deposited therein.
13. Container for load waste..- A suitable receptacle shall be provided in every work-room in which, old plates and waste
material which may give rise to dust shall be deposited.
14. Racks and shelves in drying room:- The racks or shelves provided in any drying room shall not be more than 8 feet
from the floor not more than 2 feet in width; provided that as regards racks or shelves set or drawn from both the sides that
total width shall not exceed 4 feet.
Such racks or shelves shall be cleaned only after being thoroughly damped unless an efficient suction cleaning apparatus is
used for this purpose.
1
[15. Medical facilities and records of examination and tests:-
(1) The occupier of every factory in which manufacture and repair of electric accumulators is carried on shall-
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F & B) dt: 12-7-1994

(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of the workers employed therein whose employment
shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories; and
(b) provide to the said medical practitioner all the necessary facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (a).
(2) The record of medical examinations and appropriate tests carried out by the said medical practitioner shall be
maintained in a separate register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily available for
inspection by the Inspector.
15-A: Medical examination by Certifying Surgeon:-
(1) Every worker employed in lead processes shall be examined by a Certifying Surgeon within 15 days of his first
employment. Such examination shall include tests for lead in urine and blood, ALA in urine, haemoglobin
content, stippling of coils and steadiness test. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in
the factory unless certified fit for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in every three
calendar months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate,
include tests specified in sub-paragraph (1).
(3) The certifying surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a certificate of Fitness in Form 28. The record of
examination and re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the Certificate and the Certificate shall be kept
in the custody of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2)
including the nature and the results of the tests, shall also be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in a health register in Form
29.
(4) The Certificate of Fitness and the health register shall be kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
(5) If at any time the certifying surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fit for employment in the said processes
on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of worker he shall make a record of his
finding in the said certificate and the health register. The entry of his findings in those documents should also include the
period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for work in the said processes.
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph(5) above shall be re-employed or permitted to
work in the said processes unless the certifying surgeon, after further examination, again certifies him fit for employment
in those processes.
15-B. The person so suspended from the process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully
incapacitated in the opinion of the certifying surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
16. Protective clothing:- Protective clothing shall be provided and maintained in good repair for all persons employed in-
(a) manipulation of raw oxide of lead
(b) pasting
(c) the formation room;
and such clothing shall be worn by the persons concerned. The protective clothing shall consist of a water proof apron and
waterproof foot-wear; and, also as regards persons employed in the manipulation of raw oxide of lead or pasting, head
coverings. The head covering shall be washed daily.
17. Mess-room:- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed in a lead process and
remaining on the premises during the meal intervals, a suitable mess-room which shall be furnished with (a)sufficient
tables and benches, and (b) adequate means for warming food. The mess-room shall be placed under the charge of a
responsible person, and shall be kept clean.
18. Cloak-room:- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed in a lead process-
(a) A cloak-room for clothing put off during working hours with adequate arrangements for drying the clothing if wet.
Such accommodation shall be separate from any mess-room.
(b) Separate and suitable arrangements for the storage of protective clothing provided under paragraph 16.
19. Washing Facilities:- There shall he provided and maintained in a cleanly state and in good repair for the use of all
persons employed in a lead process---
(a) A wash place under, cover with either-
(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe, without plug, and of sufficient length to allow of at
least 2 feet for every five such persons employed at any one time, and having a constant supply of water from taps or jets
above the trough at intervals of not more than 2 feet; or
(ii) at least one wash basin for every five such persons employed at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe and plug and
having a constant supply of water laid on;
(iii) a sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable materials renewed daily, which supply, in the case of pasters and
persons employed in the manipulation of raw oxide of lead, shall include a separate marked towel, for each worker; and
(iv) a sufficient supply of soap or other suitable cleaning material and of nail brushes.
(b) There shall in addition be provided means of washing close proximity to the rooms in which manipulation of raw oxide
of lead or pasting is carried on if required by notice in writing from the Chief Inspector.
20. Time to be allowed for washing:- Before each meal and before the end of the day's work, at least ten minutes, in
addition to the regular meal times, shall be allowed for washing to each person who has been employed in the
manipulation of raw oxide of lead or in pasting; Provided that if there be one basin or 2 feet of trough for each such person
this rule shall not apply..
21. Facilities for bathing:- Sufficient bath accommodation to the satisfaction of the Chief Inspector shall be provided for all
persons engaged in the manipulation of raw oxide of lead on in pasting, and a sufficient supply of soap and clean towels.
22. Foods, drinks, etc., prohibited in work rooms:-No food, drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be consumed or brought
by any worker into any work--room in which any lead process is carried on.
SCHEDULE IV
GLASS MANUFACTURE
1. Exemption:- If the Chief Inspector is satisfied in respect of any factory or any class of process that,
owning to the special methods of work or the special conditions in a factory or otherwise, any of the
requirements of this schedule can be suspended or relaxed without or any part thereof is for any reason
impracticable, he may by certificate in writing authorize such suspension or relaxation as may be
indicated in the certificate for such period and on such conditions as he may think fit.
2. Definitions:- For the purpose of this schedule-
(a) "Efficient exhaust draught" means localised ventilation effected by mechanical means, for the removal
of gas, vapour, dust or fumes so as to prevent them (as far as practicable under the atmospheric conditions
usually prevailing) from escaping into the air of any place in which work is carried on. No draught shall be
deemed efficient which fails to remove smoke generated at the point where such gas, vapour, fume, or dust
originate.
(b)"Lead compound " means any compound of lead other than galena which when treated in the manner
described below, yield to an aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid a quantity of soluble lead compound
exceeding, which calculated as lead monoxide, 5 per cent of the dry weight of the portion taken for analysis.
The method of treatment shall be as follows:-
A weighed quantity of the material which has been dried at 100 degrees C, and thoroughly mixed shall be
continuously shaken for one hour, at the common temperature with 1,000 times its Weight of an aqueous
solution of hydrochloric acid containing 0.25 per cent by weight of hydrogen chloride. This solution shall
thereafter be allowed to stand for one hour and then filtered. The lead salt contained in the clear filterate
shall then be precipitated as lead sulphide and weighed as lead sulphate.
(c) 1[x x x]
1. Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 144 ( F&B), dt: 12-7-1994

3.Exhaust draught:- The following processes shall not be carried on except under an efficient exhaust draught
or under such other conditions as may be approved by the Chief Inspector:-
(a) The mixing of raw-Materials to form a "batch".
(b) The dry grinding, glazing and polishing of glass or any article of glass.
(c) All process in which hydrofluoric acid fumes or ammonia vapours are given off.
(d) All processes in the making of furnace moulds or 'pot' including the grinding or crushing of, used 'pots.'
(e) All processes involving the use of a dry lead compound.
4. Prohibition relating to women and young persons:- No woman or young person shall be employed or permitted to work
in any of the operations specified in paragraph 3 or at any place where such operations are carried on.
5. Floor and work-benches:- The floor and work-benches of every room in which a dry compound of lead is manipulated
or which any process is carried on giving off silica dust shall be kept moist and shall comply with the following
requirements:-
The floors shall be-
(a) of cement or similar material so as to be smooth and impervious to water ;
(b) maintained in sound condition; and
(c) cleaned daily after being thoroughly sprayed with water at a time when no other work is being carded on in the room.
The work-benches shall-
(a) have smooth surface and be maintained in sound condition ., and
(b) be cleaned daily either after being thoroughly damped or by means of section cleaning apparatus at a time when no
other work is being carried on there at.
6. Use of Hydrofluoric acid:- The following provisions shall apply to rooms in which glass is treated with hydrofluoric
acid:-
(a) there shall be inlets and outlets of adequate size so as to secure and maintain efficient ventilation to all parts of the
room
(b) the floor shall be covered with gutta-percha and be tight and shall slope gently down to a covered drain ;
(c) the work places shall be so enclosed in projecting hoods that openings required for bringing in the objects to be treated
shall be as small as practicable ; and
(d) the efficient exhaust draught shall be so contrived that the gases are exhausted downwards.
7. Storage and transport of hydrofluoric acid:- Hydrofluoric acid shall not be stored or transported except in cylinders or
receptacles made of lead or rubber.
8. Blow-pipes:- Suitable facilities shall be readily available for sterilizing the blow pipes used by the glass-blowers and
such blow-pipes shall be sterilized at the beginning of the operation of blowing, each day.
9. Food, drinks, etc., prohibited in work-rooms:- No food, drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be brought into or
consumed by any worker in any room or work-place wherein any process specified in paragraph 3 is carded on.
10. Protective clothing:- The occupier shall provide, maintain in good repair and keep in a clean condition for the use of all
persons employed in the processes specified in paragraph 3 suitable protective clothing, footwear and goggles according to
the nature of the work and such clothing, footwear, etc., shall be worn by the persons concerned.
11. Washing facilities:- There shall be provided and maintained in a cleanly state and in good repair for the use of all
persons employed in the processes specified in paragraph 3-
(a) A wash place with either-
(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe, without plug, and sufficient length to allow of at
least two feet for every five such persons employed at any one time, and having a constant supply of water, from taps or
jets above the trough at intervals of not more than two feet; or
(ii) at least one wash basin for every five such persons employed at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe any plug and
having an adequate supply of water laid on or always readily available;
and
a sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material renewed daily with a sufficient supply of soap or other
suitable cleaning material and of nail brushes;
and
(b) a sufficient number of stand pipes with taps the number and location of such stand pipes shall be to the satisfaction of
the Chief Inspector.
12-Medical facilities and record of examinations and tests:-
(1) The occupier of every factory in which glass manufacturing processes are carried out, shall-
shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories ; and
(2) The records Medical examinations and appropriate tests carried out by the said medical practitioner shall be maintained
in a separate register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily available for inspection by
the Inspector.
1
[12-A. Medical examination by Certifying Surgeon:-
(1) Every worker employed in processes specified in Paragraph 2 shall be examined by a certifying surgeon within 15 days
of his first employment. Such examination shall include pulmonary function tests and in suspected cases chest X-ray as
well as tests for lead and urine. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory
unless certified fit for such employment by the certifying surgeon.
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F &B), dt: 12-7-1994.

(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by a certifying surgeon at least once in every
twelve calendar months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the certifying surgeon considers appropriate,
include tests as specified in sub-paragraph (1).
(3) The certifying surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a Certificate of fitness in Form 28. The record of
in the custody of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination carded out under sub-paragraph (1) and (2),
including the nature and the results of the tests, shall also be entered by the certifying surgeon in a health register in Form
29.
(4) The certificate of fitness and the health register shall be kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker,
he shall make a record of his findings in the said certificate and the health register. The entry of his findings in those
documents should also include the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for work in the said
processes.
employment in those processes.
SCHEDULE V
GRINDING OR GLAZING OF MATERIALS AND PROCESSES INCIDENTAL THERETO
1. Definitions..- For the purposes of this schedule:-
(a) "Grindstone" means a grindstone composed of natural or manufactured sandstone but does not include a
metal wheel or cylinder into which blocks of natural or manufactured standstone are fitted.
(b) "Abrasive wheel " means a wheel manufactured of bounded emery or similar abrasive.
(c) "Grinding" means the abrasion, by aid of mechanical power, of metal, by means of a grindstone or abrasive wheel.
(d) "Glazing" means the abrading, polishing or finishing by aid of mechanical power of metal, by means of any wheel,
buff, mop or similar appliance to which any abrading or polishing substance is attached or applied.
(e) "Racing" means turning up, cutting or dressing of a revolving grindstone before it is brought into use for the first time.
(f) "Hacking" means the chipping of the surface of a grindstone by a Hack or similar tool.
(g) "Rodding" means the dressing of the surface of a revolving grindstone by the application of a rod bar or strin of metal
to such
surface.
2. Exceptions:- (1) Nothing in this schedule shall apply to any factory in which only repairs are carried on except any part
thereof in which one or more persons are wholly or mainly employed in the grinding of metals.
(2) Nothing in this schedule except paragraph 4 shall apply to any grinding or glazing of metal carried on intermittently
and at which no person is employed for more than 12 hours in any week.
(3) The Chief Inspector may by certificate in writing, subject to such conditions as he may specify therein, relax or
suspend any of the provisions of this schedule in respect of any factory if owing to the special methods
of work or otherwise such relaxation or suspension is practicable without danger to the health or safety of the persons
employed.
3. Equipment for removal of dust:- No racing, dry grinding or glazing shall be performed without-
(a) a hood or appliance so constructed, arranged, placed, and maintained as substantially to intercept the dust thrown off ;
and
(b) a duct of adequate size, air tight and so arranged as to be capable of carrying away the dust, which duct shall be kept
free from obstruction and shall be provided with proper means of access for inspection and cleaning and where practicable,
with a connection at the end remote from the fan to enable the Inspector to attach thereto any instrument necessary for
ascertaining the pressure of air in the said duct ; and
(c) a fan or other efficient means of producing a draught sufficient to extract the dust,
Provided that the Chief Inspector may accept any other appliance, that is, in his opinion, as effectual for the interception,
removal and disposal of dust thrown off as a hood, duct and fan would be.
4. Restriction on employment on grinding operations..- Not more than one person shall at any time perform the actual
process of grinding, or glazing upon a grindstone abrasive wheel or glazing appliance:
Provided that this paragraph shall not prohibit the employment of persons to assist in the manipulation of heavy or bulky
articles at any such grindstone, wheel or glazing appliance.
5.Glazing:- Glazing or other processes, except processes incidental to wet grinding upon a grindstone shall not be carried
on in any room in which wet grinding upon a grindstone is done.
6. Hacking and rodding:- Hacking or rodding shall not be done unless during the process either (a) an adequate supply of
water is laid on at the upper surface of the grindstone or (b) adequate appliances for the interception of dust are provided in
accordance with the requirements of paragraph 3.
7. Examination of dust equipment..-
(a) All equipment for the extraction or suppression of dust shall at least once in every six months be examined and tested
by a competent person, and any defect disclosed by such examination and test shall be rectified as soon as practicable.
(b) A register containing particulars of such examination and tests shall be kept in Form No.27-A.
1
[8. Medical facilities and record of examinations and tests.,-
(1) The occupier of every factory in which grinding or glazing of metals are carried out, shall-
shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories ; and
(2) The record of medical examinations and appropriate tests carded out by the said medical practitioner shall be
inspection by the Inspector.]
1
[9. Medical Examination by certifying surgeon:-
(1) Every worker employed in grinding or glazing of metal and processes incidental there to shall be examined by a
certifying surgeon within 15 days of his first employment. Such examination shall include pulmonary function tests and in
suspected cases chest X-rays. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory
unless certified fit for such employment by the certifying surgeon.
(2) Every. worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by a Certifying surgeon at least once in every 12
calendar months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the certifying surgeon considers appropriate,
include tests and as specified in sub-paragraph (1).
(3) The Certifying Surgeon after examining a worker shall issue a certificate of fitness in Form 28. The record of
examination and re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the certificate and the certificate shall be kept in the
custody of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2),
including the nature and the results of the tests, shall also be entered by the certifying surgeon in a health
register in Form 29.
Added by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F & B), dt: 12-7-1994

1.
processes.
the said processes unless the certifying surgeon, after further examination again certifies him fit for
10. The person so suspended from the process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully
incapacitated in the opinion of the certifying surgeon, which case the person affected shall be suitably
rehabilitated. ]
SCHEDULE VI
MANUFACTURE AND TREATMENT OF LEAD AND CERTAIN COMPOUNDS OF

LEAD
1. Exemption..- Where the Chief Inspector is satisfied that all or any of the provisions of this schedule are not
necessary for the protection of the persons employed he may by certificate in writing exempt any factory from
all or any of such provision, subject to such conditions as he may specify therein.
2. Definitions:- For the purposes of this schedule--
(a) "Lead compound " means any compound of lead other than galena which, when treated in the manner
described below yields to an aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, quantity of soluble lead compound
exceeding when calculated as lead monoxide, five per cent of the dry weight of the portion taken for analysis, in
the case of plants and similar products and other mixtures containing oils or fat the "dry weight" means the dry
weight of the material remaining after the substance has been thoroughly mixed and treated with
suitable/solvents to remove oil, fats, varnish or other media.
The method of treatment shall be as follows:-

A weighed quantity of the material which has been dried at 100 deg C thoroughly mixed shall be continuously
shaken for one hour, at the common temperature with 1,000 times its weight or an aqueous solution of
hydrochloric acid containing 0.25 per cent by weight of hydrogen chloride. This solution shall thereafter be
allowed to stand for one hour and then filtered. The lead salt contained in the clear filterate shall then be
precipitated as lead sulphide and weighed as lead sulphate.
(b) "Efficient exhaust draught" means localized ventilation effected by heat or mechanical means, for the
removal of gas, vapour dust or fumes so as to prevent them (as far as practicable under the atmospheric
conditions usually prevailing) form the escaping into the air of any place in which work is carried on. No
draught shall be
deemed efficient which fails to remove smoke generator at the point where such gas, vapour, fumes or dust
originate.
3. Application:- This schedule shall apply to all factories or parts of factories in which any of the following
operations are carried on:-
(a) Work at a furnace where the reduction or treatment of zinc or lead ores is carried on.
(b) The manipulation, treatment or reduction of ashes containing lead, the desilverising of lead or the melting of
scrap lead or zinc.
(c) The manufacture of solder or alloys containing more than ten per cent of lead.
(d) The manufacture of any oxide, carbonate, sulphate, chromate, acetate, nitrate or silicate of lead.
(e) Handling or mixing of lead-tetraethyl.
(f) Any other operation involving the use of a lead compound.
(g) The cleaning of workrooms where any of the operations aforesaid are carried on.
4. Prohibition relating to women and young persons:- No woman or young person shall be employed or
permitted to work in any of the operations specified in paragraph 3.
5. Requirements to be observed:- No person shall be employed or permitted to work in any process involving the
use of lead compounds if the process is such that dust or fume from a lead compound is produced therein, or the
persons employed therein are liable to be splashed with any lead compound in the course of their employment
unless the provisions of paragraphs 6 to 14 are complied with.
6. Exhaust draught:- Where dust, fume, gas or vapour is produced in the process, provision shall be made for
removing them by means of any efficient exhaust draught so contrived as to operate on the dust, fume, gas or
vapour as closely as possible to the point of origin.
1
[7. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests:-
(1) The occupier of every factory to which the schedule applies shall-
(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of the workers employed therein whose
appointment shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories ; and
maintained in a separate register approved by the Chief Inspector for Inspection.
8. Medical examination by certifying surgeon:-
(1) Every worker employed in the processes referred to in paragraph (1) shall be examined by a Certifying
surgeon within 15 days of his first employment. Such examination shall include tests for lead in blood and urine,
ALA in urine, haemoglobin content, stippling of cells and steadiness test. No worker shall be allowed to work
after 15 days of his first employment in the factory unless certified fit for such employment by the Certifying
Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes - shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in
every three calender months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the certifying surgeon considered appropriate,
include tests specified in sub-paragraphs (1).
1. Subs by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F &B), dt: 12-7-1994

(3) The certifying surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a certificate of fitness in Form 28. The record
of examination and re-examination carried out shall be entered in the certificate and the certificate shall be kept
in the custody of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs
(1) and (2), including the nature and the results of the tests, shall also be entered by the certifying surgeon in a
health register in Form 29.
(4) The Certificate of Fitness and the health register shall be kept readily available for inspection by the
Inspector.
(5) If at any time the certifying surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fit for employment in the said
process on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker, he shall
make a record of his findings in the said certificate and the health register. The entry of his findings in those
processes
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph (5) above shall be re-employed or
permitted to work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again certifies
him fit for employment in those processes.
8-A. The person so suspended from the process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is
fully incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably
rehabilitated.
9. Food, drinks, etc., prohibited in work-rooms:- No food, drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be brought into
or consumed by any worker in any work-room in which the process is carried on and no person shall remain in
any such room during intervals for meals or rest.
10. Protective clothing:- Suitable protective overalls and head coverings shall be provided, maintained and kept
clean by the factory occupier and such overalls and head coverings shall be worn by the persons employed.
11. Cleanliness of work-rooms, tools, etc:- The rooms in which the person are employed and all tools and
apparatus used by them shall be kept in a clean state.
12. Washing facilities..-
(1) The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of all persons employed suitable washing facilities
consisting of-
(a) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe without plug and of sufficient length to
allow at least two feet for every ten persons employed at any one time, and having a constant supply of clean
water from taps or jet above the trough at intervals of not more than two feet ; or
(b) at least one wash-basin for every ten persons employed at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe and plug and
having a constant supply of clean water, together with, in either case, a sufficient supply of nail brushes, soap or
other suitable cleaning material and clean
towels.
(2) The facilities so provided shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person and be kept clean.
13. Mess-room or canteen..- The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of the persons employed
suitable and adequate arrangements for taking their meals. The arrangement shall consist of the use of a room
separate from any work-room which shall be furnished with sufficient table and benches, and unless a canteen
serving hot meals is provided, adequate means for warming food. The room shall be adequately ventilated by the
emulation of fresh air, shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person and shall be kept clean.
14. Cloak-room:- The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of persons employed, suitable
accommodation for clothing not worn during working hours, and for the drying of wet clothing.
SCHEDULE VII
GENERATION OF GAS FROM DANGEROUS PETROLEUM
AS DEFINED IN THE PETROLEUM ACT, 1934
1. Prohibition relating to women and young persons:- No woman or young person shall be employed or permitted to
work in or shall be allowed to enter any building in which the generation of gas from dangerous petroleum as
defined in the Petroleum Act, 1934 is carried on.
2. Flame traps:- The plant for generation of gas from dangerous petroleum as defined in the Petroleum Act, 1934 and
associated piping and fitting shall be fitted with at least two efficient flame traps so designed and maintained as to prevent
a flash back from any burner to the plant. One of these traps shall be fitted as close to the plant as possible. The plant and
all pipes and valves shall be installed and maintained free from leaks.
3. Generating building or room:- All plants for generation of gas corn dangerous petroleum as defined in the Petroleum
Act, 1934 erected after the coming into force of the provisions specified in this Schedule, shall be erected outside the
factory building proper in a separate well ventilated building (hereinafter referred to as the "generating building"). In the
case of such plant erected before the coming into force of the provisions specified in this Schedule there shall be no direct
communication between the room where such plants are erected (hereinafter referred to as "the generating room") and the
remainder of the factory building. So far as practicable, all such generating rooms shall be constructed of fire-resisting
materials.
4. Fire extinguishers:- An efficient means of extinguishing petrol fires shall be maintained in an easily accessible position
near the plant for generation of gas from dangerous petroleum as defined in the Petroleum Act, 1934.
5. Plant to be approved by Chief Inspector:- Petrol gas shall not be manufactured except in a plant for generating petrol
gas, the design and construction of which has been approved by the Chief Inspector.
6. Escape of petrol:- Effective steps shall be taken to prevent petrol from escaping into any drain or sewer.
7. Prohibition relating to smoking, etc.:- No person shall smoke or carry matches, fire or naked light or other means of
producing a naked light or spark in the generating room or building or in the vicinity thereof and a warning notice in the
language understood by the majority of the workers shall be posted in the factory prohibiting smoking and the carrying of
matches fire or naked light or other means of producing, a naked light or spark into such room or building.
8. Access to petrol or container:- No unauthorized person shall have access to any petrol or to a vessel containing or
having actually contained petrol.
9. Electric fittings:- All electric fittings shall be of flame proof construction and all electric conductors shall either be
enclosed in metal conductors or be lead-sheathed.
10. Construction of doors:- All doors in the generating room of building shall be constructed to open outwards or to slide
and no door shall be locked or obstructed or fastened in such manner that it cannot be easily and immediately opened from
the inside while gas is being generated and any person is working in the generating room or building.
11. Repair of containers:- No vessel that has contained petrol shall be repaired in a generating room or building and no
repairs to any such vessel shall be undertaken unless live steam has been blown into the vessel and until the interior is
thoroughly steamed out or other equally effective steps have been taken to ensure that it has been rendered free from petrol
in inflammable vapour.
SCHEDULE VIII
CLEANING OR SMOOTHING OF ARTICLES BY A JET OF SAND METAL,

SHOT OR GRIT OR OTHER ABRASIVE PROPELLED BY
A BLAST OF COMPRESSED AIR OR STEAM
1. Definition:- For the purposes of this schedule- "Sand blasting" means the blasting of any articles by a jet of sand,
metal shot, grit or other abrasive.
2. Sand blasting to be done in enclosed chamber:- Sand blasting shall not be done in any room except in an enclosed
chamber or cabinet in which no other work is performed and at which efficient means are provided, arranged and
maintained to prevent the escape of dust to the outside of such chamber or cabinet.
3. Prohibition relating to employment of women and young persons..- No woman or young person shall be employed or
permitted to work at any operation of sand blasting.
4. Protective equipment:-
(1) Unless he is wearing a suitable protective helmet and gauntlets-
(a) no person shall be employed or permitted to work a blasting in the open air or work within 30 feet of sand blasting
apparatus in operation in the open air; and
(b) no person shall be employed or permitted to work or allowed in a sand blasting chamber whilst the sand blasting
apparatus is in operation.
(2) The occupier of the factory shall provide and maintain in good condition all helmets, overall and gauntlets that are
necessary to comply with the requirements of this Schedule.
(3) Every protective helmet shall carry the distinguishing mark of the person by whom it is to be used and shall be
provided with a sufficient supply of pure air for breathing and ventilation, together with suitable arrangements
to permit the escape of the expired air.
(4) No person shall wear a protective helmet that has been worn by another person unless such protective helmet shall have
been thoroughly disinfected.
(5) All persons engaged in sand blasting while at work shall wear the protective equipment provided under the provisions
of this paragraph.
1
[6. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests.,-
shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories ., and
maintained in a separate register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily.
available for inspection by the Inspector.
7 Medical Examination by Certifying Surgeon..-
1) Every worker employed in any of the processes to which this schedule applies shall be examined by a certifying surgeon
within 15 days of his first employment. Such examination shall include pulmonary function test and chest X-ray. No
worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory, unless certified fit for such
employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
1. Added by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F & B), dt: 12-7-1994

(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in every 12
calendar months and such re-examination shall, wherever the certifying surgeon considers appropriate,
include pulmonary function test and chest X-ray once in every three years.
(3) The certifying surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a certificate of Fitness in Form 28, the record of
examination and re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the certificate and the certificate shall be kept
in the custody of the manager of the Factory. The record of each examination carried under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2),
No. 29.
(4) The certificate of Fitness and the health register shall be kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker, he shall make a record of
his findings in the said certificate and the health register. The entry of his findings in those documents should also include
the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for work in the
said processes.
(6). No person who has been found unfit to work in the said processes as said in sub-paragraph (5) above shall be re-
employed or permitted to work unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again certified him
fit for employment in those processes.
7) The person so suspended from the process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully
incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably
SCHEDULE I
LIMING AND TANNING OF RAW HIDES AND SKINS AND PROCESSES INCIDENTAL THERETO
1. Cautionary notices:-
(a) Cautionary notices as to anthrax in the form specified by Chief Inspector shall be affixed in prominent positions in the
factory where they may be easily and conveniently read by the persons employed.
(2) A copy of a warning notice as to anthrax in the form specified by the Chief Inspector shall be given to each person
employed when he is engaged, and subsequently if still employed, on the first day of each calendar
year.
(3) Cautionary notices as to the effects of chrome on the skin shall be affixed in prominent positions in every factory in
which chrome solutions are used and such notices shall be placed as to be easily and conveniently read
by the persons employed.
(4) Notices shall be affixed in prominent places in the factory stating the position of the "First-Aid" box or cupboard and
the name of the persons in charge of such box or cupboard.
(5) If any person employed in the factory is illiterate, effective steps shall be taken to explain carefully to such illiterate
persons the contents of the notice specified in paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 and if chrome solutions are used in the factory the
contents of the notice specified in paragraph 3.
2. Protective clothing:- The occupier shall provide and maintain in good condition the following articles of protective
clothing:-
(a) waterproof foot wear, leg covering, aprons and gloves for persons employed in processes involving, contract with
chrome solutions, including the preparation of such solutions
(b) gloves and boots for persons employed in lime yard; and
(c) protective footwear, aprons and gloves for persons employed in processes involving the handling of hides or skins,
other than in processes specified in Clauses (a) and (b)
Provided that-
(i) the gloves, aprons, leg coverings or boots may be of rubber or leather, but the gloves and boots to be provided under
Clauses (a) and (b) shall be of rubber ;
(ii) the gloves may not be provided to persons fleshing by hand or employed in processes in which there is no risk of
contact with lime, sodium sulphide or other caustic liquor.
3. Washing facilities, mess-room and cloak-room..- They shall be provided and maintained in a cleanly state and in good
repair for the use of all persons employed-
(a) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe without plug, and of sufficient length to allow at
least two feet for every ten persons employed at any one time, and having a constant supply of water from taps or jets
above the trough at intervals of not more than two feet ; or
(b) at least one wash basin for every ten such persons. employed at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe and plug and
having a constant supply of water together with, in either case, a sufficient supply of nailbrushes, soap or other suitable
cleaning material, and clean towels
(c) a suitable mess-room, adequate for the number remaining on the premises during the meal intervals, which shall be
furnished with (1) sufficient tables and benches and (2) adequate means for warming food and for boiling water.
The mess-room shall (1) be separate from any room or shed in which hides or skins are stored, treated or manipulated (2)
be separated from the cloak-room and (3) be placed under the charge
of a responsible person;
(d) suitable accommodation for clothing put off during working hours and another accommodation for protective clothing
and shall also make adequate arrangement for drying up the clothing in both the cases, if wet. The accommodation so
provided shall be kept clean at all times and placed under the charge of a responsible person.
4. Food, drinks, etc., prohibited in work-rooms:- No food, drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be brought into or
consumed by any worker in any workroom or shed in which hides or skins are stored or manipulated.
1
[5. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests..-
shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories ,
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F &B), dt: 12-7-1994

(b) provide to the said medical practitioner all the necessary facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (a)
(c) arrange for inspection of the hands of all the persons keeping in contact with chromium substances to be made twice a
week; and
(d) provide and maintain and supply suitable ointment and plaster in box readily accessible to the workers and solely used
for the purpose to the workers and solely used for the purpose of keeping the ointment and the plaster.
maintained in a separate register pproved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily
6. Medical Examination by Certifying Surgeon-
(1) Every worker employed in any of the processes to which the schedule applies shall be examined by a Certifying
Surgeon within 15 days of his first employment. Such examination shall include skin test for dermatises and detection of
anthrax bacillus from local vision by grant stain. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment
in the factory unless certified fit for such employment by the certifying surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in every
twelve calendar months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the certifying surgeon considers appropriate,
include tests and as specified in sub-paragraph (1).
in the custody of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2),
29.
processes.
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph(5)
above shall be re-employed or permitted to work in the said processes unless the certifying surgeon, after further
examination again certifies him fit for employment in those processes.
(7) The person so suspended from the process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully
incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person shall be suitably rehabilitated.
SCHEDULE X
CELLULOSE SPRAYING
1. Application:- The provisions of this Schedule shall apply to all factories or parts of factory in which the spraying of
cellulose ester paints or lacquers is carried on.
2. Prohibition of the employment of children and adolescents..- No child or adolescent shall be employed in any factory on
the operation specified in paragraph 1 above.
3. Exhaust draught:- An efficient exhaust draught shall be provided by mechanical means for the process specified in
paragraph 1. The draught shall operate on the vapour given off in the process as near as may be at the point of origin as so
to prevent it (as far as practicable under the atmospheric conditions usually prevailing) from escaping into the air of any
place in which work is carried on. The draught shall be maintained working for a period of at least five minutes after the
cessation of the operation:
Provided that the Chief Inspector may grant exemption from these provisions if he is satisfied that due to the casual nature
of the operation they are not necessary to secure the health of the workers.
4. Position of spray operators:- Arrangements shall, as far as practicable, be made so as to render it unnecessary for the
person operating the spray to be in a position between a ventilating out fit and the article being sprayed.
SCHEDULE XI
GRAPHITE POWDERING
1. Application:- The provisions of this schedule shall apply to all factories or parts of factories in which grinding and
sieving of graphite and the processes incidental thereto are carried on.
2. Prohibition of employment of women children and adolescents :- No woman, child or adolescent shall be employed in
any factory upon any of the operations specified in paragraph 1 above.
3. Medical certificates and examinations:-
(1) No person shall be employed in any factory for more than fifteen days in the year upon any of the operations specified
in paragraph 1 above unless a special certificate of fitness in Form No.27, granted to him by a Certifying Surgeon
appointed under Section 10, is in the custody of the manager of the factory.
(2) The Inspector of Factories may require that any person in respect of whom a certificate referred to in sub-paragraph (1)
has been granted shall carry with him while at work a token giving reference to such certificate.
(3) Every person so employed shall be medically examined by a certifying surgeon at intervals of not more than six
months and a record of such examinations shall be entered in the special certificate granted under sub-
paragraph (1).
(4) If at any time a Certifying Surgeon is of opinion that any person is no longer fit for employment upon any of the
operations specified in paragraph 1 above he shall cancel the special certificate of fitness granted to that person.
(5) No person whose special certificate of fitness has been cancelled shall be employed upon any of the operations
specified in paragraph 1 above unless Certifying Surgeon again certifies him to be fit.
4. Exhaust draughts:- Provision shall be made for removing the dust produced in any of the operations specified in
paragraph 1 above by means of an efficient exhaust draught so contrived as to operate on the dust as closely to the point of
origin as possible :
Provided that where the provision of an exhaust draught is not reasonably practicable the Inspector may require-
(a) respirators of a type approved by him to be provided and maintained in a clean and efficient condition by the occupier
and worn by every person working under such conditions; and
(h) the damping of floors, apparatus and material to prevent the raising of dust.
5. Floor and work-benches:-
(1) The floor of every room in which any person is employed upon any of the operations specified in paragraph 1 above
shall be of cement or other impervious material.
(2) The top of every work-bench in every such room shall be of impervious material.
(3) The said floors and work-benches shall be kept clean and in good condition.
(4) The Inspector may, by order in writing, require the said floors and work-benches to be kept wet in such manner as he
deem suitable, in order to reduce dust.
6. Washing facilities..- The occupier shall provide and maintain in a clean state and good repair for the use of persons
employed upon any of the operations specified in paragraph 1 above either (a) a trough with smooth impervious surface
fitted with a waste-pipe without plug, and of sufficient length to allow at least two feet for every five such persons
employed at any one time, and having a constant supply for water from taps or jets above trough at intervals of not more
than two feet, or (b) at least one lavatory basin for every five such persons employed at any one time, fitted with a waste-
pipe and plug having a constant supply of water, together with, in either case a sufficient supply of nail brushes, soap or
other suitable cleaning material and clean towels.
7. Food, drink and tobacco:- No food drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be brought into, or consumed in any room in
which any person is employed upon any of the operations specified in paragraph 1 above.
8. Protective clothing:- Adequate protective clothing such as overalls in a clean condition shall be provided by the occupier
to every person employed upon any of the operations specified in paragraph 1 above.
9. Exemptions:- The Chief Inspector may exempt any factory or part of factory from the provisions of paragraphs 4 to 7 to
the extent he deems suitable, if he is satisfied that their observance is not necessary for safeguarding the health of the
operative.
SCHEDULE XII
PRINTING PRESSES AND TYPE FOUNDRIES -

CERTAIN LEAD PROCESS CARRIED ON THEREIN
1. Exemptions:- Where the Chief Inspector is satisfied that all or any of the provisions of this schedule are not necessary
for the protection of persons employed he may by certificate in writing exempt any factory from all or any of such
provisions subject to such conditions as he may specify therein. Such certificate may at any time be revoked by the Chief
Inspector.
2. Definitions:- In these regulations-
"Lead material" means material containing not less than 3 percent of lead.
"Lead Process " means-

(a) the melting of lead or any lead material for casting and mechanical composing;
(b) The re-charging of machines with used lead material ; or
(c) any other work including removal of dross from melting pots, cleaning of plungers ; and
(d) manipulation movement or other treatment of lead material.
"Efficient exhaust draught" means localized ventilation effected by heat or mechanical means for the removal of gas,
vapour, dust or fumes so as to prevent them from escaping into the air of any place in which work is carried on. No
draught shall be deemed efficient which fails to remove gas, vapour fume or dust at the point where they originate.
3. Exhaust draught:- None of the following processes shall be carried on except with an efficient exhaust draught-
(a) melting lead material or slugs
(b) heating lead material so that vapour containing lead is given off; or Unless carried on in such a manner as to prevent
free escape of gas, vapour, fumes or dust into any place in which work is carried on ; or
Unless carried on in electrically heated and thermostatically controlled melting pots.
Such exhaust draught shall be effected by mechanical means and so contrived as to operate on the dust, fume, gas or
vapour given off as closely as may be at its point of origin.
4. Prohibition relating to women and young persons..- No women or young person shall be employed or permitted to work
in any lead process.
5. Separation of certain processes:- Each of the following processes shall be carried on in such a manner and under such
condition as to secure effectual separation from any other process-
(a) melting of lead or any lead material
(b) casting of lead ingots
(c) mechanical composing;
6. Container for dross:- A suitable receptacle with tightly fitting cover shall be provided and used for dross as it is removed
from every melting pot. Such receptacle shall be kept covered while in the work-room near the machine except when the
dross is being deposited therein.
7. Floor of work-room:- The floor of every work-room where lead process is carried on shall be-
(a) of cement or similar material so as to be smooth and impervious to water
(b) maintained in such condition; and
(c) shall be cleansed throughout daily after being thoroughly damped with water at a time when no other work is being
carried on at the place.
8. Mess room..- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed in a lead process and
remaining on the premises during the meal intervals, a suitable mess-room which shall be furnished with sufficient tables
and benches.
9. Wash facilities:- There shall be provided and maintained in a cleanly state and in good repair for the use of all persons
employed in a lead process-
(a) a wash place with either-
(i) a trough with smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe without plug, and of sufficient length to allow at least
two feet for every five such persons employed at any one time and having a constant supply of water from taps or jets
above the trough at intervals of not more than two feet or
(ii) at least one wash basin for every five such persons employed at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe and plug and
having an adequate supply of water laid on or always readily available;
and
(b) a sufficient supply and clean towels made of suitable material renewed daily with a sufficient supply of soap or other
suitable cleaning material.
10- Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests:-
Inspection by the Inspector.
1
[10-A. Medical examination by certifying surgeon:-
(1) Every worker employed in a lead process shall be examined by a certifying surgeon within 15 days of his first
employment. Such examination shall include tests for lead in blood and urine, ALA in urine, haemoglobin, stippling of
cells and steadiness test. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment
in the factory unless certified fit for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in every six
calendar months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the certifying surgeon considered appropriate,
include tests as specified in sub-paragraph (1)
(3) The certifying surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a certificate of fitness in Form 28. The record of
examination and re-examination carried out shall be entered in the certificate and the certificate shall be kept in the custody
of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2), including the
nature and the results of the tests, shall also be entered by the certifying surgeon in a health register in Form 29.
(5) If at any time the certifying surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fit for employment in the said process
the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for work in the said processes.
1. Added by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F &B), dt: 12-7-1994

(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph(5) above shall be re-employed or permitted to
work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again certifies him fit for employment
in those processes.
incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.]
11. Food, drinks, etc., prohibited in work-rooms:- No food, drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be consumed or brought
by any worker into any work-room in which any lead process is carried on.
SCHEDULE XIII
CASHEW NUT MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS
1. Short title and application:- These rules may be cited as the Cashewnut processing Rules, 1958 and shall apply to all
factories in which roasting, scrubbing and shelling of Cashewnut or extracting oil from cashewnut or cashewnuts shells is
carried on.
2. Prohibition of employment of women and young persons:- No women or young person shall be employed in any of the
process specified in Rule 1 except in shelling of roasted cashewnuts.
3. Protective clothing and equipment:- The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of all persons employed in
roasting and scrubbing of cashewnuts or extracting oil from cashewnuts or cashewnut shells.
(a) suitable rubber or washable leather gloves ;
(b) suitable type of impervious aprons with sleeves to cover body from shoulders down to knees ;
(c) suitable type of footwear to afford protection to feet and legs against cashewnut oil ;
(d) a protective ointment containing 10 per cent of shellac, 55 per cent of alcohol, 10 per cent of sodium perborate, 5 per
cent of carbitol and 20 per cent talc
(e) sufficient quantity of kaolin and coconut oil
(f) any other material or equipment which the Chief Inspector of Factories may deem to be necessary for the protection of
the workers.
4. Use of protective clothing and equipment..- Every person employed in processes specified in Rule 1 shall make use of
protective clothing and equipment supplied and arrangements shall be made by the occupier to supervise its use,
maintenance and cleanliness.
5. Disposal of shells, ashes or oil of cashewnut-
1) Shells, ashes, or oil of cashewnuts shall not be stored in any room in which workers are employed and shall be removed
at least twice a day to any pit or enclosed place in the case of shells and ashes and to closed containers kept in a separate
room in the case of oil.
(2) No worker shall be allowed to handle shells or oil of cashewnuts without using the protective measures provided under
Rule 3 above.
6. Floors of work-rooms..- The floor of every work-room in which processes specified in Rule 1 are carried on, shall be of
a hard material so as to be smooth and impervious and of even surface and shall be cleaned daily; and spillage, of any
cashewnut oil in any work-room shall be washed with soap and cleaned immediately.
7. Seating accommodation..- Workers engaged in shelling of cashewnuts shall be provided with adequate seats or work
benches which shall be cleaned daily.
8. Rest-rooms:-
(a) There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed in process specified in Rule 1, a suitable
rest room furnished with sufficient tables and chairs or benches;
(b) Separate lockers shall he provided where food, etc., shall be stored by workers, before it is consumed in the rest room.
9. Food, drinks, prohibited in work rooms..- No food, drink, pan, supari or tobacco shall be brought or consumed by any
worker in any room in which processes specified in Rule 1 are carried out and no person shall remain in any such room
during intervals for meals or rest.
10. Washing facilities..- Where roasting, scrubbing and shelling of cashewnuts or extracting oil from cashewnuts or
cashewnut shells is carried on, there shall be provided and maintained in a clean and good repair washing facilities, with a
sufficient supply of soap, coconut oil, nail brushes and towels at the scale of one tap or stand pipe for every 10 workers and
the taps or
stand pipes shall be spaced not less than 4 feet apart.
11. Time allowed for washing:- Before each meal and before the end of the day's work, at least ten minutes, in addition to
the regular meal times, shall be allowed for washing, to such person employed in any of the processes specified in Rule 1,
and a notice to this effect in English and in the regional language shall be affixed in a conspicuous place in each work-
room concerned.
12. Smoke or gas produced by roasting cashewnut:- Where smoke or gas is produced in the operation of roasting,
provision shall be made for removing the smoke or gas through a chimney of sufficient height and capacity or by such
other arrangements as may be necessary to prevent the gas or smoke escaping into the air, or any place in which workers
are employed.
13. Storage of protective equipment:- A suitable room or a portion of the factory suitably partitioned off, shall be provided
exclusively for the storage of all the protective equipment supplied to the workers and no such equipment shall be stored in
any place other than the room or place so provided.
1
(2) The said medical practitioner shall inspect daily the hands and feet of all the persons employed in the processes
specified in paragraph 1.

(3) The record of such examinations carried out by the Medical practitioner shall be maintained in a separate register
approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily available for inspection by the
Inspector.
(4) The first-aid box maintained shall also contain burrough's Solution (1:20) and aqueous solution of tonic acid (10%) for
treatment of cases of dermatitis.
14-A Medical examination by certifying Surgeon:-
1) Every worker employed in the processes specified in paragraph 1 shall be examined by a certifying surgeon within 15
days of his first employment. Such examination shall include skin test for dermatitis and no worker shall be allowed to
work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory unless certified fit for such employment by the certifying
surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by a Certifying surgeon at least once in every three
calender months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the certifying surgeon considers appropriate,
include asking tests for dermatitis.
examination and re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the certificate and the Certificate shall be kept
in the custody of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2),
including the nature and the results of these tests, shall also be entered by the certifying surgeon in a
health register in Form 29.
(4) Their certificate of fitness and the health register shall be kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit to work in the said
processes.
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in, paragraph
(5) shall be re-employed or permitted to work in the said processes unless the certifying surgeon, after further examination
again certifies him fit for employment in those processes.
incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
15. Power of Chief Inspector of Factories..- The Chief Inspector of Factories may grant exemptions from the operation of
any of these rules where he is satisfied that their observance is not necessary for safeguarding the health of the workers.
SCHEDULE XIV
MANUFACTURE OF POTTERY
1. Definitions:- For the purposes of this schedule-
(a) "Pottery " includes earthenware, stoneware, porcelain China, tiles, and any other articles made from clay or from a
mixture containing clay and other materials such as quartz, flint, feldspar and gypsum;
(b) "Efficient exhaust draught" means localised ventilation effected by mechanical or other means for the removal of dust
or fume so as to prevent them from escaping into the air of any place in which work is carried on. No draught shall be
deemed efficient which fails to remove effectively dust or fume generated at the point where
dust or fume originates;
(c) "Fettling " includes scalloping, fowing, sand papering, sand sticking, brushing or any other process of cleaning of
pottery ware in which dust is given off;
(d) "Bedding" means the placing of flatware in powdered flint or quartz for the biscuit firing when the sagger or box
containing the ware is filled up with powdered flint or quartz;
(e) "Flinting" means the placing of flatware in powdered flints for the biscuit firing when the sagger or box containing the
ware is not filled with powdered flint.
2. Efficient exhaust draught:- The following processes shall not be carried on without the use of the efficient exhaust
draught-
(1) All processes involving the manipulation or use of a dry and unfitted lead compound.
(2) The fettling operations of any kind, whether or greenware or biscuit, provided that this shall not apply to the wet
fettling and to the occasional finishing of pottery articles without the aid of mechanical power.
(3) The shifting of clay dust or any other material for making tiles or other articles by pressure, except where:-
(a) this is done in a machine so enclosed as effectively to prevent the escape of dust ; or
(b) the material to be shifted is so damp that no dust can be given of
(4) The pressing of tiles from clay dust, an exhaust opening being connected with each press; this clause shall also apply to
the pressing from clay dust of articles other than tiles, unless the material is so damp that no
dust is given off.
(5) The fettling of tiles made from clay dust by pressure, except, where the fettling is done wholly on or with damp
material, this clause shall also apply to the fettling of other articles made from clay dust unless the material is so damp that
no dust is given off.
(6) The processes of bedding and flinting.
(7) The brushing of earthen-ware biscuit, unless the process is carried on, in a room provided with efficient general
mechanical ventilation or other ventilation, which is certified by the Inspector of Factories as adequate, having regard to all
the circumstances of the case.
(8) Fettling of biscuit-ware which has been fired in powdered flint or quartz except where this is done in machines so
enclosed as effectively to prevent the escape of dust.
(9) Ware cleaning after the application of glaze by dipping or other process.
(10) Crushing any dry grinding of materials for pottery bodies unless carried on in machines so enclosed, as effectively to
prevent the escape of dust.
(11) Sieving or manipulation of powdered flint unless it is so damp that no dust can be given of.
(12) Grinding of tiles on a power driven wheel unless an efficient water spray is used on the wheel.
(13) Removal of biscuit-ware from saggers packed with flint.
(14) Lifting and conveying of materials by elevators and conveyors unless they are effectively enclosed and so arranged as
to prevent escape of dust into the air in or near to any place in which persons are employed.
(15) The preparation or weighting out of flow material, lawning of dry colours, colour dusting, colour-blowing and the
making of lithographic transfers.
(16) In mould making the binds or similar receptacles used for holding Plaster of Paris unless they are provided with
suitable covers.
3. Each of the following processes shall be carried on in such a manner and under such conditions as to secure effectual
separation from one another and from other wet processes;
(a) dry grinding or sieving of materials, handling and manipulation of such materials, scouring, loading and unloading of
saggers and drying of clay and green-ware.
(b) All processes involving the use of a dry lead compound.
4. No woman or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any of the operations specified in paragraph 2 or
at any place where such operations are carried on.
5. The potter's wheel (jolly and jigger) shall be provided with screens or constructed as to prevent clay scraps being thrown
off beyond wheel.
6. (1) All practical means shall be taken by damping or otherwise to prevent dust arising during cleaning of floors.
(2) Damp saw-dust or other suitable material shall be used to render the moist method effective in preventing dust
rising into the air during the cleaning process which shall be carried out after work has ceased for the day and before
3 a.m. next morning.
7. Thee floors of potters, shop, slip houses, dipping houses and ware cleaning rooms shall be hard and impervious, and
shall be thoroughly cleaned daily by a moist method by an adult male after work has ceased for the day, and before 3 a.m.
next morning.
1
[8. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests.,-
(1)The occupier of every factory to which manufacture of pottery is carried on, shall,
inspection by the Inspector.]
1. Substituted by G.O.Ms.No. 144, dt: 12-7-1994

1
[9. Medical Examination by Certifying Surgeon:-
1) Every worker employed in any process mentioned under paragraph (3) shall be examined by a certifying surgeon within
15 days of his first employment. Such examination shall include tests for lead in urine and blood, ALA in urine,
hemoglobin content, stippling of cells and pulmonary function tests and chest X-ray for the others. No worker shall be
allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory unless certified fit for such employment by the
certifying surgeon.
(2) All persons employed in any of the processes include under sub-paragraphs 3(a) and 3(b) shall be examined by a
certifying surgeon once in every 3 calender months. Those employed in any other processes mentioned in the remaining
sub-paragraphs of paragraph 3 shall be examined by a certifying surgeon once in every twelve months. Such examination
in respect of all the workers shall include all the tests as specified in sub-paragraph (1)
except chest X-ray which will be once in 3 years.
(3) The certifying surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a certificate of fitness in Form 28, the record of
examination and re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the certificate and the certificate shall be kept
in the custody of the manager of the Factory. The record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2),
29.
(4) The certificate of Fitness and the health register shall be kept available for inspection by the Inspector.
the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for work in the
said processes.
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work in the said processes as said in sub-paragraph (5) above shall be re-
employed or permitted to work unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again certifies him
9-A. The person so suspended from the process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully
incapacitated in the opinion in of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.]
(1) The occupier shall provide and maintain suitable over-alls and head coverings for all persons employed in process
included under paragraph 2.
(2) The occupier shall provide and maintain suitable aprons of a waterproof or similar material which can be sponged daily
for the use of the dipper assistants and ware cleaners.
(3) Aprons provided in pursuance of paragraph 10(2) shall be thoroughly cleaned daily by the wearers by sponging or
other wet process. All overalls and head coverings shall be washed, cleaned and mended at least once a week, and this
washing, cleaning or mending shall be provided for by the occupier.
(4) No person shall be allowed to work in employing sacks of dust materials, weighing out and mixing of dusty materials
and charging of ball mills and blungers without wearing a suitable and efficient respirator.
1. Substituted by G.O.Ms.No. 144, dt: 12-7-1994.

(5) A suitable room or a potion of the factory suitably partitioned off shall be provided exclusively for the storage of all
protective equipment supplied to the workers and no such equipment shall be stored in any place other than the room or
place provided.
11. Washing facilities:- The occupier shall provide and maintain in a cleanly state and in good repair for the use of all
persons employed in any of the processes specified in paragraph 2 a wash place under cover with either-
(a)(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe, without plug, and of sufficient length to allow at
least two feet for every five such persons employed at any one time and having a constant supply of clean water from taps
or jets above the trough at intervals of not more than two feet ; or
(ii) at least one tap or stand pipe for every five such persons employed at any one time, and having a constant supply of
clean water, the tap or stand pipe being spaced not less than 4 feet apart; and (b) a sufficient supply of clean towels made
of suitable material renewed daily with sufficient supply of nail brushes and soap.
12. Time allowed for washing..- Before each meal and before the end of the day's work, at least ten minutes, in addition to
the regular meal time, shall be allowed for washing to each person employed in any of the processes mentioned in
paragraph 2.
13. Mess room..-
(1) There shall be provided and maintained for use of all persons remaining within the premises during the rest intervals, a
suitable mess room providing accommodation of 10 square feet per head and furnished with--
(i) a sufficient number of tables and chairs or benches withback rest
(ii) arrangements for washing utensils
(iii) adequate means for warming food
(iv) adequate quantity of drinking water;
(2) The room shall be adequately ventilated by the circulation of fresh air and placed under the charge of a responsible
person and shall be kept clean.
14. Food, drinks, etc., prohibited in the work rooms:- No food, drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be brought or
consumed by any worker into any work room in which any of the processes mentioned in paragraph 2 is carried on and no
person shall remain in any such room during intervals for meals or rest.
15. Cloak room etc.:- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed in any of the processes
mentioned in paragraph 2-
(a) a cloak-room for clothing put off during working hours and such accommodation shall be separate from any mess-
room;
(b) separate and suitable arrangements for the storage of protective equipment provided under paragraph 10.
16. These regulations shall not apply to a factory in which any of the following articles but no other pottery is made-
(a) unglazed or salt glazed bricks and tiles ; and
(b) architectural terra cotta made from plastic clay and either unglazed or glazed with a leadless glaze only.
17. Exemptions:- If in respect of any factory the Chief Inspector is satisfied that all or any of the provisions of this
schedule are not necessary for the protection of the persons employed in such factory, he may by certificate in writing
exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions subject to such conditions as he may specify therein. Such
Certificate may at any time be revoked by the Chief Inspector without assigning any reasons,
1
[SCHEDULE XV
CHEMICAL WORKS
PART - 1
1. Application - This schedule shall apply to all manufacture and processes incidental there to carried on in Chemical
works.
2. Definitions - For the purpose of this schedule:--
(a) "Chemical Works " means any factory or such part of any factory as are listed in appendix 'A' to this schedule
(b) "efficient exhaust draughts" means localised ventilation effected by mechanical or other means for the removal of gas,
vapour, fume or dust to prevent it from escaping into the air of any place in which work is carried on
(c) "bleaching powder" means the bleaching powder commonly called chloride of lime
(d) "chlorate" means chlorate or perchlorate
(e) "caustic" means the hydroxide potassium or sodium
(f) "chrome process" means the manufacturing of chromate or bichromate of potassium or sodium or the manipulation,
movement or other treatment of these substances;
(g) "nitro or amino process" means the manufacture of a nitro or amino derivatives of phenol and of benzene or its
homologues, and the making of explosives with the use of any of these substances;
(h) the term 'permit to work system' means the compliance with the procedures laid down under para 20 of part II;
(i) "toxic substances " means all those substances which when they enter into the human body, through inhalation or
ingestion or absorption through skin, in sufficient quantities cause facility or exert serious affliction of health, or chronic
harmful affects on the health of persons exposed to it due to its inherent chemical or biological effects. In respect of
substances whose TLV is specified in Rule 123 -A, exceeding the concentration specified therein would make the
substance toxic;
(j) "emergency" means a situation or condition leading to a circumstances or set of circumstances in which there is danger
to the life or health of persons or which could result in big fire or explosion to the work and outside environment affecting
the workers or neighborhood in a serious manner, demanding immediate action;
(k) "dangerous chemical reaction " means high speed reactions, run-away reaction, delayed reactions, etc., and are
characterised by evolution of large quantities of heat, intense release or toxic flammable gases or vapours, sudden pressure
build-up etc.
(l) "manipulation " means mixing, blending, filling, emptying, grinding, sieving, drying, packing, sweeping, handling,
using etc.;

(m) "approved personal protective equipment " means items of personal protective equipment conforming to the relevant
ISI specifications or in the absence of it, personal protective equipment approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories ;
(n) "appropriate personal protective equipment" means that when the "protective equipment" is used by the worker, he
shall have no risk to his life of health or body ; and
(o) "confined space" means any space by reason of its construction shall as well as in relation to the nature of the work
carried therein and where hazards to the persons entering into or working inside exist or are likely to develop during
working.
PART - II
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Applying to all the works in Appendix 'D'
1. House keeping :-
(1) Any spillage of materials shall be cleaned up before further processing.
(2) Floor, platforms, stairways, passages and gangways shall be kept free of any obstructions.
(3) There shall be provided easy means of access to all parts of the plant to facilitate cleaning.
2. Improper use of chemicals:- No chemicals or solvents or empty containers containing chemicals or solvents shall be
permitted to be used by workers for any purposes other than in the processes for which they are supplied.
3. Prohibition on the use of food etc.:- No food drink, tobacco, pan or any edible item shall be stored or heated or
consumed on or near any part of the plant or equipment.
4. Cautionary Notices and Instructions..-
(1) Cautionary notices in a language understood by the majority of workers shall be prominently displayed in all hazardous
areas drawing the attention of all workers about the hazards to health, hazards involving fire explosion and any other
hazard such as consequences of testing of material or substances used in the process or using any contaminated container
for drinking or eating to which the workers attention should be drawn for ensuring their safety and health.
(2) In addition to the above cautionary notice, arrangements shall be made to instruct and educate all the workers including
illiterate workers about the hazards, in the process including the specific hazards to which they may be exposed to, in the
normal course of their work. Such instructions and education should also deal with the hazards involved in unauthorised
and unsafe practices including the properties of substances used in the process
under normal conditions as well as abnormal conditions and the precautions to be observed against each and every hazard.
Further, an undertaking from the workers shall be obtained within one month of their employment and for old workers
employed, within one month of coming into operation of the rules, to the effect that they have read the contents of the
cautionary notices and instructions, understood them and would abide by them. The training and instructions to all workers
and all supervisory personnel shall include the significance of different types of symbols and colours used on the labels
struck or painted on the various types of containers and pipe lines.
5. Evaluation and provision safeguards before the commencement of process:-
1) Before commencing any process or any experimental work, or any new manufacture covered under Appendix 'A' the
occupier shall take all possible steps to ascertain definitely all the hazards involved both from
the actual operations and the chemical reactions including the dangerous chemical reactions. The properties of the raw
materials used, the final products to be made, and any by-products derived during manufacture, shall
be carefully studied and provisions shall be made for dealing with any hazards including effects on workers, which may
occur during manufacture.
(2) Information in writing giving details of the process, its hazards andthe steps taken or proposed to be taken from the
design stage to disposal stage for ensuring the safety as in sub-para (1) above should be sent to the Chief Inspector at the
earliest but in no case less then 15 days before commencing manufacture, handling, or storage of any of items covered
under Appendix 'A' whether on experimental basis, or as pilot plant or as trial production, or as large scale manufacture.
(3) The design, construction, installation, operation, maintenance and disposal of the buildings, plant and facilities shall
take into consideration effective safeguards against all the safety and health hazards so evaluated.
(4) The requirements under the sub-para (1) to (3) shall not act in lieu of or in derogation to, any other provisions
contained in any Act governing the work.
6. Authorised entry:- Authorised persons only shall be permitted to enter any section of the factory or plant where any
dangerous operations or processes are being carried on or where dangerous chemical reactions are taking place or where
hazardous chemicals are stored.
7. Examinations of instruments and safety devices:-
1) All instruments and safety devices used in the process shall be tested before taking into use and after carrying out any
repair to them and examined once in a month, by a competent person. Records of such tests and examinations shall be
maintained in a register.
(2) All instruments and safety devices used in the process shall be operated daily or as often as it is necessary, to ensure its
effective and efficient working at all times.
8. Electrical installations:- All electrical installations used in the process covered in Appendix 'A' shall be of an appropriate
type to ensure safety against the hazard prevalent in that area such as suitability against dust, dampness, corrosion,
flammability and explosivity etc., and shall confirm to the relevant ISI specifications governing their construction and use
for that area.
9. Handling and storage of chemicals:-
(1) The containers for handling and storage of chemicals shall be of adequate strength taking into consideration the
hazardous nature of the contents. They shall also be provided with adequate labelling and colour coding arrangements to
enable identification of the containers and their contents indicating the hazards and safe handling methods and shall
confirm to the respective ISI standards. The instructions given in the label shall be strictly adhered to. Damaged Containers
shall be handled only under supervision of a knowledgeable and responsible
person and spillage shall be rendered innocuous in a safe manner using appropriate means.
(2) The arrangement for the storage of chemicals including charging of chemicals in reaction vessels and containers shall
be such as to prevent any risk of fire or explosion or formation of toxic concentration of substances above the limits
specified in Rule 123-A.
(3) Without prejudice to the generality of the requirements in sub-para(2) above, the arrangements shall have suitable
ventilation facilities and shall enable the maintenance of safe levels in vessels and containers. Such
arrangements shall also take into consideration, the type of flooring and the capacity of flooring and the compatibility
requirements of substances with other chemicals stored nearby.
(4)(a) Storage of chemicals and intermediate products, which are highly unstable or reactive or explosive shall be limited
to the quantities required for two months use.
(b) whenever the quantities laid down in the above clause (a) are to be exceeded, the permission of the Chief Inspector
shall be obtained.
(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in clause (a) and (b) above, the Chief Inspector of Factories may direct any
Factory carrying out processes covered in Appendix 'A' to further limit the storage of hazardous substances to quantities
less than two months on considerations of safety.
(5) Standby arrangements equal to the biggest container shall always be available to transfer the toxic substances quickly
into the standby storage facility if any defect develops in any of the container resulting in the release of toxic substances.
(6) Any storage facility constructed using non-metallic material such as Fibre glass Reinforced Plastics (FRP), all glass
vessels etc. shall have adequate strength to withstand the stress, if any, exerted by the contents and shall be
properly anchored, working platforms, access ladders, pipe lines etc., used in such storage facility shall not have may
support on the structure of the storage facility and shall be independently supported.
10. Facility for isolation:- The plant and equipment shall be so constructed and maintained as to enable quick isolation of
plant or part of plant or equipment, with appropriate indication. One copy of the layout plant indicating the isolation
facilities shall always be available with the security personnel, the maintenance and the health and safety personnel and
these isolation facilities shall be checked for its effectiveness once in a month.
11. Personal Protective Equipment:-
(1) All workers exposed to the hazards in the process covered by this schedule shall be provided with
appropriate and approved type of personal protective equipment. Such equipment shall be in a clean, sterile and hygienic
condition before issue.
(2) The occupier shall arrange to inform, educate and supervise all the workers in the use of personal protective equipment
while carrying out the job.
(3) As regards any doubt regarding the appropriateness of any personal protective equipment, the decision of the Chief
Inspector will be final.
12. Alarm Systems:-
(1) Suitable and effective alarm system giving audible and visible indications, shall be installed at the control room as well
as in all strategic locations where process control arrangements are available so as to enable corrective action to be taken
before the operational parameters exceed the predetermined safe levels or lead to conditions conducive for an outbreak of
fire or explosion to occur. Such alarm systems shall be checked daily and tested every month at least once to ensure its
performance efficiency at all times.
(2) The Chief Inspector of Factories may direct such system to be installed in case of plant or processes where toxic
materials are being used and spillage or leakage of which may cause wide spread poisoning in or around the plant.
13. Control of escape of substances into the work atmosphere:-
(1) Effective arrangements such as, enclosure, or by pass, or efficient exhaust draught, maintenance of negative pressure
etc., shall be provided in all plants, containers, vessels, sewers, drains, flues, ducts, culverts, and buried pipes and
equipment, to control the escape and spread of substances which are likely to give rise to fire or explosion or toxic hazards
during normal working and in the event of accident or emergency.
(2) In the event of the failure of the arrangements for control resulting in the escape of substances in the work atmosphere
immediate steps shall be taken to control the process in such a manner, that further escape is brought down to the safe
level.
(3) The substances that would have escaped into the work atmosphere before taking immediate steps as required in sub-
para (2), shall be rendered innocuous by diluting with air or water or any other suitable agent or by suitably treating the
substances.
14. Control of dangerous chemical reactions:- Suitable provision, such as automatic and or remote control arrangements,
shall be made for controlling the effects of dangerous chemical reactions. In the event of failure of control arrangements
automatic flooding or blanketing or other effecting arrangements shall come into operation.
15. Testing, examination and repair of plant and equipment..-
(1) All parts of plant, equipment and machinery used in the process which in the likely event of their failure may give rise
to an emergent situation shall be tested by a competent person before commencing process and retested at an interval of
two years or after carrying out repairs to it. The competent persons shall identify the parts of the plant, equipment and
machinery required to be tested as aforesaid and evolve a suitable testing procedures. In carrying out the test as mentioned
above in respect of pressure vessels or reaction vessels the following precautions shall be observed namely
(a) before the test is carried out, each vessel shall be thoroughly cleaned and examined externally, and as far as practicable,
internally also for surface defects, corrosion and foreign matter. During the process of cleaning and removal of sludge, if
any, all due precautions shall be taken against fire or explosion, if such sludge is of phoropheric nature of contents
spontaneously combustible chemicals;
(b) as soon as the test is completed, the vessel shall be thoroughly dried internally and shall be clearly stamped with the
marks and figures indicating the person by whom testing has been done and the date of test ; and
(c) any vessel which fails to pass the test or which for any other reasons is found to be unsafe for use shall be destroyed or
rendered unusable under intimation to the Chief Inspector.
(2) All parts of plant, equipment, machinery which in the likely event of failure may give rise to an emergent situation
shall be examined once in a month by the competent person.
(3) Records of testing and examination referred to in paragraphs (1) and(2) shall be maintained as long as that part of the
plant, equipment and machinery are in use.
(4) All repair work including alteration, modification and addition to be carried to the plant equipment and machinery
shall be done under the supervision of a responsible person who shall evolve a procedure to ensure safety and health of
persons doing the work. When repairs for modification is done on pipelines, and joints are required to be welded, but
welding of joints shall be preferred. Wherever necessary, the responsible person shall regulate the aforesaid work through
a 'permit to work system.'
16. Staging:-
(1) All staging that is erected for the purpose of maintenance work or repair work or for work connected with entry into
confined spaces and used in the processes included in Appendix 'A' shall be stable, rigid and constructed out of substantial
material of adequate strength. Such staging shall confirm to the respective Indian Standard specific actions.
(2) Staging shall not be erected over any closed or open vessel unless the vessel is so constructed and ventilated to prevent
exposure of persons working on the stages.
(3) All the staging constructed for the purpose of this para shall have appropriate access which are safe and shall be fitted
with proper hand rails to a height of the one metre and toe board.
17. Seating arrangements:- The seating arrangements provided for, the operating personnel working in processes covered
in Appendix 'A' shall be located in a safe manner as to prevent the risk of exposure of toxic, flammable and explosive
substances evolved in the work environment in the course of manufacture of repair or maintenance, either due to failure of
plant and equipment or due to the substances which are under pressure, escaping into atmosphere.
18. Entry into or work in confined spaces:-
(1) The occupier of every factory to which the provisions of this schedule apply, shall ensure the observance of the
following precautions before permitting any person to enter or work inside the confined spaces-
(a) identify all confined spaces and the nature of hazards that are encountered in such spaces, normally or abnormally and
arrange to develop the most appropriate safeguards for ensuring the safety and health of persons entering into or working
inside, the confined spaces
(b) regulate the entry or work inside the confined spaces through a 'permit to work system' which should include the
safeguards so developed as required under sub-clause (a) above ;
(c) before testing the confined space for entry into work, the space shall be rendered safe by washing or cleaning with
neutralising agents; or purging with steam or inert gases and making adequate forced ventilation arrangements or such
measure which will render the confined space safe ;
(d) shall arrange to carry out such tests as are necessary for the purpose by a competent person and ensure that the confined
space is safe for the persons to enter or work. Such testing shall be carried out as often as is necessary during the course of
work to ensure its continued safety;
(e) Shall arrange to educate and train the personnel who would be required to work in confined spaces about the hazards
involved in the work. He shall also keep in readiness the appropriate and
approved personal protective equipment including arrangements for rescue, resurrection and first aid, and shall arrange
supervision of the work at all times by a responsible and knowledgeable person.
(2) The manager shall maintain a log of all entry into or work, in, confined spaces and such record shall contain the work
and such other details of persons assigned for the work, the location of the work and such other details
that would have a bearing on the safety and health of the persons assigned for this work. The log book so maintained shall
be retained as long as the concerned workers are in service and produced to the inspector when
demanded.
19. Maintenance work etc.:--
(1) All the work connected with the maintenance of plants and equipment including cleaning of empty containers which
have held hazardous substances used in the processes covered in this Schedule, shall be carried out under 'permit to work
system' employing trained personnel and under the supervision of responsible person, having knowledge of the hazards
and precautions required to deal with them.
(2) Maintenance work shall be carried out in such a manner that there is no risk to persons in the vicinity or the persons
who pass by. If necessary, the place of such work shall be cordoned off or the presence of unconnected
persons effectively controlled.
20. Permit to work system:- The permit to work system shall inter-alia include the observance of the following precautions
while carrying out any specified work to be subjected to the permit to work system-
(a) all work subject to the permit to work system shall be called out under the supervision of a knowledgeable and
responsible person;
(b) all parts of plant or machinery or equipment on which permit to work system is carried out shall remain isolated from
other parts throughout the period of permit to work and the place of work including the
parts of plant, machinery shall be rendered safe by cleaning, purging, washing etc.;
(c) all work subject to the permit to work system shall have pre-determined work procedures which integrate safety with
the work. Such procedures shall be reviewed whenever any change occurs in material or equipment so that continued
safety is ensured;
(d) persons who are assigned to carry out the permit work system shall be physically fit in all respects taking into
consideration the demands and nature, of the work before entering into the confined space. Such person shall be
adequately informed about the correct work procedures as well as the precautions to be observed while carrying
out the permit to work system;
(e) adequate rescue arrangements wherever considered necessary and adequate first aid, rescue and resurrection
arrangements shall be available in good working condition near the place of work while carrying out the permit to work
system, for use in emergency;
(f) appropriate and approved personal protective equipment shall be used while carrying out the permit to work system;
(g) after completion of work subject to the permit to work system the person responsible shall remove all the equipment
and tools and restore to the original conditions so as to prevent any danger while carrying out regular process.
21. Safety sampling personnel:- The occupier shall ensure the safety of persons assigned for collecting samples by
instructing them on the safe procedures. Such personnel shall be provided with proper and approved personal protective
equipment, if required.
22. Ventilation:- Adequate ventilation arrangements shall be provided and maintained at all times in the process area
where dangerous or toxic or flammable or explosive substances could be evolved. These arrangements shall ensure that
concentrations, which are either harmful or could result in explosion, are not permitted to be build up in the work
environment.
23. Procedures for meeting emergencies:-
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying out the works covered in Appendix 'A' shall arrange to identify all types of
possible emergencies that could occur in the processes during the course of work or while carrying out maintenance work
or repair work, the emergencies so identified shall be reviewed every year.
(2) The occupier shall formulate a detailed plan to meet all such identified emergencies including arrangements for
summoning outside help for rescue and fire fighting and arrangements for making available urgent medical facilities.
(3) The occupier shall sent the list of emergencies and the details of procedures and plans formulated to meet the
emergencies, to the Chief Inspector of Factories.
(4) The occupier shall arrange to install distinctive and recognizable warning arrangements to caution all persons inside the
plant as well as the neighboring community, if necessary, to enable evacuation of persons and to enable the observance of
emergency procedures by the persons who are assigned emergency duties. All concerned must be well informed about the
warning arrangements and their meeting. The arrangements must be checked
for its effectiveness every month.
(5) Alternate power supply arrangements shall be made and interlocked with the normal power supply system so as to
ensure constant supply of power to the facilities and equipment meant for compliance with requirements of
paragraphs 10, 11, 12,13,14,18,22 and this paragraph of part II, part Ill, part IV and part V of this schedule.
(6) The occupier shall arrange to suspend the further process work in a place where emergency is established and shall
forthwith evacuate all persons in that area except workers who have been assigned emergency duties.
(7) All the employees of the factory shall be trained about the action to be taken by them including evacuation procedures
during emergencies.
(8) All emergency procedures must be rehearsed every three months anddeficiencies, if any, in the achievements of the
objectives shall suitably be corrected.
(9) The occupier shall arrange to have ten percent of the workers trained in the use of First Aid, Fire Fighting appliances
and in the rendering of specific First Aid measures taking into consideration the special hazards of the particular process.
(10) The occupier shall furnish immediately on the request the specific chemical identity of the hazardous substance to the
treating physician when the information is needed to administer proper emergency or first-aid treatment to exposed
persons.
24. Danger due to effluents..-
(1) Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent the mixing of effluents from different processes and operations which
may cause dangerous or poisonous gases to be evolved.
(2) Effluents which contain or give rise in the presence of other effluents to poisonous gases shall be provided with
independent drainage systems to ensure that they may be trapped and rendered safe.
PART - III
Fire and Explosions Risks
1. Sources of ignition including lighting installation:--
(1) No internal combustion engine and no electric motor or other electrical equipment and fittings and fixtures capable of
generating sparks or otherwise causing combustion or any other source of ignition or any naked light shall be installed or
permitted to be used in the process area where there could be fire and explosion hazards.
(2) All hot exhaust pipes shall be installed outside a building and other hot pipes or hot surface or surfaces likely to
become hot shall be suitably protected.
(3) The classification of work areas in terms of its hazard potential and the selection of electrical equipment or other
equipment that could constitute a source of ignition shall be in accordance with the respective Indian Standard.
(4) Where a flammable atmosphere may be prevalent or could occur, the soles of footwear worn by workers shall have no
metal on them, and the wheels of trucks of conveyors shall be conductive type.
(5) All tools and appliances used for work in this area shall be of non-sparking
(6) Smoking in process areas where there are risks of fire and explosion shall be prohibited, and warning notices in the
language understood by majority of workers shall be posted in the factory prohibiting smoking into specified areas.
2. Static Electricity:-
(1) All machinery and plant particularly, pipe lines and belt drives, on which static charge is likely to accumulate, shall be
effectively earthed. Receptacles for flammable liquids shall have metallic connections to the earthed supply tanks to
prevent static sparking. Where necessary, humidity shall be regulated.
(2) Mobile tanker wagons shall be earthed during filling and discharge, and precautions shall be taken to ensure that
earthing is effective before such filling or discharge taken place.
3. Lighting protection:- Lighting protection arrangement shall be fitted where necessary, and shall be maintained.
4. Process heating:- The method of providing heat for a process likely to result in fire and explosion shall be as safe as
possible and where the use of naked flame is necessary, the plant shall be so constructed as to prevent any escaping
flammable gas, vapour, or dust coming into contact with the flame, or exhaust gases, or other sources likely to cause
ignition. Wherever
possible, the heating arrangements shall be automatically controlled at a predetermined temperature below the danger
temperature.
5. Leakage of inflammable liquids:-
(1) Provisions shall be made to confine by means of bund walls, dykes, sumps etc., possible leakages from storage vessels
containing flammable liquids.
(2) Waste material in contact with flammable substances shall be disposed of suitably under the supervision of
knowledgeable and responsible person.
(3) Adequate and suitable fire-fighting appliances shall be installed in the vicinity of such vessels.
6. Safety valves:- Every still and every closed vessel in which gas is evolved or into which gas is passed, and in which the
pressure is liable to rise above the atmospheric pressure, shall have attached to it a pressure gauge, and a proper safety
valve or other equally efficient means to receive the pressure. These appliances shall be maintained in good condition.
7. Installation of pipe line etc.:- All pipelines carrying flammable or explosive substances shall be protected from
mechanical damage and shall he examined by a responsible person once in a week to detect any deterioration or defects, or
accumulation of flammable or explosive substances, and record kept of any defects found and repairs made.
8. Fires fighting systems:-
(1) Every factory employing 500 or more persons and carrying processes listed in Appendix 'A' shall provide-
(a) Trained and responsible fire fighting squad so as to effectively handle the fire fighting and life saving equipment in the
event of fire or other emergency. Number of persons in this squad will necessarily depend upon the size of risk involved
but in no case shall be less then such trained persons to be available at any time. The squad shall consist of watch and ward
personnel, fire pump man and departmental supervisors and operators trained in the operation of fire and emergency
services.
(b) Squad leaders shall preferably be trained in a recognised government institution and their usefulness enhanced by
providing residence on the premises.
(c) Squad personnel shall be provided with clothing and equipment including helmets, boots and belts.
(2) A muster roll showing the duties allocated to each member of the squad shall be prepared and copies supplied to each
leader as well as displayed in prominent places so as to be easily available for reference in case of emergency.
(3) The pump man shall be thoroughly conversant with the location of all appliances. He shall be responsible for
maintaining all fire fighting equipment in proper working order. Any defect coming to his notice shall be immediately be
brought to the notice of squad leader.
(4) As far as is practicable, the fire pump room and the main states of the factory be connected to all manufacturing or
storing areas through telephone interlinked and placed in a convenient location near such areas.
PART--IV
Risks of Toxic Substances
1. Leakage:-
(1) All plants shall be so designed and constructed as to prevent the escape of toxic substance. Where necessary, separate
buildings, rooms, or protective structures shall be used for the dangerous stages of the
process and the buildings shall be so designed as to localise any escape of toxic substances.
(2) Catch pits, bund walls, dykes, or other suitable safeguards shall be provided to restrict the serious effects of such
leakages, Catch pits shall be placed below joints in pipelines where there is danger involved to maintenance
and other workers from such leakage.
2. Drainage:- Adequate drainage shall be provided and shall lead to collection tanks specifically provided for this purpose
wherein deleterious material shall be neutralised, treated or otherwise rendered safe before it is discharged into public
drains or sewers.
3. Covering of Vessels:-
(1) Every fixed vessel or structure containing any toxic substance and not so covered as to eliminate all reasonable risk of
accidental contact of any portion of the body of worker, shall be so constructed as to avoid physical contact.
(2) Such vessel shall, unless its edge is at least 90 cms. above the adjoining ground or platform, be securely fenced to a
height of at least 90 cms. above such adjoining ground or platform.
(3) Where such vessels adjoin and the space between them clear of any surrounding brick or other work is either less than
45 cms in width or is 45 or more cms in width, but is not securely fenced on both sides to a height of at least 90 cms,
secure barriers shall be so placed as to prevent passage between them:
Provided that sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph shall not apply to--
(a) Saturators used in the manufacture of sulphate of ammonia; and
(b) that part of the sides of brine evaporating pans which require raking,
drawing of filling.
4. Continuous exhaust arrangement:-
(1) Any process evolving toxic vapour, gas, fume and substance shall have efficient continuous exhaust
draught, such arrangement shall be interlocked in the process central wherever possible.
(2) In the event of failure of continuous exhaust arrangement, means shall be provided to automatically stop the process.
5. Work Bench:-
All the work benches used in processes involving the manipulation of toxic substances, shall be graded properly and shall
be made of smooth impervious surface which shall be washed daily after the competition of work.
6. Waste disposal:-
(1) There shall be provided a suitable receptacle made of no absorbable material with a tightly fitting cover for depositing
waste material soiled with toxic substances and the contents of such receptacle shall he destroyed by burning or using other
suitable methods under the supervision of a responsible person.
(2) During the course of manufacture, whenever any batch or intermediate products having toxicity is rejected on
consideration of quality, sufficient precautions shall be taken to render them innocuous or otherwise treat them
or inactive them, before disposal.
(3) The empty containers of toxic substances shall be cleaned thoroughly before disposal under the supervision of a
responsible person.
PART-V
Special provisions
1. Special precautions for Nitro or Amino Processes:-
(1) Unless the crystallized nitro or amino substances or any of its liquor is broken or agitated in a completely enclosed
process so as not to give rise to dust or fume, such process shall be carried on under an efficient exhaust draught or by
adopting any other suitable means in such a manner as to prevent the escape of dust or fume in the working atmosphere.
(2) No part of the plant or equipment or implements which was in contact with nitro or amino compounds shall be
repaired, or handled unless they have been emptied and thoroughly cleaned and decontaminated.
(3) Filling of containers with nitro or amino compounds shall be done only by using a suitable scoop to avoid physical
contact and the drying of the containers in the stove shall be done in such a manner that the hot and contaminated air from
the stove is not drawn into the work room.
(4) Processes involving the steaming into or around any vessel containing nitro or amino compounds or its raw materials
shall be carried out in such a manner that these steam or vapour is effectively prevented to be blown back into the working
atmosphere.
(5) Suitable antidotes such as methylene blue injections shall always be available at designated places of work for use
during emergency involving the poisoning with intro or amino compounds.
2. Special precautions for 'Chrome processes':-
1) Grinding and sieving of raw materials in chrome processes shall be carried on in such a manner and under such
condition as to secure effective separation from any other processes and under an efficient exhaust draught.
(2) There shall be washing facilities located very near to places where wet chrome processes such as leaching,
acidification, sulphate settling, evaporation, crystallisation, centrifugation or packing are carried out, to enable quick
washing of effected parts of body with running water.
(3) Weekly inspection of hand and feet of all persons employed in chrome process shall he done by a qualified nurse and
record of such inspections shall be maintained in a form approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories.
(4) There shall be always available at designated places of work suitable ointment such as glycerine, Vaseline etc.,, and
water proof plaster in a separate box readily accessible to the workers so as to protect against performation of nasal
septum.
3.Special precautions for processes carried out in all glass vessels:-
(1) Processes and chemical reactions such as manufacture of vinyl chlorine, benzyl chloride etc., which are required to be
carried, out in all glass vessels shall have suitable means like substantial wire-mesh covering to protect persons working
nearby in the event of breakage of glass vessel.
(2) Any spillage or emission of vapour from the all glass vessel due to breakage, shall be immediately inactivated or
rendered innocuous by a suitable means such as dilution with water or suitable solvents so as to avoid the risks of fire or
explosion or health hazard.
4. Special precautions for processes involving chlorate

manufacture:-
(1)Crystallisation, grinding or packing of chlorate shall not bedone in a place used for any other purpose and such places
shall have hard, smooth and impervious surface made of noncombustible material. The place shall be thoroughly cleaned
daily.
(2) The personal protective equipment overall, etc. provided for the chlorate workers shall not be taken from the place of
work and they shall be thoroughly cleaned daily.
(3) Adequate quantity of water shall be available near the place of chlorate process for use during fire emergency.
(4) Wooden vessels shall not be used for the crystallisation of chlorate or to contain crystallised ground chlorate.
5. Special precautions in the use of plant and equipment made from reinforced plastics:-
(1) All plant and equipments shall conform to appropriate Indian or any other National Standard.
(2) Care shall be taken during storage, transport, handling and installation of plant and equipments to avoid accidental
damage.
(3) All plant and equipments shall be installed in such a way as to ensure that leads are distributed as intended in design or
as per the recommendations of the manufacturers.
(4) All pipe work shall be supported so that total loads local in the branches on the vessel or tank do not exceed their
design values.
(5) After erection all plant and equipments shall be subjected to a pressure test followed by a thorough examination by a
competent person. A certificate of test and examination by competent person shall be obtained and kept available at site.
(6) All plant and equipments shall be subjected to periodical test and examination and record maintained as per paragraph
15 in part-II of this schedule.
(7) Plant and equipments during their use shall not be subjected to overfilling or overloading beyond rated capacity.
PART-VI
Medical Requirements
1. Decontamination facilities:- In all places where toxic substances are used in processes listed in Appendix 'A' the
following provisions shall be made to meet an emergency :
(a) Fully equipped first aid box
(b) readily accessible means of drenching with water persons, parts of body of persons, and clothing of persons who have
been contaminated with such toxic and corrosive substances, and such means shall beas shown in the Table below
No. of persons employed at any time No. of drenching showers

Upto 50 persons 2
between 51 to 100 2
101 to 200 3
3+1 for every 50
201 to 400
persons thereafter
3+1 for every 200
401 and above
persons thereafter.
(d) A sufficient number of eye wash bottles filled with distilled water or suitable liquid, kept in boxes or cupboards
conveniently situated and clearly indicated by a distinctive sign which shall be visible at all time.
2. Occupational health centre:- In all the factories carrying out processes covered in Appendix 'A' there shall be provided
and maintained in good order an occupational health centre with facilities as per scale laid down hereunder-
(1) For factories employing upto 50 workers-
(a) The services of a qualified medical practitioner hereinafter known as factory medical officer, available on a retainer
ship basis, in his notified clinic near to the factory for seeking medical help during emergency. He will also carry out the
pre-employment and periodical medical examination as stipulated in paragraph 4 of this part.
(b) A minimum of five persons trained in first aid procedures, amongst whom at least one shall always be available during
the working period.
(c) A fully equipped first aid box.
(2) For factories employing 51 to 200 workers-
(a) The occupational health centre shall have a room having a minimum floor area of 15 Sq.m. with floors and walls made
of smooth, hard and impervious surface and shall be adequately illuminated, ventilated and equipped.
(b) A part-time Factory Medical Officer will be in over all charge of the Centre who shall visit the factory minimum twice
in a week and whose services shall be readily available during emergencies.
(c) There shall be one qualified and trained dresser-cum-compounder on duty throughout the working period.
(d) A fully equipped first aid box.
3. For factories employing above 200 workers:-
(a) There shall be one full-time Factory Medical Officer, for factories employing upto 500 workers and one more medical
officer for every 1000 workers or part thereof.
(b) The occupational health centre in this case shall have a minimum of 2 rooms each having a minimum floor area of 15
sq.m. with floors and walls made of smooth, hard and impervious surface and shall be adequately illuminated, ventilated
and equipped.
(c) There shall be one trained nurse, one dresser-cum-compounder and one sweeper cum ward boy throughout the working
period.
(d) The occupational Health Centre in this case shall be suitably equipped to manage medical emergencies.
3. Ambulance Van:-
(1) In every factory carrying out processes covered in appendix 'A' there shall be provided and maintained in good
condition, a suitably constructed and fully equipped ambulance van as per Appendix 'C', manned by a full-time driver-cm-
mechanic and a helper, trained in first aid for the purposes of transportation of serious cases of accidents or sickness unless
arrangements for procuring such facility at short notice during emergencies have been made with the nearby hospital or
other places. The ambulance van shall not be used for any purpose other than purpose stipulated herein and will always be
available near the occupational Health Centre.
(2) The realization to procure Ambulance Van from nearby places provided for in sub-para (1) above will not be applicable
to factories employing more than 500 workers.
4. Medical examination:-
(1) Workers employed in processes covered in Appendix 'A' shall be medically examined by a Factory Medical Officer in
the following manner-
(a) Once before employment, to ascertain physical suitability of the person to do the particular job
(b) Once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain the health status of the worker ; and
(c) The details of pre-employment and periodical medical examinations carried out as aforesaid shall be recorded in the
prescribed form.
(2) Any finding of the Factory Medical Officer revealing any abnormality or unsuitability of any person employed in the
process shall immediately be reported to the Certifying Surgeon who shall in turn, examine the concerned
workers and communicate his findings within 30 days. If the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that the person so
examined is required to be suspended from the process for health protection he will direct the occupier
accordingly, who shall not employ the said worker in the same process. However, the person so suspended from the
process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully incapacitated in the opinion of
the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated:
Provided that the Certifying Surgeon on his own examine any other worker whom he feels necessary to be examined for
ascertaining the suitability of his employment in the process covered in Appendix 'A' or for ascertaining the health status
of any other worker and his opinion shall be final.
(3) No person shall be newly appointed without the certificate of fitness granted by the factory medical officer. If the
Factory Medical Officer declares a person unfit for being appointed to work in the process covered in Appendix 'A' such
person shall have a right of appeal to the certifying surgeon whose opinion shall be final in this regard.
(4) The worker suspended from the process owing to the circumstances covered in sub-para (2) shall be employed again in
the same process only after obtaining the Fitness Certificate from the Certifying Surgeon and after making entries to that
effect in the health register.
PART VII
Additional Welfare Amenities
1. Washing Facilities:-
(1) There shall be provided and maintained in every factory for the use of all the workers taps for washing, at the rate of
one tap for every 15 persons including liquid soap in a container with fitting arrangements and nail brushes or other
suitable means for effective cleaning. Such facilities shall be conveniently accessible and shall be kept in a clean and
hygienic condition.
(2) If washing facilities as required above are provided for women such facilities shall be separate of them and adequate
privacy at all times shall be ensured in such facilities.
2. Mess room facilities:-
(1) The occupier of all the factories carrying out processes covered in Appendix 'A' and employing 50 workers or more,
shall provide for all the workers working in a shift mess room facilities which are well ventilated and provided with tables
and sitting facilities along with the provision of cold and hygienic drinking water facilities.
(2) Such facilities shall include suitable arrangements for cleaning and washing and shall be maintained in a clear and
hygienic condition.
3. Cloak room facilities:-
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying out any process covered in Appendix 'A' shall provide for all the workers
employed in the process cloak room facilities with lockers. Each worker shall be provided with two lockers; one for work
clothing and another separately for personal clothing the lockers should be such as to enable the keeping of the clothing in
a hanging position.
(2) The cloak room facilities so provided in pursuance of sub para (1) of para 1 shall be located as far as possible near to
the facilities provided for washing in pursuance of sub-para 1(1). If it is not possible to locate the washing facilities, the
cloak room facilities shall have adequate and suitable arrangements for cleaning and washing.
4. Special bathing facilities:-
(1) The occupier of any factory carrying out the process covered under Appendix 'B' shall provide special
bathing facilities for all the workers employed and such facilities shall be provided at the rate of 1 for 25 workers and part
thereof, and shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic condition.
(2) The occupier shall insist all the workers employed in the processes covered in Appendix 'B' to take bath after the
completion of the day's shift work using the bathing facilities so provided and shall also effectively prevent such of those
workers taking bath in any place other than the bathing facilities
(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-para (1) above, the Chief Inspector may require in writing the occupier of
any factory carrying out any other process for which in his opinion bathing facilities are essential from the health point of
view, to provide special bathing facilities.
PART-VIII
1. Duties of workers..-
(1) Every worker employed in the processes covered in Appendix 'A' and Appendix 'B' shall not make safety device or
appliance or any guarding or fencing arrangement, inoperative or defective and shall report the defective condition of the
aforesaid arrangements as soon as he is aware of any such defect.
(2) Before commencing any work, all workers employed in processes covered in Appendix 'A' shall check their workplace
as well as the machinery, equipment or appliance used in the processes and report any malfunction or
defect immediately to the supervisor or any responsible person of the management.
(3) All workers shall co-operate in all respects with the management while carrying out any work or any emergency duty
assigned to them in pursuance of this schedule and shall always use all the personal protective
equipments issued to them in a careful manner.
(4) All workers employed in the processes covered in Appendix 'A' or Appendix 'B' shall not smoke in the process area or
storage area. If special facilities are provided by the management only such facilities should be used.
(5) All workers employed in the processes covered in Appendix 'A' shall not remain in unauthorised place or carryout
unauthorised work or improvise any arrangements or adopt short cut method or misuse any of the schedule, in such a
manner as to other employed.
(6) The workers shall not refuse undergoing medical examination as required under these rules.
PART--IX
Restrictions on the employment of young persons under 18 years of age and women
(1) The Chief Inspector of Factories may by an order in writing, restrict or prohibit the employment of women and young
persons under the age of 18; in any of the processes covered in Appendix 'A' of this schedule on considerations of health
and safety of women and young persons.
(2) Such persons who are restricted or prohibited from working in the process due to the order issued in pursuance of sub-
para (1) above shall be provided with alternate work which is not detrimental to their health or safety.
PART-X
Exemptions
1. Power of Exemption:- The State Government or subject to the control of the State Government, the Chief Inspector may
exempt from the compliance with any of the requirements of this schedule partly or fully, any factory carrying out
processes covered in Appendix 'A', if it is clearly and satisfactorily established by the occupier that the compliance with
any of the
requirement is not necessary to ensure the safety and health of persons employed suitable and effective alternate
arrangements are available to any of the requirements covered in this schedule.
APPENDIX 'A'
Any works or that part of the works in which-
(a) the manufacture, manipulation or recovery of any of the following is carried on
(i) Sodium, Potassium, Iron, Aluminium, Cobalt, Nickel, Copper, Arsenic, Antimony, Chromium, Zinc, Selenium,
Magnesium, Cadmium, Mercury, Nerylluim and their organic and inorganic salts, alloys, oxides and hydroxides
(ii) ammonia, ammonium hydroxide and salt of ammonia.,
(iii) the organic or inorganic compounds of sulphurous, sulphuric, nitric, nitrous, hydrochloric, hydrofluoric, hydriodic,
hydrosulphuric, hydrobromic & boric ;
(iv) cyanogen compounds, cyanide compounds, cyanate compounds
(v) phosphorous and its compounds other than organo phosphorous insecticides
(b) hydrogen sulphide is evolved by the decomposition of metallic sulphides, or hydrogen sulphide is used in the
production of such sulphides;
(c) bleaching powder is manufactured or chlorine gas is produced in chloro-alkai plants;
(d) (i) gas tar or coal tar or bitumen or shallow oil asphalt or any residue of such tar is distilled or is used in any process of
chemicals manufacture
(ii) tar based synthetic colouring matters or their intermediates are produced;
(e) nitric acid is used in the manufacture of nitro compounds ;
(f) explosives are produced with the use of nitro compounds ;
(g) aliphatic or aromatic compounds or their metallic and non metallic derivatives or substituted derivatives such as
chloroform, glycol, formal dehyde, benzyl chloride, phenol, methyl ethyl keytone peroxide, cobalt carbonyl, tungsten
carbide etc, are manufactured or recovered
APPENDIX 'B'
1 .Nitro or amido processes
2. All chromo processes
3. Processes of distilling gas or coal tar or processes of chemical manufacture in which tar is used.
4. Processes involving manufacture, manipulation, handling or recovery or cyanogen compound, cyanide compound,
cyanate compounds.
5 .Processes involving manufacture of bleaching powder or production of chlorine gas in chloralkali plants.
6. Manufacture, manipulation or recovery of nickel and its compounds.
7. All processes involving the manufacture, manipulation or recovery of aliphatic or aromatic compounds or their
derivatives or substituted derivatives.
APPENDIX 'C'
Ambulance
Ambulance should have the following equipment;
General
-An wheeled stretcher with folding and adjusting devices

-Head of the stretcher must be capable of being tilted upward;
- Fixed suction unit with equipments
- Fixed oxygen supply with equipments
- Pillow with case
- Sheets;
- Blankets;
- Towels;
-Emesis bag;
- Bed pan
- Urinal
- Glass;
Safety Equipment
-Flares with life of 30 minutes

- Flood lights;
- Flash lights;
- Fire extinguisher dry powder type;
- Insulated gauntlets
Emergency care equipments
Resuscitation
-Portable suction unit

-Portable oxygen unit;
-Bag-valve-mask, hand operated artificial ventilation unit;
-Air ways
-Mouth gags;
Tracheostomy adaptors
- Short spine board;

- I.V. Fluids with administration unit
- B. P. Manometer;
-Cugg;
-Stethoscope;
Immobilization
-Long & Short padded boards

- Wire ladder splints;
- Triangular bandage
-Long & short spine boards
Dressings
- Guaze pads - 4" X 4"

- Universal dressing 10 "X 36"
- Roll of aluminium foils;
- Soft roller bandages 6" x 5 yards
- Adhesive tape in 3" roll;
- Safety pins;
- Bandage Sheets
- Burn Sheet;
Poisoning
-Syrup of Ipecae
-Activated Charcoal Pre Pocketed in doses
-Snake bite kit;
-Drinking water;
Emergency Medicines
-As per requirements (under the advice of Medical Officer only).
SCHEDULE XVI
COMPRESSION OF OXYGEN AND HYDROGEN-
PRODUCED BY THE ELECTROLYSIS OF WATER
1. The room in which electrolyser plant is installed shall be separate from the plant for storing and compressing the
Oxygen and Hydrogen and also the electric generator room.
2. The purity of Oxygen and Hydrogen shall be tested by a competent person at least once in every shift at the following
points:-
(i) in the electrolysis room

(ii) at the gas holder in-test and
(iii) at the suction end of the compressor.
The purity figures shall be entered in the register and signed by the persons carrying out such tests.
Provided, however, that if the electrolyser plant is fitted with automatic recorder of purity of Oxygen and Hydrogen with
alarm lights, it shall be sufficient if the purity of the gases are tested at the suction end of the
compressor only.
3. The Oxygen and Hydrogen gases shall not be compressed if their purity as determined under Clause 2 above falls below
98 per cent at any time.
4. The bell of any gas holder shall not be permitted to go within 30 cms. of its lowest position when empty and a limit
switch shall be fitted to the gas holder in such a manner as to switch off the compressor motor when this limit is reached.
5. There shall be at least two gas holders for each kind of gas compressed and the gas holders for same gas shall be
provided with suitable arrangements to ensure that no gas holder is connected to the compressor and to electrolyser at the
same time, and only one gas holder is connected to the compressor line at any one time.
6. The water and caustic soda used for making lye shall be chemically pure within pharmaceutical limits.
7. Electrical connections at the electrolyser cells and at the electric generator terminals shall be so constructed as to
preclude the possibility of wrong connections leading to the reversal of polarity and in addition an automatic device shall
be provided to cut off power in the event of reversal of polarity owing to wrong connections either at the switch board or at
the electric generator terminals.
8. Oxygen and Hydrogen pipes shall be painted with distinguishing colours and in the event of leakage in the joints of the
hydrogen gas pipe, the pipe after reconnection shall be purged of all air before drawing in hydrogen gas.
9. All electrical wiring and apparatus in the electrolyser room shall be of flame-proof construction or enclosed in flame-
proof fittings and no naked light or flame shall be allowed to be taken either in the electrolyser room or where compression
and filling of gases is carried on and such warning notices shall be exhibited in prominent places.
10. No part of the electrolyser plant and the gas holders and compressor shall he subjected to welding, brazing, soldering
or cutting until steps have been taken to remove any explosive substance from that part and render the part safe for such
operations and after the completion of such operations no explosive substance shall be allowed to enter that part until the
metal has cooled sufficiently to prevent risk of explosion.
11. No work of operation, repair or maintenance shall be undertaken except under the direct supervision of a person who,
by his training, experience and knowledge of the necessary precautions against risk of explosion is competent to supervise
such work. No electric generator after erection or repairs shall be switched on to the electrolysers unless the same is
certified
by the competent persons under whose direct supervision erection or repairs are carried on to be in a safe condition and the
terminals have been checked for the polarity as required by Rule 7.
12. Every part of the electrolyser plant and the gas holders and compressor shall have a regular schedule of overhaul and
checking and every defect noticed shall be rectified forthwith.
1
[SCHEDULE XVII
MANIPULATION OF STONE OR ANY OTHER MATERIAL CONTAINING FREE SILICA.
1. Application:- This schedule shall apply to all factories or parts of factories in which manipulation of stone or any other
material containing free silica is carried on.
(a) "manipulation " means crushing, breaking, chipping, dressing, grinding, sieving, mixing, grading or handling of stone
or any other material containing free silica or any other operation involving such
stone or materials;
(b) "stone or any other material containing free silica" means a stone or any other solid material containing not less than
5% by weight of free silica;
3. Precautions in manipulation:- No manipulation shall be carried out in factory or part of a factory unless one or more of
the following measures,
(a) damping the stone or other material being processed
(b) providing water supply;
(c) enclosing the process
(d) isolation the process ; and
(e) providing localised exhaust ventilation, are adopted so as to effectively control the dust in any place in the factory
where any person is employed, at a level equal to or below the maximum permissible level for silica dust as laid down in
the table:
1. Substituted by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F &B), dt: 12-7-1994

TABLE
Substance Permissible time weighted average concentration

1. Silica
(a) crystalline
(i) Quartz
In terms of dust count 1060 / % Quartz + 10 mpp cm
In terms of respirable dust 10 / % respirable Quartz +2 mg cub.m
In terms of total dust 30 / % Quartz + 3 mg cub.m
(ii) Cristobalite Half of the limits given against quartz
(iii) Tridymite Half of the limits given against quartz
(iv) Silica fused Same limit as for quartz
(v) Tripoli Same limit as in formula in item 2 given against quartz
(b) Amorphous 705 mpp cm
2. Silicate having less than 1% free silica

weight
Asbestos (fibres longer than 5 microns) 2 fibres/cub.cm
Mica 705 mpp cm.
Mineral wool fibre 10 mg / cu. m.
Portilite 1060 mpp cm
Portland cement 1060 mpp cm
Soap stone 705 mpp cm
Talc (non Bostiform) Same limit as for asbestos
Talco (fibrous) Same limit as for asbestos
Tromolite Same limit as for asbestos
3. Coal dust
1 For airborne dust having less than 5%
2 mg / cu. m.
silicon dioxide by weight
2. For airborne dust having less than 5%
Same limits as prescribed by formula in item (2) against quartz
silicon dioxide
Provided that such measures as above said are not necessary if the process or operation itself is such that the level of dust
created and prevailing does not exceed the permissible level preferred to.
4. Maintenance of floors:-
1) All floors or places where fine dust is likely to settle on and whenever any person has to work or pass shall be
of impervious material and maintained in such condition that they can be thoroughly cleaned by a moist method or any
other method which would prevent dust being airborne in the process of cleaning.
(2) The surface of every floor of every work room or place where any work is carried on or where any person has to pass
during the course of his work, shall be cleaned of dust once at least during each shift after being
sprayed with water on or any other suitable method so as to prevent dust beingairborne in the process of cleaning.
5. Prohibition relating young persons:- No young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any of the operations
involving manipulation or at any place where such operations are carried on.
6. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests:-
(1) The occupier of every factory to which the schedule applies, shall-
(a) employ a qualified medical officer for medical surveillance of the workers employed therein whose employment shall
be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories; and
(b) Provide to the said medical officer all the necessary facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (1).
(2) The record of medical examination and appropriate tests carried out by the said medical officer shall be maintained in a
separate register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept available for inspection by the
Inspector.
7. Medical examination by Certifying Surgeon:-
1) Every worker employed in the process specified in paragraph, shall be examined by a certifying surgeon within 15 days
of his first employment. Such medical examination shall include pulmonary function tests and chest X-ray. No worker
shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory unless certified fit for such employment by
the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by a certifying surgeon at least once in every twelve
months. Such examination shall, wherever the certifying surgeon considers appropriate, include all the tests as specified in
sub-paragraph (1) except chest X-ray which will be once in 3 years.
(3)The certifying surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a certificate of Fitness in Form 28. The record of re-
examinations carried out shall be entered in the certificate and the Certificate shall be kept in the custody of the Manager
of the Factory. The record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2), including the nature and the
results of the tests, shall also be entered by the certifying surgeon in a health register in Form 29.
(4)The certificate of fitness and the health register shall be kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for work in the said processes.
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph(5) above shall be re-employed on permitted to
work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again certifies him fit for employment
in those processes.
8. The person suspended from the process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully
9. Exemptions:- If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the exceptional circumstances or
infrequency of the processes or for any other reason, all or any of the provisions of this schedule is not necessary for
protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief Inspector may by a certificate in writing, which he may in his discretion
revoke at any time, exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions subject to such conditions, if any, as he may
specify therein.
SCHEDULE XVIII
HANDLING AND PROCESSING OF ASBESTOS, MANUFACTURE OF ANY

ARTICLE OF ASBESTOS AND ANY OTHER PROCESS OF MANUFACTURE
OTHERWISE IN WHICH ASBESTOS IS USED IN ANY FORM
1. Application:- This schedule shall apply to all factories or parts of factories in which any of the following processes is
carried on.-
(a) breaking, crushing, disintegrating, opening, grinding mixing or serving of asbestos and any other processes involving
handling and manipulation of asbestos incidental thereto ;
(b) all processes in the manufacture of asbestos textiles including preparatory and finishing processes
(c) making or insulation slabs or sections, composed wholly or partly of asbestos, and processes incidental thereto
(d) making or repairing of insulating mattresses, composed wholly or partly of asbestos, and processes incidental thereto
(e) manufacture of asbestos cardboard and paper
(f) manufacture of asbestos cement goods
(g) application of asbestos by spray method
(h) sawing, grinding, turning, abrading and polishing in dry state of articles composed wholly or partly of asbestos
(i) cleaning of any room, vessel, chamber, fixture or appliance for the collection of asbestos dust ; and
(j) any other processes in which asbestos dust is given off into the work environment.
(a) "Asbestos" means any fibrous silicate mineral and any admixture containing actionlite, arnosite, anthophylite,
dhrysotile, crocidolite, tremolite or any mixture thereof, whether crude, crushed or opened;
(b) "asbestos textiles" means yarn or cloth composed of asbestos or asbestos mixed with any other material;
(c) "approved" means approved for the time being in writing by the Chief Inspector;
(d) "breathing apparatus" means a helmet or face piece with necessary connection by means of which a person using it
breathes air free from dust, or any other approved apparatus;
(e) "efficient exhaust draught" means localised ventilation by mechanical means for the removal of dust so as to prevent
dust from escaping into air at any place in which work is carried on. No draught shall be deemed to be efficient which fails
to control dust produced at the point where such dust originates.
(f) "preparing" means crushing, disintegrating, and any other process or incidental to the opening of asbestos;
(g) "protective clothing" means overalls and head covering which (in either case) will when worn to exclude asbestos dust.
3. Tools and Equipment:- Any tools or equipment used in processes to which this schedule applied shall be such that they
do not create asbestos dust above the permissible limit or are equipped with efficient exhaust draught.
4. Exhaust draught:-
(1) An efficient exhaust draught shall be provided and maintained to control dust from the following processes and
machines.
(a) manufacture and conveying machinery namely-
(i) preparing, grinding or dry mixing machines
(ii) carding, card waste and ring spinning machines, and looms ,
(iii) machines or other plant fed with asbestos ; and
(iv) machines used for the sawing, grinding, turning, drilling, abrading or polishing; in the dry state, of articles composed
wholly or partly of asbestos.
(b) cleaning, and grinding of the cylinders or other parts of carding machine
(c) chambers, hoppers or other structures into which loose asbestos is delivered or passes
(d) work-benches for asbestos waste sorting or for other manipulation of asbestos by a hand
(e) workplaces at which the filling or emptying of sacks, skips or other portable containers, weighing or other process
incidental there to which is effected by hand, is carried on
(f) sack cleaning machines
(g) mixing and blending of asbestos by hand and
(h) any other process in which dust is given off into the work environment.
(2) Exhaust ventilation equipment provided in accordance with sub-paragraph (1) shall, while any work of maintenance or
repair to the machinery, apparatus or other plant or equipment in connection with which it is provided is being carried on,
be kept in use so as to produce an exhaust draught which prevents the entry of asbestos dust into the air of any work place.
(3) Arrangements shall be made to prevent asbestos dust discharged from exhaust apparatus being drawn into the air of any
workroom. (4) The asbestos bearing dust removed from any workroom by the exhaust system shall be collected in suitable
receptacles of filter bags which shall be isolated from all work areas.
5. Testing and examination of ventilating systems:-
(1) All ventilating systems used for the purpose of extracting or suppressing dust as required by this schedule shall be
examined and inspected once every week by a responsible person. It shall be thoroughly examined and tested by a
competent person once in every period of 12 months. Any defects found by such examination or test shall be rectified
forthwith.
(2) A register containing particulars of such examination and tests and the state of the plant and the repairs or alterations (if
any) found to be necessary shall be kept and shall be available for inspection by an inspector.
6. Segregation in case of certain process:- Mixing or blending by the hand of asbestos, or making or repairing of insulating
mattresses composed wholly or partly of asbestos shall not be carried on in any room in which any other work is done.
7. Storage and distribution of loose asbestos:- (1) All loose asbestos shall while not in use, be kept in suitable closed
receptacles which prevent the escape of asbestos dust there from such asbestos shall not be distributed within a factory
except in such receptacles or in a totally enclosed system of conveyance.
8. Asbestos sacks..-
1) All sacks used as receptacles for the purpose of transport of asbestos within the factory shall be constructed of
impermeable materials and shall be kept in good repair.
(2) A sack which has contained asbestos shall not be cleaned by hand beating but by a machine, complying with paragraph
3.
9. Maintenance of floors and workplaces..-
(1) In every room in which any of the requirements of this schedule apply-
(a) the floors, work-benches, machinery and plant shall be kept in a clean state and free from asbestos debris and suitable
arrangements shall be made for the storage of asbestos not immediately required
for use ; and
(b) the floors shall be kept free from any materials, plant or other articles not immediately required for the work carried on
in the room, which would obstruct the proper cleaning of the floor.
(2) The cleaning as mentioned in sub-rule (1) shall, so far as is practicable, be carried out by means of vacuum cleaning
equipment so designed and constructed and so used that asbestos dust neither escapes nor is discharged into the air of any
work place.
(3) When the cleaning is done by any method other than that mentioned in sub-paragraph (2), the persons doing cleaning
work and any other person employed in that room shall wear protective clothing.
(4) The vacuum cleaning equipment used in accordance with provision of sub-paragraph (2), shall be properly maintained
and after each cleaning operation, its surface kept in a clean state and free from asbestos waste and
dust.
(5) Asbestos waste shall not be permitted to remain on the floors or other surfaces at the work place as the end of the
working shift and shall be transferred without delay to suitable receptacles. Any spillage of asbestos
waste occurring during the course of the work at any time shall be removed and transferred to the receptacles maintained
for the purpose without delay.
10. Breathing Apparatus and Protective clothing:-
(1) An approved breathing apparatus and protective clothing shall be provided and maintained in good conditions for use
of every person employed-
(a) in chambers containing loose asbestos ;

(b) in cleaning, dust settling or filtering chambers of apparatus;
(c) in cleaning the cylinders, including the copper cylinders or other parts of a carding machine by means of hand-strickle ;
and
(d) in filling, beating, or levelling in the manufacture or repair of insulating mattresses ; and
(e) in any other operation or circumstances in which it is impracticable to adopt technical means to control asbestos dust in
the work environment within the permissible limit.
(2) Suitable accommodation in conveniently accessible position shall be provided for the use of person when putting on or
taking off breathing apparatus and protective clothing provided in accordance with this rule and
for the storage of such apparatus and clothing when not in use.
(3) All breathing apparatus and protective clothing when not in use shall be stored in the accommodation provided in
accordance with sub-rule (2) above.
(4) All protective clothing in use shall be deducted under an efficient exhaust draught or by vacuum cleaning and shall be
washed at suitable intervals. The cleaning schedule and procedure should be such as to ensure the efficiency in protecting
the wearer.
(5) All breathing apparatus shall be cleaned and disinfected at suitable intervals and thoroughly inspected once every
month by a responsible person.
(6) A record of the cleaning and maintenance and of the condition of the breathing apparatus shall be maintained in a
register provided for the purpose which shall be readily available for inspection by an inspector.
(7) No person shall be employed to perform any work specified in sub-paragraph (1) for which breathing apparatus is
necessary to be provided under that sub-paragraph unless he has been fully instructed in the proper use of that equipment.
(8) No breathing apparatus provided in pursuance of sub-paragraph (1) which has been worn by a person shall be worn by
another person unless it has been thoroughly cleaned and disinfected since last being worn and the
person has been fully instructed in the proper use of that equipment.
11. Separate accommodation for personal clothing:- A separate accommodation shall be provided in a conveniently
accessible position for all persons employed in operations to which this schedule applied for storing of personal clothing.
This should be separated from the accommodation provided under sub-paragraph (2) to prevent contamination of personal
clothing.
12. Washing and bathing facilities..-
(1) There shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and in good repair for the use of all workers
employed in the processes covered by the schedule adequate washing and bathing places having a constant supply of water
under cover at the rate of one such place of every 15 persons employed.
(2) The washing places shall have standpipes placed at intervals of not less than one metre.
(3) Not less than one half of the total number of washing places shall be provided with bathrooms.
(4) Sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material shall be provided.
Provided that such towels shall be supplied individually for each worker if so ordered by the Inspector.
(5) Sufficient supply of soap and nail brushes shall be provided.
13. Mess room..-
(1) There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all workers employed in the factory covered by this schedule,
remaining on the premises during the rest intervals, a suitable mess room which shall be furnished with:
(a) Sufficient tables and benches with back rest, and
(b) adequate means for warming food,
(c) The mess room shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person and shall be kept clean.
14. Prohibition o employment of young persons:- No young person shall be employed in any of the process covered by this
schedule.
15. Prohibition relating to smoking:- No person shall smoke in any area where processes covered by this schedule are
carried on. A notice in the language understood by majority of the workers shall be posted in the plant prohibiting smoking
at such areas.
16. Cautionary Notices:-
(1) Cautionary notices shall be displayed at the approaches and along the perimeter of every asbestos processing area to
warn all persons, regarding-
(a) hazards to health from asbestos dust
(b) need to use appropriate protection equipment
(c) prohibition of entry to unauthorised persons, or authorised persons but without protective equipment.
(2) Such notices shall be in a language understood by the majority of the workers.
17. Air Monitoring:- To ensure the effectiveness of the control measures, monitoring of asbestos fibre in air shall be
carried out once at least in every shift and the record of the results so obtained shall be entered in a register specially
maintained for the purpose.
18. Medical facilities and records of medical examinations and

tests.--
(1) The occupier of every factory or part of the factory to which the schedule applies, shall-
(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of the workers covered by this schedule whose
employment shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories;
maintained in a separate register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories which shall be kept readily
available for inspection by the Inspectors.
19. Medical examination by Certifying Surgeon:-

(1) Every worker employed in the processes specified in paragraph (1) shall be examined by a certifying surgeon within 15
days of his first employment. Such examination shall include pulmonary function tests, tests for detecting asbestos fibres
in sputum and chest X-ray. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory unless
certified fit for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said process shall be re-examined by a certifying surgeon at least once in every twelve
calender months. Such examinations shall, wherever the certifying surgeon considers appropriate, include all the tests
specified in sub-paragraph (1) except chest X-ray which will be carried in once in 3 years.
(3) The Certifying Surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a certificate of Fitness in Form 28. The record of
29.
(5) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fit for employment in the said
processes on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker, he shall make a
record of his findings in the said certificate and the health register. The entry of his findings in those documents shall also
include the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit to work in the said processes.
incapacitated in the opinion of the certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
21. Exemptions:- If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the exceptional circumstances or
infrequency of the processes or for any other reason, all or any of the processes or for any other reason, all or any of the
provisions of this schedule is not necessary for protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief Inspector may by a
certificate of writing, which he may at his discretion revoke at any time, exempt such factory from all or any of such
provisions subject to such conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.
SCHEDULE XIX
CLEANING OR SMOOTHING, ROUGHENING, ETC., OF ARTICLES,
BY A JET OF SAND, METAL SHOT OR GRIT OR OTHER ABRASIVE
PROPELLED BY A BLAST OF COMPRESSED AIR OR STEAM

[Blasting Regulations]
1. Definitions:- "Blasting" means cleaning, smoothing, roughening or removing of any part of the surface of any article by
the use as an abrasive of a jet of sand, metal shot or grit or other material propelled by a blast of compressed air or steam.
"Blasting enclosure" means a chamber, barrel, cabinet or any other enclosure designed for the performance of blasting
therein.
"Blasting chamber" means a blasting enclosure in which any person may enter at any time in connection with any work or
otherwise.
"Cleaning of castings " where done as an incidental or supplemental process in connection with the making of metal
castings, means the freeing of the casting from adherent sand or other substance and includes the removal of cores and the
general smoothing of a casting, but does not include the free treatment.
2. Prohibition of sand blasting.-- Sand or any other substance containing free silica shall not be introduced as an
abrasive into any blasting apparatus and shall not be used for blasting:-
(1) Provided that this clause shall come into force two years after the coming into operation of this Schedule
(ii) Provided further that no woman or young person shall be employed or permitted to work on any operation of sand
blasting.
3. Precautions in connection with blasting operations..-
1) Blasting to be done in blasting enclosure..- Blasting shall not be done except in blasting enclosure and no work other
than blasting and any work immediately incidental thereto and cleaning and repairing of the enclosure including the plants
and appliances situated therein shall be performed in a blasting enclosure. Every door, aperture and joint of blasting
enclosure, shall be kept closed and air tight while blasting is being done therein.
(2) Maintenance of blasting enclosure:- Blasting enclosure shall always be maintained in good condition and effective
measures shall be taken to prevent dust escaping from such enclosures, and from any apparatus
connected therewith into the air of any room.
(3) Provisions of separating apparatus:- There shall provided and maintained for and in connection with every blasting
enclosure, efficient apparatus for separating, so far as practicable, abrasive which has been used for blasting and which is
to be used again as an abrasive from dust or particles of other materials arising from blasting and no such abrasive shall be
introduced into any blasting apparatus and used for blasting until it has been so separated:
Provided that this clause shall not apply, except in the case of blasting chambers, to blasting enclosures constructed or
installed before the coming into force of this schedule, if the Chief Inspector is of the opinion that it is not reasonably
practicable to provide such separating apparatus.
(4) Provision of ventilating plant:- There shall be provided and maintained in connection with every blasting enclosure
efficient ventilating plant to extract, by exhaust draught effected by mechanical means, dust produced in the enclosure. The
dust extracted and removed shall be disposed off by such method and in such a manner that is shall not escape into the air
of any room, and every other filtering or settling device situated in a room in which persons are employed, other than
persons attending to such bag or other filtering or settling device, shall be completely separated from the general air of that
room in an enclosure ventilated to the open air.
(5) Operation of ventilating plant:- The ventilating plant provided for the purpose of sub-paragraph (4) shall kept in
continuous operation whenever the blasting enclosure, is in use whether or not blasting, is actually taking place,
therein, and in the case of a blasting chamber, it shall be in operation even when any person is inside the chamber for the
purpose of cleaning.
4. Inspection and examination:-
(1) Every blasting enclosure shall be specially inspected by a competent person at least once in every week in which it is
used for blasting. Every blasting enclosure, the apparatus connected therewith and the ventilating plant shall be thoroughly
examined and in the case of ventilating plant, tested by a competent person at least once in every month.
(2) Particulars of the result of every such inspection, examination and test shall forthwith be entered in a register, which
shall be kept in a form approved by the Chief Inspector and shall be available for inspection by any
workman employed in or in connection with blasting, in the factory. Any defect found on any such inspection, examination
or test shall be immediately reported by the person carrying out the inspection, examination or test to the occupier manager
or other appropriate person and without prejudice to the foregoing requirements of this schedule shall be removed without
avoidable delay.
5. Provision of protective helmets gauntlets and overalls:-
(1) There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons who are employed in a blasting chamber, whether in
blasting or in any work connected therewith or in cleaning such a chamber protective helmets of a type approved by a
certificate of the Chief Inspector; and every such person shall wear the helmet provided for his use whilst he is in the
chamber and shall not remove it until he is outside the chamber.
(2) Each Protective helmet shall carry a distinguishing mark indicating the person by whom it is intended to be used and no
person shall be allowed or required to wear a helmet not carrying his mark or a helmet which has
been worn by another person has not since been thoroughly disinfected.
(3) Each protective helmet when in use shall be supplied with clean and not unreasonably cold air at a rate of not less than
six cubic feet per minute.
(4). Suitable gauntlets and overall shall be provided for the use of all persons while performing blasting or assisting at
blasting and every such person shall while so engaged wear the gauntlet and overall provided.
6. Precautions in connection with cleaning and other works..-
(1) Where any person is engaged upon cleaning of any blasting apparatus or blasting enclosure or of any apparatus or
ventilating plant connected therewith or the surroundings thereof upon any other work in connection with any blasting
apparatus or blasting enclosure or with any apparatus or ventilating plant connected therewith so that he is exposed to the
risk of inhaling dust which has arisen from blasting, all practicable measures shall be taken to prevent such inhalation.
(2) In connection with any cleaning operation referred to in Clause 5 and with the removal of dust from filtering or settling
devices all practicable measures shall be taken to dispose of the dust in such a manner that it does not enter the air of any
room. Vacuum cleaners shall be provided and used wherever practicable for such cleaning operations.
7. Storage accommodation for protective wear.,- Adequate and suitable storage accommodation for the helmets, gauntlets
and overalls required to be provided by Clause 6 shall be provided outside and conveniently near to every blasting
enclosure and such accommodation shall be kept clean. Helmets, gauntlets and overalls when not in actual use shall be
kept in this accommodation.
8. Maintenance and cleaning of protective wear:- All helmets, gauntlets overalls and other protective devices or clothing
provided and worn for the purpose of this schedule shall be kept in good condition and so far as is reasonably practicable
shall be cleaned on every weekday in which they are used. Where dust arising from the cleaning of such protective
clothing or devices is likely to be inhaled, all practicable measures shall be taken to prevent such inhalation. Vacuum
cleaners shall, wherever practicable, be used for removing dust from such clothing and compressed air shall be used for
removing dust from any clothing.
9. Maintenance of vacuum cleaning plant..- Vacuum cleaning plant used for the purpose of this schedule shall be properly
maintained.
10. Restrictions in employment of young persons:-
(1) No person under 18 years of age shall be employed in blasting or assisting at blasting or in any blasting chamber or in
the cleaning of any blasting apparatus or any blasting enclosure or any apparatus or ventilating plant connected therewith
or be employed on maintenance or repair work at such apparatus enclosure or plant.
(2) No person under 18 years of age shall be employed to work regularly within twenty feet of any blasting enclosure
unless the enclosure is in a room and he is outside that room where he is effectively separated from any dust coming from
the enclosure.
11. Power to exempt or relax:-
(1) If the Chief Inspector is satisfied that in any factory or any class of factory, the use of sand or other substance
containing free silica as abrasive in blasting is necessary for a particular manufacture or process (other than the process
incidental or supplemental to making of metal castings) and that the manufacture or process cannot be carried on without
the use of such abrasive or that owing to the special conditions or special method of work or otherwise any requirement of
this Schedule can be suspended either temporarily, or permanently, or can be relaxed without endangering the health of the
persons employed; or that application of any of such requirements is for any reason impracticable or inappropriate, he
may, with the previous sanction of the State Government, by an order in writing exempt the said factory or class of factory
from such provisions of this Schedule, to such an extent and subject to the conditions and for such period as may be
specified in the said order.
(2) Where an exemption has been granted under sub-clause (1) a copy of the order shall be displayed at a notice board at a
prominent place at the main entrance or entrances to the factory and also at the place where the
blasting is carried on.
SCHEDULE XX
HANDLING AND MANIPULATION OF CORROSIVE SUBSTANCES
1. Definitions:- For the purposes of this schedule:-
(a) "Corrosive operation" - means an operation of manufacturing, storing, handling, processing, packing, or using any
corrosive substance in a factory ;
(b) "Corrosive substance" includes sulphuric acid, nitric acid, Hydrochloric acid, hydroflouric acid, carbolic acid,
phosphoric acid, liquid bromine, ammonia, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and any mixture thereof, and any
other substance which the State Government may, by notification in the Andhra Pradesh Gazette, specify to be a corrosive
substance.
2. Flooring:- The floor of every work-room of a factory in which corrosive operation is carried on shall be made of
impervious corrosive and fire resistant material and shall be so constructed as to prevent collection or accumulation of any
corrosive substance. The surface of such flooring shall be glazed or smooth and cleaned as often as is necessary and
maintained in a sound condition.
3. Protection Equipment:-
(a) The occupier shall provide for the use of all persons employed in any corrosive operation suitable protective wear for
hands and feet suitable aprons, face shields, chemical safety goggles, and respirators. The equipment shall be maintained in
good order and shall be kept in a clean and hygienic condition by suitably treating them to get rid of the ill effects of any
absorbed chemicals and by disinfecting. The occupier shall also provide suitable protective creams and other preparations
wherever necessary for the protection of the persons engaged in corrosive operations.
(b) The protective equipment and preparations provided shall invariably be used by the persons employed in any corrosive
operation.
(c) The occupier shall provide and maintain suitable accommodation for the storage of the protective equipment.
4. Water facilities:- Where any corrosive operation is carried on, there shall be provided as close to the place of such
operation as possible a source of clean water at a height 210 cms., from a pipe of 1.25 cm. diameter and fitted with a quick
acting valve so that in case of injury to the worker by any corrosive substance, the injured part can be thoroughly flooded
with water. Whenever necessary, in order to ensure continuous water supply, a storage tank having a minimum length,
breadth and height of 210 cms. and 60 cms. respectively or of such dimensions as are approved by the Chief Inspector
shall be provided for the source of clean water.
5. Cautionary notice:- A cautionary notice in the following form and printed in red in the language, which a majority of the
persons employed understand shall be displayed prominently close to the place where any of the corrosive operations is
carried on and where it can be easily and conveniently be read by the persons employed. If any such person is illiterate,
effective steps shall be taken to explain carefully to him the contents of the notice so displayed.
CAUTIONARY NOTICE
Danger
Corrosive substances cause severe burns and vapours thereof may be extremely hazardous. In case of
contact, immediately flood the part affected with plenty of water for at least fifteen minutes.
Get medical attention quickly.
6. Transport:-
(a) Corrosive substances shall not be filled, moved or carried except in 1[containers or through pipes and when they are to
be transported in containers], the containers shall be securely packed in crates of sound construction and of sufficient
strength.
(b) A container with a capacity of 115 litres or more of a corrosive substance shall be placed in a receptacle or crate and
then carried by more than one person at a height below the waist line unless a suitable rubber wheeled truck is used for the
purpose.
(c) Containers for corrosive substances shall be plainly labelled.
7. Devices for handling corrosives:-
2
[(a) tilting, lifting, or pumping arrangements shall be used for emptying jars, carboys, and other containers, and other
containers of corrosive
(b) Corrosive substance shall not be handled with bare hands but by means of a suitable scoop or other devices.
8. Opening of valves:- Valves fitted to containers holding a corrosive substance shall be opened with great care. If they do
not work freely, they shall not be forced open. They shall be opened by a worker suitably trained for the purpose.
9. Cleaning tanks, stills etc.:-
(a) In cleaning out or removing residues from suits of other large chambers used for holding any corrosive substance,
suitable implements made of wood material or other material shall be used to prevent production of arseniuretted hydrogen
(Arsine).
(b) Whenever it is necessary for any person employed for the purpose of cleaning or other maintenance work to enter any
chamber, tank, vat, pit or other confined space where a corrosive substance had been stored, all possible precautions
required under Section 36 shall be taken to ensure the safety of the person employed.
(c) Wherever possible, before repairs are undertaken to any part of equipment in which a corrosive substance was handled,
such equipment or part thereof shall be freed of any adhering corrosive substance by adopting suitable methods.
1. Subs. for the words “containers and when they are to be transported” by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F &B) dt: 12-7-1994
2. Subs. for the words “suitable titing or lifting syphon devices” by ibid.
10. Storage:-
(a) Corrosive substances shall not be stored in the same room with other chemicals, such as turpentine, carbides, metallic
powder and combustible materials, the accidental mixing with which may cause a reaction which is either violent or gives
rise to toxic fumes and gases.
(b) Except as required under paragraph 4, no tap, sink and the like shall be located in any room where concentrated
sulphuric acid, caustic soda, caustic potash, and similar corrosive substances are stored.
(c) Pumping or filling overhead tanks, receptacles, vats, or other containers for storing corrosive substance shall be so
arranged that there is no possibility of any corrosive substances overflowing and causing injury to any person.
(d) Every container having a capacity of twenty litres or more and every pipe line, valve, and fitting used for storage or
carrying corrosive substances shall be thoroughly examined every year to find out any defects and the defects so found
shall be rectified forthwith. A register shall be maintained of every such examination made and
shall be produced before the Inspector whenever required.
11. Fire extinguishers and fire-fighting equipment:- An adequate number of suitable type of fire extinguishers or other fire
fighting equipment, depending on the nature of chemicals stored, shall be provided. Such extinguishers or other equipment
shall be regularly tested and refilled. Clear instructions as to how the extinguishers or other equipment should be used
shall be printed in the language which majority of the persons employed understand and shall be fixed near each
extinguisher or other equipment.
12. Exemption:- If, in respect of any factory on an application made by the manager, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that
owning to the exceptional circumstances, or the infrequency of the process of for any other reason to be recorded by him in
writing, all or any of the provisions of this schedule are not necessary for the protection of the persons employed therein,
he may by a certificate in writing, which he may at any time revoke, exempt the factory from such of the provisions and
subject to such conditions as he may specify therein.
1
[SCHEDULE XXI
MANUFACTURE OR MANIPULATION OF CARCINOGENIC DYE INTERMEDIATES
1. Application:- The Schedule shall apply in respect of all factories or any part thereof where processes in which the
substances mentioned in paragraphs 3 and 4 are formed, manufactured, handled, or used and the processes incidental
thereto in the course of which these substances are formed are carried on. The process indicated in this paragraph shall be
referred to hereinafter as "the said process", and such a reference shall mean any or all the processes described in this
paragraph.
2. Definitions:- For the purpose of this Schedule the following definitions shall apply, unless the context otherwise
requires:
(a) "controlled substances" means chemical substances mentioned in paragraph 7 of this Schedule.
(b) "efficient exhaust draught" means localised ventilation effected by mechanical means for the removal of gas, vapour,
dust or fume so as to prevent them from escaping into the air of any place in which work is carried on. No draught, shall be
deemed to be efficient which fails to remove smoke generated at the point where such gas,
vapour, fume or dust originated.
(c) "first employment" means first employment in the said processes and also re-employment in such processes following
any cessation of employment for a continuous period exceeding three calendar months.
1. Sch. XXI subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 273, dt: 1-5-1981 vide RS. to Part II (Ext) A.P.Gazette, dt: 21-7-1981.
(d) "prohibited substances" means chemical substances mentioned in paragraph 3 of this Schedule.
3. Prohibited substances:- For the purpose of this Schedule, the following chemical substances shall be classified as
"prohibited substances" except when these substances are present or are formed as a by-product of a chemical reaction in a
total concentration not exceeding one per cent:-
(a) Beta-naphthylamine and its salts,
(b) Benzidine and its salts,
(c) 4-amino diphenyl and its salts,
(d) 4-nitro diphenyl and its salts, and
(e) any substance containing any of these compounds.
4. Controlled substances:- For the purpose of this Schedule, the following chemical substances shall be classified as
controlled substances namely:-
(a) Alpha naphthylamine or alpha naphthylamine containing not more than one per cent of beta naphthylamine either as
by-product of chemical reaction or otherwise, and its salts.
(b) Ortho-tolidine and its salts.
(c) Dianisidine and its salts.
(d) Dichlorobenzidine and its salts.
(e) Magneta.
5. Prohibition of employment:- No person shall be employed in the said process in any factory in which any prohibited
substance is formed, manufactured, processed, handled or used except as exempted by the Chief Inspector as stipulated in
paragraph 23.
6. Requirements for processing or handling controlled substances:-
(1) Wherever any of the controlled substances referred to in paragraph 4 are formed, manufactured, processed, handled, or
used, all practical steps shall be taken to prevent inhalation, ingestion or absorption of the said controlled substance, by the
workers while engaged in processing that substance and its storage or transport within the plant, or in cleaning or
maintenance of the concerned equipment, plant, machinery and storage areas.
(2) As far as possible all operations shall be carried out in a totally enclosed system. Wherever such enclosure is not
possible, efficient exhaust draught shall be applied at the point where the controlled substances are likely to escape into the
atmosphere during the process.
(3) The controlled substances shall be received in the factory in tightly closed containers and shall be kept so except when
those substances are in process or in use. The controlled substances shall leave the factory only in
tightly closed containers of appropriate type. All the containers shall be plainly labelled to indicate the contents.
7. Personal protective equipment:-
(1) The following items of personal protective equipment shall be provided and issued to every worker employed in the
said process:-
(a) long trousers and shirts or overall with full sleeves and head coverings. The shirt or over all shall cover the neck
completely.
(b) Rubber-gum-boots.
(2). The following items of personal protective equipment shall be provided in sufficient numbers for use by workers
employed in the said processes when there is danger of injury during the performance of normal duties or in the event of
emergency:-
(a) Rubber hand-gloves
(b) rubber aprons
(c) Airline respirators or other suitable respiratory protective equipment.
(3) It shall be the responsibility of Manager to maintain all items of personal protective equipment in a clean and hygienic
condition and in good repair.
8. Prohibition relating to employment of women and young persons.- No woman or young person shall be employed or
permitted to work in any room in which the said manufacturing processes are carried on.
9. Floors of work room:- The floor of every work in which the said manufacturing processes are carried on shall be (a)
smooth and impervious to water provided that asphalt or tar shall not be used in the composition of the floor, (b)
maintained in a state of good repair, (c) with a suitable slope for easy draining and provided with gutters and (d)
thoroughly washed daily
with the drain water being led into a sewer through a closed channel.
10. Disposal of empty container:- Empty containers used for holding controlled substances shall be thoroughly cleaned of
their contents and treated with an inactivating agent before being discarded.
11. Manual handling:- Controlled substances shall not be allowed to be mixed, filled, emptied or handled except by means
of a scoop with a handle. Such scoop shall be thoroughly cleaned daily.
12. Instructions regarding risk:- Every worker on his first employment in the said processes shall be fully instructed on the
properties of the toxic chemicals to which he is likely to be exposed to, of the dangers involved and the precautions to be
taken. Workers shall also be instructed about the measures to be taken to deal with an emergency.
13. Cautionary placards:- Cautionary placards in the Form specified in Appendix attached to this Schedule and printed in
the language of the majority of the workers employed in the said processes shall be affixed in prominent places frequented
by them in the factory, where the placards can be easily and conveniently read by the workers. Arrangements shall be
made by the manager to instruct periodically and such workers regarding the precautions contained in the cautionary
placards.
1
[14. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests:
(a) Employ qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of the workers employed therein whose employment
shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories and
(b) Provide to the said medical practitioner all the necessary facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (a)
maintained in a separate register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily available.]
2
[15. Medical examination by the Certifying Surgeon:
(1) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be examined by a certifying surgeon within 15 days of his first
employment. Such examination shall include tests for detection of methemoglobin in blood (Baematological tests),
paranitriphenol in urine, Pulmonary function tests and C.N.S. tests. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of
his first employment in the factory unless certified fit for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by a certifying surgeon at least once in every six
calender months and such re-examination shall, wherever the certifying surgeon considers appropriate,
include all the tests specified in sub-paragraph (1).
(3) The certifying surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a Certificate of Fitness in Form No.28 The record of
examination and re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the Certificate and the Certificate
shall be kept in the custody of the manager of the factory. 3[x x x]
(4) The certificate of Fitness and the health register shall be kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
(5) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fit for employment in the said
processes on the ground that continuance there would involve special danger to the health of the worker, he shall made a
record of his findings in the said certificate and the health register. The entry of his findings in those documents should
also include the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit to work in the said
processes.
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph(5)
shall be re-employed or permitted to work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination,
again certifies him fit for employment in those processes.
15-A. The person so suspended from the processes shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully
incapacitated in the opinion if of the certifying surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
16. Obligation of the workers..- It shall be the duty of the persons employed in the said processes to submit themselves for
the medical examination including exfoliative cytology of urine by the certifying Surgeon or the qualified medical
practitioner as provided for under these rules.
1. Substituted by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F &B_, dt: 12-7-1994

2. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab – II), dated 7th June, 1999
3. Omitted by ibid
17. Washing and bathing facilities..-
(1) The following washing and bathing facilities shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and in good repair for
the use of all workers employed in the said processes namely:-
(a) A wash place under cover having constant supply of water and provided with clean towels, soap and hair brushes and
with at least one stand pipe for every such worker.
(b) 50 per cent of the stand pipes provided under Clause (a) shall be located in bathrooms where both hot and cold water
shall be made available during the working hours of the factory and for one hour thereafter.
(c) The washing and bathing facilities shall be in close proximity of the area housing the said processes.
(d) Clean towels shall be provided individually to each worker.
(e) In addition to the taps mentioned under Clause (a) one stand pipe, in which warm water is made available, shall be
provided on each floor.
(2) Arrangements shall be made to wash factory uniforms and other work clothes every day.
18. Food, drinks, etc., prohibited in work room:- No worker shall consume foods, drink, pan, supari or tobacco or shall
smoke in any work room in which the said processes are carried on and no worker shall remain in such room during
intervals for meals or rest.
19. Cloak room:- There shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and in a good repair for the use of workers those
employed in the said processes (a) a cloak room with lockers having two compartments one for street clothes and. the other
for work clothes and (b) a place separate from the locker room and from the mess room for the storage of protective
equipment provided under paragraph 7. The accommodation so provided shall be under the case of a responsible person
and shall be kept clean.
20. Mess room:- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of workers employed in the said processes who remain
on the premises during the meal intervals, a mess room which shall be furnished with tables and benches and provided
with suitable means for warming food.
21. Time allowed for washing:- Before the end of each shift thirty minutes shall be allowed for bathing for each worker
who is employed in the said processes. Further, at least ten minutes shall be allowed for washing before each meal in
addition to the regular time allowed for meals.
22. Restriction on age of persons employed:- No worker under the age of forty years shall be engaged in the factory in the
said processes for the first time after the date on which the Schedule comes into force.
23. Exemptions regarding prohibited substances:-
(1)The Chief Inspector may by a certificate in writing (which he may at his discretion revoke at any time) subject to such
conditions, if any, as may be specified therein, exempt any process in the course of which any of the prohibited substances
is formed, processed, manufactured, handled, or used from the provisions of paragraph 5 if he is satisfied that the process
is carried out in a totally enclosed and hermetically sealed system in such a manner that the prohibited substance is not
removed from the system except in quantities no greater than that required for the purpose of control of the process or such
purposes as is necessary to ensure that the product is free from any of the prohibited substances.
(2) The Chief Inspector may allow the manufacture, handing or use of benzidine hydrochloride provided that all the
processes in connection with it are carried out in a totally enclosed system in such a manner that no prohibited substance
other than benzidine hydrochloride is removed therefrom except in quantities no greater than that required for the purpose
of control of the processes or such purposes as is necessary to ensure that the product is free from prohibited substances
and that adequate steps are taken to ensure that benzidine hydrochlorides is except while not in a totally enclosed system,
kept wet with not less than one part of water to two parts of benzidine hydrochloride at all times.
24. General Exemption. If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the exceptional
circumstances or infrequency of the processes or for any other reasons, all or any of the provisions of this Schedule are not
necessary for the protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief Inspector may by a certificate in writing (which he
may in his discretion revoke at any time), exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions subject to such
conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.
APPENDIX
Cautionary Placard/Notice
[See Paragraph 13]
1. Dye intermediates which are nitro or amino derivatives or aromatic hydrocarbons are
toxic. You have to handle these chemicals frequently in this factory.
2. Use the various items of protective wear to safeguard your own health.
3. Maintain scrupulous cleanliness at all times, thoroughly wash hands ad feet before taking
meals. It is essential to take a bath before leaving the factory.
4. Wash off any chemical falling on your body with soap and water. If splashed with a
solution of the chemical, move the contaminated clothing immediately. These chemicals are
known to produce cyanosis. Contact the medical officer or appointed doctor immediately and
get his advice.
5. Handle the dye intermediates only with long handled scoops, never with bare hands.
6. Alcoholic drinks should be avoided as they enhance the risk of poisoning by the
chemicals.
7. Keep your food and drinks away from work place. Consuming food, drinks or tobacco in
any form at the place of work is prohibited.
8. Serious effects from work with toxic chemicals may follow after many years. Great care
must be taken to maintain absolute cleanliness of body, clothes, machinery and equipment.
SCHEDULE XXII
PROCESS OF EXTRACTING OILS AND FATS FROM

VEGETABLE AND ANIMAL SOURCES IN SOLVENT EXTRACTION PLANTS
1. Definitions:-
(a) "Solvent extraction plant" means a plant in which the process of extracting oils and fats from vegetable and animals
sources by the use of solvents is carried on.
(b) "Solvent" means an inflammable liquid such as pentane, hexane and heptane used for the recovery of vegetable oils.
(c) "Flame-Proof enclosure" as applied to electrical machinery or apparatus means an enclosure that will withstand, when
covers or other access doors are properly secured, an internal explosion of the flammable gas or vapour which may enter or
which may originate inside the enclosure without suffering damage and without
communicating internal inflammation (or explosion) to the external flammable gas or vapour.
(d) "Competent person" for the purpose of this schedule shall be at least a Member of the Institution of Engineers (India)
or an Associate Member of the said Institution with 10 years experience in a responsible position as may be approved by
the Chief Inspector.
Provided that a Graduate in Mechanical Engineering or Chemical Technology with specialised knowledge of oils and fats
and with a minimum experience of 5 years in a solvent extraction plant shall also be considered to be a competent person.
Provided further that the State Government may accept any other qualifications if in their opinion they are equivalent to
the qualifications aforesaid.
2. Location and layout..-
(a) No solvent extraction plant shall be permitted to be constructed or extended to within a distance of 30 metres from the
nearest residential locality.
(b) A 1.5 metre high continuous wire fencing shall be provided around the solvent extraction plant upto a minimum
distance of 15 metres from the plant.
(c) No person shall be allowed to carry any matches or an open flame or fire inside the area bound by the fencing.
(d) Boiler houses and other buildings where open flame processes are carried on shall be located at least 30 metres away
from the solvent extraction plant.
(e) If godowns and preparatory processes are at less than 30 metres distance from the solvent extraction plant, there shall
be at least 15 metres distance from the plant, and a continuous barrier wall of non-combustible material 1.5 metres high
shall be erected at a distance of not less than 15 metres from the solvent extraction plant so that it extends to at least 30
metres of vapour travel around its ends from the plant to the possible source of ignition.
3. Electrical installations:-
(a) All electrical motors and wiring and other electrical equipment installed or housed in solvent extraction plant shall be
of flame-proof construction. 1[x x x]
1. Words “and should be suitable for use in areas where hexane or similar types of solvents or vapours are likely to exist” added by G.O.Ms.No. 694, dt: 3-9-1974
again omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 419, dt:12-6-1980
(b) All metal parts of the plant and building including various tanks and containers where solvents are stored or are present
and all parts of electrical equipment not required to be energised shall be properly bonded together and connected to earth
so as to avoid accidental rise in the electrical potential of such parts above earth potential.
4. Restriction of smoking:- Smoking shall be strictly prohibited within 15 metres distance from solvent extraction plant.
For this purpose 'No Smoking' signs shall be permanently displayed in the area.
5. Precautions against friction:-
(a) All tools and equipments including ladders, chains and other lifting tackle required to be used in solvent extraction
plant shall be of non- sparking type.
1
[(b) No machinery or equipment in any solvent extraction plant shall be belt driven unless the belt used is of such a type it
does not permit accumulation of static electricity to a dangerous level.]
(c) No person shall be allowed to enter and work in the solvent extraction plant wearing clothes made of nylon or such
other fibre that can generate static electrical charge or wearing foot-wear which is likely to cause sparks by friction.
6. Fire Fighting apparatus..-
(a) Adequate number of portable fire extinguishers suitable for use against flammable liquid fires shall be
provided in the solvent extraction plant.
(c) An automatic water spray sprinkler system on a wet-pipe or open head deluge system with sufficient
supply of storage water shall be provided over solvent extraction plant and throughout the building housing such plant.
7. Precautions against power failure:- Provision shall be made for automatic cutting off of steam in the event of power
failure and also for emergency overhead water supply for feeding water by gravity to condensers which shall come into
play automatically with the power failure.
8. Magnetic separators:- Oil cake shall be fed to the extractor by a conveyor through a hopper and a magnetic separator
shall be provided to remove any piece of iron during its transfer.
9. Venting..-
(a) Tanks containing solvents shall be protected with emergency venting to relieve excessive internal pressure in the event
of fire.
(b) All emergency relief vents shall terminate at least 6 metres above the ground and be so located that vapours will not re-
enter the building in which solvent extraction plant is located.

10. Waste Water..- Process waste water shall be passed through a flash evaporator to remove any solvent before it is
discharged into a sump 1[which should be located within the fenced area but should not be closer than 8 metres to the
fence.]
11. Ventilation..- The solvent extraction plant shall be well ventilated and if the plant is housed in a building the building
shall be provided with mechanical ventilation with provision for at least six air changes per hour.
12. House-keeping..-
(a) Solvents shall not be stored in an area covered by solvent extraction plant except in small quantities which shall be
stored in approved safety cans.
(b) Waste materials such as oily rags, other wastes and absorbents used to wipe off solvent and paints and oils shall be
deposited in approved containers and removed from the premises at least once a day.
(c) Space within the solvent extraction plant and within 15 metres from the plant shall be kept free from any combustible
materials and any spills of oil or solvent shall be cleaned up immediately.
13. Examination and Repairs..-
(a) The solvent extraction plant shall be examined by the competent person to determine any weakness or corrosion and
wear once in every 12 months. Report of such examination shall be supplied to the Inspector with his observation as to
whether or not the plant is in safe condition to work.
(b) No repairs shall be carried out to the machinery or plant except under the direct supervision of the competent person.
(c) Facility shall be provided for purging the plant with inert gas before opening for cleaning or repairs and before
introducing solvent after repairs.
14. Operating Personnel:- The plant and machinery in the solvent extraction plant shall be in the charge of such duly
qualified and trained persons as are certified by the competent person to be fit for the purpose and no other person shall be
allowed to operate the plant and machinery.
15. Employment of women and young persons:- No woman or young person shall be employed in the solvent extraction
plant.
16. Vapour Detection:- A suitable type of flameproof and portable combustible gas indicator shall be provided and
maintained in good working order and a schedule of routine sampling of atmosphere at various locations as approved by
the Chief Inspector shall be drawn out and entered in a register maintained for the purpose.
(1) When the solvent is removed from a batch extractor by vacuum, vacuum gauges shall be provided and tests shall be
carried out to ensure that a minimum vacuum of 650 mm (26") mercury is obtained and maintained steadily for a minimum
period of 30 minutes before extractor is allowed to be opened for discharge of cake or for persons to enter.
(2) Where solvent is removed by steam heating, the presence of the solvent shall be tested at the vent provided on the top
of the vessel before opening the vessel.
(3) When on opening the door of a batch extractor the extractor meal cannot be dislodged from the extractor freely, the
door shall be closed and material re-heated for at least sixty minutes before the door is reopened.
1. Added by G.O.Ms.No. 694, dt: 3-9-1974
(4) A log book of operations with the following particulars shall be maintained and made available on demand to the
Inspector:-
(i) Vacuum gauge reading for each charge where vacuum extraction is used.
(ii) Date of testing of continuity of electrical bonding and earthing system and the report of each test.
(iii) Loss of solvent every 24 hours of operation or less of solvent per tonne of raw-material treated.
1
[17.Exemption:-If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the exceptional circumstances or
infrequency of the processes or for any other reasons, all or any of the provisions of this Schedule is not necessary for the
protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief Inspector may, by a certificate in writing (which he may, in his
discretion revoke at any time), exempt such factory from all or any of the provisions subject to conditions, if any, as he
may specify therein.]
SCHEDULE XXIII
CARBON DISULPHIDE PLANTS
1. Application:- This Schedule shall apply to all electric furnaces in where carbon disulphide is generated and all other
plants where carbon disulphide after generation, is condensed, refined and stored.
These rules are in addition to and not in derogation of any of the provisions of the Act and Rules made thereunder.
2. Construction, Installation and Operation:-
(a) The buildings in which electric furnaces are installed and carbon disulphide after generation is condensed and refined
shall be segregated from other parts of the factory and shall be open type to ensure optimum ventilation and the plant
layout shall be such that only minimum number of workers are exposed to the risk of any fire or explosion at any one time.
(b) Every electric furnace and every plant in which carbon disulphide is condensed, refined and stored with all their fittings
and attachments shall be of good construction, sound material and of adequate strength to sustain the internal pressure to
which the furnace or the plant may be subjected and shall be signed that carbon disulphide
liquid and gas are in closed system during their normal working.
(c) The electric furnace support shall be firmly grouted about 2 feet in concrete or by other effective means.
(d) Every electric furnace shall be installed and operated according to manufacturer's instructions and these instructions
shall be clearly imparted to the personnel in-charge of construction and operation.
(e) The instruction regarding observance of correct furnace temperature, sulphure doze admissible current power
consumption and periodical checking of charcoal level shall be strictly complied with.
3. Electrodes..-
(a) Where upper ring electrode(s) made of steel are used in the electric furnace, they shall be of seamless tube construction
and shall have arrangement for being connected to cooling water system through a siphon built in the electrodes or through
a positive pressure water pump.
1. Inserted by G.O.Ms.No.152 (F&B0, dt: 20-4-1989
(b) The arrangement for cooling water referred to in Clause (a) shall be connected with automatic alarm system which will
actuate in the event of interruption of cooling water in the electrodes and give visible and audible alarm signals in the
control room and simultaneously stop power supply for the furnace operation and to stop the further supply of water. The
alarm system and the actuating device shall be checked everyday.
4. Maintenance of Charcoal level:- When any electric furnace is in operation, it shall be ensured that the electrodes are
kept covered with a charcoal bed.
5. Charcoal Separator:- A cyclone type of charcoal separator shall be fitted on the off take pipe between the electric
furnace and sulphur separator to prevent entry of pieces of charcoal into the condensers piping.
6. Rupture Discs and Safety Seal:-
(a) At least two rupture discs of adequate size which shall blow off at a pressure twice the maximum operating pressure
shall be provided on each furnace and shall either be mounted directly on the top of the furnace or each through an
independent pipe as close as possible to the furnace.
(b) A safety water seal shall be provided and tapped from a point between the charcoal separator and the sulphur separator.
7. Pyrometers and Manometers:-
(a) Each electric furnace shall be fitted with adequate number of pyrometers 1[to give an indication of the temperature as
correctly as practicable] at various points in the furnace. The dials for reading the temperatures shall be located in the
control room.
(b) Manometers 1[or any other suitable devices] shall be provided for indicating pressure-
(i) in the off take pipe before and after the sulphur separator; and
(ii) in primary and secondary condensers.
8. Check Valves:- All piping carrying carbon disulphide shall be fitted with check valves at suitable positions so as to
prevent gas from flowing back into an electric furnace in the event of its shut down.
9. Inspection and Maintenance of Electric Furnaces:-
(a) Every electric furnace shall be inspected internally by a competent person,-
(i) before being placed in service after installation;
(ii) before being placed in service after reconstruction or repairs; and
(iii) periodically every time the furnace is opened for cleaning or deashing or for replacing electrodes.
(b) When an electric furnace is shut down for cleaning or deashing.
(i) the brick lining shall be checked for continuity and any part found defective moved.
(ii) after removal of any part of the lining referred to in (a) the condition of the shell shall be closely inspected ; and
1. Amended by G.O.Ms.No. 886, dt: 19-8-1978

(iii) any plates forming shell found corroded to the extent that safety of the furnace is endangered shall be replaced.
10. Maintenance of Records..-
The following hourly records shall be maintained in a log book:
(i) Manometer readings at the points specified in 7 (b) (i) and (ii).
(ii) Gas temperature indicated by pyrometers and all other vital points near the sulphur separator and primary and
secondary condensers.
(iii) Water temperature and flow or water through the siphon in the electrodes.
(iv) Primary and secondary voltages and current and energy consumed.
11. Electrical apparatus, wiring and fittings.-- All buildings in which carbon disulphide is refined or stored shall be
provided with electrical apparatus, wiring and fittings which shall afford adequate protection from fire and explosion.
12. Prohibition relating to smoking:- No person shall smoke or carry matches, fire or naked light or other means of
producing a light or spark in buildings in which carbon disulphide is refined or stored, and notice in the language
understood by a majority of the workers shall be posted in the plant prohibiting smoking and carrying of matches, fire or
naked light or other means of producing naked light or spark into such rooms.
13. Means of Escape..- Adequate means of escape shall be provided and maintained to enable persons to move to a safe
place as quickly as possible in case of an emergency. At least two independent stair cases of adequate width shall be
provided in every building, housing the furnaces at reasonable intervals at opposite ends. These shall always be kept clear
of all obstructions and so designed as to afford easy passage.
14. Warnings in case of fire:- There shall be adequate arrangements for giving warnings in case of fire or explosion which
shall operate on , electricity and in case of failure of electricity, by some mechanical means.
15. Fire-fighting Equipment:-
(a) Adequate number of suitable fire extinguishers or other fire fighting equipment shall be kept in constant readiness for
dealing with risks involved and depending on the amount and nature of materials stored.
(b) Clear instructions as to how the extinguishers or other equipment should be used printed in the language which the
majority of the workers employed understand, shall be affixed to each extinguisher or other equipment and the personnel
trained in their use.
16. Bulk Sulphur:-
(a) Open or semi enclosed spaces for storage of bulk sulphur shall be sited with due regard to the dangers which may arise
from sparks given off by nearby locomotive etc., and precautions shall be taken to see that flames, smoking and matches
and other sources of ignition do not come in contact with the clouds of dust arising during
handling of bulk sulphur.
(b) All enclosures for bulk sulphur shall be of non-combustible constructions adequately ventilated and so designed as to
provide a minimum of ledges on which dust may lodge.
(c) The bulk sulphur in the enclosures shall be handled in such a manner as to minimise the formation of dust clouds and
no flame, smoking and matches or other sources of ignition shall be employed during handling and non-sparking tools
shall be used whenever sulphur is shovelled or otherwise removed by hand.
(d) No repairs involving flames, heat or use of hand or power tools shall be made in the enclosure where bulk sulphur is
stored.
17. Liquid Sulphur:- Open flames, electric sparks and other sources of ignition, including smoking and matches, shall be
excluded from the vicinity of molten sulphur.
18. Training and supervision:-
(a) All electric furnaces and all plants which carbon disulphide is condensed, refined or stored shall be under adequate
supervision at all times while the furnaces and plant are in operation.
(b) Workers in charge of operation and maintenance of electric furnaces and the plants shall be properly qualified and
adequately trained.
19. Washing facilities:- The Occupier shall provide and maintain in a clean state and in good repair, for the use of all
persons employed, wash place under cover with at least one tap or stand-pipe, having a constant supply of clean water for
every five such persons, the taps or standpipes being spaced not less than 120 centimetres apart with a sufficient supply of
soap and clean towels, provided that towels shall be supplied individually to each worker if so ordered by the Inspector.
All the workers employed in the sulphur storage, handling and melting operations shall be provided with a nail brush.
(a) Suitable goggles and protective clothing consisting of overalls without pockets, gloves and footwear shall be provided
for the use of operatives,
(i) when operating valves or cocks controlling fluids etc;
(ii) drawing off of molten sulphur from sulphur pots; and
(iii) handling charcoal or sulphur.
(b) Suitable respiratory protective equipment shall be provided and stored in the appropriate place for using during
abnormal conditions or in an emergency.
(c) Arrangements shall be made for the proper and efficient cleaning of all such protective equipment.
21. Cloak rooms:- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed in the processes a suitable
cloak room for clothing put off during work hours and a suitable place separate from the cloak room for the storage of
overalls or working clothes. The accommodation so provided shall be placed in the charge of a responsible person and
shall be kept clean.
22. Unauthorised Persons:- Only maintenance and repair personnel, persons directly connected with the plant operations
and those accompanied by authorised persons shall be admitted into the plant.
SCHEDULE XXIV
MANUFACTURE AND MANIPULATION OF DANGEROUS PESTICIDES
1. Definitions:- For the purpose of this schedule the following shall apply:-
(i) 'Dangerous pesticides' means any product proposed or used or controlling, destroying or repelling any pest or for
preventing growth or mitigating effects of such growth including any of its formulations which is considered toxic under
and is covered by the Insecticides Act, 1968 and the rules made thereunder and any other product,
as may be notified, from time to time, by the State Government.
(ii) 'Manipulation' includes mixing, bending, formulating, filling, emptying, packing or otherwise handling.
(iii) Efficient exhaust draught' means localised mechanical ventilation
(iii) for removal of smoke, gas, vapour, dust, fume or mist so as to prevent them from escaping in the air of any work room
in which work is carried on. No exhaust draught shall be considered efficient if it fails to remove smoke generated at the
point where such gas, fume, dust, vapour or mist originates from the process.
(iv)First employment' shall mean first employment in any manufacturing process to which this schedule applies and shall
also include re- employment in the said manufacturing process following any cessation of employment for a continuous
period exceeding three calendar months.
(v) 1[x x x]
2. Application:- This schedule shall apply in respect of all factories or any plant thereof in which the process of
manufacture or manipulation of dangerous pesticide hereinafter referred to as the said manufacturing process is carried on.
3. Instruction of workers:- Every worker on his first employment shall be fully instructed on the properties including
dangerous properties of the chemicals handled in the said manufacturing process and the hazards involved. The employees
shall also be instructed in the measures to be taken to deal with any emergency. Such instructions shall be repeated
periodically.
4. Cautionary Notice and Placards..- Cautionary notices and placards in the form specified in Appendix 1 of this schedule
and printed in the language of the majority of the workers shall be displayed in all work places in which said
manufacturing process is carried on so that they can be easily and conveniently read by the workers. Arrangements shall be
made by the occupier and the manager of the factory to periodically instruct the workers regarding the health hazards
arising in the said manufacturing process and methods of protection. Such notices shall include brief instructions regarding
the periodical clinical tests required to be undertaken for protecting health of the workers.
5. Prohibition relating to employment of women or young persons:- No woman or young person shall be employed or
permitted to work in any room in which the said manufacturing process is carried on or in any room in which dangerous
pesticide is stored.
6. Food and drinking, smoking prohibited:-
(1) No food, drink, tobacco, pan or supari shall be brought in or consumed by any worker into any work room in which the
said manufacturing process is carried out.
1. Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F &B), dt: 12-7-1994
(2) Smoking shall be prohibited in any work room in which the said manufacturing process is carried out.
7. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests.,-
(1) The occupier of every factory to which the schedule applies, shall
(2) The record of medical examination and appropriate tests carried out by the said medical practitioner shall be
maintained in a separate register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily
available.
1
[8. Medical examination by certifying surgeon:--
(1) Every worker employed in the processes mentioned in paragraph 1 shall be examined by the certifying surgeon within
15 days of his first employment. Such examination in respect of Halogenated Pesticides, shall include tests for
determination of the chemical in blood and in fact tissues, EEG abnormalities and memory tests. In respect of organo
phosphorous compounds such examinations shall include tests for depression of clolinesterase in plasma and red blood
cells. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory unless certified fit for such
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by a certifying surgeon at least once in every six
calendar months. Such examination shall, wherever the certifying surgeon considers appropriate, include the tests specified
in sub-paragraph (1). Further every worker employed in the said processes shall also be examined once in every three
months by the factory medical officer.
including the nature and the results of these tests, shall also be entered by the Certifying surgeon in a health register in
Form 29.
(4) The certificate of fitness and the health register shall be kept readily available for inspection by the inspector.
on the ground that continuance therein could involve special danger to the health of the worker, he shall make a record of
the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit to work in the said processes.
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph (5) shall be re-employed or permitted to work in
the said processes unless the certifying surgeon after further examination again certifies him fit for the
8-A. The person so suspended from the process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully
incapacitated in the opinion in of the certifying surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
1. Substituted by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F&B), dt: 12-7-1994
9. Protective clothing and protective equipment:-
(1) Protective clothing consisting of long pants and shirts or overalls with long sleeves and head covering shall be provided
for all workers employed in the said manufacturing process.
(2) (a) Protective equipments consisting of rubber gloves, gum boots, rubber aprons, chemical safety goggles, and
respirators shall be provided for all workers employed in the said manufacturing process, (b) gloves, boots,
aprons shall be made from synthetic rubber where a pesticide contains oil.
(3) Protective clothing and equipment shall be worn by the workers supplied with such clothing and equipment.
(4) Protective clothing and equipment shall be washed daily from inside and outside if the workers handle pesticides
containing nicotine or phosphorous and shall be washed frequently if handling other pesticides.
(5) Protective clothing and equipment shall be maintained in good repair.
10. Floors and work benches:-
(1) Floors in every work room where dangerous pesticides are manipulated shall be of cement or other impervious material
giving a smooth surface.
(2) Floors shall be maintained in good repair, provided with adequate slope leading to a drain and thoroughly washed once
a day with hose pipe.
(3) Work benches where dangerous pesticides are manipulated shall be made of smooth, non-absorbing material preferably
stainless steel and shall be cleaned at least once daily.
11. Spillage and waste:-
(1) If a dangerous pesticide during its manipulation splashes or spills on the work bench, floor or on the protective clothing
worn by a worker, immediate action shall be taken for thorough decontamination of such areas or articles.
(2) Cloth rags, paper or other material soaked or soiled with a dangerous pesticide shall be deposited in suitable receptacle
with tight fitting cover. Contaminated waste shall be destroyed by burning at least once a week.
(3) Suitable deactivating agents, where available, shall be kept in a readily accessible place for use while attending to a
spillage.
(4) Easy means of access shall be provided to all parts of the plant for cleaning maintenance and repairs.
12. Empty containers used for dangerous pesticides:- Containers used for dangerous pesticides shall be thoroughly cleaned
of their contents and treated with an inactivating agent before being discarded or destroyed.
13. Manual handling:-
(1) A dangerous pesticide shall not be required or allowed to be manipulated by hand except by means of a long handled
scoop.
(2) Direct contact of any part of the body with a dangerous pesticide during its manipulation shall be avoided.
14. Ventilation:-
(1) In every work room or area where a dangerous medicine is manipulated, adequate ventilation shall be provided at all
times by the circulation of fresh air.
(2) Unless the process is completely enclosed the following operations during manipulation of a dangerous pesticide shall
not be undertaken without an efficient exhaust draught.
(a) emptying a container holding a dangerous pesticide.
(b) blending a dangerous pesticide.
(c) preparing a liquid or powder formulation containing a dangerous pesticide.
(d) changing or filling a dangerous pesticide into a container, tank hopper or machine or small sized containers.
(3) In the event of a failure of the exhaust draught provided on the above operation, the above operations shall be stopped
forthwith.
15. Time allowed for washing:-
(1) Before each meal and before the end of the day's work at least ten minutes in addition to the regular rest interval shall
be allowed for washing to each worker engaged in the manipulation of dangerous pesticide.
(2) Every worker engaged in the manipulation of dangerous pesticides shall have a thorough wash before consuming any
food and also at the end of the day's work.
16. Washing and bathing facilities:-
(1) There shall be provided and maintained in clean state and in good repair for the use of all workers employed in the
factory where the said manufacturing process is carried on, adequate washing and bathing places having a constant supply
of water under cover at the rate of one such place for every 5 persons employed.
(2) The washing places shall have stand pipes placed at intervals of not less than one metre.
(3) Not less than one half of the total number of washing places shall be provided with bath rooms.
(4) Sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material shall be provided.
Provided that such towels shall be supplied individually for each worker if so ordered by the Inspector.
17. Cloak room:- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all workers employed in the factory, where the said
manufacturing process is carried on-
(a) a cloak room for clothing put off during working hours with adequate arrangements for drying clothing, if wet;
(b) separate and suitable arrangements for the storage of protective clothing provided under paragraph 9.
18. Mess room:- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all workers employed in the factory in which the
said manufacturing process is carried on and remaining on the premises during the rest intervals, a suitable mess room
which shall be furnished with-
(a) sufficient tables and benches with back rest ; and
(b) adequate means for warming food.
The mess-room shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person and shall be kept clean.
19. Exemption:- If in respect of any factory the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the exceptional circumstances or
infrequency of the said manufacturing process or for any other reason which he shall record in writing all or any of the
provisions of this Schedule are not necessary for the protection of the workers employed in the factory, he may, by a
certificate in writing, exempt such factory, from all or any of the provisions on such condition as he may specify therein.
Such certificate may, at any time be revoked by the Chief Inspector after recording his reasons thereof.
20. Manipulation not to be undertaken..- Manufacture or manipulation of a pesticide shall not be undertaken in any factory
unless a certificate regarding its dangers or otherwise is obtained from the Chief Inspector.
APPENDIX 1
Cautionary Notice (Insecticides and Pesticides)
1. Chemicals handled in this plant are poisonous substances.
2. Smoking, eating food or drinking, chewing tobacco in this area is prohibited. No food
stuff or drink shall be brought in this area.
3. Some of these chemicals may be absorbed through skin and may cause poisoning.
4. A good wash shall be taken before meals.
5. A good bath shall be taken at the end of the shift.
6. Protective clothing and equipment supplied shall be used while

working in this area.
7. Containers of pesticides shall not be used for keeping food stuffs.
8. Spillage of the chemicals on any part of the body or on the floor or work bench shall be
immediately washed away with water.
9. Clothing contaminated due to splashing shall be removed immediately.

10. Scrupulous cleanliness shall be maintained in this area.
11. Do not handle pesticides with bare hands, use scoops provided with handle.
12. In case of sickness like nausea, vomiting, giddiness, the manager should be informed
who will make necessary arrangements for treatment.
13. All workers shall report for the prescribed medical test regularly to protect their own
health.
SCHEDULE XXV
MANUFACTURE, HANDLING AND USE OF BENZENE
1. This schedule is made to provide protection against hazards of poisoning from benzene and shall apply in respect of
factories or parts thereof in which benzene or substances containing benzene are manufactured, handled or used.
2. Definitions:- For the purpose of this schedule:-
(a) "Substances containing benzene" means substances wherein benzene content exceeds 1 per cent, by volume.
(b) "Substitute" means a chemical which is harmless or less harmful than benzene and can be used in place of benzene.
(c) "Enclosed system " means a system which will not allow escape of benzene vapours to the working atmosphere.
(d) "Efficient exhaust draught" means localised ventilation effected by mechanical means for the removal of gases,
vapours and dusts or fumes so as to prevent them from escaping into the air of any work-room. No draught shall be
deemed to be efficient if it fails to remove smoke generated at the point where such gases, vapours, fumes or dust
originate.
3. Prohibition and substitution:-
1
[(a) Use of benzene and substances containing benzene is prohibited in the following processes
(i) manufacture of varnishes, paints and thinners ; and
(ii) cleaning and degreasing operations]
(b) Benzene or substances containing benzene shall not be used as a solvent or diluent unless the process in which it is
used is carried on in an enclosed system or unless the process is carried on in manner which is considered equally safe as if
it were carried out in an enclosed system.
(c) Where suitable substitutes are available, they shall be used instead of Benzene or substances containing Benzene. This
provision, however shall not apply to the process specified in Appendix-A.
(d) The Chief Inspector may, subject to confirmation by the State Government, permit exemptions from the percentage laid
down in clause 2 (a) and also from the provisions of sub-clause (b) temporarily under conditions and within limits of time
to be determined after consultation with the employees and workers concerned.
1. The original sub-paras (a) (b) and (c ) renumbered as (b) (c ) and (d) and new sub-para (a) ins. by G.O.Ms.No. 152 (F&B), dt: 20-4-1989
4. Protection against inhalation..-
(a) The process involving the use of benzene or substances containing benzene shall as far as practicable be carried out in
an enclosed system.
(b) Where, however, it is not practicable to carry out the process in an enclosed system, the work-room in which benzene
or substances containing benzene are used shall be, equipped with an efficient exhaust draught or other means for the
removal of benzene vapours or prevent their escape into the air of the work-room so that the
concentration of benzene in the air does not exceed 25 parts per million by volume or 80 mg/3m
(c) Air analysis for the measurement of concentration of benzene vapours in air shall be carried out every 8 hours at such
intervals as may be directed by the Chief Inspector at places where process involving use of benzene is carried on and the
result of such analysis shall be recorded in a register specially maintained for this purpose.
If the concentration of benzene vapours in air as measured by air analysis, exceeds 25 parts per million by volume or 80
mg/3m., the manager shall forthwith report of concentration to the Chief Inspector stating the reasons for such increase.
(d) Workers who for special reasons are likely to be exposed to concentration of benzene in the air of the work-room
exceeding the maximum referred to in clause (b) shall be provided with suitable respirators or face masks. The duration of
such exposure shall be limited as far as possible.
5. Measures against skin contact:-
(a) Workers who are likely to come in contact with liquid benzene or liquid substances containing benzene shall be
provided with suitable gloves, aprons, boots and where necessary vapour tight chemical goggles, made of material not
affected by benzene or its vapours.
(b) The protective ware referred to in sub-clause (a) shall be maintained in good condition and inspected regularly.
6. Prohibition relating to employment of women and young persons:- No woman or young person shall be employed or
permitted to work in any work-room involving exposure to benzene or substances containing benzene.
7. Labelling:- Every container holding benzene or substances containing benzene shall have the word "Benzene" and
approved danger symbols clearly visible on it and shall also display information of benzene content, warning about
toxicity and warning about inflammability of the chemical.
8. Improper use of benzene:-
(a) The use of benzene or substances containing benzene by workers for cleaning their hands or other work clothing shall
be prohibited.
(b) Workers shall be instructed on the possible dangers arising from such misuse.
9. Prohibition of consuming food, etc., in work-rooms:- No worker shall be allowed to store or consume food or drink in
the work-room in which benzene or substances containing benzene are manufactured, handled or used. Smoking and
chewing tobacco or pan shall be prohibited in such work-rooms.
10. Instructions as regards risks:- Every worker on his first employment shall be fully instructed on the properties of
benzene or substances containing benzene which he has to handle and of the dangers involved. Workers shall also be
instructed on the measures to be taken to deal with in an emergency.
11. Cautionary notices:- Cautionary notices in the form specified in Appendix-B and presented in the language easily read
and understood by the majority of the workers shall be displayed in prominent places in the work- rooms where benzene or
substances containing benzene are manufactured, handled or used.
12. Washing facilities, cloak-room and mess-room:- In factories in which benzene or substances containing benzene are
manufactured handled or used, the occupier shall provide and maintain in clean state and in good repair:-
(a) washing facilities under cover of the standard of at least one tap for every persons having constant supply of water with
soap and a clean towel provided individually to each worker if so ordered by the Inspector;
(b) a cloak-room with lockers for each worker, having two compartments-one for street clothing and one for work
clothing;
(c) a mess-room furnished with tables and benches with means for warming food, provided that where a canteen or other
proper arrangements exist for the workers to take their meals the requirements of mess-room shall be dispensed with.
1
(1) The occupier of every factory to which the Schedule applies, shall-
(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of the workers employed therein, whose employment
(b) Provide to the said medical practitioner all the necessary facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (a)
maintained separate register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily available for
inspection by the Inspector”.]
2
[14. Medical examination by the Certifying Surgeon..-
(1) Every worker employed in processes mentioned in paragraph 1, shall be examined by a Certifying surgeon within 15
days of his first employment. Such examination shall include tests for detection of phenol in urine and determination of
urinary sulphide ratio and C.N.S. and haemotological tests. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first
employment in the factory unless certified fit for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in this said processes shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in every
twelve calender months and such examination shall, whenever the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate, include all
the tests specified in sub-paragraph (1). Further, every worker shall also be examined once in every three calender months
by the factory medical officer.
examination and re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the Certificate and the Certificate shall be kept in the
including the nature and the results of these tests shall also be entered by the certifying surgeon in a health register in Form
29.
2. Added by ibid
(5) If any time the certifying surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fit for employment in the said processes
the period of which he considers that the said person is unfit to work in the said
processes.
employment in these processes.
incapacitated in the opinion of the certifying surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.]
APPENDIX A
[Clause 3(b)l
1. Production of benzene
2. Process where benzene is used for chemical synthesis
3. Motor spirits (used as fuel).
APPENDIX B
(Clause 11)
(a) The hazards:-
(i) Benzene and substances containing benzene are harmful
(ii) Prolonged or repeated breathing of benzene vapours may cause suit in acute or chronic poisoning.
(iii) Benzene can also be absorbed through skin which may cause skin and other diseases.
(b) The preventive measures to be taken:-
(i) Avoid breathing of benzene vapours.
(ii) Avoid prolonged or repeated contact of benzene with the skin.
(iii) Remove benzene with soaked or wet clothing promptly.
(iv) If at any time you are exposed to high concentration of benzene vapours and exhibit the sign and symptoms such as
dizziness, difficulty in breathing, excessive excitation and losing of consciousness, immediately inform your Factory
Manager.
(v) Keep all the containers of benzene closed.
(vi) Handle, use and process benzene and substances containing benzene carefully in order to prevent their spillage on
floor.
(vii) Maintain good house keeping.
(c) The protective equipment to be used.--
(i) Use respiratory protective equipment in places where benzene vapours are present in high concentration.
(ii) In emergency, use self generating oxygen mask or oxygen or air cylinder masks.
(iii) Wear hand gloves, aprons, goggles and gum boots to avoid contact of benzene with your skin and body parts.
(d) The first aid measures to be taken in case of acute benzene

poisoning:-
(i) Remove the clothing immediately if it is wetted with benzene,
(ii) If liquid benzene enters eyes, flush thoroughly for at least 15 minutes with clean running water and immediately secure
medical attention.
(iii) In case of unusual exposure to benzene vapour, call a physician immediately. Until he arrives do the following:-
If the exposed person is conscious:-
(a) Move him to fresh air in open-
(b) Lay down without a pillow and keep him quiet and warm.
If the exposed person is unconscious:-
(a) Lay him down preferably on the left side with the head low.
(b) Remove any false teeth, chewing-gum, tobacco or other foreign objects which may be in his mouth.
(c) Provide him artificial respiration in case difficulty is being experienced in breathing.
(d) In case of shallow breathing or cyanosis (blueness of skin, lips, ears, finger-nail beds), he should be provided with
medical oxygen or oxygen, carbon dioxide mixture. If needed, he should be given artificial respiration. Oxygen should be
administered by a trained person only.
SCHEDULE XXVI
MANUFACTURE OR MANIPULATION OF
MANGANESE AND ITS COMPOUNDS
1. Definitions..- For the purpose of the Schedule:-

(a) "Manganese Process" means processing, manufacture or,
manipulation of manganese or any compound of manganese or any
ore or any mixture containing manganese.
(b) "First Employment " means employment in any manganese process
and includes also re-employment in any manganese process following
any cessation of employment for a continuous period exceeding 3
calendar months.
(c) "Manipulation " means mixing, blending, filling, emptying, grinding,

sieving, drying, packing, sweeping, or otherwise handling of manganese
or a compound of manganese, or an ore of mixture containing
manganese.
(d) "Efficient exhaust ventilation" means localized ventilation

effected by mechanical means for the removal of dust or fume or
mist at its source of origin so as to prevent it from escaping into
the atmosphere of any place where any work is carried on. No
draught shall be deemed to be efficient which fails to remove the
dust or fume or mist at the point where it is generated and fails
to prevent it from escaping into and spreading into the atmosphere
of a work place.
2. Application:- This Schedule shall apply to every factory in which

or in any part of which any manganese process is carried.
3. Exemption..- If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is

satisfied that owing to any exceptional circumstances, or infrequency of the
process, or for any other reason, application of all or any of the provisions
of this schedule is not necessary for the protection of the persons employed
in such factory he may, by an order in writing which he may at his discretion
revoke exempt such factory from all or any of the provisions on such conditions
and for such period as he may specify in the said order.
4. Isolation of a process:- Every manganese process which may give

rise to dust, vapour or mist containing manganese, shall be carried on in a
totally enclosed system or otherwise effectively isolated from other processes
so that other plants and processes and other parts of the factory and person
employed on other work of process may not be affected by the same.
5. Ventilation of Process:- No process in which any dust, vapour or

mist containing manganese is generated, provision shall be carried out except
under and efficient exhaust ventilation which shall be applied as near to the
point of generation as practicable.
1
[6. Medical facilities and records of examination and tests
(1) The occupier of every factory to which the schedule applies, shall-
(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of
the workers employed therein whose employment shall be subject
to the approval of the chief Inspector of factories ; and
(b) provide to the said medical practitioner all the necessary
facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (a).
(2) The record of medical examinations and appropriate tests carried out
by the said medical practitioner shall be maintained in a separate register
approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily
1. Substituted by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F&B), dt: 12-7-1994

6-A. Medical examination by certifying surgeon:- (1) Every worker
employed in any manganese process shall be examined by certifying surgeon
within 15 days of his first employment. Such examination shall include tests
for detection of a serum calcium, serum phosphate and manganese in blood
and urine and also include steadiness tests and other neuro-muscular co-
ordination tests, No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first
employment in the factory unless certified for such employment by the certifying
surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in a manganese process shall be re-examined

by a certifying surgeon at least once in every three calender months and such
examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate,
include all the tests sub-paragraph (1).
(3) The certifying surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a

certificate of fitness in Form 28. The record of examination and re-examinations
carried out shall be entered in the certificate and the certificate shall be kept
in the custody of the manger of the factory. The record of each examinations
carried out under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) , including the nature and the
results of these tests, shall also be entered by the Certifying surgeon in a health
register in Form 29.
(4)The certificate of fitness and the health register shall be kept readily
(5) If at any time the Certifying surgeon is of the opinion that the worker
is no longer fit for employment in the said process on the ground that
continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker '
he shall make a record of his findings in the said certificate and the health
register. The entry of his findings in those documents should also include the
period for which he considers that the said person is unfit to work in the said
process.
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-
paragraphs (5) shall be re-employed or permitted to work in the said processes
unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again certifies him
6-B. The person so suspended from the process shall be provided with
alternate placement facilities unless he is fully incapacitated in the opinion of
the Certifying surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably
rehabilitated.

(1) The occupier of the factory
shall provide and maintain in good and clean condition suitable overall and head
coverings for all persons employed in any manganese process and such
overalls and head coverings shall be worn by the persons while working on
a manganese process.
(2) The occupier of the factory shall provide suitable respiratory protective
equipment for use by workers in emergency to prevent inhalation of dusts,
fumes or mists. Sufficient number of complete sets of such equipment shall
always be kept near the work place and the same shall be properly maintained
and kept always in a condition to be used readily.
(3) The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of all persons
employed suitable accommodation for the storage and make adequate
arrangements for cleaning and maintenance of personal protective equipments.
8. Prohibition relating to women and young persons..- No women

or young persons shall be employed or permitted to work in any manganese
process.
9. Food, drinks prohibited in the work rooms:- No food, drink, pan

and supari or tobacco shall be allowed to be brought into or consumed by any
worker in any work room in which any manganese process is carried on.
10. Mess room:- There shall be provided and maintained for the use
of the persons employed in a manganese process a suitable mess room which
shall be furnished with sufficient tables and benches and adequate means for
warming of food. The mess room shall be placed under the charge of a
responsible person and shall be kept clean.
11. Washing facilities:- There shall be provided and maintained in a

clean state and in good condition, for the use of persons employed on manganese
process a wash place under cover, with either:-
(1) a trough with smooth impervious surfaces fitted with a waste pipe
without plug. The trough shall be of sufficient length to allow at least
60 centimetres for every ten such persons employed at any one time, and
having a constant supply of water from taps or jets above the trough at
intervals of not more than 60 centimetres or at least one wash basin for every
five such persons employed at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe and plug
and having a constant supply of water ; and
(2) Sufficient supply of soap or other suitable cleaning material and nail
brushes and clean towels.
12. Cloak-room:- If the Chief Inspector so requires there shall be

provided and maintained for the use of persons employed in manganese
process a cloak-room for clothing put off during working hours with adequate
arrangement for drying the clothing.
13. Cautionary placard and instruction:- Cautionary notices in the

following form and printed in the language of the majority of the workers
employed, shall be affixed in prominent places in the factory where they can
be easily and conveniently read by the workers and arrangement shall be made
by the occupier to instruct periodically all workers employed in a manganese
process regarding the health hazards connected with their duties and the best
preventive measures and methods to protect themselves. The notices shall
always be maintained in a legible condition.
CAUTIONARY NOTICE
Manganese and Manganese Compounds..-
1. Dust fumes and mist of Manganese and compounds are toxic when inhaled or when ingested.
2. Do not consume food or drink near the work-place.
3. Take a good wash before taking meals.
4. Keep the working area clean.
5. Use the protective clothing and equipments provided.
6. When required to work in situation where dust, fumes or mists are
likely to be inhaled, use respiratory protective equipment provided for the
purpose.
7. If you get severe headaches, prolonged sleeplessness or abnormal
sensations on the body, report to the Manager who would make arrangements
for your examination and treatment.
1
[SCHEDULE XXVII
Operations involving High Noise and Vibration levels Part-A High Noise
Levels:
1. Application: This Part of the schedule shall apply to all operations in any manufacturing process
having high noise level.
2. Definitions: For the purpose of this schedule –
(a) “Noise” means any unwanted sound.
(b) “High noise level” means any noise level measured on the A-weighted scale is 85 dB or above.
(c) “Decibel” means one-tenth of “Bel” which is the fundamental division of a logarithmic scale used to
express the ratio of two specified or implied quantities, the number of “Bels” denoting such a ratio
being the logarithm to the base of 10 of this ratio. The noise level (or the sound pressure level) 6
corresponds to a reference pressure of 20 x 10 Newton per square meter or 0.0002 dynes per square
centimeter which is the threshold of hearing, that is, the lowest sound pressure level necessary to
produce the sensation of hearing in average healthy listeners. The decibel in abbreviated form is dB.
(d) “Frequency” is the rate of pressure variations expressed in cycles per second or hertz.
(e) “dBA” refers to sound level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter operating on the A-
weighting net work with slow meter response.
(f) “A-weighting” means making graded adjustments in the intensities of sound of various frequencies
for the purpose of noise measurement, so that the sound pressure level measured by an instrument
reflects the actual response of the human ear to the sound measured.
1. Amended by G.O.Rt..No.540, dated 3-12-2019 of Labour, Employment &Training and Factories (Labour-II) Department.
3. Protection against Noise:-
(1) In every factory, suitable, a suitable engineering control or administrative measures shall be taken to
ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, that no worker is exposed to sound levels exceeding the
maximum permissible noise exposure levels specified in Tables 1 and 2.
Table 1
Permissible Exposure in Cases of Continuous Noise
Total time of exposure Sound pressure level in or a number of

(continuous short term exposures) dBA per day, in hours
8 85
6 87
4 90
3 92
2 95
1½ 97
1 100
¾ 102
½ 105
1/4 110
Note: 1. No exposure in excess of 110 dBA is to be permitted.
2. For any period of exposure falling in between any figure and the next higher or lower figure as
indicated in column 1, the permissible sound pressure level is to be determined by extrapolation on
a proportionate basis.
Table 2
Permissible Exposure Levels of Impulsive or Impact Noise
Peak sound pressure level in dB Permitted number of impulses

or impact per day
140 100
135 315
130 1,000
125 3,160
120 10,000
Notes:1. No exposure in excess of 140 dB peak sound pressure level is permitted.
2. For any peak sound pressure level falling in between any figure and the next higher or lower figure
as indicated in column 1, the permitted number of impulses or impacts per day is to be determined
by extrapolation on a proportionate basis.
(2) For the purposes of this schedule, if the variations in the noise level involve maximum at intervals of
one second or less, the noise is to be considered as a continuous one and the criteria given in Table 1
would apply. In other cases, the noise is to be considered as impulsive or impact noise and the criteria
given in Table 2 would apply.
(3) When the daily exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure at different levels
their combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. The mixed
exposure should be considered to exceed the limit value if the sum of the fractions
C1 + C2 + .......................... Cn exceeds unity, -

T1 T2 Tn
Where the C1,C2 etc. indicate the total time of actual exposure at a specified noise level and
T1, T2, etc. denote the time of exposure of less than 90 dBA may be ignored in the above calculation.
4. (1) Where it is not possible to reduce the noise exposure to the levels specified in sub-clause (1) by
reasonably practicable engineering control or administrative measures, the noise exposure shall be
reduced to the greatest extent feasible by such control measures, and each worker so exposed shall be
provided with suitable ear protectors as per relevant National or International Standards so as to reduce
the exposure to noise to the levels specified in sub-clause 3(1).
(2) The Occupier shall provide personal hearing protectors to the workers
(a) So as to eliminate the risk to hearing or to reduce the risk to as low a level as is reasonably
practicable.
(b) After consultation with the employees concerned or their representative
(c) Ensure the hearing protectors is full and properly fitted, periodically checked for the
effectiveness, used and maintained in good working order and repair.
(d) Ensure that workers are given periodical training in the use, care and maintenance of the personal
hearing protectors.
5. Where the ear protectors provided in accordance with sub-paragraph 3(4) and worn by a worker
cannot still attenuate the noise reaching near his ear, as determined by subtracting the attenuation
value in dBA of the ear protectors concerned from the measured sound pressure level, to a level
permissible under Table 1 or Table 2 as the case may be, the noise exposure period shall be suitably
reduced to correspond to the permissible noise exposures specified in sub-paragraph (1).
6. (a) In all cases where the prevailing sound levels exceed the permissible levels specified in sub-paragraph
(1) there shall be administered an effective hearing conservation programme which shall include
among other hearing conservation measures, pre-employment and periodical auditory surveys
conducted on workers exposed to noise exceeding the permissible levels, and rehabilitation of such
workers either by reducing the exposure to the noise levels or by transferring them to places where
noise levels are relatively less or by any other suitable means.
(b) Every worker employed in areas where the noise exceeds the maximum permissible exposure levels
specified in sub-clause (1) shall be subjected to any auditory examination by a Certifying Surgeon
within 14 days of his first employment and thereafter, shall be re-examined at least once a every 12
months. Such initial and periodical examinations shall include tests which the Certifying Surgeon
may consider appropriate and shall include determination of auditory thresholds for pure tones of
125, 250,500, 1000, 2000, 4000 and 8000 cycles per second.
Part-B High Vibration Levels:
1. Applications
This part of the Schedule shall apply to all operations in a manufacturing part of the process having
high undesired vibrations.
2. Definition:
(a) “daily exposure” means the quantity of mechanical vibration to which a worker is exposed during
a working day, which takes account of the magnitude and duration of the vibration;
(b) “Vibration” means a mechanical phenomenon where by oscillations occur about equilibrium
point. The oscillations may be periodic or random.
(c) “high vibration” means any exposure greater than the exposure limit value and action value
specified in clause-3.
(d) “exposure action value” means the level of daily exposure set out in clause-3 for any worker
which, if reached or exceeded, requires specified action to be taken to reduce risk;
(e) “exposure limit value” means the level of daily exposure for any worker which must not be
exceeded, as specified in sub clause-3
(f) “hand-arm vibration” means mechanical vibration which is transmitted into the hands and arms
during a work activity’
(g) “mechanical vibration” means vibration occurring in a piece of machinery or equipment or in a

vehicle as a result of its operation; and
(h) “whole-body vibration” means mechanical vibration which is transmitted into the body, when
seated or standing, through the supporting surface, during a work activity or as described in sub
clause 3 (2).
3. Exposure Limit Values and Action Values.
(1) For hand-arm vibration –

(a) the daily exposure limit value is 5 m/s2 A(8);
(b) the daily exposure action value is 2.5 m/s2 A(8);
and daily exposure shall be ascertained on the basis set out in the relevant National/International
Standards specified in table 1 below.
(2) For whole body vibration -

(a) the daily exposure limit value is 1.15 m/s2 A(8);
(b) the daily exposure action value is 0.5 m/s2 A(8),
and daily exposure shall be ascertained on the basis set out in the relevant National/International
Standards.
Table I
The Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) for exposure of the hand to vibration in X, Y or Z
direction of axes in the three dimensional system shall be as given below:
Total Daily Exposure Maximum value of frequency weighted

Duration (hours) acceleration (m/s2) in any direction
4 to less than 8 hours 4
Less than 1 hour 12
(3) Assessment of vibration exposure shall be made for each applicable direction (X,Y,Z) since
vibration is a vector quantity (magnitude and direction). In each direction, the magnitude of
the vibration during normal operation of the power tool, machine or work piece should be
expressed by the root-mean-square (RMS) value of the frequency – weighted component
acceleration, in units of meter per second squared (m/s2)
4. Assessment of Risk to Health due to Vibration at the Work Place.
(a) An occupier who carries out work which is liable to expose any worker from vibration shall make
a suitable and sufficient assessment of the risk created by that work to the heath and safety of
those and the risk assessment shall identify the control measures that need to be taken.
(b) The Risk assessment should be reviewed whenever it is felt the changes in the process makes the
earlier risk assessment no longer valid.
5. Engineering Control Measures.
(1) The occupier shall ensure that risk from the exposure of workers to vibration is either eliminated
at source or, where this is not reasonably practicable, reduced to as low a level as is reasonably
practicable.
(2) Where it is not reasonably practicable to eliminate risk at source pursuant to paragraph (a) and
an exposure action value is likely to be reached or exceeded, the employer shall reduce exposure
to as low a level as is reasonably practicable by establishing and implementing a programme of
engineering control measures which are appropriate to this type of activity.
(3) The occupier shall ensure that the workers are provided with the following measures.
(a) Work equipment of appropriate ergonomic design which, taking account of the work to be
done, produces the least possible vibration;
(b) the provision of auxiliary equipment which reduces the risk of injuries caused by
vibration; and install appropriate maintenance programmes for work equipment, the
workplace and workplace systems;
(4) Subject to sub clause 5, the employer shall ensure that his employees are not exposed to vibration
above an exposure limit value; and shall take necessary to identify the reasons for the limit being
exceeded and take appropriate steps to reduce the exposure to vibration to below limit value.
Provided that where the exposure of an employee to vibration is usually below the
exposure action value but varies markedly from time to time and may occasionally exceed the
exposure limit value.
Further provided that – any exposure to vibration averaged over one week is less than
the exposure limit value and there is evidence to show that the risk from the actual pattern of
exposure is less than the corresponding risk from constant exposure at the exposure limit value;
and that the (b) risk is reduced to as low a level as is reasonably practicable, taking into account
the special circumstances.
6. Medical Examination.
(1) The occupier shall ensure that the workers who are likely to be exposed to vibration at above
exposure action value are subjected to periodical medical examination once in a year. The medical
examination shall include general and physical examination as well as special test for Reynaud’s
phenomenon.
(2) The health record of workers shall be maintained by the occupier for a period of 5 years from the
date of last test and produce to the Inspector of Factories on demand.
(3) If at any time the certifying Surgeon/Factory Medical Inspector is of the opinion that the worker
is no longer fit to work in the said process on the ground that continuance daring would involve
danger to the health of the worker he shall make a record of his findings in the said certificate and
the health register. The entry of his findings in those documents should also include the period for
which he considers that the said person is unfit for work in the said processes. The person declared
unfit in such circumstances shall be provided with alternate placement facility unless he is fully
incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon in which case the person affected shall be
suitably rehabilitated.
7. Personal Protective Equipment.
(1) The occupier shall ensure that the worker who are likely to be exposed to high level of vibration
are provided with appropriate PPE and protective clothing confirming to national or
international standards. Such Personal Protective Equipment should include hand gloves and
safety shoes. The protective clothing shall be able to protect the workers from cold and dump.
(2) The occupier shall ensure that workers are given periodical training in the use, care and
maintenance of the Personal Protective Equipment.
8. Administrative Control Measures.
(1) The occupier shall ensure that as far as reasonably practicable as all necessary control measures
are taken to ensure that the unwanted vibrations does not affect the health of the workers
employed in the process to which this part of schedule apply.
(2) The occupier shall provide all workers with information instruction and training to be adopted
to limit the exposure limit values and action values as set out in sub clause -3.
(3) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1), the information, instruction and training
provided under that paragraph shall include-
(i) the exposure limit values and action values set out in sub clause-3.
(ii) safe working practices to minimise exposure to vibration; and
(iii) suitable and sufficient information and training for employees, such that work equipment
may be used correctly and safely, in order to minimise their exposure to vibration;
(iv) limitation of the duration and magnitude of exposure to vibration;
(v) appropriate work schedules with adequate rest periods; and
(vi) The information, instruction and training required by paragraph (2) shall be updated to take
account of significant changes in the type of work carried out or the working methods used
by the employer.
(4) The Occupier shall display pictorial cautionary notices/warning signs at conspicuous places
where there are possibilities of workers being exposed to undesired high vibrations
9. Prohibition in Employment of Women, Young Persons and Persons with Disabilities.
No women or young person or persons with disabilities shall be employed in the process
covered by this part of the schedule.
10. Exemptions. If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owning to any
exceptional circumstances, or infrequently of the process, or for any other reason, application of all
or any of the provisions of this schedule is not necessary for the protection of the persons employed
in such factory, he may by an order in writing which he may at his discretion revoke, exempt such
factory from all or any of the provisions on such conditions and for such period as he may specify in
the said matter.]
1
[SCHEDULE XXVIII
MANUFACTURE OF RAYON VISCOSE PROCESS

(a) "approved" means approved for the time being in writing by the
Chief Inspector
(b) "breathing apparatus " means a helmet or face piece with
necessary connections by means of which the person using it in a
poisonous, asphyxiating or irritant atmosphere breathes unpolluted
air; or any other approved apparatus
(c) "churn " means the vessel in which alkali cellulose pulp is treated
to a dissolver
1. Added by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F&B), dt: 12-7-1994

(d) "dumping " means transfer of cellulose xanthate from a dry chum
to a dissolver;
(e) "efficient exhaust draught" means localised ventilation by
mechanical means for the removal of any gas or vapour, so as to
prevent it from escaping into the air of any place in which work
is carried on. No draught shall be deemed to be efficient if it fails,
to control effectively any gas or vapour generated at the point where
such gas or fume originates;
(f) "Fume process" means any process in which carbon disulphide
or hydrogen sulphide is produced, used or given off,
(g) "life belt " means a belt made of leather or other suitable material
which can be securely fastened round the body with a suitable length
of rope attached to it, each of which is sufficiently strength to sustain
the weight of a man;
(h) "protective equipment " means apron, goggles, face shields, foot
wear, gloves and overall made of suitable materials.
2. Ventilation:-
(1) In all the workrooms where a fume process is
carried on, adequate ventilation by natural or mechanical means shall be
provided so as to control, in association with other control measures, the
concentration of Carbon-di-sulphide and hydrogen sulphide in the air of every
work environment within the permissible limits.
(2) Notwithstanding the requirements in sub-paragraph (1) an efficient
exhaust draught shall be provided and maintained to control the concentration
of carbon-di-sulphide and hydrogen sulphide in the air at the following locations:-
(a) dumping hoppers of dry churns
(b) spinning machines ;
(c) tric rollers and cutters used in staple fibre spinning
(d) hydro-extractors for yam cakes
(e) after treatment processes ; and
(f) spinbaths.
(3) In so far as the spinning machines and trio rollers and cutters used
a staple fibre spinning are concerned, they shall be, for the purpose of ensuring
the effectiveness of the exhaust draft to be provided a required in sub-
paragraph (1), enclosed as fully as practicable and provided with suitable
shutters insections to enable the required operations to be carried out without
giving rise to undue quantities of Carbon-di-sulphide and hydrogen sulphide
escaping to the work environment.
(4) No dry churn shall be opened after completion of reaction without
initially exhausting the residual vapours of carbon-di-sulphide by operation of
a suitable an efficient arrangement for exhausting the vapours which shall be
continued to be operated as along as the churn is kept opened.
(5) Whenever any ventilation apparatus normally required for the purpose
of meeting the requirements in sub-paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) is ineffective,
fails, or is stopped for any purpose whatsoever, all persons shall be required
to leave the work areas where the equipment of processes specified in the
above said sub-paragraphs are in use, as soon as possible, and in any case
not later than 15 minutes after such an occurrence.
(6)(i) All ventilating systems provided for the purposes as required in sub-
paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) shall be examined and inspected once
every week by a responsible person. It shall be thoroughly examined
and tested by a competent person once in every period of 12 months.
Any defects found by such examinations or test shall be rectified
forth with.
(ii) A register containing particulars of such examinations and tests, and
the state of the systems and the repairs of alternations (if any) found
to be necessary shall be kept and shall be available for inspection
by an Inspector.
3. Waste from spinning machines.-- Waste yam from the spinning
machine shall be deposited in suitable containers provided with close fitting
covers. Such waste shall be disposed off as quickly as possible after
decontamination.
4. Lining of Dry Churns:- The inside surface of all dry churns shall
be coated with a non-sticky paint so that cellulose xanthate will not stick to
the surface of the churn. Such coating shall be maintained in good condition.
5. Air monitoring:-
(1) To ensure the effectiveness of the control
measures, monitoring of carbon-di-sulphide and hydrogen sulphide in air shall
be carried out once atleast in every shift and the record of the results so
obtained shall be entered in a register specially maintained for the purposes.
(2) For the purpose of the requirement in sub-paragraph (1) instaneous
gas detector tubes shall not be used. Samples shall be collected over a duration
of not less than 10 minutes and analysed by an approved method. The
locations where such monitoring is to be done shall be as directed by the
Inspector.
(3) If the concentration of either carbon-di-sulphide or hydrogen sulphide
exceeds the permissible limits for such vapour or gas as laid down in Rule
123-A, suitable steps shall be taken for controlling the concentrations in air
of such contaminants report of such occurrences shall be sent to the Chief
Inspector of forthwith.
6. Prohibition. to remain in fume process room:- No person during
his intervals for meal, or rest shall remain in any room wherein fume process
is carried out.
7. Prohibition relating to employment of young persons..- No young
person shall be employed or permitted to work in any fume process or in any
room in which any such process is carried on.
8. Protective equipment:- (1) The occupier shall provide and maintain
in good condition protective equipment as specified in the Table for use of
persons employed in the processes referred to therein
TABLE
Process Protective equipment
1. Dumping Overall, face-shields, gloves and

foot-wear - all made of suitable
materials
2. Spinning Suitable aprons, gloves and footwear
3. Process involving Suitable gloves and footwear

or likely to involve contact
with viscose solution
4. Handling of sulphur Suitable chemical goggles
5. Any other process Protective equipment as may be

involving contact directed by the Chief Inspector
with hazardous by an order in writing
chemicals
(2) A suitable room, rooms or lockers shall be provided exclusively for

the storage of all the protective equipment supplied to workers and no such
equipment shall be stored at any place other than the room, rooms, or lockers
so provided.
9. Breathing apparatus:-
(1) There shall be provided in every factory
where fume process is carried on, sufficient supply of-
(a) breathing apparatus
(b) oxygen and suitable appliances for its administration and
(c) life belts
(2)(i) The breathing apparatus and other appliances referred to in sub-
paragraph (1) shall be maintained in good condition and kept in
appropriate locations so as to be readily available.
(ii) The breathing apparatus and other appliances referred to in clauses
(a) and (b) of sub-paragraph (1) shall be cleaned and disinfected
at suitable intervals and thoroughly inspected once every month by
a responsible person.
(iii) A record of the maintenance and of the condition of the breathing
apparatus and other appliances referred to in sub-clause (1) shall
be entered in a register provided for that purpose which shall be
readily available for inspection by an Inspector.
(3) Sufficient number of workers shall be trained and periodically retrained
in the use of breathing apparatus and administering artificial respiration so that
at least 2 such trained persons would be available during all the working hours
in each room in which fume process is carried on.
(4) Breathing apparatus shall be kept properly labelled in clean, dry, light-
proof cabinet and if liable to be affected by fumes, shall be protected by placing
them in suitable containers.
(5) No person shall be employed to perform any work specified in sub-
paragraph (1) for which breathing apparatus is necessary to be provided under
that sub-paragraph unless he has been fully instructed in the proper use of
that equipment.
(6) No breathing apparatus provided in pursuance of sub-paragraph (1)
which has been worn by a person shall be worn by another person unless
it has been thoroughly cleaned and disinfected since last being worn and the
person unless it has been thoroughly cleaned and disinfected since last being
worn and the person has been fully instructed in the proper use of that
equipment.
10. Electric fittings:- All electric fittings in any room in which carbon-
di-sulphide is produced, used or given off or is likely to be given off into the
work environment, other than a spinning room, shall be of flame-proof
construction and all electric conductors shall either be enclosed in metal
conducts or be lead-sheathed.
11. Prohibition relating to smoking, etc:- No person shall smoke or

carry matches, fire or naked light or other means of producing a naked light
or spark in a room in which fume process is carried on. A notice in the
language understood by the majority of the workers shall be posted in prominent
locations in the plant prohibiting smoking and carrying of matches, fire or naked
light or other means of producing naked light or spark into such rooms;
Provided that fire, naked light or other means of producing a naked light
or spark may be carried on in such room only when required for the purposes
of the process itself under the direction of a responsible person.

(1) There shall be provided and
maintained in a clean state and in good repair for the use of all workers
employed in the processes covered by the schedule, adequate washing and
bathing under cover at the rate of one such place for every 25 persons
employed.
(2)The Washing places shall have standpipes placed at intervals of not
less than one metre.
(3) Not less than one half of the total number of washing places shall
be provided with bathrooms.
(4) Sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable materials shall be
provided:
Provided that such towels shall be supplied individually for each worker
if so ordered by the Inspector.
13. Rest room..-

(1) A rest room shall be provided for the workers
engaged in doffing operations of filament yarn spinning process.
(2) Such rest room shall be provided with fresh air supply and adequate
seating arrangement.
14. Cautionary notice and instructions:- The following cautionary
notice shall be prominently displayed in each fume process room.
CAUTIONERY NOTICE
1. Carbon disulphide (CS) and Hydrogen (H2S) which may be present

in this room are hazardous to health.
2. Follow safety instructions.
3. Use protective equipment and breathing apparatus as and when
required.
4. Smoking is strictly prohibited in this area.
This notice shall be in a language understood by the majority of the
workers and displayed where it can be easily and conveniently read. If any
worker is illiterate, effective steps shall be taken to explain carefully to him
the contents of the notice so displayed.
(2) Arrangements shall be made to instruct each worker employed in

any room in which a fume process is carried on regarding the health hazards
connected with their work and the preventive measures and methods to protect
themselves. Such instructions shall be given on his first employment and
repeated periodically.
(3) Simple and special instructions shall be framed to ensure that effective
measures will be carried out in case of emergency involving escape of carbon
disulphide and hydrogen sulphide.
These instructions shall be displayed in the concerned areas and workers
shall be instructed and trained in the actions to be taken in such emergencies.
15. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests:-

(1)The occupier of each factory to which this schedule applies, shall-
(a) employ a qualified medical officer for medical surveillance of the
workers employed in the fume process whose employment shall be
subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories ; and
(b) provide to the said medical officer all the necessary facilities for
the purpose referred to in clause (a).
(2) The record of medical examination and appropriate tests carried out
by the said medical officer shall be maintained in a separate register approved
by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily available for
inspection by the Inspector.
16. Medical Examination by the certifying Surgeon:- (1) Every
worker employed in the fume process shall be examined by a certifying
surgeon within 15 days of his first employment. Such examination shall include
tests for estimation of exposure coefficient (iodineazide test on urine), and
cholesterol, as well as electrocardiogram (ECG) and Central Nervous System
(CNS ) tests. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first
employment in the factory unless certified for such employment by the certifying
surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the fume process shall be re-examined

by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in every twelve calender months. Such
examination shall, wherever the certifying surgeon considers appropriate,
include all the tests as specified in sub-paragraph (1).
(3) The Certifying Surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a

certificate of fitness in Form 28. The record of re-examination carried out
shall be entered in the certificate and the certificate shall be kept in the custody
of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination carried out
under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2), including the nature and results of the tests,
shall also be entered by the certifying surgeon in a health register in Form 29.
(4) The certificate of fitness and the health register shall be kept readily
(5) If at any time the certifying surgeon is of the opinion that a worker
is no longer fit for employment in the fume process on the ground that
continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker,
register. The entry for which he considers that the said person is unfit for
work in the fume process.
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph
shall be re-employed or permitted to work in the fume process unless the
Certifying Surgeon, after further examination again certifies him fit for
employment in such process.
17. The person so suspended from the process shall be provided with
alternate placement facilities unless he is fully incapacitated in the opinion
of the certifying surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably
rehabilitated.
18. Exemption:- If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is

satisfied that owing to the exceptional circumstances or infrequency of the
processes or for any other reason, all or any of the provisions of this schedule
is not necessary for protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief
Inspector may, by a certificate in writing, which he may at his discretion,
revoke at any time, exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions
subject to such conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.]
1
[SCHEDULE XXIX
HIGHLY FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS

AND FLAMMABLE COMPRESSED GASES
1. Application:- These rules will be applicable to all factories where

highly flammable liquids or flammable compressed gases are manufactured,
stored, handled or used.
2. Definitions For the Purpose of this schedule:--

(a) "highly flammable liquid" means any liquid including its solution,
emulsion or suspension which when tested in a manner specified
by Sections 14 and 15 of the Petroleum Act 1934 (30 of 1934) given
off flammable vapours at a temperature less 32 degrees centigrade.
(b) 'flammable compressed gas " means flammable compressed gas

as defined in Section 2 of the Static and Mobile Pressure Vessels
(unfired) Rules, 1981 framed under the Explosives Act, 1880.
3. Storage:- (1) Every flammable liquid or flammable compressed gas

used in every factory shall be stored in suitable fixed storage tank, or in
suitable closed vessel located in a safe position under the ground, in the open
or in a store room of adequate fire resistant construction.
(2) Except as necessary for use, operation or maintenance, every vessel
or tank which contains or had contained a highly flammable liquid or flammable
compressed gas shall be taken to contain or immediately drain off to a suitable
container any spill or leak that may occur.
(3) Every container, Vessel, tank, cylinder, or store room used for storing
highly flammable liquid or flammable compressed gas shall be clearly and in
bold letters mark " Danger-highly Flammable Liquid" or "Danger-Flammable
Compressed Gas."
1. Added by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F &B), dt: 12-7-1994
4. Enclosed systems for conveying Highly flammable Liquids..-

Wherever it is reasonably practicable, highly flammable liquids shall be conveyed
within a factory in totally enclosed systems consisting of pipe lines, pumps
and similar appliances from the storage tank or vessel to the point of use.
Such enclosed systems shall be so designed, installed, operated and maintained
as to avoid leakage or the risk of spilling.
5. Preventing Formation of Flammable Mixture with Air:- Where

there is a possibility for leakage or spill of highly flammable liquid or flammable
compressed gas from an equipment pipe line, valve, joint or other part of a
system, all practicable measures shall be taken to contain, drain off or dilute
such spills or leakage as to prevent formation of flammable mixture with air.
6. Prevention of ignition..- In every room, work place or other location

where highly flammable liquid or flammable combustible gas is stored, conveyed,
handled or used or where there is danger of fire or explosion from accumulation
of highly flammable liquid or flammable compressed gas in air, all practicable
measures shall be taken to exclude the sources of ignition. Such precautions
shall include the following:
(a) All electrical apparatus shall either be excluded from the area of
risk or they shall be of such construction and so installed and
maintained as to prevent the danger of their being a source of
ignition;
(b) effective measures shall be adopted for prevention of accumulation
of static charges to a dangerous extent
(c) No person shall wear or be allowed to wear any foot wear having
iron or steel nails or any other exposed ferrous materials which is
likely to cause sparks by friction ;
(d) smoking, lighting or carrying of matches, lighters or smoking materials
shall be prohibited
(e) transmission belts with iron fasteners shall not be used
(f) all other precautions, as are reasonably, practicable, shall be taken
to prevent initiation of ignition from all other possible sources such
as open flames, frictional sparks, overheated surfaces of machinery
or plant, chemical or physical-chemical reaction and radiant heat.
7. Prohibition of smoking:- No person shall smoke in any place where

highly flammable liquid or flammable compressed gas is present in circumstances
that smoking would give rise to a risk of fire. The occupier shall take all
practicable measures to ensure compliance with this requirement including
display of a bold notice indicating prohibition of smoking at every place where
this requirement applies.
8. Firefighting:- In every factory where highly flammable liquid or

flammable compressed gas is manufactured, stored, handled and used
appropriate and adequate means of fighting a fire shall be provided. The
adequacy and suitability of such means which expression includes the fixed
and portable fire extinguishing systems, extinguishing material, procedures and
the process of fire fighting, shall be to be standards and levels prescribed by
the Indian Standards applicable, and in any case not inferior to the stipulations
under Model Rules 69.
9. Exemptions:- If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is

satisfied that owing to the exceptional circumstances as or infrequency of the
processes or for any other reasons for protect the provisions of this schedule
other reasons, all or any of the provisions of this schedule is not necessary
for protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief Inspector may; by a
certificate in writing, which he may, at his discretion, revoke at any time,
exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions subject to such
conditions, if any as he may specify therein.
1
[SCHEDULE XXX
OPERATIONS IN FOUNDRIES
1. Application:- Provisions of this schedule shall apply to all factories

where any of the following operations or processes are carried on:
(A) the production of iron castings or, as the case may be, steel castings
by casting in moulds made to send, loam, moulding composition or
other mixture of materials, or by shell moulding, or by centrifugal
casting and any process incidental to such production:
(B) the production of non-ferrous castings by casting metal in moulds
made of sand, loam, metal, moulding composition or other material
or mixture of materials, or by shell mouldings, discasting including
pressure discasting centrifugal casting or continuous casting and any
process incidental to such production: and
(C) the melting and casting of non-ferrous metal for the production of
ingots, billets, slab or other similar products; and the stripping thereof,
but shall not apply to
(a) any process with respect to the smelting and manufacture of lead
and the Electric accumulators
(b) any process for the purposes of a printing works ; or
(c) any smelting process in which metal is obtained by reducing operation
or any process incidental to such operation ;
(d) the production of steel in the form of ingots ; or
(e) any process in the course of the manufacture of solder of any
process incidental to such manufacture ; or
the melting and casting of lead or any lead-based alloy for the
production of ingots, billets, slabs or other similar products or the
stripping thereof, or any process incidental to such melting, casting
or stripping.
2. Definitions:- for the purpose of this schedule-
(a) "approved respirator"-means a respirator of a type approved by

the Chief Inspector ;
(b) "cupola or furnace" includes a receiver associated therewith;
(c) "dressing or fettling " Operations includes striping and other removal
of adherent sand, cores, runners, risers, flash and other surplus metal
from a casting and the production of reasonably clean and smooth
surface, but does not include(s) the removal of metal from a casting
when performed incidentally in connecting with the machining or
assembling of castings after they have been dressed or fettled, of
any operation which is a knockout operation within the meaning of
this schedule;
1. Added by G.O.Ms.No.144 (F&B), dt: 12-7-1994
(d) 'foundry" means those parts of a factory in which the production

of iron or steel or non-ferrous castings (not being the production
of pig iron or the production of steel in the form. of ingots) is carded
on by casting in moulds made of sand, loam, moulding composition
or other mixtures of materials, or by sheel moulding or by centrifugal
casting in metal moulds lined with sand, or diecasting including
pressure die castings, together with any part of the factory in which
any of the following processes are carded on as incidental processes
in connection with and in the course of such production, namely,
the preparation and mixing of materials used in foundry process, the
preparation of moulds and cores, knock out operations and dressing
or fettling operations;
(e) "knockout operations" means all methods of removing castings

from moulds and the following operations, when done in connection
therewith, namely, stripping, coringour and the removal of runners
and risers;
(f) "pouring aisle" means as aisle leading from main gangway or

directly from a cupola or furnace to where metal is poured into
moulds.
3. Prohibition of use certain materials as parting materials:-
(1) A material shall not be used as a parting material if it is a material containing
compounds of silicon calculated as silica to the extent more than 5 per cent
by weight of dry material;
Provided that this Prohibition shall be used as a parting material if the material
does not prevent the following being silica not contain an admixture of any other silica
(a) Zirconium silicate (Zircon)
(b) Calcined china clay
(c) Calcined aluminous fireclay
(d) Sillimanite
(e) Calcined or fused alumine
(f) Olivine
(g) Natural sand
(2) Dust or other matter deposits from a flattering or blasting process
shall not be used as a parting material or as a constituent in a parting material.
4. Arrangement and storage..- for the purpose of promoting safety and
cleanliness in workrooms the following requirements shall be observed:-
(a) moulding boxes, frames, boards, box weights, and other articles shall
be so arranged and placed as to enable work to be carried on without
unnecessary risk ;
(b) Suitable and conveniently accessible racks, bins or other receptacles
shall be provided and used for the storage of other gear and tools;
(c) Where there is bulk storage of sand, fuel, metal scrap or other
materials or residues, suitable bins, bunkers or other receptacles
shall be provided for the purpose of such storage.
5. Construction Of floors..-
(1) Floors of indoor work-places in which the processes are carded on, other than parts which are of sand, shall have
an even surface of hard material
(2) No part of the floor of any such indoor workplace shall be of sand
except there this is necessary by reason of the work done.
(3) All parts of the surface of the floor of any such indoor workplace
which are of sand shall, so far as practicable, be maintained in an even and
firm condition.
6. Cleanliness of indoor workplaces:-

(1) All accessible parts of the walls of every indoor workplace in which the processes are carried on and
of everything affixed to those wall shall be effectively cleaned by a suitable
method to a height of not less than 4.2 metres from the floor at least once
in every period of fourteen months. A record of the carrying out of every
such effective cleaning in pursuance of this paragraph including the date
(which shall be not less than five months not more than nine months after
the last immediately preceding washing cleaning or other treatment).
(2) Effective cleaning by a suitable method shall be carried out at least
once every working day of all accessible parts of the floor of every indoor
workplace in which the processes are carried on, other than parts which are
of sand; and the parts which are of sand shall be kept in good order.
7. Manual operations involving molten metal:-
(1) There shall be provided and properly maintained for all persons employed on manual operations
involving molten metal with which they are liable to be splashed, a working
space for that operation.
(a) Which is adequate for the safe performance of the work; and
(b) which, so far as reasonably practicable, is kept free from obstruction.
(2) Any operation involving the carrying by hand of a container holding
molten metal shall be performed on a floor all parts of which where any person
walks while engaged in the operation shall be on the same level :
Provided that, where necessary to enable the operation to be performed
without undue risk, nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the occasional or
exceptional use of a working space on a different level from the floor, being
a space provided with a safe means of access from the floor for any person
while engaged in the operation.
8. Gangways and pouring aisles:-

(1) in every workroom to which
this paragraph applies constructed, reconstructed or converted for use as such
after the making of this schedule and, so far as reasonably practicable, in every
other work room to which this paragraph applies, sufficient and clearly defined
main gangways shall be provided and properly maintained which-
(a) shall have an even surface of hard material and shall, in particular,
not be of sand or have on them more sand than is necessary to avoid risk
of flying metal from accidental spillage;
(b) shall he kept, so far as reasonably practicable, free from obstruction;

(c) if not used for Carrying of Molten metal shall be-
(i) where truck ladles are used exclusively, at least 600 millimetres
wider than the overall width of the ladle ;
(ii) where hand shanks are carried by not more than two men, at
least 920 millimetres in width ;
(iii) where hand shanks are carried by more than two men, at least
1.2 metres in width ; and
(iv) where used for simultaneous travel in both directions by men
carrying hand shanks, at least 1.8 metres in width.
(2)In workroom to which this paragraph applies constructed, reconstructed

or converted for use as such after the making of this schedule, sufficient and
clearly defined pouring aisles shall be provided and properly maintained which-
(a) shall have an even surface of hard material and shall in particular,
not be of sand or have on them more sand them is necessary to
avoid risk of flying metal from accidental spillage ;
(b) shall be kept so far as reasonably practicable free from obstruction

(c) if molten metal is carried in hand ladles or bull ladles by not more
than two men per ladle, shall be at least 460 millimetres wide, but
where any moulds alongside the aisle are more than 510 millimetres
above the floor of the aisle, the aisle shall be not less than 600
millimetres wide;
(d) if molten metal is carried in hand ladles or bull ladles by more than
two, 1 men per ladle, shall be least 760 millimetres wide
(e) if molten metal is carried in crane, trolley or truck ladles, shall be

of a width adequate for the safe performance of the work.
(3) Requirements of sub-paragraph (1) and (2) shall not apply to any
workroom or part of a work-room if, by reason of the nature of the work
done therein, the floor of that workroom or, as the case may be, that part
of a workroom has to be of sand.
(4) In this paragraph workroom to which this paragraph applies means

a part of a ferrous or non-ferrous foundry in which molten metal is transported
or used, and a work room to which this paragraph applies shall be deemed
to have been constructed, reconstructed or converted for use as such after
making of this schedule, if the construction, reconstruction, or conversion thereof
was begun after making of this schedule.
9. Work near cupolas and furnaces:- No person shall carry out any work within a distance
of 4 metres from a vertical line passing through the delivery end of any spout of cupola or furnace,
being a spout used for delivering molten metal, or within a distance of 2.4 metres from
a vertical line, passing through the nearest part of any ladle which is in position
at the end of such a spout, except, in either case, where it is necessary for the proper
use of maintenance of a cupola or furnace that work should be carded out within
that distance of that work is being carried out at such a time and under such
conditions that there is no danger to the person carrying it out from molten
metal which is being obtained from the cupola or furnace or is in a ladle in
position at the end of the spout.
10. Dust and fumes:-

(1) Open coal coke or wood fires shall not be
used for heating or drying ladles inside a workroom unless adequate measure
are taken to prevent, so far as practicable, fumes or other impurities from
entering into or remaining in the atmosphere of the workroom.
(2) No open coal, coke or wood fires shall be used for drying moulds
except in circumstances in which the use of such fires is unavoidable.
(3) Mould stoves, core stoves and annealing furnaces shall be so designed,
constructed, maintained and worked as to prevent so far as practicable,
offensive or injurious fumes from entering into any workroom during any
period when a person in employed therein.
(4) All knock-out operations shall be carded out-
(a) In a separate part of the foundry suitably partitioned off, being a

room or part in which, so far as reasonably practicable, effective
and suitable local exhaust ventilation are provided; or
(b) In an area of the foundry in which so far as reasonably practicable

effective and suitable local exhaust ventilation is provided, or where
compliance with this requirement is not reasonably practicable, a
high standard of general ventilation is provided.
(5) All dressing or fettling operations shall be carried out-

(a) in a separate room or in a separate part of the foundry suitably
partitioned off, or
(b) in an area of the foundry set apart for the purpose; and shall, so
far as reasonably practicable be carried out with effective and
suitable local exhaust ventilation or other equally effective and
suitable local exhaust ventilation or other equally effective means
of suppressing dust, operating as near as possible to the point of
origin of the dust.
11. Maintenance and examination of exhaust fan:-

(1) All ventilation plant used for the purpose of extracting, suppressing
or controlling dust or fumes shall be properly maintained.
(2) All ventilating plant used for the purpose of extracting, suppressing
or controlling dust or fumes shall be examined and inspected once every week
by a responsible person. It shall be thoroughly examined and tested by a
competent person at least once in every period of twelve months; and particulars
of results of every such examination and test shall be entered in an approved
register which shall be available for inspection by an inspector. Any defect
found on any such examination and test shall be immediately reported in writing
by the person carrying out the examination and test to the occupier or manager
of the factory.
(1) The occupier shall provide and maintain

suitable protective equipment specified for the protection of workers.
(a) suitable gloves or other protection for the hands for the workers
engaged in handling any hot material likely to cause damage of the
hands by burn, scald or scar, or in handling pig iron, rough castings
or other articles likely to cause damage to the hands by cur or
abrasion;
(b) approved respirators for workers carrying out any operations creating
a heavy dust concentration which cannot be dispelled quickly and
effectively by the existing ventilation arrangements.
(2) No respirator provided for the purpose of clause (b)has been worn
by a person shall be worn by another person if it has not since been thoroughly
cleaned and disinfected.
(3) Persons who for any of their time:-

(a) work at a spout of or attend, to a cupola or furnace in such
circumstances that material there from any come into contact with
the body, being material at such a temperature that its contact with
the body would cause a burn; or
(b) are engaged in, or in assistant with, the pouring of molten metal,
or
(c) carry by hand or move by manual power any ladle or mould
containing molten metal; or
(d) are engaged in knocking out operations involving material at such
a temperature that its contact with the body would cause a burn;
shall be provided with suitable footwear and gainters which worn
by them prevent, so far as reasonably practicable, risk of burns to
his feet and ankles.
(4) Where appropriate, suitable screens shall be provided for protection
against flying materials (including splashes of molten metal and sparks and
chips thrown off in the course of any process).
(5) The occupier shall provide and maintain suitable accommodation for
the storage and make adequate arrangements for cleaning and maintaining
of the protective equipment supplied in pursuance of this paragraph.
(6) Every person shall make full and proper use of the equipment
provided for this protection in pursuance of sub-paragraph (1) and (4) and
shall without delay report to the occupier, manager or without delay report
to the occupier, manager or other appropriate person any defect in, or less
of, the same.
(1) There shall be provided and

maintained in clean state and good repair for the use of all workers employed
in the foundry-
(a) a wash place under cover with either-
(i) a trough with impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe
without plug, and of sufficient length to allow at least 60
centimetres for every 10 such persons employed at any one
time and having a constant supply of clean water from taps or jets above the through at intervals of not more than 60
centimeters; or
(ii) at least tap or stand pipes for every 10 such persons employed
at any one time, and having a constant supply of clean water,
the tap or stand pipe being spaced not less than 1.2 metres
apart and
(b) not less than one half of the total number of washing places provided
under clause (a) shall be in the form of bath rooms.
(c) a sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material changed
daily with sufficient supply of nail brushes and soap.
(2) The facilities provided for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) shall
be placed in charge of a responsible person or persons and maintained in a
clean and orderly condition.
14. Disposal of dress and skimmings..- Dress and skimmings removed
from molten metal or taken from a furnace shall be placed forthwith in suitable
receptacles.
15. Disposal of waste..- Appropriate measures shall be taken for the

disposal of all waste products from shell moulding (including waste) burnt sand
as soon as reasonably practicable after the castings have been knocked out.
16. Material and equipment left out of doors..- All material and
equipment left out of doors (including material and equipment so left only
temporarily or occasionally ) shall be so arranged and placed as to avoid
unnecessary risk. There shall be safe means of access to all such material
and equipment and, so far as reasonably practicable, such access shall be
by roadways or pathways shall have a firm and even surface and shall, so
far as reasonably practicable be kept free from obstruction.
17. Medical facilities and records of examination and tests:- (1) The
occupier of every factory to which the Schedule applies shall-
(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of,

the workers employed therein whose employment shall be subject
to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories ; and
(b) Provide to the said medical practitioner all the necessary

facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (a).
(2) The record of medical examinations and appropriate tests carried out
by the said medical practitioner shall be maintained in a separate register
approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily
18. Medical examination by Certifying Surgeon:- (1) Every worker

employed in a foundry shall be examined by a certifying Surgeon within 15
days of his first employment. Such medical examination shall include pulmonary
function tests and chest X-ray. No worker shall be allowed to work after
15 days of his first employment in the factory unless certified fit for such
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined

by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in every twelve months. Such, examination
shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate, include all the
tests as specified in sub-paragraph (1) except chest X-ray which will be once
in 3 years.
(3) The certifying Surgeon after examining a worker shall issue a

certificate of fitness in Form 28. The record of examination and re-examinations
carried out shall be entered in the certificate and the certificate shall be kept
in the custody of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination
carried out under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2), including the nature and results
of the tests, shall also be entered by the certifying surgeon in a health register
in Form 29.
(4) The certificate fitness and the health register shall be kept readily
(5) If at any time the certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker
is no longer fit for employment in the said processes on the ground that
continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker,
register. The entry of his findings in those documents should also include the
period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for work in the
said processes. The person so suspended from the process shall be provided
with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully incapacitated in the opinion
of the Certifying Surgeon in which case the person affected shall be suitably
rehabilitated.
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph(5) above
shall be re-employed or permitted to work in the said processes
unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again certifies him
19. Exemption - If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is

satisfied that owing to the exceptional circumstances or infrequency of the
processes of for any other reason, all or any of the provisions of this schedule
is not necessary for protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief
Inspector may by a certificate in writing, which he may at his discretion revoke
any time; exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions subject to
such conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.
(3) The certifying Surgeon after examining a worker shall issue a certificate of fitness
in Form 28. The record of examination and re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the certificate and the certificate
shall be kept in the custody of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs
(1) and (2), including the nature and results of the tests, shall also be entered by the certifying surgeon in a health register in
Form 29.
(4) The certificate fitness and the health register shall be kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
(5) If at any time the certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fit for employment in the said
processes on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker, he shall make a
record of his findings in the said certificate and the health register. The entry of his findings in those documents should also
include the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for work in the said processes. The person so
suspended from the process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully incapaciated in the opinion of
the Certifying Surgeon in which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
(7) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph (5) above shall be re-employed or permitted to
work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again certifies him fit for
19. Exemption:— If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the exceptional
circumstances or infrequency of the processes of for any other reason, all or any of the provisions of this schedule is not
necessary for protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief Inspector may be a certificate in writing, which he may at
his discretion revoke any time; exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions subject to such conditions, if any, as
he may specify therein.]
1
[SCHEDULE XXXI
Fire Works Manufactories and Match Factories
1. Application:-- Provisions of this Schedule shall apply to all manufactories and processes incidental thereto
carried on in any fire works manufactory or a match works and shall be in addition to and not in derogation of
any provisions of the Factories Act, 1948 and the Andhra Pradesh Factories Rules, 1950 or of any other Act or
Rules that are applicable to fire works manufactories and match factories.
2. Definition:— (a) "Fire Works Manufactory" means any factory or such parts of any factory wherein the
following chemicals or combination of chemicals and materials are being used for the manufacture of
crackers, sparkles, caps, fuses, blasting powder and fire works:--
(i) Saltpeter (ii) Pyrotechnic aluminium Powder (iii) Barium Nitrate (iv) Charcoal (v) Potassium Chloride (vi) Red
Phosphorus (vii) Gum (viii) Dextrine (ix) Strontium Nitrate (x) Magnesium Powder (xi) Copper Coated Wires (xii) Steel filings
of iron filings (xiii) G.I. Wire (xiv) Gun Powder (Black Powder)
(b) "Match Works" means any establishment which manufactures safety matches or colour matches by the use of
chemicals mentioned in cl.(a).
(c) "Breathing apparatus" means a device covering mouth or nose with necessary connections by means of which
a person using it in a poisonous asphyxiating or irritant atmosphere breaths ordinary air or any other suitable apparatus approved
in writing by the Chief Inspector in this behalf.
3. Buildings:— (a) The building of any fire works manufactory or match factory shall conform to the standards prescribed
under the Indian Explosives Act, 1884 (Central Act IV of 1884) and the height of such buildings shall at no time be less
than 3 metres.
(b) no building inside a fire works manufactory shall have a first floor at any time.
(c) in Match works, provided with a first floor, there shall be 2 staircases leading from the first floor to the ground floor
irrespective of the number of persons employed in the first floor and one of the staircases shall be of masonry construction
of non-inflammable materials.
(d) all doors shall open outwards and all the doorways shall be kept free from obstructions.
(e) all doors of workrooms shall not be less than 1.2 metres in width or less than 2 metres in height.
1. Added by G.O.Ms.No. 15, LET & F (Lab. II), dt: 14-3-1005.
(f) the floors of all work rooms including mixing sheds shall be completely covered by a rubber sheet having a smooth
surface and having a thickness of atleast 3 m.m. If the floor cannot be covered by a single rubber sheet, more than one rubber
sheet may be used, so that each sheet is overlapped by the other atleast 150 m.m.; and
(g) mixing sheds shall be 30.5 metres away from all other sheds and be separately by baffle walls opposite
each exist of the mixing shed.
4. House keeping:-- (a) every part of ways, works, machinery and plant shall be maintained in a clean and tidy
condition.
(b) any spillage of materials shall be cleaned without delay; and
(c) close platforms, passages and gangways shall be kept free of temporary obstructions.
5. Electrical Equipment:— (a) if at any time use of electricity is allowed in the factory, all leads, etc., shall be in
conduits with flame-proof junctions.
(b) electrical supply shall never be through a lamp even with a nonconducting handle.
6. Protective Clothing:-- (a) Under no circumstances clothes made of artificial fibre like terelene, etc., be allowed
inside the factory.
(b) all workers shall be supplied with asbestos aprons especially to cover the chest, gonads and thighs.
(c) breathing apparatus shall be used in mixing sheds to avoid workers inhaling poisonous fumes in the event of an
untoward reaction.
(d) in mixing sheds where aluminium and magnesium powders are used "antistat" foot-ware to combat static
electricity shall be supplied; and
(e) all protective equipments shall be maintained in an efficient condition and also be maintained in a clean and
hygienic condition.
7. Match Factories:-- In Match Factorie&':
(i) the residue of the head composition shall not in any way be mixed with the residue of the friction composition.
(ii) the rooms comprising the two mixing departments namely,
(a) head composition, and
(b) friction composition shall be entirely separated from each other and the drains from these two departments
shall be kept entirely separate.
(iii) rubbish containing the residues of the head composition and friction composition shall be kept and burnt separately.
(iv) department in which completed matches (matches with heads on ire stored shall be separated from all other
departments by means by fireproof walls and doors providing adequate means of escape in case of fire:
Provided that the Chief Inspector may, subject to such conditions, as he may deem necessary, exempt any factory in
existence on the first January, 1935, from the provisions of this clause.
(v) splints, veneers and other materials in excess of the quantity required for the day's manufacture shall be kept in
separate rooms of the factory where no manufacturing process is carried on. No manufactured material shall be stored
anywhere in the factory compound for more than five days after the manufacture except in the storage godowns :
Provided that nothing contained in this clause shall apply to splints and veneers in cases stored in peeling and box
making departments.
(vi) store room for matches shall have entirely separated by fire-proof walls from the buildings used for
manufacture.
(vii) the racks in the dipped splints room shall have sides top and the rear part provided with non-inflammable
materials.
(viii) the process of packing shall be done in an area away from the place of manufacture to the satisfaction of the
Inspector; and
(ix) no child shall be employed or permitted to work directly connected with the manufacturing process upto final
production of match sticks.
8. Precaution to be, taken in connection with manufacture of fuses used in crackers etc.:-- (a) bundles of fuses
shall be handled by carrying and not dragging them on the floor.
(b) drying of fuses after wrapping shall be carried out on platforms away from workrooms.
(c) cutting shall be done by experienced workers employed only for this purpose and under proper supervision.
(d) cutting shall be done on a large masonry platform covered with a tarpaulin and kept free from grit and pebbles.
(e) cutting shall be done on a raised platform so that workers can work standing. Cutting must be done by placing the
fuse on wooden sleepers kept over blocks of wood. Brick shall not be used beneath the wooden reapers; and
(f) workers, while on dangerous operations, shall not wear clothing sewn with ferrous or steel buttons, buckles or
attachments. They shall not carry on their persons, iron knives, keys etc.
9. Employment of women and children:— Women workers and young persons shall not be employed operation where
chemicals mixed and where fuses are cut. Children shall not be employed or permitted to work in the manufacturing process or
any work or operation or process connected therewith or incidental thereto in fireworks manufactory.
(a) General:— (a) no person other than a factory worker and/or an inspecting officer or others connected with the
manufacturing process shall be allowed to enter the working area.
(b) cardboard containers and trays without steel nails shall be used for storage and day-to-day working purposes.
(c) during the manufacture of fuses only brass or non-ferrous knives shall be used and drying of fuses shall be away
from all workrooms.
(d) door mats shall be provided outside the workroom and near all drying platforms and where fuses are cut for the workers
to clean their feet.
(e) at no time, mixing materials shall exceed the quantity that is required for the manufacture of mixing for half an hour
operation only.
(f) for filling up chemicals in the inner tubes of crackers, only aluminium or plastic rings shall be used and not galvanized
iron rings.
(g) buckets, containers, hoops, locks, nails, screws, bolts, nuts, knives, scissors, etc., made up of iron shall not be used
within the factory premises.
(h) wooden racks without iron nails shall be used for drying paper cap sheets, in amrocess factories.
(i) wooden racks used for drying paper cap sheets shall be provided with asbestos or other fire resistant sheets on the three sides
leaving the front side open.
(j) dried paper cap sheets shall be carried in wooden trays with four compartments (partitions) each compartment
(partition) carrying a single sheet.
(k) each manufacturing shed of a fire works shall have at least two doors facing each other. The doors provided to the
worksheets of adjacent rows shall not face each other.
(1) not more than four persons shall be employed or allowed at any one time in any one building in which explosive is being
manufactured.
11. Display of notices:-- The following notices in the local language understood by the majority of workers shall be
displayed at a conspicuous place in the factory.
(a) Smoking is strictly prohibited.
(b) no one shall carry matches or other igniting materials into the factory.
(c) no worker shall be in a workroom or area where no work has been assigned to him.
(d) if anything untoward happens in any shed all workers shall dash to the gates which serve as outgates of the factory
and in no circumstances be carious to see what has happened in the affected shed.
(e) any spillage of materials should be cleaned without any delay.
(f) wearing clothes made of artificial fibre like terrene, terelene, etc., is prohibited. Clothings sewn with ferrous or
steel buttons or buckles or attachments should not be worn.
(g) foot wears with iron nails should not be used.
(h) workers should not carry with themselves iron knives and iron key etc.
12. First-aid boxes:-- (a) the materials required under Rule 65 shall be kept in the First-Aid Box. In addition, four
stretchers shall be available for every twenty persons employed in the premises.
(b) adequate amount of burn dressings and 24 ounces of coconut oil to be used as the first remedy for burns shall be
kept in the first-aid box.
(c) persons who are in charge of First-Aid Boxes shall be those who possess the certificate granted by the Saint
John's Ambulance Association for rendering first-aid.
13. Exemption:— If the Chief Inspector is satisfied in respect of any factory or any process that owing to the
special conditions or special methods of work or by reason of the frequency of the process or for other reason
the application of all or any of the provisions of the schedule to the factory or process, or for the persons employed
in such factory or process, is not necessary, he may be order in writing exempt such factory or part of the factory
or process or any part of the factory or person from all or any of these provisions subject to such conditions as he may
deem expedient to ensure safety and health of the workers
The Chief Inspector may at any time in his discretion, revise such order without assigning any reason.]
1
[SCHEDULE XXXII
(a) Handling and Processing of Coir Fibre 1. Application

This schedule shall apply to all factories or part of factories in which any of the following operations
involving coir fibre is carried on.
(a) hammering
(b) harvesting
( c ) defibering/decortication
( d ) spinning/curling
(e) bleaching
(f) dyeing
( g ) sp oo li ng a nd ba il in g
(h) PVC tufting
( i ) W e av i n g
( j ) S h ea r i ng
(k) rubber backing
(1) latex backing
(m) stenciling
( n ) f l o c k in g
2. Definition
(a) Dangerous Chemical: Any chemical used in any of the operations listed inclause 1 shall be considered as dangerous
chemical for the purpose of this Schedule.
3. Declaration of operations as dangerous: Harvesting, defibering,
bleaching, dyeing, Tufting, rubber backing, shearing, stenciling, flocking and latex backing of coir are declared to be
dangerous operations when carried out in any factory.
1. Added by G.O.Ms.No. 73, L.E. T &F (Lab -II),d t: 6-8-2007
4. Prohibition of Employment of women and young persons:

(a) No young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any operation specified in clause 1.
(b) No woman shall be employed or permitted to work in any operation specified in clause 3.
5. Storage and Handling of dangerous of chemicals: Whenever any

dangerous chemical is handled, stored or used, all necessary steps shall be taken to prevent inhalation, ingestion or
absorption of this chemical by workers while engaged in operations specified in clause 1.
6. Seating arrangement: Suitable seating arrangements shall be

provided for the workers engaged in manual defibering and manual hammering operations.
7. Ventilation: Bleaching and dyeing operation shall be carried out

separately away from other operations. Effective arrangements
shall be made to prevent escape of fumes in the work environment.
8. Escape of dust and fumes: Suitable and adequate arrangements

shall be made for preventing escape of dust and fumes in work environment.
9. Personal Protective Equipment.
(a)The occupier shall provide the following for free of cost and maintain in good condition for use of all persons
engaged in the operations mentioned in the Clause 3:
(i) suitable gloves of durable qua lity for both ha nds.
(ii) rubber boots of durable q ua li ty for bo th l e gs.
(iii) g o g g l e s
(iv) nose mask
(v) any other appliances, which in the opinion of Chief Inspector shall be necessary for protection of
the workers.
(b) All persons engaged in operations specified in clause 3, while at work in these operations make use of the
material and appliances provided.
10. Food and drink:
(i) No food or drink shall be brought into any room in which any of the operations specified in clause
3 is carried on.
(ii) No food or drink shall be consumed in any room in which any of the operations specified in clause
3 is carried on.
11. Floor of workrooms: The floor of every room in which any of the operations specified in clause 3 is
carried on shall be:
(i) of cement or similar material so as to be smooth and impervious.
(ii) maintained in sound condition; a nd

(iii) provided with suitable and adequate arrangements for drainage.
12. Washing facilities:
(a) The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of all persons employed in operation specified in clause
3, suitable washing facilities consisting of.
(1) a water tank capable of holding sufficient water and having taps at the rate of one tap for every ten persons
employed at any one time. The floor around the tank and below the taps shall be cement plastered and
maintained in sound and clean conditions. Suitable and adequate arrangements for drainage shall be
provided around the tanks and the taps; and
(ii) sufficient supply of nail brushes, soap or other suitable cleaning material and clean towels.
(c) The facilities so provided shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person and shall be kept
clean.
13. Medical Examination:
(a) All persons employed in operations under Clause 1 shall he medically examined by a Certifying Surgeon
within 14 days of their first employment in such process; and thereafter shall be examined by the Certifying
Surgeon at intervals of not more than six months; and record of such examinations shall be entered by the
Certifying Surgeon in the health register in Form No. 27C.
(b) Health Register in Form No. 27C containing the names of all persons employed in the operations
under Clause I shall be kept.
(c) No persons after suspension shall be employed unless the certifying surgeon, after re -examination,
again certifies him to be fit for employment.
14. Exemptions: The Chief Inspector of Factories may grant exemption from the operation of any clause of the
Schedule to the extent he deems suitable, where he is satisfied that their observations are not necessary for
safeguarding the health of the workers.
SCHEDULE XXXIII
Handling and Processing of Cotton
1.Application: This Schedule shall apply to all factories or part of

factories in which any of the following processess are carried on:
( a) O p en i n g of c o t t o n b a le
(b) Carding
( c) Combing of cotton
( d ) S p in n i n g o f c o t t on ya m
( e) C le an i n g of wa s te c o t t o n
Definition: For the purpose of this Schedule,
"Efficient exhaust draught" means localized ventilation by mechanical means, for the removal of cotton dust so
as to prevent dust from escaping into the air of any place in which work is carried on.
Explanation: No draught shall be deemed to be efficient which fails to control dust produced at the
source.
3. Exhaust Draught Examination and Test:
(1) An efficient exhaust draught shall be provided and maintained by the occupier for the following
processes and machines to trap cotton dust or fluff at the source of origin and those in air:
(a) bale breaking and mixing of c otton
(b) blow room machinery, cards, combing, spinning, winding machines:
(c) machines used for proc e ssing wa ste c otton; a nd
(d) any other process in which cotton dust is given off into the work environment.
(2) All equipment for extraction of cotton dust or fluff shall be examined and tested by competent person
at least once in every six months and any defects disclosed by such examination and tests, shall be rectified.
A register about such examination and test shall be maintained by the occupier.
4. Protective appliances: The occupier shall make arrangements for:
(a) supply of a suitable personal protective appliances to all workers likely to be exposed to cotton fluff or
dust.
(b) supply of these appliances on individual basis
(c) maintaining these appliances in working condition by cleaning and replacement;
(d) storage of these appliances in hygienic condition;
(e) education of workers to use a pplia nce s a nd
(f) proper supervision to ensure whether the workers are using these appliances in working process.
5.Medical Examination:
(1) The occupier shall arrange for medical examination of workers by a qualified madical practitioner having
adequate experience in treatment of person affected by lung ailments at least once in a period of 6 months.
Such medical examinations shall include lung function test, immunoglobulin test and any other test or tests
which may be found necessary to detect the cases of above referred disease.
(2) The occupier shall keep a continuous medical survellance so that susceptible workers may be detected and
transferred out of the exposure before irreversible damage cause to the health of the workers.
6. Environment Monitoring: The occupier of the factory shall ensure
that:-
(a) cotton dust in the ambient air of the workroom or any other place where cotton is processed or handled
shall not exceed concentration 0.2 mg./m
(b) environment in those areas shall be regularly monitored and results shall be made available to the Chief
Inspector of Factories on demand.
7. Control Measures: Without prejudice to the other methods as stated
above for prevention of above referred disease, the Occupier shall adopt such other control measures like
adoption of vacuum stripping of cards instead of brush stripping cleaning of the workroom by vacuum
cleaners instead of brooms, etc., or any other measures as the Chief Inspector of Factories may suggest at
any time.
8. House Keeping: A high standard of house keeping shall be provided and maintained by the occupier.
9. Exemption: If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector of Factories is satisfied that owing to exceptional
circumstances all or any of the provisions of this schedule are not necessary for the protection of the workers
of the factory, the Chief Inspector of Factories may certify in writing (which at his discretion revoke at any time)
exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions of his schedule subject to such conditions, if any, as he
may specify therein).]
RULE PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTIONS 88 AND 88-A
96. Notification of accidents and dangerous occurrences
(1) When any accident which results in the death of any person or which results in such bodily
injury to any person as likely to cause his death, or any dangerous occurrence specified in the
Schedule takes place in a factory, the manager of the factory shall forthwith send a notice thereof
by telephone, special messenger or telegram to the Inspector, 1[and Deputy Chief Inspector.]
2
[x x x]
3
(2)Any notice given as required under 4[sub-rule (I)] shall be confirmed by the manager of the
factory to the authorities mentioned in these sub-rules 5[within 4 hours] of the accident or the
dangerous occurrence by sending them a written report by way of a copy of the accident report
prescribed under Employees State Insurance Regulations or Form No. 18 in the case of an accident
or dangerous occurrence causing death or bodily injury to any person and in Form No. 18-A in the
case of a dangerous occurrence which has not resulted in injuries to any person.
6
(3)When any accident or dangerous occurrence specified in the Schedule takes place in a factory
and it causes such bodily injury to any person as prevents the person injured from working for a
period of 48 hours or more immediately following the accident or the dangerous occurrence, as
the case may be, the manager of the factory shall send a report thereof to the Inspector
1. Subs. for the words “the Chief Inspector and Regional Inspector” by G.O.Ms.No.26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab.II),
dated 7th June, 1999
2. Sub-rule (2) omitted by ibid
3. Sub-rule (3) renumbered as sub-rule (2) by ibid
4. Subs. for the expression “sub-rule (1) and (2)” by ibid
5. Subs. for the words “within 12 hours” by G.O.Ms.No. 73, L.E., T &F (Lab-II) dt: 6-8-2007
6. Sub-rule (4) renumbered as sub-rule (3) by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab-II), dated 7th June, 1999
1
[by way of a copy of the accident report prescribed under Employees State Insurance Regulations
or Form No. 18] within 24 hours after the expiry of 48 hours from the time of the accident or the dangerous
occurrence,
Provided that if in the case of an accident or dangerous occurrence, death occurs of any person
injured by such accident or dangerous occurrence after the notices and reports referred to in the
foregoing sub-rules have been sent, the Manager of the factory shall forthwith send a notice thereof
by telephone, special messenger or telegram to the authorities and person mentioned in 2 [sub-rule
(I)] and also have this information confirmed in writing within 12 hours of the death,
Provided further that, if the period of disability from working for a period of 48 hours or more
referred to in sub-rule (4) does not occur immediately following the accident, or the dangerous
occurrence, but later, or occurs in more than one spell the report referred to shall be sent to the
Inspector by way of a copy of the accident report prescribed under Employees State Insurance
Regulations or Form No. 181 within 24 hours immediately following the hour when the actual
total period of disability from working resulting from the accident or the dangerous occurrence
becomes 48 hours.
A notice in Form No. 19 should be sent forthwith both to the Chief Inspector and to the certifying
Surgeon, by the manager of factory in which there occurs a case of lead, phosphorus, mercury,
manganese, arsenic, carbon di-sulphide or benzene poisoning; or poisoning by nitrous fumes, or by
halogens derivatives of the hydrocarbons of the aliphatic series or of chrome ulceration, anthrax,
silicosis, toxic anaemic, toxic jaundice, primary opitheliomatous cancer of the skin, or pathological
manifestations due to radium or other radio-actives substance or X-rays.
1. Subs. for the expression “in Form 18” by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab-II), dated 7th June, 1999
2. Subs. for the expression “sub-rule (1) and (2)” by Ibid
SCHEDULE
The following clauses of dangerous occurrence, whether or not they are attended by personal
injury or disablement :
(a) bursting of a plant used for containing or supplying steam under pressure greater than
atmospheric pressure.
(b) collapse or failure of a crane, derrick, with hoist or other appliances used in raising or lowering
persons or goods, or any part thereof, or the overturning of a crane,
(c) explosion, fire bursting out, leakage or escape of any molten metal, or hot liquor or gas causing
bodily injury to any person or damage to any room or place in which persons are employed or fire
in rooms of cotton pressing factories when a cotton opener is in use,
(d) explosion of a receiver or container used for the storage at pressure greater than atmospheric
pressure or any gas or gases (including air) or any liquid or solid resulting from the compression of
gas,
(e) collapse or subsidence of any floor, gallery, roof, bridge, tunnel, chimney, wall, building or any
other structure.
A notice in Form No. 19 should be sent forthwith both to the Chief Inspector and to the certifying
Surgeon, by the manager of factory in which there occurs a case of lead, phosphorus, mercury,
manganese, arsenic, carbon disulphide or benzene poisoning; or poisoning by nitrous fumes, or by
halogens derivatives of the hydrocarbons
of the aliphatic series or of chrome ulceration, anthrax, silicosis, toxic anaemic, toxic jaundice,
primary opitheliomatous cancer of the skin, or pathological manifestations due to radium or other
radio-actives substance or X-rays.
CHAPTER X
SUPPLEMENTAL
98. Procedure in appeals
(1) An appeal presented under Section 107 shall lie to the Chief Inspector or in cases where the
order appealed against is an order passed by that officer, to the State Government or to such
authority as the State Government may appoint in this behalf and shall be in the form of a
memorandum setting forth concisely the grounds of objection to the order and bearing court-fee
stamp in accordance with Article 3 of Schedule 11 to the Andhra Court Fees and Suits Valuation
Act, 1956 (Andhra Act VII of 1956) and shall be accompanied by a copy of the order appealed
against certified correct and attested by the Inspector concerned and duly stamped under the same
Act.
Note..- Under Articles 3 and 9 of Schedule 11 to the Andhra Court Fees and Suits Valuation Act,
1956 (Andhra Act VII of 1956), the scale of Court- Fees stamps to be affixed to an appeal is Rs.5
and in respect of certified copy of the order, Re. 1 for every 360 words or fraction of 360 words.
(2) Appointment of assessors On receipt of the memorandum of appeal, the appellate authority,
shall if it thinks fir or if the appellant has requested that the appeal should be heard with the aid of
assessors, call upon the body declared under sub-rule (3) to be representative of an industry
concerned, to appoint an assessor within a period of 14 days. If an assessor is nominated by such
body, the appellate authority shall appoint a second assessor itself. It shall then fix a date for the
hearing of the appeal and shall give due notice of such date to the appellant and to the Inspector
whose order is appealed against and shall call upon the two assessors to appear upon such date to
assist in the hearing of the appeal.
(3) The appellant shall state in the memorandum presented under sub-rule (1) whether he is a
member of one or more of the following bodies. The body empowered to appoint the assessor
shall:-
(a) if the appellant is a member of one such bodies, be that body;
(b) if he is a member of such bodies, be the body which the appellant desires should appoint such
assessor; and
(c) if the appellant is not a member of any of the aforesaid bodies or if he does not state in the
memorandum which of such bodies he desires should appoint the assessor, be the body which the
appellate authority considers as the best fitted to represent the industry concerned.
(1) The Southern India Chamber of Commerce

(2) The Kakinada Chamber of Commerce
(3) The Andhra Chamber of Commerce

(4) The Adoni Factory Owners Association
(5) The South India Mill Owners Association
(6) The South Indian Tanners and Dealers Association
(7) Employers Federation of Southern India, Madras
(8) The Hindustan Chamber of Commerce, Madras
(9) The South Indian Sugar Mills Association
(10) Institution of Plant Engineers
2
(11) Federation of Telangana Chambers of Commerce and Industry
(12) All India Manufacturers Organisation.
(4) Remuneration of assessors:- An assessor appointed in accordance with provisions of sub-rules

(2) and (3) shall receive for the hearing of the appeal, a fee to be fixed by the appellate authority,
subject to a maximum of fifty rupees per diem. He shall also receive the actual travelling expenses.
The fees and travelling expenses shall be paid to the assessor by Government; but where assessors
have been appointed at the request of the appellant and the appeal has been decided wholly or
partly against him, the appellate authority may direct that the fees and travelling expenses of the
assessor shall be paid, whole or in part by the appellant.
99. 1[x x x]

2[100. Returns
The manager of every factory shall furnish to the Inspector having jurisdiction over the area where
the factory is located, the annual return in the prescribed Form AR on or before the 31st January
of the year subsequent to that to which the return relates,
Provided that such return shall be deemed to have furnished to the Inspector if sent by registered
post or otherwise acknowledged by the Inspector in writing.]
100-A. 1[x x x]
1. Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab-II), dated 7th June, 1999
2. Substituted by Ibid
101.Service of notices
The dispatch by post under registered cover of any notice or order shall be deemed sufficient
service on the occupier, owner or manager of a factory of such notice or order.
RULES 102 TO 105 PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 112
102.Information required by the Inspector
The occupier, owner or manager of factory shall furnish any information that an Inspector may
require for the purpose of satisfying himself whether any provision of the Act has been complied
with or whether any order of an Inspector has been duly carried out. Any demand by an Inspector
for any such information, if made during the course of an inspection, shall be complied with
forthwith if the information is available in the factory, or, if made in writing, shall be complied
with within seven days of receipt thereof.
102-A
The registers, records and notices maintained and exhibited under the provisions of these rules
shall always be available at or as near as practicable to the site of employment and shall be
produced or caused to be produced for inspection at all reasonable hours by any Inspector having
jurisdiction over the factory.
102-B Permissible levels of certain chemical substances in work environment
Without prejudice to the requirements in any other provisions in the Act or the rules, the
requirements specified in the following Schedule shall apply to all factories.
SCHEDULE
1. Definitions:- For the purpose of this Schedule,
(a) "mg/m3" means milligrams of a substance per cubic metre of air
(b) "mppcm" means million particles of a substance per cubic metre of air
(c) "ppm" means parts of vapour or gas per millions parts of air by volume at 25 deg C and 760 mm
of mercury pressure ;
(d) "Time weighted average concentration" means the average concentration of substance in the air
at any work location in a factory computed from evaluation of adequate number of air samples
taken at the location, spread over the entire shift on any day, after giving weightage to the duration
for which each such sample is collected and the concentration prevailing at the time of taking the
sample.
Time weighted average C1T1 + C2T2 + .................. Cn Tn

concentration ....................................................
.....................................................
T1 +T 2 . .................................. Tn
Where C1 represents the concentration of the substance for duration T1 (in hours);
C2 represents the concentration of the substance for duration T2 (in hours), and
Cn represents the concentration of the substance for duration Tn ( in hours)
(e) "work location " means a location in a factory at which a worker works or may be required to
work at any time during any shift on any day.
2. Limits of concentrations of substances at work locations..-
(1) The time weighted average concentration of any substance listed in Table-1 or Table-2 of
Schedule, at any work location in a factory during any shift on any day shall not exceed the limit of
the permissible time weighted average concentration specified in respect of that substance.
Provided that in the case of a substance mentioned in Table- 1 in respect of which a limit in terms of
short term maximum concentration is indicated, the concentration of such a substance may exceed
the permissible limit of
the time wieghted average concentration for the substance for short period not exceeding 15 minutes
at a time, subject to the condition that,-
(a) Such periods during which the concentration exceeds the prescribed
time weighted average concentration are restricted to not more than
4 per shift
(b) The time interval between any two such periods of higher exposure
shall not be less than 60 minutes ; and
(c) at no time the concentration of the substance in the air shall exceed
the limit of short term maximum concentration.
(2) In the case of any substance given in Table-3, the concentration the
substance at any work location in a factory at any time during any day shall
not exceed the limit of exposure for that substance specified in the table.
(3) In the case where the word "skin" has been indicated against certain
substance mentioned in Tables- 1 and 3, appropriate measures shall be taken
to prevent absorption through cutaneous routes particularly skin mucous
membrane, and eyes as the limits specified in these tables are conditions where
the exposure is only through respiratory tract.
(4) (a) In case, the air at any work location contains a mixture of substances
mentioned in Table 1,2 or 3, which have similar toxic properties the
time weighted concentration of each of these substances during the
shift should be such that when this time weighted concentration
divided by the respective permissible time weighted average
concentration specified in the above mentioned tables, and the
functions obtained are added together,
C1 C2 ......... Cn / L1 L2 Ln should not exceed unity.
when C1, C2 ..... Cn are the time weighted concentration of toxic

substances 1, 2 ..... n respectively, determined after measurement at
work location; and L1, L2......... Ln are the permissible time weighted
average concentrations of the toxic substances 1, 2 ...... and n
respectively.
(b) In case the air at work location contains a mixture of substances

mentioned in Table 1,2, or 3, and these do not have similar toxic
properties, then the time weighted concentration of each of these
substances shall not exceed the permissible time weighted average
concentration specified in the above mentioned tables, for that
particular substance.
(c) The requirement in clauses (a) and (b) shall be in addition to the
requirements in paragraphs 2(1) and 2(2).
3. Sampling and evaluation procedures:-
(1) Notwithstanding the provisions in any other paragraphs, the sampling and the evaluation
procedures to be adopted for checking compliance with the provisions in the Schedule shall be as
per standard procedures in vogue from time to time.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions in paragraph 5, the following conditions

regarding the sampling and evaluation procedures relevant to checking
compliance with the provisions in this schedule are specified.
(a) For determination if the number of particles per cubic metre in item 1 (a) (i) (1) in Table 2,
samples are to be collected by standard or mid-get impinger and the counts made by light filed
technique.
(b) The percentage of quartz in the 3 formulae given item 1 (a) (i) of
Table 2 is to be determined from airborne samples.
(c) For determination of number of fibres as specified in item 2 (a) of

Table 2, the membrance filter method 1[at 430 x magnification (4
mm objective)] with phase contract illumination should be used.
1. Substituted for the figures and words “at 430 x phase contract” by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F&B) dt: 12-7-1994.
(d) Both for determination of concentration and percentage of quartz
for use of the formula given in item 1 (a) (1) (2) of Table 2, the
fraction passing through a size selector with the following
characteristics should only be considered.
Aerodynamic
diameter ( unit Percentage allowed by size-collector
density sphere)
2.0 90
2.5 75
3.5 50
5.0 25
10.0 0
4. Power to require assessment of concentration of substances..-
(1) An Inspector may, by an order in writing, direct the occupier or manager

of a factory to get before any specified date, the assessment of the time
weighted average concentration at any work location, of any of the substances
mentioned in Table 1,2 or carried out.
(2) The results of such assessment as well as the method followed for
air sampling and analysis for such assessment shall be sent to the Inspector
within 3 days from the date of completion of such assessment and also a record
of the same kept readily available for inspection by an Inspector.
Exemption..- If in respect of any factory or a part of a factory, the Chief
Inspector is satisfied that, by virtue of the pattern of working time of the
workers at different work locations or on account of other circumstances no
worker is exposed, in the air at the work locations, to a substance or substances
specified in Tables 1,2 or 3 to such an extent as is likely to be injurious to
his health, he (the Chief Inspector) may by an order in writing exempt the
factory or a part of the factory from the requirements in paragraph 2 subject
to such conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.
TABLE-1
Permissible limits of exposure
Substance Permissible limits of exposure

Substance Time-Weighted Short-term
average maximum
concentration concentration
ppm mg/m3 ppm mg/m3
Acetic Acid 10 25 15 37
Acrelein 0.1 0.25 0.3 0.8
Aldrin-Skin --- 0.25 --- 0.75
Ammonia 25 18 35 27
Anline-skin 2 10 5 20
Anisidins (O-P-is omers) - 0.1 0.5 --- ---
skin
Arsenic & Compunds (as --- 0.2 --- ---
As)
Benzene 10 30 --- ---
Bromine 0.1 0.7 0.3 2
2 Butanone (Methyl 200 590 30 885
ethyl)(Ketenemek(MEK)
n-Buttyl acetage 150 710 200 950
Sec/tert.Butyl acetate 205 950 250 1190
Cadmium-dust and --- 0.05 --- 0.2
salts(as Cd)
Calcium Oxide --- 2 --- ---
Carbaryle Sevin) --- 5 --- 10
Carbofuran (Furadan) --- 0.1 --- ---
Carbon disulfide-skin 20 60 30 90
Carbon monoxide 50 55 400 440
Carbon tetrachloride-skin 10 65 20 130
Carbonyl Chloride 0.1 0.4 --- ---
(Phosgene)
Chloridana-skin --- 0.5 --- 2
Chlorobenzene (mono 75 350 --- ---
chlorobenzene
Chlorine 1 3 3 9
bis-chloromethyl ether 0.001 --- --- ---
Chromic acid and --- 0.05 --- ---
chromates (as Cr)
Copper fume --- 0.2 --- ---
Cotton dust, raw --- 0.2 --- 0.6
Cresol, all isomers-skin 5 22 --- ---
Cyanides, (as CN)-skin --- 5 --- ---
Cyanogen 10 20 --- ---
DDT(Dichlorodiphenyl- --- 1 --- 1
trichloroethane --- 1 --- 3
Demeten-skin 0.01 0.1 0.03 0.3
Dibutyl puthalata --- 5 --- 10
Dichlorves(DDVPO- 0.1 1 0.3 3
Skin)
Dinitrobenzene (all 0.15 1 0.5 3
isomers)
Dinitrotoluene-skin --- 1.5 --- 5
Diphenyl 0.2 1.5 0.6 4
Endosulfan (Thiodan- --- 0.1 --- 0.3
Skin
Endrin-skin --- 0.1 --- 0.3
Ethyl-acetate 400 1000 --- ---
Ethyl alcohol 1000 1900 --- ---
Ethyl amine 10 18 --- ---
Flourides (as F) --- 2.5 --- ---
Flourine 1 2 2 4
Hydrogen Cyanide-skin 10 11 15 16
Hydrogen sulphide 10 15 15 27
Iron Oxide fume (Fe --- 5 --- 10
203 as Fe)
Ispamyl acetate 100 525 125 655
Isoamyl Alcohol 100 360 125 450
Isobutyl Alcohol 50 150 75 225
Loead, inerg, fumes and --- 0.15 --- 0.45
dusts (as Pb)
Lindane-skin --- 0.5 --- 1.5
Malathin-skin --- 10 --- ---
Manganese fume (as --- 1 --- 3
Mn)
Mercury --- 0.05 --- 0.15
Mercury (alkyl 0.001 0.01 0.003 0.03
compounds skin-(as
Hg)
Methyl 200 260 250 310
alohol(Methanol-skin)
Methyl cellolose- 25 80 35 120
skin(2-metheg)
Methyl Isobutyl ketene 100 410 125 510
skin
Napthalene 10 50 15 75
Nickel carbonyl (as Ni) 0.05 0.35 --- ---
Nitric acid 2 5 4 10
Nitric Oxide 25 30 35 45
Nitrobenzene-skin 1 5 2 10
Oil mist, mineral --- 5 --- 10
Parathion-skin --- 0.1 --- 0.3
Phenol-skin 5 19 13 38
Pharate (Thimet-skin) --- 0.05 --- 0.2
Phosgene (Carbonyl 0.1 0.4 --- ---
Chloride)
Phosphine 0.3 0.4 1 1
Phosphorus (yellow) --- 0.1 --- 0.3
Phosphorus --- 1 --- 3
pentachloride
Phosphorus trichloride 3.5 3 --- ---
picric acid-skin --- 0.1 --- 0.3
Pyridine 5 15 10 30
Silance (Silicon 0.5 0.7 1 1.5
Tetrahyride)
Styrene, monomer 100 420 125 525
(phonyl-thylene)
Sulfur dioxide 5 13 --- ---
Sulfuric acid --- 0.1 --- ---
Toluene (Tuluol)-skin 100 375 150 560
O-Toludine 5 22 10 44
Trichloro ethylene 100 535 150 800
TABLE -2
Permissible time weighted

Substance
average concentration
1. Silica
(a) crystalline
(i) Quartz
In terms of dust count 1060 / % Quartz + 10 mpp cm
In terms of respirable dust 10 / % Quartz + 2 mg/cu.m.
In terms of total dust 30 / % Quartz + 3 mg/cu.m
Half of the limits given against
(ii) Cristobalite
quartz
Half of the limits given against
(iii) Tridymite
quartz
(iv) Silica fused Same limit as for quartz
Same limit as in formula in
(v) Tripoli
item 2 given against quartz
(b) Amorphous 705 mpp cm
2. Silicate having less than

1% free silica weight
Asbestos
Amosite 0.5 fibre/cu.cm.
Crysotile 3 fibres/cu.cm
Crocidelite 0.2 fibre/cu.cm.
Other form 2 fibres/cu.cm.
Mica 705 mpp cm.
Mineral wool fibre 10 mg / cu. m.
Portilite 1060 mpp cm
Portland cement 1060 mpp cm
Soap stone 705 mpp cm
Talc (non Bostiform) 705 mppcm
Talco (fibrous) Same limit as for asbestos
Tromolite Same limit as for asbestos
1. Coal dust
1 For airborne dust having
less than 5% silicon dioxide 1 mg / cu. m.
by weight
2. For airborne dust having Same limits as prescribed by
more than 5% silicon formula in item (2) against
dioxide quartz
TABLE -3
Substance Permissible limit of exposure

pum mg / sq. m.
Acetic anhydride 5 20
O-
50 300
Dichlorobenzene
Formaldehyde 2 7
Hydrogen Chloride 5 7
Manganese & Compounds (as Mn) -- 5
Nitrogen Dioxide -- 9
Nitroglycerin-skin 0.2 2
Potassium hydroxide -- 2
Sodium hydroxide -- 2
2,4,6-Trinitrotaluence (TNT) -- 0.5
1[103.Muster roll
(1) The manager of every factory shall maintain a muster roll of all the workers employed in a
factory in the prescribed Form No. 25 or an attendance record showing the following information.
(a) The name of the worker

(b) The ticket number or token of the worker, if any
(c) The group if any, in which he is included and the relay to which he is allotted
(d) The record of his attendance for each working day indicating the days of annual leave, National
and festival holidays allowed, compensatory holidays, leave on Medical grounds and any other
leave with wages that he may be allowed;
(2) The attendance record may be in the form of an attendance sheet or a register or a card for
each worker or any monthly abstract obtained from any electronic or other acquisition of relevant
data.
(3) In any factory where workers below the age of 18 years are employed, a separate attendance
record of such workers shall be maintained showing additionally the age of the person and
indicating whether or not a certificate of fitness has been obtained in respect of that particular
worker.]
103-A 2[x x x]
104 3[x x x]
105. 3[x x x]
106. 4[x x x]
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No.26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab-II), dated 7th June, 1999
107.Maximum number of persons that may be employed in work rooms
(1) The maximum number of workers who may be employed in each workroom or work-hall shall
be posted prominently by means of a notice painted on the internal wall in each such room or hall.
When determining the maximum number of persons permissible in addition to the breathing space
required to be provided by Section 16(2), floor space of 25 square feet in the case of existing
factories and 36 square feet in factories built after the commencement of the Act, shall also be
provided for each worker working at any one time in the room, but such floor space shall be
exclusive of the space occupied by machinery, fixtures and materials in the room.
(2) The Chief Inspector may for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax the provisions of this rule
to such extent as he may consider necessary, wherein in his opinion, such relaxation can be made
having regarding to the health of the persons employed in any room.
108.Intimation of intended closure of factory
The occupier or manager of every factory shall report to the Inspector, any intended closure of the
factory or any Section or Department thereof immediately it is decided to do so, intimating:-
(i) the reason for the closure;
(ii) the number of workers on the register on the date of the report;
(iii) the number of workers likely to be affected by the closure; and,
(iv) the probable period of the closure.
[(v) the information as to the particulars and quantity of stored chemicals and action taken or
proposed to be taken to ensure safety from those chemicals while in storage during such closure
shall also be furnished along with the report of intended closures.]
An intimation shall also be sent to the Inspector before the factory or section or Department
thereof, as the case may be, starts working again.
109.Language in the registers and records
The registers and records maintained in a factory under the provisions of the Act and Rules shall
be either in English language or any language understood by the majority of the workers in the
factory.
[Rs.2/- Court fee stamp to be affixed]
1. Inserted by G.O.Ms.No. 144 (F&B), dt: 12-7-1994

1[FORM NO. 1
Prescribed under Rule 3(2) and 3(6)
Application for permission to construct, extend or take

into use any building as factory
1. Full name of the factory
2. Full Address and location of the site / factory with

pin code
3. Address to which Communications

are to be sent
4. Number of workers proposed to

be employed
Men
Women
5. List of Plant and machinery (Give full details with

Horse power of prime mover or Motors).
6. Raw materials used in the manufacturing

process
7. Brief description of manufacturing

process
8. Final products and their output
9. Type and nature of wastes and effluents,

their quantities and the methods of their
disposal
10. In case of extensions or additional

installations, reference numbers of
plans approved earlier
Date
Signature of Occupier
(Name and Designation)
1. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab. II) , dated 7th June, 1999
INSTRUCTIONS
The Form together with the following annexures shall be submitted in triplicate:
1. A flow chart of the manufacturing process supplemented by brief description of the process in its various stages.
2. Plans, drawn to metric scale, prepared by a person holding a Diploma or Degree in Engineering or a
Draughtsman Course approved by the Board of Technical Education or Equivalent thereto, showing:
(i) The site of the factory and immediate surroundings including adjacent buildings, other structures, roads, canals,
rivers, ponds, tanks, etc., drawn to a scale of 1 : 400 or 1 : 800 or 1 : 1200.
(ii) The plan, elevation and necessary cross-sections of various buildings indicating all relevant details relating to
natural lighting, ventilation and means of escape in case of fire, drawn to a scale of 1 : 1 00, and
(iii) The position of the plant and machinery, aisles and passage ways, and
(iv) The materials to be used for the constructions of buildings and roofing.
3. Original challan for scrutiny fee of Rs. 100- shall be enclosed for small scale industry; Rs. 500- for medium
scale industry and Rs. 1000- for large scale industry.
------
1FORM NO. 2
Prescribed under Rules 4 (1), 8
Application for Registration and Grant/Transfer of

Licence and Notice of Occupation
This form is to be sent to the Inspector of Factories with the relevant particulars filled in:
2
[1. At least one month before any manufacturing process is commenced in a factory for the first time; or]
2. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 57, L.E.T &F (Lab.II) , dt: 19-11-2004
2. By a transferee of the factory in case of an application for transfer of licence, or

3. By a seasonal factory working for less than 180 days in a year at least 30 days before resumption of
work.
1
[Within a period of fifteen days, whenever, there is an amendment in licence.]
Part A
(To be completed in all cases)
1. Full name of the factory

2. Full address and location of the site / factory
3. Full postal address for communications
relating to the factory
Part B (To be completed for registration
and grant of licence for the first time).
4. Nature of Manufacturing Process

(a) Main
(b) Secondary
5. Maximum amount of horse power

to be installed (regular /standby).
6. Maximum number of workers to Male Female Total

be employed
(a) Adults
(b) Adolescents
(c) Children (above 14 years)
Grand Total
7. Reference by which plans approved by the

Chief Inspector (if applicable)
Part C (To be completed in case of registration and
grant of licence for the first time and for transfer of
licence)-A list of Directors/partners with their
residential addresses must be attached to the Form.
8. Full, name and residential address of person
who shall be the manager of the factory
for the purposes of the Act.

1. Added by G.O.Ms.No. 57, LE &F &F (Lab.II), dt: 19-11-2004
2. Subs. by G.O.Ms.No. 57, LE, T &F (Lab.II), dt: 19-11-2004
9. Date of occupation of the factory by the occupier.
10. Full name and residential address of the occupier

and his position in the Company/Firm/Govt. factory
or Local Fund factory.
11. Full name and residential address of the owner of the building referred to in section 93 of the Act,
"Where separate buildings in the same premises are leased to different occupiers of which the applicant
is one".
12. Particulars of amount and mode:

of payment of licence fee.
I certify that I have followed the provisions of the Factories Act, 1948 and Rules made there under while
establishing the factory.
Date:
Signature of Manager
Signature of Occupier
1
[x x x]
1. Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 101, L.E.T & F (Lab. II), dt: 20-10-2007. Prior to its omission it read as below:
CERTIFICATE OF STABILITY
1. To be completed only in case of registration or grant of licence for the first time.
2. To be signed by a (a) member of the Institution of Engineers (India) or any other Institution of
Civil/Structural/Chemical/Architectural Engineers, or (b) Civil Engineers of the Public works, Electricity or Highways
Departments including retired Engineers not below the rank of Executive Divisional Engineers.
I certify that I have inspected the building (s) referred to above and examined the various parts including the foundations
with special reference with the machinery, plant, etc., that have been installed. I am of the opinion that the building (s) are
in accordance with the plans approved by the Chief Inspector (if any) and that they are structurally sound and their stability
will not be endangered by their use as a factory in which the manufacturing processes stated above are intended to be carried
on.
Date: Signature
(Name & Designation)

1FORM NO. 2-A
Prescribed under Rule 12

Notice of Change of Manger / Occupier
This Form is to be sent to the Inspector of Factories within 7 days of the change:
1. Full Name and Address of the Factory
2. Licence Number
3. Full Postal Address for communications

relating to the factory.
4. Whether change relates to Manager or Occupier
5. Name of outgoing Manager/Occupier
6. Full Name and residential address of new

Manager/Occupier
7. Date of appointment of new Manager/Occupier
Date Signature of Manager Signature of Occupier
In case of any change in the Partners or Directors, a list of names of Directors/Partners with their residential
address shall be attached to this notice.
2FORM NO. 3
[Omitted)
3FORM NO. 4
Prescribed under Rule 4 (4)
Licence to work a Factory.
1. Licence Number
2. Registration Number
3. Full name of Factory

2. Form No. 3 Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 978, dt: 4-5-1960
4. Full Address/location of factory
5. Full postal address for communications

relating to the factory
6. Maximum horse power installed regular / standby
7. Maximum number of workers to be employed
8. Full name, father's name, age & residential

address of the occupier and his position in the
company/firm/Government factory / local fund factory
Licence is hereby granted to the factory at 3 above for the premises stated at 4 above for use
as a factory within the limits stated in 6, and 7 above subject to the provisions of the Factories Act,
1948 and the Rules made thereunder.
This licence shall be valid until it has been duly cancelled.
Date: Inspector of Factories
-----
FORM NO. 5
ENDORSEMENTS
[Prescribed Under Rule 14]
Certificate of Fitness
photo
1.. Name & Address of the Factory
2. Serial No.
3. Name
4. Father's Name
5. Sex
6. Residence
7. Date of Birth / or certified age
8. Physical Fitness
9. Descriptive marks
10. If already employed, Nature of work
11. Raw materials or by products handled
12. Date of employment on present work
13. Result of last Medical Examination, if any:
14. Result of present Medical Examination/

Symptoms and signs observed.
15. If suspended from work, state period of

suspension with detailed reasons
16. If recertified, fit to resume duty on
17. If Certificate of unfitness or

suspension issued to worker
18. Date of leaving or transfer with reasons for discharge or transfer

19. Certificate extended upto
20. He is advised following further

examination/treatment
21. I hereby certify that I have personally examined .......... S/D/W of .................... residing at .................... who is
desirous of being employed in a factory and that his/her age as nearly as can be ascertained from my examination,
is ................ years and he/she is fit for employment in factory as an adult/child in Mfg /handling process viz
................................
His/Her descriptive marks ...........................
Signature of
Certifying Surgeon.
Signature/Thumb Impression of worker. ..................................................................
22. Reasons for

1. Refusal of certificate
2. Certificate being revoked
Place:
Date: Signature of Certifying Surgeon
FORM NO. 6
Humidity Register
Department:
Hygrometer: Distinctive mark or number
Position in Department:
Readings of Hygrometer
Date, year, Between 7 and 9 11 am and 2 pm 4 and 5.30 pm If no humidity, Remarks

month, day am (but not in the insert none
rest period)
Dry Wet Dry Wet Dry Wet
1st ................
to 31st ..........
(Signed)
Certified that the above entries are correct

(Signed)
FORM 7
1
[X X X]
FORM NO. 8
[See Rule 56]
REPORT OF EXAMINATION OF PRESSURE

VESSEL OR PLANT
1. Name of Occupier (or factory)
2. Situation and address of factory
3. Name, description and distinctive number of pressure vessel or plant.
4. Name and address of manufacturer and reference to their test certificate or certificate of competent person
5. Nature of process in which it is used.
6. Particulars of pressure vessel or Plant.
(a) Date of construction

(b) Thickness of wall
(c) Date on which the pressure vessel
or plant was first taken into use

(d) Maximum permissible working
pressure recommended by the
manufacturer
(c) Design pressure, if known

(The history should be briefly given and the examiner
should state whether he has seen the last previous
report)
7. Date of last hydrostatic test (if any) and pressure

applied
8. Is the pressure vessel or plant in open or otherwise

exposed to weather or to damp ?
9. What parts (if any) were inaccessible ?
10. What examination and tests were made (Specify

pressure if hydrostatic test was carried out)
11. Condition of pressure vessel or plant (State any

defects materially affecting the maximum permissible
working pressure or the safe working of the pressure
vessel or plant)
External
Internal
12. Are the required fittings and appliances provided in

accordance with the Rules ?
13. Are all fittings and appliances properly maintained

and in good condition? Have the pressure settings been
checked and corrected ?
14. Repairs, if any, required, and period within they

should be executed and any other condition which the
person making the examination thinks if necessary to
specify for securing safe working
15. Maximum permissible working pressure,

calculated from dimensions and from the thickness and
other data ascertained by the present examination, due
allowance being made for conditions of working if
unusual or exceptionally severe (State minimum
thickness of walls measured during the examination)
16. Where repairs affecting the maximum working

pressure are required, state the working pressure .
(a) Before the expiration of the period specified in

(14)
(b) After the expiration of such period if the required
repairs have not been
completed
(c) After the completion of the required repairs
17. Other observations
I certify that on ..................... . the pressure vessel or plant described above was thoroughly cleaned and (so far
as its construction permits) made accessible for thorough examination and for such tests as were necessary for
thorough examination and that on the said date, I thoroughly examined this pressure vessel or plant, including its
fittings and that the above is a true report of my examination.
If employed by a company or Association, give name Signature

and address
Qualification ..................
Address:
Dated:
FORM NO. 8A
[Prescribed under, Rule 56-A]
PERMANENT REGISTER
(a) The serial number of the gasholder, vide sub-rule (3) above and the particulars of manufacture i.e., maker's
name, date of manufacture, capacity, number of lifts, pressure, thrown by holder when full of gas.
(b) The date of Inspection carried out, as required under sub-rules (4) and (5) above and by whom carried out.
(c) The method of inspection followed.
(d) Date of painting, etc.
(c) Nature of repairs and name of person carrying out repairs, and
(f) Remarks.
FORM NO. 8A
[Prescribed under, Rule 56-A]
PERMANENT REGISTER
(a) The serial number of the gasholder, vide sub-rule (3) above and the particulars of manufacture i.e., maker's
name, date of manufacture, capacity, number of lifts, pressure, thrown by holder when full of gas.
(b) The date of Inspection carried out, as required under sub-rules (4) and (5) above and by whom carried out.
(c) The method of inspection followed.
(d) Date of painting, etc.
(c) Nature of repairs and name of person carrying out repairs, and
(f) Remarks.
FORM NO. 8B
[Prescribed under Rule 56-Al
REPORT OF EXAMINATION OF WATER-SEALED GASHOLDER
1. Name of occupier of factory
2. Situation and address of factory
3. Name, description, distinguishing number or letter and type of gas-

holder:
4. Name and address of the manufacturer
5. (a) No. of lifts

(b) Maximum capacity in cubic metres (cub.ft.)
(c) Pressure thrown by holder when full of gas.
6. Particulars of gas to be stored in the holder.
7. Particulars as to the conditions of-

(a) Crown.
(b) Side sheeting, including grips and cups.
(c) Guiding mechanism (Roller carriages, rollers, pins, guide rails or
ropes).
(d) Tank
(e) Other structure, if any (columns, framing and bracing).
8. Particulars as to the position of the lifts at the time of examination.
9. Particulars as to whether the tank and lifts were found sufficiently levelled for safe working and if not, as to
the steps taken to remedy the defect.
10. Date of examination and by whom it was carried out.
11. Condition of vessel

(1) external
(2) internal
12. Are all fittings, appliances properly maintained and in a good condition,
repairs if any required and period within which they should be executed
and any other condition which the person making the examination thinks
fit necessary for safe working.
13. Other observations.
I certify that on ............................. the gas-holder described as above was thoroughly examined
and such of the tests as were necessary made on the same day and that the above is a true
report of my examination.
Signature :
Qualification:
Address:
Date:
If employed by a Company or Association, give name and address. A copy of the report in Form
"X" shall be kept in the register and both the register and the report shall be readily available
for inspection.
FORM NO. 9
1
[X X X]
FORM NO. 10
1
[X X X]
1. Form Nos. 9 and 10 omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab. II) , dated 7th June, 1999
FORM NO. 11
[Prescribed under Rule 791
1[Model Notice of periods of work for adults and children]
Name of factory :
Place: District:
Periods of work :
Men Tota Women Tota Children Tota

Description of Remark
Groups l number of men l number of women l number of children
Groups s
employed employed employed
A B
C D E F G H I Group Natur
Relays e Letter of
123 123 12 123 123 123 123 123 123 work
3
A
On
working B
days
From C
To D
Fro
To E
From
To F
On
Partial G
working
days H
From
To
From
To
From
To
Date on which this notice first exhibited ............ ... (Signed)

Manager
1. Subs by.GO.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab. II) , dated 7th June, 1999
FORM NO. 12
1
[X X X]
FORM NO. 13
1
[X X X]
FORM NO.14
Register Of Child Workers
Sl. No Name and Fathers Date of first Number of Token Letter of Number of Remarks
residential Name employment certificate number group in relay, if
address of and its giving form no. working in
the worker date reference 11 shifts
to
certificate
FORM NOs. 15,16,17,17-A

1
[X X X]
FORM NO. 17-B

Raw materials or by-products
with reasons for discharge or
Date of weekly examination

Nature of job or occupation
Date of leaving or transfer
Date of employment in
Signature of registered
with results (fit /unfit)
Nature of symptoms
medical practitioner
Age at last birthday
Name Of worker
present work
Dept./Works
handled
transfer
Sl. No
1. Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab. II) , dated 7th June, 1999
2. Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 978, dt: 4-5-1960
3.
FORM NO. 18
[prescribed under Rule 96 and under Regulation 68 of Employees State insurance Act, 1948]
Notice of accident or dangerous occurrence resulting in death or bodily injury

1. Name of occupier (Factory/Employer)
Employees State Insurance Employee Code No.
2. Address of works/premises where accident or dangerous

occurrence took place.
3. Nature of Industry.
4. Branch or Department and exact place where the

accident or dangerous occurrence took place
5. Employees State Insurance number (if covered)
6. Name and address of the injured person.
7. (a) Sex
(b) Age (last birthday)
(c) Occupation of the injured person
(d) Monthly wages of the person injured.
8. Local Employees State Insurance Office to which

the injured person is attached.
9. Date, shift and hour of accident or dangerous

occurrence.
10. (a) Hour at which the injured person started

work on the day of accident or dangerous
occurrence.
(b) Whether wages in full or part are payable

to him for the day of the accident or dangerous
occurrence.
11. Cause or nature of accident or dangerous occurrence.

(a) if causes is by machinery
(i) give name of the machine and the part

which involved the accident or dangerous occurrence.
(ii) state whether it was moved by mechanical

power at that time.
(b) state exactly what the injured person was doing

at that time.
(c) in your opinion, was the injured person at the

time of accident or dangerous occurrence
(i) acting in contravention of provisions of

any law applicable to him, or
(ii) acting in contravention of any orders

given by or on behalf of his employer,
or
(iii) acting without instructions from his

employer.
(d) in case reply to (c), (i), (ii), or (iii) is in the

affirmative, state whether the act was done for the
purpose of and in connection with the employers trade or
business.
12.in case the accident or dangerous occurrence

happened while travelling in the employer's transport, state
whether -
(i) the injured person was travelling as a passenger to or

from his place of work.
(ii) the injured person was travelling with the express or

implied permission of his employer.
(iii) the transport is being operated by or on

behalf of the employer or some other person by whom it is
provided in pursuance of arrangements made with the
employer; and
(iv) the vehicle being/not being operated in

the ordinary course of public transport
service.
13. In case the accident or dangerous occurrence happened

while meeting an emergency, state-
(i) its nature.
(ii) whether the injured person at the time of accident or

dangerous occurrence was employed for the purpose of his
employer's trade or business in or about the premises at
which the accident or dangerous occurrence took place.
14. Describe briefly how the accident or dangerous

occurrence occurred.
15. Names and addresses of witness (1)
(2)
16. (a) Nature and extent of injury (e.g. fatal, loss

of fingers, fracture of leg, scaled or scratch
and followed by sepsis).
(b) Location of injury (right leg, left hand

or left eye, etc.)
17. (a) If the accident is dangerous occurrence and

is not fatal, state whether the injured person
was disabled for more than 48 hours.
(b) Date and hour of return to work.
18. (a) Physician, dispensary or hospital from whom

or in which, the injured person received or
is receiving treatment.
(b) Name of dispensary / panel doctor elected by

the injured person.
19. (i) Has the injured person died.
(ii) If so, date of death.
Note:- (1) To be completed in legible handwriting or Type writing.
(2) For purposes of item 7-(d) in this Form the definition of wages in Section 2 (m) of the
Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923 (Central Act VIII of 1923) and the method laid down in Section
5 of the said Act, regarding calculation of monthly wages shall be adopted.
I certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief the above particulars
are correct in every respect.
Signature
Date of dispatch of report Name and Designation of Occupier or

manager/Employer
Employer's address and E.S.I. Code No ..............
(This space is to be completed by the Inspector of Factories)
District
Number of the accident or dangerous occurrence ;
Industry No. ;
Other particulars (e.g. fatal, leg injury, arm injury etc.) ;
Date of investigation ;
Result of investigation ;
Date of receipt ;
Causation No.:
Sev (W.M.B. or G.):
FORM NO. 18-A

[Prescribed under Rule 96]
Notice of dangerous occurrence which does not result in death or bodily injury
[Vide para 2 of the Schedule under Rule 96]
1. Name and address of the Factory
2. Name of the occupier
3. Name of the Manager
4. Nature of Industry
5. Branch or Department and exact place

where the dangerous occurrence took
place.
6. Date and hour of occurrence
7. Nature of Dangerous Occurrence

(state exactly what happened)
I certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the above particulars are correct in every respect.
Signature of the occupier or Manager.
Date of dispatch of report:
Note:- To be completed in legible handwriting or preferably typewriting.
(This space is to be completed by the Inspector of Factories)
District:
Number of accidents or dangerous occurrence:
Industry No.:
Other particulars ( Example fatal, leg injury, arm injury etc.):
Causation No.:
Date of receipt:
Date of investigation:
Result of investigation:
FORM NO. 19
[to be filled in by the Chief Inspector]
Number of case:
Remarks:
Notice of poisoning or disease

(See introduction below)
Factory particulars-
1. Name of factory.
2. Address of factory.
3. Address Of Office Or Private residence of occupier.
4. Nature of industry.
Person affected-
5. Name and Work number of patient
6. Address of patient
7. Sex and age of patient
8. Precise occupation of patient.
9. Nature of poisoning or disease from which patient is suffering,
general particulars--
10. Has the case been reported to the Certifying Surgeon.
Dated
Signature of factory manager.
Notice of poisoning disease
Extract from the Factories Act, 1948 (Section 89)
Where any worker in a factory contracts any disease specified in the schedule the manager of the factory shall
send notice thereof to such authorities, and in such form and within such time, as may be prescribed.
Extract from the A. P. Factories Rules, 1950 (Rule 97)
A notice in Form No. 19 should be sent forthwith both to the Chief Inspector and to the Certifying Surgeon, by
the manager of a factory in which there occurs a case of lead, phosphorus, mercury, manganese, arsenic, carbon
bisulphide or by benzene poisoning; or poisoning by nitrous fumes, or by halogens or halogen derivates of the
hydrocarbons of the aliphatic series; or of chrome ulceration; anthrax silicosis, toxic anaemia, toxic jaundice,
primary, opitheliomataous cancer of the skin, or pathological manifestations due to radium or other radio-active
substances or X-rays.
FORM NO.20
1
[X X X]
2FORM AR
Annual Return for the Year Ending 31st December
(Prescribed under Rule 100)
This return is to be submitted in triplicate along with the necessary enclosures in triplicate to the Inspector of
Factories having jurisdiction over the factory before the 31st January following:
1. Registration No.
2. Name of the Factory or Establishment
3. Address
4. Name and residential address of the occupier
5. Name and residential address of the Manager
6. ESI Employer's Code No. if any,
7. SSI Registration No. if any,
8. Nature of the industry and the products manufactured or services provided.
9. Total number of days worked in 'the year
2. Substituted for Form No.21 and Form No. 22 by ibid
10. Adult Men Adult women Adolescents / children
without certificate of
fitness
(a) Number of man-days

worked
(b) Average number of

persons employed
(c) Total Man hours

worked on over time.
(d) Total amount of OT

wages paid.
11. Is any process declared dangerous u/s 87 carried (If yes, attached a list of such processes )
on? if so average no. of workers employed in each
process.
12. Total salaries and wages paid
13. (1) Total amount of Bonus paid

(2) Rate of Percentage of Bonus paid.
14. Total amount of Welfare Fund Contributed.
15. Facilities Provided/established as required by the Factories Act (tick only if applicable)
(a) Cooled Drinking Water U/s 18

(b) Safety Officers U/s 40-B
(c) Ambulance Room U/s 45
(d) Full time/Part time/Retainer basis Medical Officer.
(e) Canteen U/s 46;
(f) Shelters/Rest or Lunch Rooms U/s 47;
(g) Crèche U/s 48;
(h) Welfare Officer U/s 49.
16. (a) Total Number of Fatal accidents.
(b) Total number of non-fatal accidents.
(c) Man days lost due to non-fatal accidents.
17. (a) No. of cases maternity benefit claimed/paid.

(b) No. of cases Medical bonus claimed/paid.
(c) No. of cases leave for miscarriage applied/granted.
(d) No. of cases additional leave for illness applied/granted.
(e) Total amount of maternity benefit paid.
18. (a) No. of workers who were entitled to annual leave with the wages during the year.
(b) No. of workers who were allowed to annual leave with the wages during the year.
(c) Total amount paid towards annual leave with wages encashment.
Date: Signature of Occupier/Manager
Explanation:
1. The average number of workers employed daily should be calculated by dividing the aggregate number of
attendance or working days (that is, man-days worked) by the number of working days in the year. In reckoning
attendance, attendance by temporary as well as permanent workers employed should be counted, and all employees
should be included, whether they are employed directly or under contractors.
Attendance on separate shifts (e.g. night and day shifts) should be counted separately. Days on which the factory
was closed for whatever cause and days on which the manufacturing processes were not carried on should not be
treated as working days, partial attendance for less than half a shift on a working day should be ignored, while
attendance for half a shift or more on such day should be treated as full attendance.
2. For seasonal factories, the average number of workers employed during the working season and the off-season
should be given separately. Similarly, the number of days worked and average number of man-hours worked per
week during the working and off season should be given separately.
3 . The average number of hours worked per week means the total actual hours worked by all workers during the
year excluding the rest intervals but including overtime work divided by the product of total number of workers
employed in the factory during the year and 52. In case, the factory has not worked for the whole year the number
of weeks during which the factory worked should be used in place of the figure 52.
4. Every person killed or injured should be treated as one separate accident. If in one occurrence six persons were
injured or killed, it should be counted as six accidents.
5. In item 16 (b) the number of accidents which took place during the year should be given. In case of non-fatal
accidents only those accidents which prevented workers from working for 48 hours or more, should be indicated.
Enclosures to accompany return:

1. A Statement of the names and residential addresses of all the Directors/Partners.
2. A list of the processes declared as dangerous under Section 87 of the Factories Act, if any.
FORM Nos. 23 & 24
[Form Nos. 23 & 24 were omitted vide G.O.Ms.No. 2226,

Home (Labour-II) dated 4-11-1961
FORM NO. 25
Muster Roll
Name of factory : Place:

District:
Serial Name Father's Designation Group Relay Shift Period For the period Remarks
No. Name number Of Work ending
1 2 3 4 5
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
FORM NOS. 25-A, 26, 27
1
[X X X]
FORM NO. 27-A

[Prescribed under schedule V to Rule 95]
Test Report Dust Extraction system
1. Description of system.
2. Hood-
(a) Serial No. Hood.

(b) Contamination captured
(c) Capture velocities (at points to be specified), Design value Actual value.
(d) Volume exhausted at Hood.

(e) Hood static pressure.
3 . Total pressure drop at

(a) Joints
(b) Other points of the system (to be specified).
4. Transport velocity in ducts-(at points along ducts to

be specified)
5. Air Cleaning Device-
(a) Type used

(b) Velocity at inlet
(c) Static pressure at inlet
(d) Velocity at outlet
(e) Static pressure at outlet
6. Fan-
(a) Type used

(b) Volume handled
(c) Static pressure
(d) Pressure drop at outlet of fan
7. Fan Motor-
(a) Type
(b) Speed and Horse power
8. Particulars of defects, if any disclosed

during test in any of the above components.
I certify that, on this ........ day ........ of ............ the above dust extraction system was thoroughly cleaned and (so
far as its construction permits) made accessible for thorough examination. I further certify that on the said date, I
thoroughly examined the above dust extraction system including its components and fittings and that the above is
the true report of my examination.
Signature .....................
Qualification .................
Address .......................
Date ............................
(If employed by a Company or Association, give name and address.)
FORM NOs. 27 AA, 27 – B

1[x x x]
FORM NO. 27-C
[Prescribed under Schedule XXI to Rule 95]
Health Register
Date of leaving or transfer to other work with reasons discharge
Raw Material, products or by-products likely to be exposed to
If declared unfit for work, state period of suspension with
Whether certificate of unfitness issued to the workers

Signs and symptoms observed during examination
Signature of the certifying surgeon with date

Date of employment on present work
Nature of tests and results thereof
Re-certified fit to resume duty on

Nature of job or occupation
Department/Works
Age (alst birthday)

Name of Worker
reasons in detail
Serial Number
or transfer
Sex
Date of Medical
Examination and the
results thereof
Date of
Medical
Examination
and the
results Result Fit
thereof or unfit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
FORM NOs. 28 & 29
[Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 26, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab. II) , dated 7th June, 1999]
FORM NOs. 30 & 31
[Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 2226, Home (Labour –II) dated 4-11-1996
FORM NO. 33
[Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 1551, Home (Labour –II) dated 27-8-1964
FORM NOs. 33 & 34
FORM NO. 35
1. Name of the worker.

2. Serial number as in the register of workers under Section 62 of the Act
3. Father's name
4. Age and date of birth.
5. Nature of work
6. Qualifications, if any, period of service on similar work.
7. Remarks
I certify that the above mentioned worker is a properly trained male adult worker who is competent to mount or
shift belts, lubricate or do other adjusting operations, on machinery installed in my factory while they are in
motion.
Date Signature of Occupier
FORM NOs. 35 & 36
1[FORM NO. 38
[Prescribed under Rule 551
Report of examination of Hoist or Lift or Lifting Machinery/ Tackle
(1) (a) Type of hoist or lift and identification number or description.

(b) Date of construction or reconstruction (if ascertainable).
(2) Design and construction (Are all Parts of the hoist or lift of good mechanical construction,
sound material and adequate strength as far as ascertainable).
(3) Maintenance
Are the following parts of the hoist or lift properly maintained and in good working order ? If
not, state what defects have been found.
(a) Enclosure of hoist way or liftway

(b) Landing gates and cage gate(s).
(c) Interlocks on the landing Gates) and cage gate(s).
(d) Other gages, fastenings.
(e) Cage and platform and fittings, guiders, buffers, interior of the hoistway or liftway.
(f) Over running devices.
(g) Suspension ropes or chain and their attachments.
(h) Safety gear i.e., arrangements for prevention fall of platform or cage brakes.
(i) Brakes.
(j) Worm or spur gearing
(k) Other electrical equipment
(l) Other parts
(4) What parts (if any) were inaccessible.
(5) Repairs renewals or alternations (if any) required and the period within which they should be
executed
1[Omitted by G.O.Ms.No. 73, Labour, Employment, Training & Factories (Lab. II) , dated 6-8-2007
(6) Maximum safe working load subject to repairs, renewals or alterations (if any) specified in (5).
(7) Others
I/We certify that on ........................................ I/We thoroughly examined this hoist/lift and the above is a correct
report of the result.
Signature Counter Signature ......

If employed by a company
or association give name and address.
Qualification .......................
Address .............................
Date .................................. Date ....................
Note:- Details of any repairs, renewals or alterations required should be given in Column 5 above.

Rulefile 14

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Rulefile 14

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Rulefile 14

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

THE TELANGANA FACTORIES RULES, 1950

Rules under this chapter

1. Short title, extent and commencement

3. Submission and Approval of plans

3-A. Approval of plans

9. Procedure on death or disability of licensee

10. Loss of licence

11. Payment of fee

12. Notice of change of occupier or manager

12-A. Exemption from Section 7 - A(3)

12-B. Guide lines, instructions and records

THE INSPECTING STAFF

Rules under this Chapter

13. Powers of Inspectors

14. Duties of Certifying Surgeon

14-A. Fees for Certifying Surgeon for examination of young persons

Rules under this chapter

15. Exemption from Section 11 (1)(d)

17. Disposal of trade wastes and effluents

17-A. Standards of ventilation

17-B. Ventilation and Temperature

17-C. Columns, Pillars

17-D. Power of Chief Inspector to exempt

18. When artificial humidification not allowed

19. Provision of hygrometer

20. Exemption from maintenance of hygrometers

21. Copy of Schedule to Rule 18 to be affixed near every hygrometer

22. Temperature to be recorded at each hygrometer

23. Specifications of hygrometers

24. Thermometers to be maintained in efficient order

26. Hygrometer not to be affixed to wall, etc., unless protected by wood

27. No reading to be taken within 15 minutes of renewal of water

28. How to introduce steam for humidification

30. Lighting of interior parts

31. Prevention of glare

32. Power of Chief Inspector to exempt

34. Quantity of drinking water

35. Source of supply

36. Means of supply

37. Cleanliness of well or reservoir

38. Report from Health Officer

39. Cooling of water

40. Latrine accommodation

41. Latrine to conform to public health requirements

42. Privacy of latrines

43. Signboards to be displayed

44. Urinal accommodation

45. Urinals to conform to public health requirements

46. Certain latrines and urinals to be connected to sewage system

47. White washing, colour washing of latrines and urinals

48. Construction and maintenance of drains

49. Water taps in latrines

51. Type of spittoons

52. Cleaning of spittoons

Rules under this chapter

53. Further safety precautions

54. Rule prescribed under sub-section (2) of Section 23

54-A. Rule under Section 26 (3)

55. Hoists and lifts